As filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 1,
2010
Registration
No. 333-
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
Form S-1
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
Bravo Brio Restaurant Group,
Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Ohio
|
|
5812
|
|
34-1566328
|
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or Organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
777 Goodale Boulevard, Suite 100
Columbus, Ohio 43212
(614) 326-7944
(Address, including zip code,
and telephone number, including area code, of registrants
principal executive offices)
Saed Mohseni
President and Chief Executive Officer
777 Goodale Boulevard, Suite 100
Columbus, Ohio 43212
(614) 326-7944
(Name, address including zip
code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for
service)
With copies to:
|
|
|
Carmen J. Romano, Esq.
|
|
Marc D. Jaffe, Esq.
|
James A. Lebovitz, Esq.
|
|
Ian D. Schuman, Esq.
|
Dechert LLP
|
|
Latham & Watkins LLP
|
Cira Centre
|
|
885 Third Avenue
|
2929 Arch Street
|
|
New York, New York 10022
|
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104
|
|
(212) 906-1200
|
(215) 994-4000
|
|
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public:
As soon as practicable after the
effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are being
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the
following
box:
o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same
offering.
o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering.
o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering.
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in Rule
12b-2
of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filer
o
|
Accelerated
filer
o
|
Non-accelerated
filer
þ
|
Smaller reporting
company
o
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
CALCULATION
OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
Amount of
|
Title of Each Class
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
Registration
|
of Securities to be Registered
|
|
|
Offering Price(1)(2)
|
|
|
Fee
|
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share
|
|
|
$
|
172,500,000
|
|
|
|
$
|
12,300.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Estimated solely for the purpose of
calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o)
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Including shares of common stock
which may be purchased by the underwriters to cover
over-allotments, if any.
|
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission,
acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The
information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and
may be changed. A registration statement relating to these
securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. These securities may not be sold until the
registration statement is effective. This preliminary prospectus
is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these
securities in any state where the offer or sale is not
permitted.
|
SUBJECT
TO COMPLETION DATED JULY 1, 2010
Preliminary
Prospectus
Shares
Bravo
Brio Restaurant Group, Inc.
Common
Stock
We are
offering shares
of our common stock and the selling shareholders identified in
this prospectus are
offering shares
of our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the
sale of shares by the selling shareholders. This is our initial
public offering, and no public market currently exists for our
common stock. We expect the initial public offering price to be
between $ and
$ per common share. We intend to
apply to list our common stock for listing on the Nasdaq Global
Market under the symbol BBRG.
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.
Please read Risk Factors beginning on
page 13.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other
regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities
or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PER SHARE
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
Public Offering Price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds to Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc. (Before Expenses)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds to Selling Shareholders (Before Expenses)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Delivery of the shares of common stock is expected to be made on
or
about ,
2010. The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters an
option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an
additional shares of our
common stock to cover overallotments. If the underwriters
exercise the option in full, the total underwriting discounts
and commissions payable by the selling shareholders will be
$ and the total proceeds to the
selling shareholders, before expenses, will be
$ .
Joint Book-Running
Managers
|
|
|
|
|
Jefferies & Company
|
|
Piper Jaffray
|
|
Wells Fargo Securities
|
Co-Managers
|
|
KeyBanc
Capital Markets
|
Morgan Keegan & Company,
Inc.
|
Prospectus
dated ,
2010
BRAVO is a fun, white tablecloth restaurant offering classic Italian food in a
Roman-ruin decor. BRAVO! is inspired by the traditional Italian ristorante where fresh,
made-to-order food is prepared in our open Italian kitchens in full view of our Guests, creating
the energy of live theater.
|
The posh décor and upscale
vibe of BRAVO! lends itself to a
very comfortable dining
experience.
Metromix Orlando
|
2010 Readers Poll
Choice for BEST ITALIAN
1st Place BRAVO! Cucina
Italiana
Pittsburgh Magazine
Little Rock, AR (1) Naples, FL (1) Orlando, FL (1) West Des Moines, IA (1) Chicago, IL (2)
Indianapolis, IN (3) Leawood, KS (1) Louisville, KY (1) Baton Rouge, LA (1) New Orleans, LA (1)
Detroit, MI (3) Lansing, MI (1) Kansas City, MO (1) St Louis, MO (1) Greensboro, NC (1) Charlotte,
NC (1) Albuquerque, NM (1) Bu3alo, NY (1) West Nyack, NY (1) Akron, OH (1) Canton, OH (1)
Cincinnati, OH (2) Cleveland, OH (2) Columbus, OH (2) Dayton, OH (1) Toledo, OH (1) Oklahoma City,
OK (1) Allentown, PA (1) Pittsburgh, PA (5) Knoxville, TN (1) San Antonio, TX (1) Fredericksburg,
VA (1) Virginia Beach, VA (1) Milwaukee, WI (2)
BravoItalian.com
|
Table of
Contents
Until ,
2010 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all
dealers that buy, sell or trade the common shares, whether or
not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a
prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers obligation
to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with
respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
We have not authorized anyone to give any information or to make
any representations other than those contained in this
prospectus. Do not rely upon any information or representations
made outside of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer
to sell, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy, (1) any
securities other than shares of our common stock or
(2) shares of our common stock in any circumstances in
which our offer or solicitation is unlawful. The information
contained in this prospectus may change after the date of this
prospectus. Do not assume after the date of this prospectus that
the information contained in this prospectus is still correct.
i
Basis of
Presentation
We utilize a typical restaurant 52- or 53-week fiscal year
ending on the Sunday closest to December 31. Fiscal years
are identified in this prospectus according to the calendar year
in which the fiscal years end. For example, references to
2009, fiscal 2009, fiscal year
2009 or similar references refer to the fiscal year ending
December 27, 2009.
Industry and
Market Data
This prospectus includes industry data that we derived from
internal company records, publicly available information and
industry publications and surveys. Industry publications and
surveys generally state that the information contained therein
has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. Neither
we, the selling shareholders nor the underwriters have
independently verified any third-party industry data or
guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such data. In
addition, while we believe that the results and estimates from
our internal research are reliable, such results and estimates
have not been verified by any independent source. As a result,
you should carefully consider the inherent risks and
uncertainties associated with the industry and market data
contained in this prospectus, including those discussed under
the heading Risk Factors.
Trademarks and
Trade Names
In this prospectus, we refer (without the ownership notation) to
several registered and common law trademarks that we own,
including
BRAVO!
®
,
BRAVO! Cucina
Italiana
®
,
Cucina BRAVO!
Italiana
®
,
BRAVO! Italian
Kitchen
®
,
Brio
®
,
Brio Tuscan
Grille
tm
and Bon
Vie
®
.
All brand names or other trademarks appearing in this prospectus
are the property of their respective owners.
ii
Prospectus
Summary
The following summary highlights information contained
elsewhere in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by
the more detailed information and the consolidated financial
statements and the related notes to those statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus. Because it is a summary, it does
not contain all of the information that you should consider
before investing in our common stock. You should read this
prospectus carefully, including the section entitled Risk
Factors and the consolidated financial statements and the
related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise
indicates, the references to Holdings refer to Bravo
Development Holdings LLC, our majority shareholder before taking
into account the reorganization transactions (as described
herein), and the references to our company,
the Company, us, we and
our refer to Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc.
together with its subsidiaries.
Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires,
financial and operating data in this prospectus reflects the
consolidated business and operations of Bravo Brio Restaurant
Group, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Except where
otherwise indicated, $ indicates
U.S. dollars.
Our
Business
We are the owner and operator of two fast growing and leading
Italian restaurant brands, BRAVO! Cucina Italiana
(BRAVO!) and BRIO Tuscan Grille (BRIO).
We have positioned our brands as multifaceted culinary
destinations that deliver the ambiance, design elements and food
quality reminiscent of fine dining restaurants at a value
typically offered by casual dining establishments, a combination
that we call Upscale Affordable. Each of BRAVO! and
BRIO provides its guests with affordable, high-quality cuisine
prepared using fresh ingredients and authentic Italian cooking
methods, combined with attentive service in an attractive,
lively atmosphere. We strive to be the best Italian restaurant
company in America and are focused on providing our guests an
excellent dining experience through consistency of execution. We
believe that both of our brands appeal to a broad base of
consumers, especially to women whom we believe currently account
for approximately 62% and 65% of our guest traffic at BRAVO! and
BRIO, respectively.
While our brands share certain corporate support functions to
maximize efficiencies across our company, each brand maintains
its own identity, therefore allowing both brands to be located
in common markets. We have demonstrated our growth and the
viability of our brands in a wide variety of markets across the
U.S., growing from 49 restaurants in 19 states at the end
of 2005 to 83 restaurants in 27 states as of March 28,
2010. From 2005 to 2009, our revenues increased from
$198.8 million to $311.7 million, and our Adjusted
EBITDA increased from $13.4 million to $34.8 million,
representing compound annual growth rates (CAGR) of 11.9% and
27.0%, respectively. During this period, our Adjusted EBITDA
margins have increased from 6.7% to 11.2%. See Note 4 to
Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and
Operating Data for a reconciliation of net income to
EBITDA and to Adjusted EBITDA.
BRAVO! Cucina
Italiana
BRAVO! Cucina Italiana is a full-service, Upscale Affordable
Italian restaurant offering a broad menu of freshly-prepared
classic Italian food served in a lively, high-energy environment
with attentive service. The subtitle Cucina
Italiana, meaning Italian Kitchen, is
appropriate since all cooking is done in full view of our
guests, creating the energy of live theater. As of
March 28, 2010, we owned and operated 46 BRAVO! restaurants
in 19 states.
BRAVO! offers a wide variety of pasta dishes, steaks, chicken,
seafood and pizzas, emphasizing fresh,
made-to-order,
high-quality food that delivers an excellent value to guests.
BRAVO! also offers creative seasonal specials, an extensive wine
list, carry-out and catering. We believe that our high-quality
offerings and generous portions, combined with our ambiance and
friendly, attentive service, offer our guests an attractive
price-value proposition. The average check for BRAVO! during the
first quarter of 2010 was $19.37 per guest.
The breadth of menu offerings at BRAVO! helps generate
significant guest traffic at both lunch and dinner. Lunch
entrées range in price from $8 to $18, while appetizers,
pizzas, flatbreads and entrée salads range from $6 to $14.
1
During the first quarter of 2010, the average lunch check for
BRAVO! was $14.81 per guest. Dinner entrées range in price
from $12 to $29 and include a broad selection of fresh pastas,
steaks, chicken and seafood. Dinner appetizers, pizzas,
flatbreads and entrée salads range from $6 to $15. During
the first quarter of 2010, the average dinner check for BRAVO!
was $22.19 per guest. At BRAVO!, lunch and dinner represented
29.2% and 70.8% of revenues, respectively. Our average annual
sales per comparable BRAVO! restaurant were $3.5 million in
2009.
BRAVO!s architectural design incorporates interior
features such as arched colonnades, broken columns, hand-crafted
Italian reliefs, Arabescato marble and sizable wrought-iron
chandeliers. We locate our BRAVO! restaurants in high-activity
areas such as retail and lifestyle centers that are situated
near commercial office space and high-density residential
housing.
BRIO Tuscan
Grille
BRIO Tuscan Grille is an Upscale Affordable Italian chophouse
restaurant serving freshly-prepared, authentic northern Italian
food in a Tuscan Villa atmosphere. BRIO means lively
or full of life in Italian and draws its inspiration
from the cherished Tuscan philosophy of to eat well is to
live well. As of March 28, 2010, we owned and
operated 37 BRIO restaurants in 17 states.
The cuisine at BRIO is prepared using fresh, high-quality
ingredients, with an emphasis on steaks, chops, fresh seafood
and
made-to-order
pastas. BRIO also offers creative seasonal specials, an
extensive wine list, carry-out and banquet facilities at select
locations. We believe that our passion for excellence in service
and culinary expertise, along with our generous portions,
contemporary dining elements and ambiance, offers our guests an
attractive price-value proposition. The average check for BRIO
during the first quarter of 2010 was $25.12 per guest.
BRIO offers lunch entrées that range in price from $10 to
$18 and appetizers, sandwiches, flatbreads and entrée
salads ranging from $8 to $15. During the first quarter of 2010,
the average lunch check for BRIO was $17.90 per guest. Dinner
entrées range in price from $14 to $30, while appetizers,
sandwiches, flatbreads, bruschettas and entrée salads range
from $8 to $15. During the first quarter of 2010, the average
dinner check for BRIO was $30.52 per guest. At BRIO, lunch and
dinner represented 30.5% and 69.5% of revenues, respectively.
Our average annual sales per comparable BRIO restaurant were
$4.8 million in 2009.
The design and architectural elements of BRIO restaurants are
important to the guest experience. The goal is to bring the
pleasures of the Tuscan country villa to our restaurant guests.
The warm, inviting ambiance of BRIO incorporates interior
features such as antique hardwood Cypress flooring, arched
colonnades, hand-crafted Italian mosaics, hand-crafted walls
covered in an antique Venetian plaster, Arabescato marble and
sizable wrought-iron chandeliers. BRIO is typically located in
high-traffic, high-visibility locations in affluent suburban and
urban markets.
We also operate one Upscale Affordable American-French bistro
restaurant in Columbus, Ohio under the brand Bon
Vie. Our Bon Vie restaurant is included in the BRIO
operating and financial data set forth in this prospectus.
Our Business
Strengths
Our mission statement
is to be the best Italian restaurant
company in America by delivering the highest quality food and
service to each guest...at each meal...each and every day
.
The following strengths help us achieve these objectives:
Two Differentiated yet Complementary
Brands.
We have developed two premier Upscale
Affordable Italian restaurant brands that are highly
complementary and can be located in common markets. Both BRAVO!
and BRIO have their own Corporate Executive Chef who develops
recipes and menu items with differentiated flavor profiles and
price points. Each brand features unique design elements and
atmospheres that attract a diverse guest base as well as common
guests who visit both BRAVO! and BRIO for different dining
experiences. The differentiated qualities of our brands allow us
to operate in significantly more locations than would be
possible with one brand, including high-density residential
areas, shopping malls, lifestyle centers and other high-traffic
locations. Based on demographics, co-tenants and net investment
requirements, we can choose between our two
2
brands to determine which is optimal for a location and thereby
generate highly attractive returns on our investment.
Our brands are designed to have broad guest appeal at two
different price points. We focus on choosing the right brand for
a specific site based on population density and demographics.
Management targets markets with $65,000 minimum annual household
income and a population density of 125,000 residents within a
particular trade area for BRAVO! and $70,000 minimum annual
household income and a population density of 150,000 residents
within a particular trade area for BRIO. We have a business
model that maintains quality and consistency on a national basis
while also having the flexibility to cater to the specific
characteristics of a particular market. We have a proven track
record of successfully opening new restaurants in a number of
diverse real estate locations, including both freestanding and
in-line with other national retailers. In addition, we believe
the flexibility of our restaurant design is a competitive
advantage that allows us to open new restaurants in attractive
markets without being limited to a standard prototype.
Our brands maintain several common qualities, including certain
design elements such as chandeliers and marble and granite
counter tops, that help reduce building and construction costs
and create consistency for our guests. We share best practices
in service, preparation and food quality across both brands. In
addition, we share services such as real estate development,
purchasing, human resources, marketing and advertising,
information technology, finance and accounting, allowing us to
maximize efficiencies across our company as we continue our
growth.
Broad Appeal with Attractive Guest Base.
We
provide an upscale, yet inviting, atmosphere attracting guests
from a variety of age groups and economic backgrounds. We
believe our brands offer the highest quality food, service and
ambiance when compared to other national competitors in the
multi-location Italian restaurant category. We provide our
guests an Upscale Affordable dining experience at both lunch and
dinner, which attracts guests from both the casual dining and
fine dining segments. We locate our restaurants in high-traffic
suburban and urban locations to attract primarily local patrons
with limited reliance on business travelers. Our blend of
location, menu offerings and ambiance is designed to appeal to
women, a key decision-maker when deciding where to dine and
shop. We believe that women currently account for approximately
62% and 65% of our guest traffic at BRAVO! and BRIO,
respectively. This positioning helps make our restaurants
attractive for developers and landlords. We have also cultivated
a loyal guest base, with a majority of our guests dining with us
at least once a month.
Superior Dining Experience and Value.
The
strength of our value proposition lies in our ability to provide
high-quality, freshly-prepared Italian cuisine in a lively
restaurant atmosphere with highly attentive guest service at an
attractive price point. We believe that the dining experiences
we offer, coupled with an attractive price-value relationship,
helps us create long-term, loyal and highly satisfied guests.
|
|
|
|
|
The Food.
We offer
made-to-order
menu items prepared using traditional Italian culinary
techniques with an emphasis on fresh ingredients and authentic
recipes. Our food menu is complemented by a wine list that
offers both familiar varieties as well as wines exclusive to our
restaurants. An attention to detail, culinary expertise and
focused execution reflects our chef-driven culture.
|
|
|
|
The Service.
We are committed to delivering
superior service to each guest, at each meal, each and every
day. We place significant emphasis on maintaining high
waitstaff-to-table
ratios, thoroughly training all service personnel on the details
of each menu item and staffing each restaurant with experienced
management teams to ensure consistent and attentive guest
service.
|
|
|
|
The Experience.
Lively, high-energy
environments blending dramatic design elements with a warm and
inviting atmosphere create a memorable guest experience.
Signature architectural and décor elements include the
lively theatre of exhibition kitchens, high ceilings, white
tablecloths, a centerpiece bar and relaxing patio areas. These
elements, along with our superior service and value, help form a
bond between our guests and our restaurants, encouraging guest
loyalty and more frequent visits.
|
Nationally Recognized Restaurant Anchor.
Our
differentiated brands, the attractive demographics of our guests
and the high number of weekly guest visits to our restaurants
have positioned us as a preferred tenant and the multi-location
Italian restaurant company of choice for national and regional
real estate developers. Landlords and developers seek out our
concepts to be restaurant anchors for their developments as they
are highly complementary to national retailers such as Apple,
Williams Sonoma and J. Crew, having attracted on average between
3
3,000-5,000 guests per restaurant each week in 2009. As a result
of the importance of our brands to the retail centers in which
we are located, we are often able to negotiate the prime
location within a center and favorable real estate terms, which
helps to drive strong returns on capital for our shareholders.
Compelling Unit Economics.
We have
successfully opened and operated both of our brands in multiple
geographic regions and achieved attractive rates of return on
our invested capital, providing a strong foundation for
expansion in both new and existing markets. Our ability to grow
rapidly and efficiently in all market conditions is evidenced
through our strong track record of new restaurant openings,
including our 2009 openings which generated one of the best
year-one returns on investment in our history. Under our current
investment model, BRAVO! restaurant openings require a net cash
investment of approximately $1.8 million and BRIO
restaurant openings require a net cash investment of
approximately $2.2 million. We target a
cash-on-cash
return beginning in the third operating year for both of our
restaurants of between 30% and 40%.
Management Team with Proven Track Record.
We
have assembled a tested and proven management team with
significant experience operating public companies. Our
management team is led by our CEO and President, Saed Mohseni,
former CEO of McCormick & Schmicks Seafood
Restaurants, Inc., who joined the company in February 2007.
Since Mr. Mohsenis arrival, we have continued to open
new restaurants despite the economic recession. These new
restaurant openings have been a key driver of our growth in
revenue and Adjusted EBITDA, which have increased 29.1% and
89.0%, respectively, between the years ended 2006 and 2009. In
addition to new restaurant growth, we have also implemented a
number of revenue and margin enhancing initiatives such as our
wine by the glass offerings, wine flights, dessert trays and a
new bar menu. These programs were strategically implemented to
improve our guest experience and maintain our brand image, as
opposed to the discounting programs initiated by many of our
competitors. In addition, we have improved our labor
efficiencies and food cost management, which helped to drive our
margin increases and improved our restaurant-level
profitability. These changes resulted in an increase in our
restaurant-level operating margin from 16.0% in 2006 to 17.4% in
2009, a 140 basis point improvement. Restaurant-level operating
margin represents our revenues less total restaurant operating
costs, as a percentage of our revenues.
Our Growth
Strategies
We believe our restaurants have significant growth potential due
to our Upscale Affordable positioning, strong unit economics,
proven track record of financial results and broad guest appeal.
Our growth model is comprised of the following three primary
drivers:
Pursue Disciplined Restaurant Growth.
We
believe that there are significant opportunities to grow our
brands on a nationwide basis in both existing and new markets
where we believe we can generate attractive unit level
economics. We are pursuing a disciplined growth strategy for
both of our brands. We believe that each brand is at an early
stage of its expansion.
We have built a scalable infrastructure and have successfully
grown our restaurant base through a challenging market
environment. Despite difficult economic conditions, we opened
seven new restaurants in 2009. We continue to grow in 2010,
having opened two new restaurants in each of the first and
second quarters of 2010, with one additional restaurant planned
to be opened later this year. We plan to open five to six new
restaurants in 2011 and aim to open between 45 and 50 new
restaurants over the next five years.
Grow Existing Restaurant Sales.
We will
continue to pursue targeted local marketing efforts and evaluate
operational initiatives designed to increase unit volumes
without relying on the margin-eroding discounting programs
adopted by many of our competitors.
Initiatives at BRAVO! include increasing online ordering, which
generates a higher average per person check compared to our
current carry-out business, expanding local restaurant marketing
and promoting our patio business. Other initiatives include
promoting our bar program through martini night and happy hour
programs and expanding our feature cards to include appetizers
and desserts.
At BRIO, we are promoting our bar programs, implementing wine
flights and dessert trays, introducing a new bar menu and
expanding the selection of wines by the glass. In addition, we
believe there is an opportunity to expand
4
our banquet and special events catering business. Our banquet
and special events catering business typically generates a
higher average per person check than our dining rooms and, as a
result of reduced labor costs relative to revenue, allows us to
achieve higher margins on those revenues.
We believe our existing restaurants will benefit from increasing
brand awareness as we continue to enter new markets. In
addition, we may selectively remodel existing units to include
additional seating capacity to increase revenue.
Maintain Margins Throughout Our Growth.
We
will continue to aggressively protect our margins using
economies of scale, including marketing and purchasing synergies
between our brands and leveraging our corporate infrastructure
as we continue to open new restaurants. Additional margin
enhancement opportunities include increasing labor efficiency
through the use of scheduling tools, menu engineering and other
operating cost reduction programs.
Our
History
We were incorporated as an Ohio corporation under the name
Belden Village Venture, Inc. in July 1987. Our name was changed
to Bravo Cucina of Dayton, Inc. in September 1995, to Bravo
Development, Inc. in December 1998 and to Bravo Brio Restaurant
Group, Inc. in June 2010. We opened our first BRAVO! Cucina
Italiana in 1992 in Columbus, Ohio. In 1999, we opened our first
BRIO Tuscan Grille in Columbus, Ohio. In June 2006, we entered
into a recapitalization transaction with Bravo Development
Holdings LLC, an entity controlled by two private equity firms,
Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co. Management, L.P. and
Castle Harlan, Inc. As a result of the recapitalization
transaction, Bravo Development Holdings LLC, or Holdings, became
our majority shareholder.
Reorganization
Transactions
It is anticipated that Holdings will enter into an exchange
agreement with us pursuant to which Holdings will exchange its
shares of our Series A preferred stock and common stock for
new shares of our common stock immediately prior to the
consummation of this offering. Additionally, we and each of our
other current shareholders will simultaneously enter into a
similar exchange agreement pursuant to which each such
shareholder will exchange all of their shares of our
Series A preferred stock and common stock for new shares of
our common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this
offering. See Reorganization Transactions for more
information.
Our
Sponsors
Bruckmann,
Rosser, Sherrill & Co. Management, L.P.
Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co. Management, L.P.,
which we refer to as BRS, is a New York based private equity
firm with previous investments and remaining committed capital
totaling $1.4 billion. BRS partners with management teams
to create financial and operational value over the long-term for
the benefit of its investors, focusing on investments in middle
market consumer goods and services businesses. Companies that
possess existing or emerging strong market positions and are
well-positioned for accelerated long-term growth are best
positioned to benefit from the firms support and
expertise. BRS and its principals have extensive experience in
the restaurant industry, having completed 16 restaurant
investments to date, including add-on acquisitions. Since 1996,
BRS has purchased over 40 portfolio companies for aggregate
consideration of over $6.4 billion.
Castle Harlan,
Inc.
Castle Harlan was founded in 1987 by John K. Castle, former
president and chief executive officer of Donaldson,
Lufkin & Jenrette, an investment banking firm, and
Leonard M. Harlan, founder and former chairman of The Harlan
Company. Castle Harlan invests in controlling interests in the
buyout and development of middle-market companies principally in
North America and Europe. Its team of 20 investment
professionals has completed 52 acquisitions since its inception
with a total value in excess of $9.0 billion. Castle Harlan
currently manages investment funds globally with equity
commitments of $2.5 billion. Castle Harlans current
and former
5
investments in the restaurant industry include investments in
McCormick & Schmicks Seafood Restaurants, Inc.,
Charlie Browns, Inc., Caribbean Restaurants, LLC and
Mortons Restaurant Group, Inc.
Risk
Factors
Before you invest in our shares, you should carefully consider
all of the information in this prospectus, including matters set
forth under the heading Risk Factors. Risks relating
to our business include, among others, that our financial
results depend significantly upon the success of our existing
and new restaurants and our long-term success is highly
dependent on our ability to successfully develop and expand our
operations.
Company
Information
Our principal executive office is located at 777 Goodale
Boulevard, Suite 100, Columbus, Ohio 43212 and our
telephone number is
(614) 326-7944.
Our website address is www.bbrg.com. Our website and the
information contained therein or connected thereto shall not be
deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus or the
registration statement of which it forms a part.
6
The
Offering
|
|
|
Shares of common stock offered by us
|
|
shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares of common stock offered by the selling shareholders
|
|
shares,
or shares
if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in
full.
|
|
Over-allotment option
|
|
The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters an
option for a period of 30 days to purchase up
to additional
shares of our common stock to cover overallotments.
|
|
Ownership after offering
|
|
Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers,
directors and affiliated entities will own
approximately % of our outstanding
common stock, or % if the
underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, and
will as a result have significant control over our affairs.
|
|
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering
|
|
shares.
|
|
Use of proceeds
|
|
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale
of shares of our common stock in this offering of
$ million, after deducting
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net
proceeds of this offering, together with
$ million in borrowings under
our new senior credit facilities, to:
|
|
|
|
repay all loans outstanding under our existing
senior credit facilities, and any accrued and unpaid interest
and related LIBOR breakage costs and other fees; and
|
|
|
|
repay all of our outstanding 13.25% senior
subordinated secured notes, and any accrued and unpaid
interest.
|
|
|
|
As of March 28, 2010, approximately $85.8 million
principal amount of loans were outstanding under our existing
senior credit facilities and approximately $32.4 million
aggregate principal amount of our 13.25% senior
subordinated secured notes were outstanding.
|
|
|
|
Any remaining net proceeds will be used for general corporate
purposes. Affiliates of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and
Jefferies & Company, Inc., underwriters in this
offering, are parties to our existing senior credit facilities
and will receive approximately
$ million and
$ million, respectively, of
the proceeds used to repay the loans outstanding under our
existing senior credit facilities.
|
|
|
|
We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of
shares of common stock by the selling shareholders. See
Use of Proceeds, Principal and Selling
Shareholders and Underwriting Conflicts
of Interest.
|
|
Dividend policy
|
|
We do not currently pay cash dividends on our stock and do
not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the
foreseeable future. Any future determination relating to our
dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
directors and will depend on then existing conditions,
including our financial condition, results of operations,
contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business
prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem
relevant. In addition, we anticipate that our ability to declare
and pay dividends will also be restricted by covenants in our
new senior credit facilities. See Description of
Indebtedness New Senior Credit Facilities and
Risk Factors Our substantial indebtedness may
limit our ability to invest in the ongoing needs of our
business.
|
|
Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol
|
|
BBRG.
|
|
Risk factors
|
|
Investment in our common stock involves substantial risks.
You should read this prospectus carefully, including the section
entitled Risk Factors and the consolidated financial
statements and the related notes to those statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus before investing in our common
stock.
|
Without giving effect to the reorganization transactions (as
defined in Reorganization Transactions) expected to
occur prior to the consummation of this offering, the number of
shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering
is based on 1,050,000 shares of common stock outstanding as
of June 27, 2010 and excludes 257,875 shares of our
common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options under
the Bravo Development, Inc. Option Plan as of March 28,
2010 at a weighted average exercise price of $9.92 per share.
See Compensation Discussion and Analysis Bravo
Development, Inc. Option Plan.
Unless otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their
over-allotment option; and
|
|
|
|
other than historical financial information, reflects
(1) the exchange of one share of new common stock for each
outstanding share of common stock, (2) the amendment and
restatement of our articles of incorporation to give effect to
a -for-1 stock split of our
outstanding common stock, and (3) the exchange of all
shares of our issued and outstanding Series A preferred
stock
for shares
of common stock at an exchange ratio of
1: immediately prior to the
consummation of this offering, based upon an initial public
offering price of $ per share, the
midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this
prospectus. See Reorganization Transactions.
|
8
Summary
Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data
The following table sets forth, for the periods and dates
indicated, our summary historical consolidated financial and
operating data. We have derived the statement of operations data
for the fiscal years ended December 30, 2007,
December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009 and the
balance sheet data as of December 28, 2008 and
December 27, 2009 from our audited consolidated financial
statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have
derived the balance sheet data as of December 30, 2007 from
our audited consolidated financial statements not included
elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the statement of
operations data for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2009
and March 28, 2010 and balance sheet data as of
March 28, 2010 from our unaudited interim consolidated
financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We
have derived the balance sheet data as of March 29, 2009
from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements not
included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary financial
data presented below represent portions of our financial
statements and are not complete. You should read this
information in conjunction with Use of Proceeds,
Capitalization, Selected Historical
Consolidated Financial and Operating Data,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated
financial statements and the related notes to those statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended(1)
|
|
|
Thirteen Weeks Ended
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 28,
|
|
|
December 27,
|
|
|
March 29,
|
|
|
March 28,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
265,374
|
|
|
$
|
300,783
|
|
|
$
|
311,709
|
|
|
$
|
73,593
|
|
|
$
|
81,844
|
|
Cost of Sales
|
|
|
75,340
|
|
|
|
84,618
|
|
|
|
82,609
|
|
|
|
19,721
|
|
|
|
21,357
|
|
Labor
|
|
|
89,663
|
|
|
|
102,323
|
|
|
|
106,330
|
|
|
|
26,096
|
|
|
|
28,096
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
41,567
|
|
|
|
47,690
|
|
|
|
48,917
|
|
|
|
12,505
|
|
|
|
12,753
|
|
Occupancy
|
|
|
16,054
|
|
|
|
18,736
|
|
|
|
19,636
|
|
|
|
5,061
|
|
|
|
5,525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restaurant operating costs
|
|
|
222,624
|
|
|
|
253,367
|
|
|
|
257,492
|
|
|
|
63,383
|
|
|
|
67,731
|
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
|
16,768
|
|
|
|
15,042
|
|
|
|
17,123
|
|
|
|
4,583
|
|
|
|
4,423
|
|
Restaurant pre-opening costs
|
|
|
5,647
|
|
|
|
5,434
|
|
|
|
3,758
|
|
|
|
1,106
|
|
|
|
1,205
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
12,309
|
|
|
|
14,651
|
|
|
|
16,088
|
|
|
|
3,816
|
|
|
|
4,124
|
|
Asset impairment charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,506
|
|
|
|
6,436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other expenses, net
|
|
|
462
|
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
35,186
|
|
|
|
43,862
|
|
|
|
43,562
|
|
|
|
9,610
|
|
|
|
9,727
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
7,564
|
|
|
|
3,554
|
|
|
|
10,655
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
4,386
|
|
Net interest expense
|
|
|
11,853
|
|
|
|
9,892
|
|
|
|
7,119
|
|
|
|
1,895
|
|
|
|
1,770
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
(4,289
|
)
|
|
|
(6,338
|
)
|
|
|
3,536
|
|
|
|
(1,295
|
)
|
|
|
2,616
|
|
Income tax provision (benefit)
|
|
|
(3,503
|
)
|
|
|
55,061
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(786
|
)
|
|
$
|
(61,399
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,401
|
|
|
$
|
(1,293
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,516
|
|
Undeclared preferred dividend
|
|
|
(8,920
|
)
|
|
|
(10,175
|
)
|
|
|
(11,599
|
)
|
|
|
(2,710
|
)
|
|
|
(3,089
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
|
|
$
|
(9,706
|
)
|
|
$
|
(71,574
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,198
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,003
|
)
|
|
$
|
(573
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As Adjusted Per Share Data:
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided from operating activities
|
|
$
|
31,291
|
|
|
$
|
32,501
|
|
|
$
|
33,782
|
|
|
$
|
2,948
|
|
|
$
|
6,108
|
|
Net cash provided from (used for) investing activities
|
|
$
|
(35,536
|
)
|
|
$
|
(43,088
|
)
|
|
$
|
(24,957
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,399
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,410
|
)
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
|
|
$
|
4,156
|
|
|
$
|
10,529
|
|
|
$
|
(9,258
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,230
|
|
|
$
|
294
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
28,782
|
|
|
$
|
24,578
|
|
|
$
|
14,121
|
|
|
$
|
2,109
|
|
|
$
|
2,332
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(3)
|
|
$
|
20,260
|
|
|
$
|
27,218
|
|
|
$
|
34,790
|
|
|
$
|
4,917
|
|
|
$
|
8,920
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA margin
|
|
|
7.6
|
%
|
|
|
9.0
|
%
|
|
|
11.2
|
%
|
|
|
6.7
|
%
|
|
|
10.9
|
%
|
Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restaurants (at end of period)
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
Total comparable restaurants (at end of period)
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
Change in comparable restaurant sales
|
|
|
0.6
|
%
|
|
|
(3.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(7.4
|
)%
|
|
|
(8.2
|
)%
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
BRAVO!:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restaurants (at end of period)
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
Total comparable restaurants (at end of period)
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
Average sales per comparable restaurant
|
|
$
|
3,890
|
|
|
$
|
3,715
|
|
|
$
|
3,457
|
|
|
$
|
836
|
|
|
$
|
820
|
|
Change in comparable restaurant sales
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
|
|
(4.1
|
)%
|
|
|
(7.1
|
)%
|
|
|
(8.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)%
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended(1)
|
|
|
Thirteen Weeks Ended
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 28,
|
|
|
December 27,
|
|
|
March 29,
|
|
|
March 28,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
BRIO:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restaurants (at end of period)
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
Total comparable restaurants (at end of period)
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
Average sales per comparable restaurant
|
|
$
|
5,308
|
|
|
$
|
5,401
|
|
|
$
|
4,812
|
|
|
$
|
1,196
|
|
|
$
|
1,215
|
|
Change in comparable restaurant sales
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
(3.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(7.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(7.7
|
)%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
740
|
|
|
$
|
682
|
|
|
$
|
249
|
|
|
$
|
461
|
|
|
$
|
241
|
|
Working capital (deficit)
|
|
$
|
(33,110
|
)
|
|
$
|
(34,320
|
)
|
|
$
|
(36,156
|
)
|
|
$
|
(33,162
|
)
|
|
$
|
(33,781
|
)
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
195,048
|
|
|
$
|
157,764
|
|
|
$
|
160,842
|
|
|
$
|
159,055
|
|
|
$
|
162,114
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
114,136
|
|
|
$
|
125,950
|
|
|
$
|
118,031
|
|
|
$
|
129,509
|
|
|
$
|
118,439
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficiency in assets)
|
|
$
|
(14,692
|
)
|
|
$
|
(76,091
|
)
|
|
$
|
(72,690
|
)
|
|
$
|
(77,385
|
)
|
|
$
|
(70,174
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
As Adjusted(2)
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
March 28,
|
|
|
March 28,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
241
|
|
|
|
|
|
Working capital (deficit)
|
|
$
|
(33,781
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
162,114
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
118,439
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficiency in assets)
|
|
$
|
(70,174
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
We utilize a 52- or 53-week accounting period which ends on the
Sunday closest to December 31. The fiscal years ended
December 27, 2009, December 28, 2008 and
December 30, 2007 each have 52 weeks.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Gives effect to (i) the reorganization transactions
expected to occur prior to the consummation of this offering,
(ii) this offering and (iii) the application of the
net proceeds of this offering and of borrowings under our new
senior credit facilities as described under Use of
Proceeds.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization plus the sum of asset impairment
charges and management fees and expenses. We are presenting
Adjusted EBITDA, which is not required by U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, because it provides an
additional measure to view our operations, when considered with
both our GAAP results and the reconciliation to net income
(loss) which we believe provides a more complete understanding
of our business than could be obtained absent this disclosure.
We use Adjusted EBITDA, together with financial measures
prepared in accordance with GAAP, such as revenue and cash flows
from operations, to assess our historical and prospective
operating performance and to enhance our understanding of our
core operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA is presented
because: (i) we believe it is a useful measure for
investors to assess the operating performance of our business
without the effect of non-cash depreciation and amortization
expenses and asset impairment charges; (ii) we believe that
investors will find it useful in assessing our ability to
service or incur indebtedness; and (iii) we use Adjusted
EBITDA internally as a benchmark to evaluate our operating
performance or compare our performance to that of our
competitors. The use of Adjusted EBITDA as a performance measure
permits a comparative assessment of our operating performance
relative to our performance based on our GAAP results, while
isolating the effects of some items that vary from period to
period without any correlation to core operating performance or
that vary widely among similar companies. Companies within our
industry exhibit significant variations with respect to capital
structures and cost of capital (which affect interest expense
and tax rates) and differences in book depreciation of
facilities and equipment (which affect relative depreciation
expense), including significant differences in the depreciable
lives of similar assets among various companies. Our management
believes that Adjusted EBITDA facilitates
company-to-company
comparisons within our industry by eliminating some of the
foregoing variations.
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement determined in accordance
with GAAP and should not be considered in isolation or as an
alternative to net income, net cash provided by operating,
investing or financing activities or other financial statement
data presented as indicators of financial performance or
liquidity, each as presented in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted
EBITDA should not be considered as a measure of discretionary
cash
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
available to us to invest in the growth of our business.
Adjusted EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to other
similarly titled measures of other companies and our
presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an
inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual
items.
|
|
|
|
Our management recognizes that Adjusted EBITDA has limitations
as an analytical financial measure, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our capital expenditures or
future requirements for capital expenditures;
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense, or the
cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal
payments, associated with our indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect depreciation and amortization,
which are non-cash charges, although the assets being
depreciated and amortized will likely have to be replaced in the
future, nor does Adjusted EBITDA reflect any cash requirements
for such replacements; and
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash
requirements for, our working capital needs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
This prospectus also includes information concerning Adjusted
EBITDA margin, which is defined as the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA
to revenues. We present Adjusted EBITDA margin because it is
used by management as a performance measurement to judge the
level of Adjusted EBITDA generated from revenues and we believe
its inclusion is appropriate to provide additional information
to investors.
|
|
|
|
A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and EBITDA to net income is
provided below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Thirteen Weeks Ended
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 28,
|
|
|
December 27,
|
|
|
March 29,
|
|
|
March 28,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(786
|
)
|
|
$
|
(61,399
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,401
|
|
|
$
|
(1,293
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,516
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(3,503
|
)
|
|
|
55,061
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
100
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
11,853
|
|
|
|
9,892
|
|
|
|
7,119
|
|
|
|
1,895
|
|
|
|
1,770
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
12,309
|
|
|
|
14,651
|
|
|
|
16,088
|
|
|
|
3,816
|
|
|
|
4,124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
$
|
19,873
|
|
|
$
|
18,205
|
|
|
$
|
26,743
|
|
|
$
|
4,416
|
|
|
$
|
8,510
|
|
Asset impairment charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,506
|
|
|
|
6,436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management fees and expenses
|
|
|
387
|
|
|
|
507
|
|
|
|
1,611
|
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
20,260
|
|
|
$
|
27,218
|
|
|
$
|
34,790
|
|
|
$
|
4,917
|
|
|
$
|
8,920
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
Risk
Factors
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.
You should consider carefully the following risk factors and the
other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated
financial statements and related notes to those statements,
before you decide to invest in our common stock. If any of the
following risks actually occur, our business, financial
condition and operating results could be adversely affected. As
a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline
and you could lose part or all of your investment.
Risks Relating to
Our Business and Industry
Our
financial results depend significantly upon the success of our
existing and new restaurants.
Future growth in revenues and profits will depend on our ability
to grow sales and efficiently manage costs in our existing and
new restaurants. As of June 27, 2010, we operated 47 BRAVO!
restaurants and 38 BRIO restaurants, of which three BRAVO!
restaurants and four BRIO restaurants have opened within the
preceding twelve months. The results achieved by these
restaurants may not be indicative of longer-term performance or
the potential market acceptance of restaurants in other
locations.
In particular, the success of our restaurants revolves
principally around guest traffic and average check per guest.
Significant factors that might adversely impact our guest
traffic levels and average guest check include, without
limitation:
|
|
|
|
|
declining economic conditions, including housing market
downturns, rising unemployment rates, lower disposable income
and consumer confidence and other events or factors that
adversely affect consumer spending in the markets we serve;
|
|
|
|
increased competition (both in the upscale casual dining segment
and in other segments of the restaurant industry);
|
|
|
|
changes in consumer preferences;
|
|
|
|
guests budgeting constraints and choosing not to order
certain high-margin items such as desserts and beverages (both
alcoholic and non-alcoholic);
|
|
|
|
guests failure to accept menu price increases that we may
make to offset increases in key operating costs;
|
|
|
|
our reputation and consumer perception of our concepts
offerings in terms of quality, price, value and service; and
|
|
|
|
guest experiences from dining in our restaurants.
|
Our restaurants are also susceptible to increases in certain key
operating expenses that are either wholly or partially beyond
our control, including, without limitation:
|
|
|
|
|
food and other raw materials costs, many of which we do not or
cannot effectively hedge;
|
|
|
|
labor costs, including wage, workers compensation, health
care and other benefits expenses;
|
|
|
|
rent expenses and other costs under leases for our new and
existing restaurants;
|
|
|
|
energy, water and other utility costs;
|
|
|
|
costs for insurance (including health, liability and
workers compensation);
|
|
|
|
information technology and other logistical costs; and
|
|
|
|
expenses due to litigation against us.
|
The failure of our existing or new restaurants to perform as
expected could have a significant negative impact on our
financial condition and results of operations.
Our
long-term success is highly dependent on our ability to
successfully develop and expand our operations.
We intend to develop new restaurants in our existing markets,
and selectively enter into new markets. Since the end of 2005,
we have expanded from 30 BRAVO! restaurants and 19 BRIO
restaurants to 47 and 38 BRAVO!
12
and BRIO restaurants, respectively, as of June 27, 2010. We
also expect to open one additional BRIO restaurant prior to the
end of 2010. There can be no assurance that any new restaurant
that we open will have similar operating results to those of
existing restaurants. The number and timing of new restaurants
actually opened during any given period, and their associated
contribution to operating growth, may be negatively impacted by
a number of factors including, without limitation:
|
|
|
|
|
our inability to generate sufficient funds from operations or to
obtain favorable financing to support our development;
|
|
|
|
identification and availability of, and competition for, high
quality locations that will continue to drive high levels of
sales per unit;
|
|
|
|
acceptable lease arrangements, including sufficient levels of
tenant allowances and construction contributions;
|
|
|
|
the financial viability of our landlords, including the
availability of financing for our landlords;
|
|
|
|
construction and development cost management;
|
|
|
|
timely delivery of the leased premises to us from our landlords
and punctual commencement of build-out construction activities;
|
|
|
|
delays due to the highly customized nature of our restaurant
concepts and the complex design, construction and pre-opening
processes for each new location;
|
|
|
|
obtaining all necessary governmental licenses and permits on a
timely basis to construct and operate our restaurants;
|
|
|
|
competition in new markets, including competition for restaurant
sites;
|
|
|
|
unforeseen engineering or environmental problems with the leased
premises;
|
|
|
|
adverse weather during the construction period;
|
|
|
|
anticipated commercial, residential and infrastructure
development near our new restaurants;
|
|
|
|
recruitment of qualified managers, chefs and other key operating
personnel; and
|
|
|
|
other unanticipated increases in costs, any of which could give
rise to delays or cost overruns.
|
We may not be able to open our planned new restaurants on a
timely basis, if at all, and, if opened, these restaurants may
not be operated profitably. We have experienced, and expect to
continue to experience, delays in restaurant openings from time
to time. Such actions may limit our growth opportunities. We
cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully expand or
acquire critical market presence for our brands in new
geographical markets, as we may encounter well-established
competitors with substantially greater financial resources. We
may be unable to find attractive locations, acquire name
recognition, successfully market our brands or attract new
guests. Competitive circumstances and consumer characteristics
in new market segments and new geographical markets may differ
substantially from those in the market segments and geographical
markets in which we have substantial experience. If we are
unable to expand in existing markets or penetrate new markets,
our ability to increase our revenues and profitability may be
harmed.
Changes
in economic conditions, including continuing effects from the
recent recession, could materially affect our financial
condition and results of operations.
We, together with the rest of the restaurant industry, depend
upon consumer discretionary spending. The recent recession,
coupled with high unemployment rates, reduced home values,
increases in home foreclosures, investment losses, personal
bankruptcies and reduced access to credit and reduced consumer
confidence, has impacted consumers ability and willingness
to spend discretionary dollars. Economic conditions may remain
volatile and may continue to repress consumer confidence and
discretionary spending for the near term. If the weak economy
continues for a prolonged period of time or worsens, guest
traffic could be adversely impacted if our guests choose to dine
out less frequently or reduce the amount they spend on meals
while dining out. We believe that if the current negative
economic conditions persist for a long period of time or become
more pervasive, consumers might make long- lasting changes to
their discretionary spending behavior, including dining out less
frequently on a
13
permanent basis. Additionally, a decline in corporate travel and
entertainment spending could result in a decrease in the traffic
of business travelers at our restaurants. If restaurant sales
decrease, our profitability could decline as we spread fixed
costs across a lower level of sales. Reductions in staff levels,
asset impairment charges and potential restaurant closures have
resulted and could result from prolonged negative restaurant
sales.
Damage to
our reputation or lack of acceptance of our brands could
negatively impact our business, financial condition and results
of operations.
We believe we have built a strong reputation for the quality and
breadth of our menu and our restaurants, and we must protect and
grow the value of our BRAVO! and BRIO brands to continue to be
successful in the future. Any incident that erodes consumer
affinity for our brands could significantly reduce their
respective values and damage our business. If guests perceive or
experience a reduction in food quality, service or ambiance, or
in any way believe we failed to deliver a consistently positive
experience, our brand value could suffer and our business may be
adversely affected.
A multi-location restaurant business such as ours can be
adversely affected by negative publicity or news reports,
whether or not accurate, regarding food quality issues, public
health concerns, illness, safety, injury or government or
industry findings concerning our restaurants, restaurants
operated by other foodservice providers or others across the
food industry supply chain. While we have taken steps to
mitigate food quality, public health and other
foodservice-related risks, these types of health concerns or
negative publicity cannot be completely eliminated or mitigated
and may materially harm our results of operations and result in
damage to our brands. For example, in May 2006, a food virus
outbreak in Michigan affected area restaurants, including one of
our BRAVO! restaurants. As a result, this restaurant was closed
for four days. While the effect of the outbreak was immaterial
to our business, food quality issues or other public health
concerns could have an adverse impact on our profitability.
In addition, our ability to successfully develop new restaurants
in new markets may be adversely affected by a lack of awareness
or acceptance of our brands in these new markets. To the extent
that we are unable to foster name recognition and affinity for
our brands in new markets, our new restaurants may not perform
as expected and our growth may be significantly delayed or
impaired.
Because
many of our restaurants are concentrated in local or regional
areas, we are susceptible to economic and other trends and
developments, including adverse weather conditions, in these
areas.
Our financial performance is highly dependent on restaurants
located in Ohio, Florida, Michigan and Pennsylvania
,
which comprise approximately 45% of our total restaurants.
As a result, adverse economic conditions in any of these areas
could have a material adverse effect on our overall results of
operations. In recent years, certain of these states have been
more negatively impacted by the housing decline, high
unemployment rates and the overall economic crisis than other
geographic areas. In addition, given our geographic
concentrations, negative publicity regarding any of our
restaurants in these areas could have a material adverse effect
on our business and operations, as could other regional
occurrences such as local strikes, terrorist attacks, increases
in energy prices, adverse weather conditions, hurricanes,
droughts or other natural or man-made disasters.
In particular, adverse weather conditions can impact guest
traffic at our restaurants, cause the temporary underutilization
of outdoor patio seating, and, in more severe cases, cause
temporary restaurant closures, sometimes for prolonged periods.
Approximately 34% of our total restaurants are located in Ohio,
Michigan and Pennsylvania, which are particularly susceptible to
snowfall, and 13% of our total restaurants are located in
Florida and Louisiana, which are particularly susceptible to
hurricanes. Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations,
with restaurant sales typically higher during certain months,
such as December. Adverse weather conditions during our most
favorable months or periods may exacerbate the effect of adverse
weather on guest traffic and may cause fluctuations in our
operating results from
quarter-to-quarter
within a fiscal year. For example, the significant snowfall in
the Northeast United States in February 2010 led to reduced
guest traffic at several of our restaurants. In addition,
outdoor patio seating is available at most of our restaurants
and may be impacted by a number of weather-related factors. Our
inability to fully utilize our restaurants seating
capacity as planned may negatively impact our revenues and
results of operations.
14
The
impact of negative economic factors, including the availability
of credit, on our landlords and other retail center tenants
could negatively affect our financial results.
Negative effects on our existing and potential landlords due to
the inaccessibility of credit and other unfavorable economic
factors may, in turn, adversely affect our business and results
of operations. If our landlords are unable to obtain financing
or remain in good standing under their existing financing
arrangements, they may be unable to provide construction
contributions or satisfy other lease covenants to us.
Approximately 6% of our restaurants are in locations that are
owned, managed or controlled by a landlord that has filed for
bankruptcy protection under Chapter 11 of the United States
Bankruptcy Code in the last 12 months. This landlord may be
able to reject our leases in the bankruptcy proceedings. As of
June 27, 2010, none of our leases have been rejected, but
we cannot assure you that any landlord that has filed, or may in
the future file, for bankruptcy protection may not attempt to
reject leases with us. In addition, if our landlords are unable
to obtain sufficient credit to continue to properly manage their
retail sites, we may experience a drop in the level of quality
of such retail centers. Our development of new restaurants may
also be adversely affected by the negative financial situations
of developers and potential landlords. Many landlords have
delayed or cancelled recent development projects (as well as
renovations of existing projects) due to the instability in the
credit markets and recent declines in consumer spending, which
has reduced the number of high-quality locations available that
we would consider for our new restaurants.
In addition, several other tenants at retail centers in which we
are located or where we have executed leases have ceased
operations or, in some cases, have deferred openings or failed
to open after committing to do so. These failures may lead to
reduced guest traffic at retail centers in which our restaurants
are located and may contribute to lower guest traffic at our
restaurants.
Changes
in food availability and costs could adversely affect our
operating results.
Our profitability and operating margins are dependent in part on
our ability to anticipate and react to changes in food costs. We
rely on local, regional and national suppliers to provide our
produce, beef, poultry, seafood and other ingredients. Other
than for a portion of our commodities, which are purchased
locally by each restaurant, we rely on Gordon Food Service, or
GFS, as the primary distributor of a majority of our
ingredients. We have a non-exclusive contract with GFS on terms
and conditions that we believe are consistent with those made
available to similarly situated restaurant companies. Although
we believe that alternative distribution sources are available,
any increase in distribution prices or failure to perform by GFS
could cause our food costs to increase. Additionally, we
currently rely on sole suppliers for certain of our food
products, including substantially all of our soups and the
majority of our sauces. Failure to identify an alternate source
of supply for these items may result in significant cost
increases. Increases in distribution costs or sale prices could
also cause our food costs to increase. In addition, any material
interruptions in our supply chain, such as a material
interruption of ingredient supply due to the failures of
third-party suppliers, or interruptions in service by common
carriers that ship goods within our distribution channels, may
result in significant cost increases and reduce sales. Changes
in the price or availability of certain food products could
affect our ability to offer a broad menu and price offering to
guests and could materially adversely affect our profitability
and reputation.
The type, variety, quality and price of produce, beef, poultry
and seafood are more volatile than other types of food and are
subject to factors beyond our control, including weather,
governmental regulation, availability and seasonality, each of
which may affect our food costs or cause a disruption in our
supply. For example, weather patterns in recent years have
resulted in lower than normal levels of rainfall in key
agricultural states such as California, impacting the price of
water and the corresponding prices of food commodities grown in
states facing drought conditions. Our food suppliers also may be
affected by higher costs to produce and transport commodities
used in our restaurants, higher minimum wage and benefit costs
and other expenses that they pass through to their customers,
which could result in higher costs for goods and services
supplied to us. Although we are able to contract for the
majority of the food commodities used in our restaurants for
periods of up to one year, the pricing and availability of some
of the commodities used in our operations cannot be locked in
for periods of longer than one week or at all. Currently, we
have pricing understandings of varying lengths with several key
suppliers, including our suppliers of poultry, seafood, dairy
products, soups and sauces, bakery items and certain meat
products. We do not use financial instruments to hedge our risk
to market fluctuations in the price of beef, seafood, produce
and other food products at this time. We may not be able to
anticipate and react to changing
15
food costs through our purchasing practices and menu price
adjustments in the future, and failure to do so could negatively
impact our revenues and results of operations.
Increases
in our labor costs, including as a result of changes in
government regulation, could slow our growth or harm our
business.
We are subject to a wide range of labor costs. Because our labor
costs are, as a percentage of revenues, higher than other
industries, we may be significantly harmed by labor cost
increases.
We retain the financial responsibility for up to $250,000 of
risks and associated liabilities with respect to workers
compensation, general liability, employment practices and other
insurable risks through our self insurance programs. Unfavorable
fluctuations in market conditions, availability of such
insurance or changes in state
and/or
federal regulations could significantly increase our self
insurance costs and insurance premiums. In addition, we are
subject to the risk of employment-related litigation at both the
state and federal levels, including claims styled as class
action lawsuits which are more costly to defend. Also, some
employment related claims in the area of wage and hour disputes
are not insurable risks.
Despite our efforts to control costs while still providing
competitive health care benefits to our staff members,
significant increases in health care costs continue to occur,
and we can provide no assurance that our cost containment
efforts in this area will be effective. Further, we are
continuing to assess the impact of recently-adopted federal
health care legislation on our health care benefit costs, and
significant increases in such costs could adversely impact our
operating results. There is no assurance that we will be able to
pass through the costs of such legislation in a manner that will
not adversely impact our operating results.
In addition, many of our restaurant personnel are hourly workers
subject to various minimum wage requirements or changes to tip
credits. Mandated increases in minimum wage levels and changes
to the tip credit, which are the amounts an employer is
permitted to assume an employee receives in tips when
calculating the employees hourly wage for minimum wage
compliance purposes, have recently been and continue to be
proposed and implemented at both federal and state government
levels. Minimum wage increases or changes to allowable tip
credits may increase our labor costs or effective tax rate.
Additionally, potential changes in labor legislation, including
the Employee Free Choice Act (EFCA), could result in portions of
our workforce being subjected to greater organized labor
influence. The EFCA could impact the nature of labor relations
in the United States and how union elections and contract
negotiations are conducted. The EFCA aims to facilitate
unionization, and employers of unionized employees may face
mandatory, binding arbitration of labor scheduling, costs and
standards, which could increase the costs of doing business.
Although we do not currently have any unionized employees, EFCA
or similar labor legislation could have an adverse effect on our
business and financial results by imposing requirements that
could potentially increase costs and reduce our operating
flexibility.
Labor
shortages could increase our labor costs significantly or
restrict our growth plans.
Our restaurants are highly dependent on qualified management and
operating personnel, including regional management, general
managers and executive chefs. Qualified individuals have
historically been in short supply and an inability to attract
and retain them would limit the success of our existing
restaurants as well as our development of new restaurants. We
can make no assurances that we will be able to attract and
retain qualified individuals in the future. Additionally, the
cost of attracting and retaining qualified individuals may be
higher than we anticipate, and as a result, our profitability
could decline.
Guest
traffic at our restaurants could be significantly affected by
competition in the restaurant industry in general and, in
particular, within the dining segments of the restaurant
industry in which we compete.
The restaurant industry is highly competitive with respect to
food quality, ambiance, service, price and value and location,
and a substantial number of restaurant operations compete with
us for guest traffic. The main competitors for our brands are
mid-priced, full service concepts in the multi-location upscale
casual dining segment, including Maggianos, Cheesecake
Factory, BJs Restaurants and P.F. Changs, as well as
high quality,
16
locally owned and operated Italian restaurants. Some of our
competitors have significantly greater financial, marketing,
personnel and other resources than we do, and many of our
competitors are well established in markets in which we have
existing restaurants or intend to locate new restaurants. Any
inability to successfully compete with the other restaurants in
our markets will place downward pressure on our guest traffic
and may prevent us from increasing or sustaining our revenues
and profitability. We may also need to evolve our concepts in
order to compete with popular new restaurant formats or concepts
that develop from time to time, and we cannot offer any
assurance that we will be successful in doing so or that
modifications to our concepts will not reduce our profitability.
In addition, with improving product offerings at fast casual
restaurants, quick-service restaurants and grocery stores and
the influence of negative economic conditions and other factors,
consumers may choose less expensive alternatives, which could
also negatively affect guest traffic at our restaurants.
New
information or attitudes regarding diet and health or adverse
opinions about the health effects of consuming our menu
offerings could result in adverse changes in regulations and
consumer eating habits.
Government regulation and consumer eating habits may impact our
business as a result of changes in attitudes regarding diet and
health or new information regarding the health effects of
consuming our menu offerings. These changes may result in the
enactment of laws and regulations that impact the ingredients
and nutritional content of our menu offerings, or laws and
regulations requiring us to disclose the nutritional content of
our food offerings. For example, a number of states, counties
and cities have enacted menu labeling laws requiring
multi-unit
restaurant operators to disclose certain nutritional information
available to guests, or have enacted legislation restricting the
use of certain types of ingredients in restaurants. Furthermore,
the federal Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or
PPACA, which was enacted on March 23, 2010, establishes a
uniform, federal requirement for certain restaurants to post
nutritional information on their menus. Specifically, the law
requires chain restaurants with 20 or more locations operating
under the same trade name and offering substantially the same
menus to publish the total number of calories of standard menu
items on menus and menu boards, along with a succinct statement
regarding the suggested daily caloric intake, to enable
consumers to understand the number of calories in the menu item
in the context of a total daily diet. The law also requires such
restaurants to provide to consumers, upon request, a written
summary of detailed nutritional information, including total
calories and calories from fat, total fat, saturated fat,
cholesterol, sodium, total carbohydrates, complex carbohydrates,
sugars, dietary fiber, and total protein in each serving size or
other unit of measure, for each standard menu item. The menu
must include a prominent, clear and conspicuous statement about
the availability of this information upon request. The United
States Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, is also permitted
to require additional nutrient disclosures, such as trans fat
content. An unfavorable report on our menu ingredients, the size
of our portions or the nutritional content of our menu items
could negatively influence the demand for our offerings.
The federal nutrition labeling law under the PPACA became
effective upon enactment, on March 23, 2010. However, the
FDA, is required to issue proposed regulations by March 23,
2011 to establish the methods by which restaurants should
measure the nutrient content of their standard menu items to
arrive at the declared value, and the format and manner of the
nutrient content disclosures required under the law. Thus, it is
expected that the FDA will not enforce the requirements until
these regulations are finalized. The new law specifically
preempts conflicting state and local laws, and instead provides
a single, national standard for nutrition labeling of restaurant
menu items. In the meantime, we will be subject to a patchwork
of state and local laws and regulations regarding nutritional
content disclosure requirements. Many of these requirements are
inconsistent or are interpreted differently from one
jurisdiction to another.
Compliance with these laws and regulations, as well as others
regarding the ingredients and nutritional content of our menu
items, may be costly and time-consuming. Additionally, if
consumer health regulations or consumer eating habits change
significantly, we may be required to modify or discontinue
certain menu items, and we may experience higher costs
associated with the implementation of those changes. We cannot
predict the impact of the new nutrition labeling requirements
under the PPACA, once they are issued and implemented.
Additionally, we cannot make any assurances regarding our
ability to effectively respond to changes in consumer health
perceptions or our ability to successfully implement the
nutrient content disclosure requirements and to adapt our menu
offerings to trends in eating habits.
17
Our
marketing programs may not be successful.
We expend significant resources in our marketing efforts, using
a variety of media, including social media venues. We expect to
continue to conduct brand awareness programs and guest
initiatives to attract and retain guests. These initiatives may
not be successful, resulting in expenses incurred without the
benefit of higher revenues. Additionally, some of our
competitors have greater financial resources, which enable them
to purchase significantly more television and radio advertising
than we are able to purchase. Should our competitors increase
spending on advertising and promotions or our advertising funds
decrease for any reason, or should our advertising and
promotions be less effective than our competitors, there could
be a material adverse effect on our results of operations and
financial condition.
The
impact of new restaurant openings could result in fluctuations
in our financial performance.
Quarterly results have been, and in the future may continue to
be, significantly impacted by the timing of new restaurant
openings (often dictated by factors outside of our control),
including associated pre-opening costs and operating
inefficiencies, as well as changes in our geographic
concentration due to the opening of new restaurants. We
typically incur the most significant portion of pre-opening
expenses associated with a given restaurant within the two
months immediately preceding and the month of the opening of the
restaurant. Our experience has been that labor and operating
costs associated with a newly opened restaurant for the first
several months of operation are materially greater than what can
be expected after that time, both in aggregate dollars and as a
percentage of revenues. Our new restaurants commonly take
several months to reach planned operating levels due to
inefficiencies typically associated with new restaurants,
including the training of new personnel, lack of market
awareness, inability to hire sufficient qualified staff and
other factors. Accordingly, the volume and timing of new
restaurant openings has had, and may continue to have, a
meaningful impact on our profitability. Due to the foregoing
factors, results for any one quarter are not necessarily
indicative of results to be expected for any other quarter or
for a full fiscal year, and these fluctuations may cause our
operating results to be below expectations of public market
analysts and investors.
Opening
new restaurants in existing markets may negatively effect sales
at our existing restaurants.
The consumer target area of our restaurants varies by location,
depending on a number of factors such as population density,
local retail and business attractions, area demographics and
geography. As a result, the opening of a new restaurant, whether
using the same brand or a different brand, in or near markets in
which we already have existing restaurants could adversely
impact the sales of new or existing restaurants. We do not
intend to open new restaurants that materially impact the
existing sales of our existing restaurants. However, there can
be no assurance that sales cannibalization between our
restaurants will not occur or become more significant in the
future as we continue to expand our operations.
Our
business operations and future development could be
significantly disrupted if we lose key members of our management
team.
The success of our business continues to depend to a significant
degree upon the continued contributions of our senior officers
and key employees, both individually and as a group. Our future
performance will be substantially dependent in particular on our
ability to retain and motivate Saed Mohseni, our President and
Chief Executive Officer, and certain of our other senior
executive officers. We currently have an employment agreement in
place with Mr. Mohseni. The loss of the services of our
CEO, senior officers or other key employees could have a
material adverse effect on our business and plans for future
development. We have no reason to believe that we will lose the
services of any of these individuals in the foreseeable future;
however, we currently have no effective replacement for any of
these individuals due to their experience, reputation in the
industry and special role in our operations. We also do not
maintain any key man life insurance policies for any of our
employees.
Our
growth may strain our infrastructure and resources, which could
slow our development of new restaurants and adversely affect our
ability to manage our existing restaurants.
We opened two BRAVO! and five BRIO restaurants in 2009, and in
2008 we opened seven BRAVO! and six BRIO restaurants. We have
opened two BRAVO! and two BRIO restaurants during 2010 and
expect to open one
18
additional BRIO restaurant before fiscal year end. Our recent
and future growth may strain our restaurant management systems
and resources, financial controls and information systems. Those
demands on our infrastructure and resources may also adversely
affect our ability to manage our existing restaurants. If we
fail to continue to improve our infrastructure or to manage
other factors necessary for us to meet our expansion objectives,
our operating results could be materially and adversely
affected. Likewise, if sales decline, we may be unable to reduce
our infrastructure quickly enough to prevent sales deleveraging,
which would adversely affect our profitability.
Changes
in, or any failure to comply with, applicable laws or
regulations may adversely affect our business and our growth
strategy.
Our operations are subject to regulation by federal agencies and
to licensing and regulation by state and local health,
sanitation, building, zoning, safety, fire and other
departments. The regulations cover matters relating to building
construction (including environmental impact), zoning
requirements, employment, nutritional information disclosure and
the preparation and sale of food and alcoholic beverages. The
impact of compliance with the laws and regulations of certain
states, including states in which we are not currently located
but may open restaurants in the future, may be more costly than
compliance in other states.
Various state and local health, sanitation, fire and safety
codes govern our existing restaurants. In addition, the
development of additional restaurants will be subject to
compliance with applicable construction, zoning, land use and
environmental regulations. Difficulties in obtaining or
renewing, or failures to obtain or renew, the required licenses
or approvals on a cost-effective and timely basis could delay or
prevent the development and openings of new restaurants, or
could disrupt the operations of existing restaurants. As is the
case with any operator of real property, we are subject to a
variety of federal, state and local governmental regulations
relating to the use, storage, discharge, emission and disposal
of hazardous materials. Failure to comply with environmental
laws could result in the imposition of severe penalties or
restrictions on operations by governmental agencies or courts of
law, which could adversely affect operations. We are unaware of
any significant hazards on properties we operate or have
operated, the remediation of which would result in material
liability. We do not have separate environmental liability
insurance nor do we maintain a reserve to cover such events. In
the event of the determination of contamination on such
properties, the Company, as operator, could be held liable for
severe penalties and costs of remediation.
Our relationships with employees are governed by various federal
and state labor laws and regulations, including minimum wage
requirements, breaks, overtime pay, fringe benefits, safety,
working conditions, unemployment tax rates, workers
compensation rates and citizenship or work authorization
requirements. We are also subject to the regulations of the
U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services and
U.S. Customs and Immigration Enforcement. Our failure to
comply with federal and state labor laws and regulations, or our
staff members failure to meet federal citizenship or residency
requirements, could result in a disruption in our work force,
sanctions or fines against us and adverse publicity. We may be
unable to increase our prices in order to pass increased labor
costs on to our guests, in which case our margins would be
negatively affected. Significant government-imposed increases in
minimum wages, paid or unpaid leaves of absence, sick leave, and
mandated health benefits, or increased tax reporting, assessment
or payment requirements related to our staff members who receive
gratuities, could be detrimental to the profitability of our
restaurants operations. In addition, while we carry employment
practices insurance covering a variety of labor-related
liability claims, a settlement or judgment against us that is
uninsured or in excess of our coverage limitations could have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations, liquidity,
financial position or business.
Our business is subject to extensive state and local government
regulation relating to alcoholic beverage control, public health
and food safety and labeling. For example, alcoholic beverage
control regulations require each of our restaurants to obtain
licenses and permits to sell alcoholic beverages on the
premises, and each restaurant must obtain a food service license
from local health authorities. In fiscal 2009, approximately
16.4% of our gross revenues at BRAVO! and 22.5% of our gross
revenues at BRIO were attributable to the sale of alcoholic
beverages. Typically, licenses must be renewed annually and may
be revoked or suspended for cause at any time. The failure of a
restaurant to obtain or retain its licenses, permits or other
approvals, or any suspension of such licenses, permits or other
approvals, would adversely affect that restaurants
operations and profitability and could adversely
19
affect our ability to obtain these licenses elsewhere. We may
also be subject to dram shop statutes in certain
states, which generally provide a person injured by an
intoxicated person the right to recover damages from an
establishment that wrongfully served alcoholic beverages to the
intoxicated person. Even though we are covered by general
liability insurance, a settlement or judgment against us under a
dram shop statute in excess of liability coverage
could adversely affect our financial condition and results of
operations.
Recent legislation enacted in March 2010 will require chain
restaurants with 20 or more locations in the United States to
comply with federal nutritional disclosure requirements, making
applicable to restaurants certain nutrition labeling
requirements from which restaurants have historically been
exempt. Additionally, the United States Congress is currently
considering food safety legislation that is expected to greatly
expand the FDAs authority over food safety. If this
legislation is enacted, we cannot assure you that it will not
impact our industry. The costs associated with such compliance
may increase over time, and while our ability to adapt to
consumer preferences is a strength of our concepts, the effect
of such labeling requirements on consumer choices, if any, is
unclear at this time.
In addition, our facilities must comply with the applicable
requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990
(ADA) and related federal and state statutes that
prohibit discrimination on the basis of disability in public
accommodations and employment. Although our restaurants are
designed to be accessible to the disabled, we could be required
to make modifications to our restaurants to provide service to,
or make reasonable accommodations for, disabled persons.
Restaurant
companies have been the target of
class-actions
and other litigation alleging, among other things, violations of
federal and state law.
We are subject to a variety of lawsuits, administrative
proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of our
business. In recent years, a number of restaurant companies have
been subject to claims by guests, employees and others regarding
issues such as food safety, personal injury and premises
liability, employment-related claims, harassment,
discrimination, disability and other operational issues common
to the foodservice industry. A number of these lawsuits have
resulted in the payment of substantial damages by the
defendants. Similar lawsuits have been instituted against us
from time to time, including a 2004 class action lawsuit
initiated by servers at a BRIO location in Newport, Kentucky. In
this lawsuit, certain of our servers alleged that they were
required to remit back to the restaurant a percentage of their
tips in violation of Kentucky law. While we settled this lawsuit
for an immaterial amount and no other such lawsuits have had a
material impact historically
,
an adverse judgment
or settlement that is not insured or is in excess of insurance
coverage could have an adverse impact on our profitability and
could cause variability in our results compared to expectations.
We are self-insured, or carry insurance programs with specific
retention levels, for a significant portion of our risks and
associated liabilities with respect to workers
compensation, general liability, employers liability,
health benefits and other insurable risks. Regardless of whether
any claims against us are valid or whether we are ultimately
determined to be liable, we could also be adversely affected by
negative publicity, litigation costs resulting from the defense
of these claims and the diversion of time and resources from our
operations.
Our
insurance policies may not provide adequate levels of coverage
against all claims, and fluctuating insurance requirements and
costs could negatively impact our profitability.
We believe our insurance coverage is customary for businesses of
our size and type. However, there are types of losses we may
incur that cannot be insured against or that we believe are not
commercially reasonable to insure. These losses, if they occur,
could have a material and adverse effect on our business and
results of operations. In addition, the cost of workers
compensation insurance, general liability insurance and
directors and officers liability insurance fluctuates
based on our historical trends, market conditions and
availability. Additionally, health insurance costs in general
have risen significantly over the past few years and are
expected to continue to increase in 2010. These increases, as
well as recently-enacted federal legislation requiring employers
to provide specified levels of health insurance to all
employees, could have a negative impact on our profitability,
and there can be no assurance that we will be able to
successfully offset the effect of such increases with plan
modifications and cost control measures, additional operating
efficiencies or the pass-through of such increased costs to our
guests.
20
Our
substantial indebtedness may limit our ability to invest in the
ongoing needs of our business.
We have a substantial amount of indebtedness. On an as adjusted
basis giving effect to this offering and the use of the offering
proceeds, as well as entry into our new senior credit
facilities, as of March 28, 2010 we had approximately
$ million of total
indebtedness. In particular, we expect to have approximately
$ and
$ of outstanding indebtedness
under our new term loan facility and new revolving credit
facility, respectively, and
$ million of revolving loan
availability under our new revolving credit facility. For the
year ended December 27, 2009 and the thirteen week period
ended March 28, 2010, our principal repayments/(borrowings)
on indebtedness (including net repayments/(borrowings) under our
existing revolving credit facility) were $9.3 million and
$(0.3) million, respectively, and cash interest expenses
for such periods were $7.0 million and $1.4 million,
respectively.
Our indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For
example, it:
|
|
|
|
|
requires us to utilize a substantial portion of our cash flow
from operations to payments on our indebtedness, reducing the
availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital
expenditures, development activity and other general corporate
purposes;
|
|
|
|
increases our vulnerability to adverse general economic or
industry conditions;
|
|
|
|
limits our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes
in our business or the industries in which we operate;
|
|
|
|
makes us more vulnerable to increases in interest rates, as
borrowings under our new senior credit facilities are expected
to be at variable rates;
|
|
|
|
limits our ability to obtain additional financing in the future
for working capital or other purposes; and
|
|
|
|
places us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our
competitors that have less indebtedness.
|
Although our new senior credit facilities will contain
restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these
restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and
exceptions, and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with
these restrictions could be substantial. Also, these
restrictions do not prevent us from incurring obligations that
do not constitute indebtedness.
Our new senior credit facilities to be put in place with the
consummation of this offering are expected to require us to
maintain certain interest expense coverage ratios and leverage
ratios which become more restrictive over time. While we have
never defaulted on compliance with any financial covenants under
the terms of our indebtedness, our ability to comply with these
ratios in the future may be affected by events beyond our
control, and an inability to comply with the required financial
ratios could result in a default under our new senior credit
facilities. In the event of any default, the lenders under our
new senior credit facilities could elect to terminate lending
commitments and declare all borrowings outstanding, together
with accrued and unpaid interest and other fees, to be
immediately due and payable.
See Description of Indebtedness,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity
and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Capital
Resources.
We may be
unable to obtain debt or other financing on favorable terms or
at all.
There are inherent risks in our ability to borrow. Our lenders,
including the lenders participating in our new senior credit
facilities, may have suffered losses related to their lending
and other financial relationships, especially because of the
general weakening of the national economy, increased financial
instability of many borrowers and the declining value of their
assets. As a result, lenders may become insolvent or tighten
their lending standards, which could make it more difficult for
us to borrow under our new senior credit facilities, refinance
our existing indebtedness or to obtain other financing on
favorable terms or at all. Our access to funds under our new
senior credit facilities is dependent upon the ability of our
lenders to meet their funding commitments. Our financial
condition and results of operations would be adversely affected
if we were unable to draw funds under our new senior credit
facilities because of a lender default or to obtain other
cost-effective financing.
21
Longer term disruptions in the capital and credit markets as a
result of uncertainty, changing or increased regulation, reduced
alternatives or failures of significant financial institutions
could adversely affect our access to liquidity needed for our
business. Any disruption could require us to take measures to
conserve cash until the markets stabilize or until alternative
credit arrangements or other funding for our business can be
arranged. Such measures could include deferring capital
expenditures (including the opening of new restaurants) and
reducing or eliminating other discretionary uses of cash.
We may be
required to record additional asset impairment charges in the
future.
In accordance with accounting guidance as it relates to the
impairment of long-lived assets, we review long-lived assets,
such as property and equipment and intangibles, subject to
amortization, for impairment when events or circumstances
indicate the carrying value of the assets may not be
recoverable. In determining the recoverability of the asset
value, an analysis is performed at the individual restaurant
level and primarily includes an assessment of historical cash
flows and other relevant factors and circumstances. Negative
restaurant-level cash flow over the previous
12-month
period is considered a potential impairment indicator. In such
situations, we evaluate future cash flow projections in
conjunction with qualitative factors and future operating plans.
Based on this analysis, if we believe that the carrying amount
of the assets are not recoverable, an impairment charge is
recognized based upon the amount by which the assets carrying
value exceeds fair value as measured by undiscounted future cash
flows expected to be generated by these assets. We recognized
asset impairment charges of approximately $6.4 million and
$8.5 million in fiscal 2009 and 2008, respectively, related
to three and five restaurants, respectively.
The estimates of fair value used in these analyses requires the
use of estimates and assumptions regarding future cash flows and
operating outcomes, which are based upon a significant degree of
managements judgment. If actual results differ from our
estimates or assumptions, additional impairment charges may be
required in the future. Changes in the economic environment,
real estate markets, capital spending, and overall operating
performance could impact these estimates and result in future
impairment charges. There can be no assurance that future
impairment tests will not result in additional charges to
earnings.
Security
breaches of confidential guest information in connection with
our electronic processing of credit and debit card transactions
may adversely affect our business.
The majority of our restaurant sales are by credit or debit
cards. Other restaurants and retailers have experienced security
breaches in which credit and debit card information of their
customers has been stolen. We may in the future become subject
to lawsuits or other proceedings for purportedly fraudulent
transactions arising out of the actual or alleged theft of our
guests credit or debit card information. Any such claim or
proceeding, or any adverse publicity resulting from these
allegations, may have a material adverse effect on us and our
restaurants.
We may
not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property,
which, in turn, could harm the value of our brands and adversely
affect our business.
Our ability to implement our business plan successfully depends
in part on our ability to further build brand recognition using
our trademarks, service marks and other proprietary intellectual
property, including our names and logos and the unique ambiance
of our restaurants. We have registered or applied to register a
number of our trademarks. We cannot assure you that our
trademark applications will be approved. Third parties may also
oppose our trademark applications, or otherwise challenge our
use of the trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are
successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our goods
and services, which could result in loss of brand recognition,
and could require us to devote resources to advertising and
marketing new brands.
If our efforts to register, maintain and protect our
intellectual property are inadequate, or if any third party
misappropriates, dilutes or infringes on our intellectual
property, the value of our brands may be harmed, which could
have a material adverse effect on our business and might prevent
our brands from achieving or maintaining market acceptance. We
may also face the risk of claims that we have infringed third
parties intellectual property rights. If third parties
claim that we infringe upon their intellectual property rights,
our operating profits could be adversely affected. Any claims of
intellectual property infringement, even those without merit,
could be expensive
22
and time consuming to defend, require us to rebrand our
services, if feasible, divert managements attention and
resources or require us to enter into royalty or licensing
agreements in order to obtain the right to use a third
partys intellectual property.
Any royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be
available to us on acceptable terms or at all. A successful
claim of infringement against us could result in our being
required to pay significant damages, enter into costly license
or royalty agreements, or stop the sale of certain products or
services, any of which could have a negative impact on our
operating profits and harm our future prospects.
Information
technology system failures or breaches of our network security
could interrupt our operations and adversely affect our
business.
We rely on our computer systems and network infrastructure
across our operations, including
point-of-sale
processing at our restaurants. Our operations depend upon our
ability to protect our computer equipment and systems against
damage from physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications
failure or other catastrophic events, as well as from internal
and external security breaches, viruses, worms and other
disruptive problems. Any damage or failure of our computer
systems or network infrastructure that causes an interruption in
our operations could have a material adverse effect on our
business and subject us to litigation or actions by regulatory
authorities. Although we employ both internal resources and
external consultants to conduct auditing and testing for
weaknesses in our systems, controls, firewalls and encryption
and intend to maintain and upgrade our security technology and
operational procedures to prevent such damage, breaches or other
disruptive problems, there can be no assurance that these
security measures will be successful.
A major
natural or man-made disaster at our corporate facility could
have a material adverse effect on our business.
Most of our corporate systems, processes and corporate support
for our restaurant operations are centralized at one Ohio
location, with the exception of
back-up
data
tapes that are sent off-site on a weekly basis. We are currently
implementing a new disaster recovery plan, including the
establishment of a datacenter/co-location facility. If we are
unable to fully develop a new disaster recovery plan, we may
experience failures or delays in recovery of data, delayed
reporting and compliance, inability to perform necessary
corporate functions and other breakdowns in normal operating
procedures that could have a material adverse effect on our
business and create exposure to administrative and other legal
claims against us.
We will
incur increased costs and obligations as a result of being a
public company.
As a privately held company, we have not been responsible for
certain corporate governance and financial reporting practices
and policies required of a publicly traded company. Following
this offering, we will be a publicly traded company and will
incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we
were not required to incur in the recent past. In addition, the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act), as well as rules implemented by the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the
SEC) and the Nasdaq Global Market, require changes
in corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect
these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial
compliance costs and to make some activities more time consuming
and costly. Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate
infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert
managements attention from implementing our growth
strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business,
results of operations and financial condition. We have made, and
will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and
procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to
meet our reporting obligations as a publicly traded company.
However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy
our obligations as a publicly traded company.
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires annual
management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal
control over financial reporting, starting with the second
annual report that we file with the SEC after the consummation
of this offering, and will likely require in the same report a
report by our independent registered public accounting firm on
the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting. In connection with the implementation of the
necessary procedures and practices related to internal control
over financial reporting, we
23
may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remediate
in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. We
will be unable to issue securities in the public markets through
the use of a shelf registration statement if we are not in
compliance with Section 404. In addition, failure to
achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment
could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock
price.
Federal,
state and local tax rules may adversely impact our results of
operations and financial position.
We are subject to federal, state and local taxes in the
U.S. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable,
if the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) or other
taxing authority disagrees with the positions we have taken on
our tax returns, we could face additional tax liability,
including interest and penalties. If material, payment of such
additional amounts upon final adjudication of any disputes could
have a material impact on our results of operations and
financial position. In addition, complying with new tax rules,
laws or regulations could impact our financial condition, and
increases to federal or state statutory tax rates and other
changes in tax laws, rules or regulations may increase our
effective tax rate. Any increase in our effective tax rate could
have a material impact on our financial results.
Risks Relating to
this Offering
The price
of our common stock may be volatile and you could lose all or
part of your investment.
Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent
you from being able to sell your shares at or above the price
you paid for your shares. The market price of our common stock
could fluctuate significantly for various reasons, which include:
|
|
|
|
|
our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in
our industry;
|
|
|
|
changes in laws or regulations, or new interpretations or
applications of laws and regulations, that are applicable to our
business;
|
|
|
|
the publics reaction to our press releases, our other
public announcements and our filings with the SEC;
|
|
|
|
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance,
interpretations or principles;
|
|
|
|
additions or departures of our senior management personnel;
|
|
|
|
sales of common stock by our directors and executive officers;
|
|
|
|
sales or distributions of common stock by our sponsors;
|
|
|
|
adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or
securities we may issue in the future;
|
|
|
|
actions by shareholders;
|
|
|
|
the level and quality of research analyst coverage for our
common stock, changes in financial estimates or investment
recommendations by securities analysts following our business or
failure to meet such estimates;
|
|
|
|
the financial disclosure we may provide to the public, any
changes in such disclosure or our failure to meet such
disclosure;
|
|
|
|
various market factors or perceived market factors, including
rumors, whether or not correct, involving us, our suppliers or
our competitors;
|
|
|
|
introductions of new offerings or new pricing policies by us or
by our competitors;
|
|
|
|
acquisitions or strategic alliances by us or our competitors;
|
|
|
|
short sales, hedging and other derivative transactions in the
shares of our common stock;
|
|
|
|
the operating and stock price performance of other companies
that investors may deem comparable to us; and
|
|
|
|
other events or factors, including changes in general conditions
in the United States and global economies or financial markets
(including those resulting from Acts of God, war, incidents of
terrorism or responses to such events).
|
24
In addition, in recent years, the stock market has experienced
extreme price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a
significant impact on the market price of securities issued by
many companies, including companies in our industry. The price
of our common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have
little or nothing to do with our company, and these fluctuations
could materially reduce our stock price.
In the past, following periods of market volatility in the price
of a companys securities, security holders have often
instituted class action litigation. If the market value of our
common stock experiences adverse fluctuations and we become
involved in this type of litigation, regardless of the outcome,
we could incur substantial legal costs and our managements
attention could be diverted from the operation of our business,
causing our business to suffer.
There is
no existing market for our common stock and we do not know if
one will develop to provide you with adequate
liquidity.
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for
our common stock. An active market for our common stock may not
develop following the completion of this offering, or if it does
develop, may not be maintained. If an active trading market does
not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our common
stock that you buy. The initial public offering price for the
shares of our common stock will be determined by negotiations
between us, the selling shareholders and the representatives of
the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will
prevail in the open market following this offering.
Consequently, you may not be able to sell shares of our common
stock at prices equal to or greater than the price paid by you
in this offering.
Future
sales of our common stock, including shares purchased in this
offering, in the public market could lower our stock
price.
Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public
market following this offering by our existing shareholders,
upon the exercise of outstanding stock options or by persons who
acquire shares in this offering may adversely affect the market
price of our common stock. Such sales could also create public
perception of difficulties or problems with our business. These
sales might also make it more difficult for us to sell
securities in the future at a time and price that we deem
appropriate.
Upon the completion of this offering, we will have
outstanding shares
of common stock, of which:
|
|
|
|
|
shares
are shares that we and the selling shareholders are selling in
this offering and, unless purchased by affiliates, may be resold
in the public market immediately after this offering; and
|
|
|
|
shares
will be restricted securities, as defined in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and eligible for sale in
the public market pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144,
of
which shares
are subject to
lock-up
agreements and will become available for resale in the public
market beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
|
With limited exceptions, as described under the caption
Underwriting, these
lock-up
agreements prohibit a shareholder from selling, contracting to
sell or otherwise disposing of any common stock or securities
that are convertible or exchangeable for common stock or
entering into any arrangement that transfers the economic
consequences of ownership of our common stock for at least
180 days from the date of this prospectus, although the
lead underwriters may, in their sole discretion and at any time
without notice, release all or any portion of the securities
subject to these
lock-up
agreements. The lead underwriters have advised us that they have
no present intent or arrangement to release any shares subject
to a
lock-up
and will consider the release of any
lock-up
on a
case-by-case
basis. Upon a request to release any shares subject to a
lock-up,
the
lead underwriters would consider the particular circumstances
surrounding the request including, but not limited to, the
length of time before the
lock-up
expires, the number of shares requested to be released, reasons
for the request, the possible impact on the market for our
common stock and whether the holder of our shares requesting the
release is an officer, director or other affiliate of ours. As a
result of these
lock-up
agreements, notwithstanding earlier eligibility for sale under
the provisions of Rule 144, none of these shares may be
sold until at least 180 days after the date of this
prospectus.
As restrictions on resale end, our stock price could drop
significantly if the holders of these restricted shares sell
them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.
These sales might also make it more difficult for us to sell
securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem
appropriate.
25
You will
suffer immediate and substantial dilution.
The initial public offering price per share is substantially
higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share
immediately after this offering. As a result, you will pay a
price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our
assets after subtracting our liabilities. Assuming an offering
price of $ per share, you will
incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of
$ per share. If outstanding
options to purchase our common stock are exercised, you will
experience additional dilution. Any future equity issuances will
result in even further dilution to holders of our common stock.
If
securities analysts or industry analysts downgrade our stock,
publish negative research or reports, or do not publish reports
about our business, our stock price and trading volume could
decline.
The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by
the research and reports that industry or securities analysts
publish about us, our business and our industry. If one or more
analysts adversely change their recommendation regarding our
stock or our competitors stock, our stock price would
likely decline. If one or more analysts cease coverage of us or
fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose
visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause
our stock price or trading volume to decline.
Certain
provisions of Ohio law and our articles of incorporation and
regulations that will be in effect after this offering may deter
takeover attempts, which may limit the opportunity of our
shareholders to sell their shares at a favorable price, and may
make it more difficult for our shareholders to remove our board
of directors and management.
Provisions in our articles of incorporation and regulations, as
they will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, may
have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or
changes in our management. These provisions include the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
advance notice requirements for shareholders proposals and
nominations;
|
|
|
|
availability of blank check preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
establish a classified board of directors so that not all
members of our board of directors are elected at one time;
|
|
|
|
the right of the board of directors to elect a director to fill
a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or
due to the resignation or departure of an existing board member;
|
|
|
|
the prohibition of cumulative voting in the election of
directors, which would otherwise allow less than a majority of
shareholders to elect director candidates; and
|
|
|
|
limitations on the removal of directors.
|
In addition, because we are incorporated in Ohio, we are
governed by the provisions of Section 1704 of the Ohio
Revised Code. These provisions may prohibit large shareholders,
particularly those owning 10% or more of our outstanding voting
stock, from merging or combining with us. These provisions in
our articles of incorporation and regulations and under Ohio law
could discourage potential takeover attempts, could reduce the
price that investors are willing to pay for shares of our common
stock in the future and could potentially result in the market
price being lower than they would without these provisions.
Although no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding upon
the completion of this offering and although we have no present
plans to issue any preferred stock, our articles of
incorporation authorize the board of directors to issue up
to shares
of preferred stock. The preferred stock may be issued in one or
more series, the terms of which will be determined at the time
of issuance by our board of directors without further action by
the shareholders. These terms may include voting rights,
including the right to vote as a series on particular matters,
preferences as to dividends and liquidation, conversion rights,
redemption rights and sinking fund provisions. The issuance of
any preferred stock could diminish the rights of holders of our
common stock and, therefore, could reduce the value of our
common stock. In addition, specific rights granted to future
holders of preferred stock could be used to restrict our ability
to merge with, or sell assets to, a third party. The ability of
our board of directors to issue preferred stock and the
foregoing anti-takeover provisions may prevent or frustrate
attempts by a
26
third party to acquire control of our company, even if some of
our shareholders consider such change of control to be
beneficial. See Description of Capital Stock.
Since we
do not expect to pay any dividends for the foreseeable future,
investors in this offering may be forced to sell their stock in
order to realize a return on their investment.
We have not declared or paid any dividends on our common stock.
We do not anticipate that we will pay any dividends to holders
of our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any payment of
cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of
directors and will depend on our financial condition, capital
requirements, legal requirements, earnings and other factors. We
anticipate that our ability to pay dividends will be restricted
by the terms of our new senior credit facilities and might be
restricted by the terms of any indebtedness that we incur in the
future. Consequently, you should not rely on dividends in order
to receive a return on your investment. See Dividend
Policy.
The
concentration of our capital stock ownership with insiders upon
the completion of this offering will likely limit an
investors ability to influence corporate
matters.
Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers,
directors and affiliated entities controlled by us or these
individuals will together beneficially own or control
approximately % of our outstanding
common stock, or % if the
underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. As a
result, certain shareholders will have substantial influence and
control over management and matters that require approval by our
shareholders, including amendments to our articles of
incorporation and regulations and approval of significant
corporate transactions, including mergers and sales of
substantially all of our assets. It is possible that the
interests of these shareholders may in some circumstances
conflict with our interests and the interests of our other
shareholders, including you.
Our
reported financial results may be adversely affected by changes
in accounting principles applicable to us.
Generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. are
subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards
Board, or FASB, the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants, the SEC and various bodies formed to promulgate and
interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these
principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on
our reported financial results, and could affect the reporting
of transactions completed before the announcement of a change.
In addition, the SEC has announced a multi-year plan that could
ultimately lead to the use of International Financial Reporting
Standards by U.S. issuers in their SEC filings. Any such
change could have a significant effect on our reported financial
results.
Our
ability to raise capital in the future may be limited.
Our business and operations may consume resources faster than we
anticipate. In the future, we may need to raise additional funds
through the issuance of new equity securities, debt or a
combination of both. Additional financing may not be available
on favorable terms, or at all. If adequate funds are not
available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to fund our
capital requirements. If we issue new debt securities, the debt
holders would have rights senior to common shareholders to make
claims on our assets, and the terms of any debt could restrict
our operations, including our ability to pay dividends on our
common stock. If we issue additional equity securities, existing
shareholders will experience dilution, and the new equity
securities could have rights senior to those of our common
stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future
offering will depend on market conditions and other factors
beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount,
timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, our shareholders
bear the risk of our future securities offerings reducing the
market price of our common stock and diluting their interest.
27
Reorganization
Transactions
The diagram below illustrates our ownership structure prior to
the reorganization transactions described below. The ownership
percentages presented in the charts below exclude all
outstanding options.
Structure
Prior to IPO Reorganization
It is anticipated that our majority shareholder, Bravo
Development Holdings LLC, or Holdings, will enter into an
exchange agreement with us pursuant to which Holdings will
exchange its shares of our Series A preferred stock and
common stock for new shares of our common stock immediately
prior to the consummation of this offering. Additionally, we and
each of our other current shareholders will simultaneously enter
into a similar exchange agreement pursuant to which each such
shareholder will exchange all of their shares of our
Series A preferred stock and common stock for new shares of
our common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this
offering.
The aggregate number of shares of our new common stock issued by
us in exchange for the shares of our Series A preferred
stock and our outstanding common stock, or the new common
shares, will
equal shares.
The number of new common shares will not be affected by the
initial public offering price of shares of our common stock in
this offering, although the allocation of such shares to the
holders of our Series A preferred stock and to the holders
of our outstanding common stock will be based upon the initial
public offering price in this offering. Under the terms of the
exchange of our Series A preferred stock, each share of
Series A preferred stock will be exchanged
for
new common shares, which have an aggregate fair value, based
upon an initial public offering price
of ,
the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this
prospectus, equal to the liquidation preference for each share
of Series A preferred stock. The liquidation
preference, as defined in our amended and restated
articles of incorporation, for each share of Series A
preferred stock equals $1,000 plus all accumulated but unpaid
dividends that have accrued on such share. The holders of our
outstanding common stock will
receive new common shares (based
upon an exchange ratio of one to one and after giving effect to
a
-for-1 stock split of our outstanding common stock) equal to the
aggregate number of new common shares issued less the new common
shares issued to the holders of Series A preferred stock.
Based upon an initial public offering price of
$ per share, the midpoint of the
price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, holders
of our Series A preferred stock will receive an aggregate
of
approximately
new common shares, representing a beneficial ownership interest
of % of our company. A $1.00
increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price
of $ per share, the midpoint of
the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would
increase (decrease) the beneficial ownership of our new common
shares held by holders of our Series A preferred stock
by %.
Any such increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public
offering price,
28
however, will not affect the number of new common shares
outstanding after giving effect to this offering and the
reorganization transactions.
After determining the allocation of the new common shares as
described above, prior to the consummation of this offering, we
will (i) exchange one share of our new common stock for each
outstanding share of our common stock, (ii) following this
exchange, amend and restate our articles of incorporation to
give effect to
a -for-1
stock split of our outstanding common stock and (iii) the shares
of Series A preferred stock will be exchanged for the new
common shares as described above. Following these transactions
and immediately prior to the consummation of this offering,
Holdings will in turn distribute the new common shares it
received as part of the transactions detailed above to its
members on a pro rata basis in accordance with such
members ownership interest in the common units of
Holdings. Holdings will then be dissolved. The reorganization
transactions will have no effect on our total stockholders
equity.
In this prospectus, we collectively refer to the transactions
described above as the reorganization transactions.
Upon the consummation of this offering and the reorganization
transactions, there will be no shares of Series A preferred
stock outstanding.
As a result of the reorganization transactions and immediately
following the consummation of this offering, BRS and its
affiliates will beneficially own
approximately % of our common
stock, Castle Harlan and its affiliates will beneficially own
approximately % of our common stock
and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders
will collectively beneficially own
approximately % of our common
stock. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share, the
midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this
prospectus, would increase (decrease) the beneficial ownership
of our common stock by BRS and its affiliates
by %, Castle Harlan and its
affiliates by % and our executive
officers, directors and principal shareholders
by %. The diagram below illustrates
our ownership structure following the reorganization
transactions and the sale of common stock by us and the selling
shareholders in this offering.
Structure
Following IPO Reorganization
29
Cautionary
Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These
statements relate to future events or our future financial
performance. We have attempted to identify forward-looking
statements by terminology including anticipates,
believes, can, continue,
could, estimates, expects,
intends, may, plans,
potential, predicts, should
or will or the negative of these terms or other
comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions
and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other
factors, including those discussed under Risk
Factors. The following factors, among others, could cause
our actual results and performance to differ materially from the
results and performance projected in, or implied by, the
forward-looking statements:
|
|
|
|
|
the success of our existing and new restaurants;
|
|
|
|
our ability to successfully develop and expand our operations;
|
|
|
|
changes in economic conditions, including continuing effects
from the recent recession;
|
|
|
|
damage to our reputation or lack of acceptance of our brands;
|
|
|
|
economic and other trends and developments, including adverse
weather conditions, in those local or regional areas in which
our restaurants are concentrated;
|
|
|
|
the impact of economic factors, including the availability of
credit, on our landlords and other retail center tenants;
|
|
|
|
changes in availability or cost of our principal food products;
|
|
|
|
increases in our labor costs, including as a result of changes
in government regulation;
|
|
|
|
labor shortages or increased labor costs;
|
|
|
|
increasing competition in the restaurant industry in general as
well as in the dining segments of the restaurant industry in
which we compete;
|
|
|
|
changes in attitudes or negative publicity regarding food safety
and health concerns;
|
|
|
|
the success of our marketing programs;
|
|
|
|
potential fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to
new restaurant openings and other factors;
|
|
|
|
the effect on existing restaurants of opening new restaurants in
the same markets;
|
|
|
|
the loss of key members of our management team;
|
|
|
|
strain on our infrastructure and resources caused by our growth;
|
|
|
|
the impact of federal, state or local government regulations
relating to building construction and the opening of new
restaurants, our existing restaurants, our employees, the sale
of alcoholic beverages and the sale or preparation of food;
|
|
|
|
the impact of litigation;
|
|
|
|
our inability to obtain adequate levels of insurance coverage;
|
|
|
|
the impact of our substantial indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
future asset impairment charges;
|
|
|
|
security breaches of confidential guest information;
|
|
|
|
inadequate protection of our intellectual property;
|
|
|
|
our ability to raise capital in the future;
|
|
|
|
the failure or breach of our information technology systems;
|
|
|
|
a major natural or man-made disaster at our corporate facility;
|
|
|
|
increased costs and obligations as a result of being a public
company;
|
|
|
|
the impact of federal, state and local tax rules;
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
concentration of ownership among our existing executives,
directors and principal shareholders may prevent new investors
from influencing significant corporate decisions; and
|
|
|
|
other factors discussed under the headings Risk
Factors, Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and
Business.
|
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the
forward-looking statements are reasonable based on our current
knowledge of our business and operations, we cannot guarantee
future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.
You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking
statements, which apply only as of the date of this prospectus.
We assume no obligation to provide revisions to any
forward-looking statements should circumstances change.
31
Use of
Proceeds
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will
be approximately $ million,
assuming an initial public offering price of
$ per share, which is the midpoint
of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and
after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00
increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering
price of $ per share would
increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us by
approximately $ , assuming the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by us.
The selling shareholders will receive
$ million in proceeds from
their sale
of shares
of common stock in this offering, or approximately
$ million if the underwriters
exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of
common stock to cover over-allotments. We will not receive any
proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholders.
See Reorganization Transactions, Principal and
Selling Shareholders and Underwriting.
In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into new
senior credit facilities, consisting of a
$ million term loan facility
and a $ million revolving
credit facility. We intend to use the net proceeds of this
offering, together with
$ million of borrowings under
our new senior credit facilities, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
To repay all our loans outstanding under our existing senior
credit facilities, and any accrued and unpaid interest and
related LIBOR breakage costs and other fees. As of
March 28, 2010, approximately $85.8 million principal
amount of loans were outstanding under our existing senior
credit facilities. The weighted-average interest rate for the
year ended December 27, 2009 of our indebtedness under our
existing senior credit facilities was 3.47%. Our existing senior
credit facilities can be prepaid without premium or penalty,
other than any related LIBOR breakage costs and other fees.
Affiliates of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC will receive more than
5% of the proceeds from this offering (after taking into account
underwriters discounts and commissions and offering
expenses payable by us) as lenders under our existing senior
credit facilities. An affiliate of Jefferies &
Company, Inc. is also a lender under our existing senior credit
facilities, although it will receive less than 5% of the
proceeds from this offering (after taking into account
underwriters discounts and commissions and offering
expenses payable by us).
|
|
|
|
To repay all of our 13.25% senior subordinated secured
notes, and any accrued and unpaid interest. As of March 28,
2010, approximately $32.4 million aggregate principal
amount of our 13.25% senior subordinated secured notes were
outstanding. Our 13.25% senior subordinated secured notes
can be prepaid without premium or penalty.
|
Any remaining net proceeds will be used for general corporate
purposes.
32
Dividend
Policy
We do not currently pay cash dividends on our common stock and
do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in
the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain any future
earnings to fund the operation, development and expansion of our
business. Any future determinations relating to our dividend
policies will be made at the discretion of our board of
directors and will depend on existing conditions, including our
financial condition, results of operations, contractual
restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other
factors our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition,
we anticipate that our ability to declare and pay dividends will
be restricted by covenants in our new senior credit facilities.
33
Capitalization
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of
March 28, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis; and
|
|
|
|
on an as adjusted basis to give effect to (1) the sale of
shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial
public offering price of $ per
share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated fees and expenses
payable by us, (2) the reorganization transactions and
(3) the application of the net proceeds of this offering
and borrowings under our new senior credit facilities as
described under Use of Proceeds, as if the events
had occurred on March 28, 2010.
|
You should read this information in conjunction with
Reorganization Transactions, Use of
Proceeds, Selected Historical Consolidated Financial
and Operating Data, Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
Description of Indebtedness and our consolidated
financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in
this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of March 28, 2010
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
As Adjusted
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
241
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing revolving credit facility(1)
|
|
$
|
6,200
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Existing term loan facility(2)
|
|
|
79,613
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.25% senior subordinated secured notes(3)
|
|
|
32,384
|
|
|
|
|
|
New revolving credit facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New term loan facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other debt
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
118,439
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A preferred stock(4)
|
|
|
97,539
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficiency in assets)
|
|
|
(70,174
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization(5)
|
|
$
|
145,804
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The existing revolving credit facility is a part of our existing
senior credit facilities and provides for borrowings of up to
$30.0 million, of which $20.0 million was available as
of March 28, 2010 for working capital and general corporate
purposes (after giving effect to $3.8 million of
outstanding letters of credit at March 28, 2010).
|
|
(2)
|
|
We borrowed $82.5 million in term loans under our existing
senior credit facilities. Between June 29, 2006 and
March 28, 2010, we repaid approximately $2.9 million
of our outstanding term loans.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Reflects the balance sheet liability of our 13.25% senior
subordinated secured notes calculated in accordance with GAAP.
From November 2006 through January 2010, the Company elected to
capitalize accrued but unpaid interest on the senior
subordinated secured notes as permitted under the related note
purchase agreement. Total unpaid interest capitalized into the
balance of the senior subordinated secured notes since the
issuance of the senior subordinated secured notes amounted to
approximately $6.7 million.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Reflects the current liquidation preference for our
Series A preferred stock, including undeclared preferred
dividends of $38.0 million as of March 28, 2010.
|
|
(5)
|
|
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share,
which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of total
stockholders equity (deficiency in assets) and total
capitalization by $ million,
assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the
cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after
deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us.
|
34
Dilution
Purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering will
experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net
tangible book value of the common stock from the initial public
offering price. Net tangible book value per share represents the
amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities,
divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding.
Dilution in net tangible book value per share represents the
difference between the amount per share that you pay in this
offering and the net tangible book value per share immediately
after this offering. Our net tangible book value (deficit) as of
March 28, 2010 was approximately $(70.2) million, or
$ per share.
After giving effect to (i) the sale
of shares
of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial
public offering price of $ per
share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus, (ii) the reorganization
transactions and (iii) the deduction of estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated fees and
expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value at
March 28, 2010 would have been approximately
$ million, or
$ per share. This represents an
immediate increase in net tangible book value of
$ per share to existing
shareholders and an immediate and substantial dilution of
$ per share to new investors. This
calculation does not give effect to our use of proceeds from
this offering or any borrowings under our new senior credit
facilities. The following table illustrates this per share
dilution:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Assumed initial public offering price per share (the midpoint of
the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Actual net tangible book value per share as of March 28,
2010
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase per share attributable to new investors
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution per share to new investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales
of shares
of common stock by the selling shareholders in this offering
will reduce the number of shares of common stock held by
existing shareholders
to ,
or approximately % of the total
shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, and will
increase the number of shares held by new investors
to ,
or approximately % of the total
shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.
If the underwriters exercise in full their over-allotment option
to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this
offering at the assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, which is the midpoint
of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the
number of shares of common stock held by existing shareholders
will be reduced
to ,
or % of the aggregate number of
shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, the
number of shares of common stock held by new investors will be
increased
to ,
or % of the aggregate number of
shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, the
increase per share attributable to new investors would be
$ , the pro forma net tangible
book value per share after this offering would be
$ , and the dilution per share to
new investors would be $ .
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share,
which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma net
tangible book value by
$ million, the pro forma net
tangible book value per share after this offering by
$ per share, and the dilution per
share to new investors by $ per
share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth
on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after
deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The following table summarizes, on the pro forma basis described
above as of March 28, 2010, after giving effect to the
reorganization transactions, the total number of shares of
common stock purchased from us and the selling shareholders and
the total consideration and the average price per share paid by
existing shareholders and by investors participating in this
offering. The calculation below is based on the assumed initial
public offering price
35
of $ per share, which is the
midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts
and commissions and estimated fees and expenses payable by us.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
Total Consideration
|
|
|
Average Price
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
Existing shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price of
$ per share, which is the midpoint
of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus,
would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new
investors and total consideration paid by all shareholders by
$ million, assuming the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same, and before deducting the
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by us.
The pro forma dilution information above is for illustration
purposes only. Our net tangible book value following the
completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on
the actual initial public offering price of our shares and other
terms of this offering determined at pricing. The number of
shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering as
shown above is based on the number of shares outstanding as of
March 28, 2010. As of March 28, 2010, without giving
effect to the -for-1 stock split of
our outstanding common stock expected to occur prior to the
consummation of this offering, there were options outstanding to
purchase 257,875 shares of our common stock, with exercise
prices of either $5.00 or $10.00 per share and a weighted
average exercise price of $9.92 per share. The tables and
calculations above assume that those options have not been
exercised. To the extent outstanding options are exercised, you
would experience further dilution if the exercise price is less
than our net tangible book value per share. In addition, if we
grant options, warrants, or other convertible securities or
rights to purchase our common stock in the future with exercise
prices below the initial public offering price, new investors
will incur additional dilution upon exercise of such securities
or rights.
36
Selected
Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data
You should read the following selected historical consolidated
financial and operating data in conjunction with our
consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should
also read Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations. All of
these materials are contained elsewhere in this prospectus. The
selected historical consolidated financial data as of
December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009 and for the
three years in the period ended December 27, 2009 have been
derived from consolidated financial statements audited by
Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered
public accounting firm, included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The selected historical consolidated financial data as of
December 25, 2005, December 31, 2006 and
December 30, 2007 and for the two years in the period ended
December 31, 2006 have been derived from our audited
consolidated financial statements not included elsewhere in this
prospectus. We derived the historical financial data for the
thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2010 from our unaudited
interim consolidated financial statements, which are included
elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the balance sheet
data as of March 29, 2009 from our unaudited interim
consolidated financial statements not included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share and basic and
diluted weighted average shares outstanding for the years ended
December 31, 2006, December 30, 2007,
December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009 and for the
thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2009 and March 28, 2010
are presented on a historical basis.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended(1)
|
|
|
Thirteen Weeks Ended
|
|
|
|
December 25,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 28,
|
|
|
December 27,
|
|
|
March 29,
|
|
|
March 28,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
198,787
|
|
|
$
|
241,369
|
|
|
$
|
265,374
|
|
|
$
|
300,783
|
|
|
$
|
311,709
|
|
|
$
|
73,593
|
|
|
$
|
81,844
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
59,050
|
|
|
|
70,632
|
|
|
|
75,340
|
|
|
|
84,618
|
|
|
|
82,609
|
|
|
|
19,721
|
|
|
|
21,357
|
|
Labor
|
|
|
66,565
|
|
|
|
81,054
|
|
|
|
89,663
|
|
|
|
102,323
|
|
|
|
106,330
|
|
|
|
26,096
|
|
|
|
28,096
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
31,710
|
|
|
|
36,966
|
|
|
|
41,567
|
|
|
|
47,690
|
|
|
|
48,917
|
|
|
|
12,505
|
|
|
|
12,753
|
|
Occupancy
|
|
|
10,491
|
|
|
|
14,072
|
|
|
|
16,054
|
|
|
|
18,736
|
|
|
|
19,636
|
|
|
|
5,061
|
|
|
|
5,525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restaurant operating costs
|
|
|
167,816
|
|
|
|
202,724
|
|
|
|
222,624
|
|
|
|
253,367
|
|
|
|
257,492
|
|
|
|
63,383
|
|
|
|
67,731
|
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
|
13,098
|
|
|
|
15,401
|
|
|
|
16,768
|
|
|
|
15,042
|
|
|
|
17,123
|
|
|
|
4,583
|
|
|
|
4,423
|
|
Restaurant pre-opening costs
|
|
|
4,072
|
|
|
|
4,658
|
|
|
|
5,647
|
|
|
|
5,434
|
|
|
|
3,758
|
|
|
|
1,106
|
|
|
|
1,205
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
7,179
|
|
|
|
9,414
|
|
|
|
12,309
|
|
|
|
14,651
|
|
|
|
16,088
|
|
|
|
3,816
|
|
|
|
4,124
|
|
Asset impairment charges
|
|
|
475
|
|
|
|
3,266
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,506
|
|
|
|
6,436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other expenses net
|
|
|
428
|
|
|
|
359
|
|
|
|
462
|
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
25,252
|
|
|
|
33,098
|
|
|
|
35,186
|
|
|
|
43,862
|
|
|
|
43,562
|
|
|
|
9,610
|
|
|
|
9,727
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
5,719
|
|
|
|
5,547
|
|
|
|
7,564
|
|
|
|
3,554
|
|
|
|
10,655
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
4,386
|
|
Net interest expense
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
5,643
|
|
|
|
11,853
|
|
|
|
9,892
|
|
|
|
7,119
|
|
|
|
1,895
|
|
|
|
1,770
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
5,461
|
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
|
(4,289
|
)
|
|
|
(6,338
|
)
|
|
|
3,536
|
|
|
|
(1,295
|
)
|
|
|
2,616
|
|
Income tax provision (benefit)(2)
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
|
(3,503
|
)
|
|
|
55,061
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
5,422
|
|
|
$
|
(709
|
)
|
|
$
|
(786
|
)
|
|
$
|
(61,399
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,401
|
|
|
$
|
(1,293
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,516
|
|
Undeclared preferred dividend
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,257
|
)
|
|
|
(8,920
|
)
|
|
|
(10,175
|
)
|
|
|
(11,599
|
)
|
|
|
(2,710
|
)
|
|
|
(3,089
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
|
|
$
|
5,422
|
|
|
$
|
(4,966
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,706
|
)
|
|
$
|
(71,574
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,198
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,003
|
)
|
|
$
|
(573
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share Data:(2)(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
NM
|
|
|
|
NM
|
|
|
$
|
(9.24
|
)
|
|
$
|
(68.17
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7.81
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.81
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.55
|
)
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding basic and
diluted
|
|
|
NM
|
|
|
|
NM
|
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended(1)
|
|
|
Thirteen Weeks Ended
|
|
|
|
December 25,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 28,
|
|
|
December 27,
|
|
|
March 29,
|
|
|
March 28,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided from operating activities
|
|
$
|
23,015
|
|
|
$
|
23,397
|
|
|
$
|
31,291
|
|
|
$
|
32,501
|
|
|
$
|
33,782
|
|
|
$
|
2,948
|
|
|
$
|
6,108
|
|
Net cash used for investing activities
|
|
$
|
(27,976
|
)
|
|
$
|
(27,077
|
)
|
|
$
|
(35,536
|
)
|
|
$
|
(43,088
|
)
|
|
$
|
(24,957
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,399
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,410
|
)
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
|
|
$
|
4,931
|
|
|
$
|
3,855
|
|
|
$
|
4,156
|
|
|
$
|
10,529
|
|
|
$
|
(9,258
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,230
|
|
|
$
|
294
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
21,477
|
|
|
$
|
21,079
|
|
|
$
|
28,782
|
|
|
$
|
24,578
|
|
|
$
|
14,121
|
|
|
$
|
2,109
|
|
|
$
|
2,332
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(4)
|
|
$
|
13,373
|
|
|
$
|
18,407
|
|
|
$
|
20,260
|
|
|
$
|
27,218
|
|
|
$
|
34,790
|
|
|
$
|
4,917
|
|
|
$
|
8,920
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA margin
|
|
|
6.7
|
%
|
|
|
7.6
|
%
|
|
|
7.6
|
%
|
|
|
9.0
|
%
|
|
|
11.2
|
%
|
|
|
6.7
|
%
|
|
|
10.9
|
%
|
Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restaurants (at end of period)
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
Total comparable restaurants (at end of period)
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
Change in comparable restaurant sales
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)%
|
|
|
0.6
|
%
|
|
|
(3.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(7.4
|
)%
|
|
|
(8.2
|
)%
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
BRAVO!:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restaurants (at end of period)
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
Total comparable restaurants (at end of period)
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
Average sales per comparable restaurant
|
|
$
|
4,002
|
|
|
$
|
3,919
|
|
|
$
|
3,890
|
|
|
$
|
3,715
|
|
|
$
|
3,457
|
|
|
$
|
836
|
|
|
$
|
820
|
|
Change in comparable restaurant sales
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)%
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
|
|
(4.1
|
)%
|
|
|
(7.1
|
)%
|
|
|
(8.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)%
|
BRIO:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restaurants (at end of period)
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
Total comparable restaurants (at end of period)
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
Average sales per comparable restaurant
|
|
$
|
5,320
|
|
|
$
|
5,479
|
|
|
$
|
5,308
|
|
|
$
|
5,401
|
|
|
$
|
4,812
|
|
|
$
|
1,196
|
|
|
$
|
1,215
|
|
Change in comparable restaurant sales
|
|
|
2.1
|
%
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)%
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
(3.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(7.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(7.7
|
)%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
654
|
|
|
$
|
829
|
|
|
$
|
740
|
|
|
$
|
682
|
|
|
$
|
249
|
|
|
$
|
461
|
|
|
$
|
241
|
|
Working capital (deficit)
|
|
$
|
(30,518
|
)
|
|
$
|
(18,334
|
)
|
|
$
|
(33,110
|
)
|
|
$
|
(34,320
|
)
|
|
$
|
(36,156
|
)
|
|
$
|
(33,162
|
)
|
|
$
|
(33,781
|
)
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
95,992
|
|
|
$
|
180,132
|
|
|
$
|
195,048
|
|
|
$
|
157,764
|
|
|
$
|
160,842
|
|
|
$
|
159,055
|
|
|
$
|
162,114
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
9,607
|
|
|
$
|
112,056
|
|
|
$
|
114,136
|
|
|
$
|
125,950
|
|
|
$
|
118,031
|
|
|
$
|
129,509
|
|
|
$
|
118,439
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficiency in assets)
|
|
$
|
22,814
|
|
|
$
|
(13,906
|
)
|
|
$
|
(14,692
|
)
|
|
$
|
(76,091
|
)
|
|
$
|
(72,690
|
)
|
|
$
|
(77,385
|
)
|
|
$
|
(70,174
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
We utilize a 52- or 53-week accounting period which ends on the
Sunday closest to December 31. The fiscal years ended
December 27, 2009, December 28, 2008,
December 30, 2007 and December 25, 2005, each have
52 weeks, while the fiscal year ended December 31,
2006 had 53 weeks. Average sales per comparable restaurant
have been adjusted to reflect 52 weeks.
|
|
(2)
|
|
The Company was structured as a Subchapter S corporation
for the year ended December 25, 2005 and was changed to a C
corporation effective June 29, 2006 as part of the 2006
recapitalization. As a result, corporate income taxes and per
share data for 2005 and 2006 is not meaningful and therefore not
shown in the table above. If the Company had been a C
corporation during 2005 and the pre-recapitalization period of
2006, the income tax expense would have been $1.9 million
and $0.5 million, respectively, higher than the amounts
presented in the table above.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Does not give effect to the reorganization transactions expected
to occur prior to the consummation of this offering. See
Reorganization Transactions.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization plus the sum of asset impairment
charges and management fees and expenses. We are presenting
Adjusted EBITDA, which is
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
not required by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles,
or GAAP, because it provides an additional measure to view our
operations, when considered with both our GAAP results and the
reconciliation to net income (loss) which we believe provides a
more complete understanding of our business than could be
obtained absent this disclosure. We use Adjusted EBITDA,
together with financial measures prepared in accordance with
GAAP, such as revenue and cash flows from operations, to assess
our historical and prospective operating performance and to
enhance our understanding of our core operating performance.
Adjusted EBITDA is presented because: (i) we believe it is
a useful measure for investors to assess the operating
performance of our business without the effect of non-cash
depreciation and amortization expenses and asset impairment
charges; (ii) we believe that investors will find it useful
in assessing our ability to service or incur indebtedness; and
(iii) we use Adjusted EBITDA internally as a benchmark to
evaluate our operating performance or compare our performance to
that of our competitors. The use of Adjusted EBITDA as a
performance measure permits a comparative assessment of our
operating performance relative to our performance based on our
GAAP results, while isolating the effects of some items that
vary from period to period without any correlation to core
operating performance or that vary widely among similar
companies. Companies within our industry exhibit significant
variations with respect to capital structures and cost of
capital (which affect interest expense and tax rates) and
differences in book depreciation of facilities and equipment
(which affect relative depreciation expense), including
significant differences in the depreciable lives of similar
assets among various companies. Our management believes that
Adjusted EBITDA facilitates company-to-company comparisons
within our industry by eliminating some of the foregoing
variations.
|
Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement determined in accordance
with GAAP and should not be considered in isolation or as an
alternative to net income, net cash provided by operating,
investing or financing activities or other financial statement
data presented as indicators of financial performance or
liquidity, each as presented in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted
EBITDA should not be considered as a measure of discretionary
cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business.
Adjusted EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to other
similarly titled measures of other companies and our
presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an
inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual
items.
Our management recognizes that Adjusted EBITDA has limitations
as an analytical financial measure, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our capital expenditures or
future requirements for capital expenditures;
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense, or the
cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal
payments, associated with our indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect depreciation and amortization,
which are non-cash charges, although the assets being
depreciated and amortized will likely have to be replaced in the
future, nor does Adjusted EBITDA reflect any cash requirements
for such replacements; and
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash
requirements for, our working capital needs.
|
This prospectus also includes information concerning Adjusted
EBITDA margin, which is defined as the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA
to revenues. We present Adjusted EBITDA margin because it is
used by management as a performance measurement to judge the
level of Adjusted EBITDA generated from revenues and we believe
its inclusion is appropriate to provide additional information
to investors.
39
A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and EBITDA to net income is
provided below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Thirteen Weeks Ended
|
|
|
|
December 25,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 28,
|
|
|
December 27,
|
|
|
March 29,
|
|
|
March 28,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
5,422
|
|
|
$
|
(709
|
)
|
|
$
|
(786
|
)
|
|
$
|
(61,399
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,401
|
|
|
$
|
(1,293
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,516
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
|
(3,503
|
)
|
|
|
55,061
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
100
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
5,643
|
|
|
|
11,853
|
|
|
|
9,892
|
|
|
|
7,119
|
|
|
|
1,895
|
|
|
|
1,770
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
7,179
|
|
|
|
9,414
|
|
|
|
12,309
|
|
|
|
14,651
|
|
|
|
16,088
|
|
|
|
3,816
|
|
|
|
4,124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
$
|
12,898
|
|
|
$
|
14,961
|
|
|
$
|
19,873
|
|
|
$
|
18,205
|
|
|
$
|
26,743
|
|
|
$
|
4,416
|
|
|
$
|
8,510
|
|
Asset impairment charges
|
|
|
475
|
|
|
|
3,266
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,506
|
|
|
|
6,436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management fees and expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
|
387
|
|
|
|
507
|
|
|
|
1,611
|
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
13,373
|
|
|
$
|
18,407
|
|
|
$
|
20,260
|
|
|
$
|
27,218
|
|
|
$
|
34,790
|
|
|
$
|
4,917
|
|
|
$
|
8,920
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with
Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating
Data and our consolidated financial statements and the
related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The following discussion contains, in addition to
historical information, forward-looking statements that include
risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ
materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking
statements as a result of certain factors, including those set
forth under the heading Risk Factors and elsewhere
in this prospectus.
Overview
We are the owner and operator of two fast growing and leading
Italian restaurant brands, BRAVO! Cucina Italiana
(BRAVO!) and BRIO Tuscan Grille (BRIO).
We have positioned our brands as multifaceted culinary
destinations that deliver the ambiance, design elements and food
quality reminiscent of fine dining restaurants at a value
typically offered by casual dining establishments, a combination
that we call Upscale Affordable. Each of BRAVO! and
BRIO provides its guests with affordable, high-quality cuisine
prepared using fresh ingredients and authentic Italian cooking
methods, combined with attentive service in an attractive,
lively atmosphere. We strive to be the best Italian restaurant
company in America and are focused on providing our guests an
excellent dining experience through consistency of execution. We
believe that both of our brands appeal to a broad base of
consumers, especially to women whom we believe currently account
for approximately 62% and 65% of our guest traffic at BRAVO! and
BRIO, respectively.
Our Growth
Strategies and Outlook
We believe our restaurants have significant growth potential due
to our Upscale Affordable positioning, strong unit economics,
proven track record of financial results and broad guest appeal.
Our growth model is comprised of the following three primary
drivers:
|
|
|
|
|
Pursue Disciplined Restaurant Growth.
We
believe that there are significant opportunities to grow our
brands on a nationwide basis in both existing and new markets
where we believe we can generate attractive unit level
economics. We are pursuing a disciplined growth strategy for
both of our brands. We believe that each brand is at an early
stage of its expansion.
|
|
|
|
Grow Existing Restaurant Sales.
We will
continue to pursue targeted local marketing efforts and evaluate
operational initiatives designed to increase unit volumes
without relying on discounting programs.
|
|
|
|
Maintain Margins Throughout Our Growth.
We
will continue to aggressively protect our margins using
economies of scale, including marketing and purchasing synergies
between our brands and leveraging our corporate infrastructure
as we continue to open new restaurants.
|
We opened two new restaurants in the first quarter of 2010 and
two in the second quarter of 2010, with one additional
restaurant to be opened later this year. We plan to open five to
six new restaurants in 2011 and aim to open between 45 and 50
new restaurants over the next five years. Based on our current
real estate development plans, we believe our combined, expected
cash flows from operations, available borrowings under our new
senior credit facilities and expected landlord construction
contributions should be sufficient to finance our planned
capital expenditures and other operating activities for the next
twelve months. In 2009, our capital expenditure outlays equaled
approximately $14.1 million, and we currently estimate 2010
capital expenditure outlays to range between $10 million
and $12 million, net of agreed upon landlord construction
contributions and excluding approximately $1.4 million to
$2.0 million of pre-opening costs for new restaurants that
are not capitalized.
Performance
Indicators
We use the following key performance indicators in evaluating
the performance of our restaurants:
|
|
|
|
|
Comparable Restaurants and Comparable Restaurant
Sales
. We consider a restaurant to be comparable
after it has been opened for the entire previous fiscal year.
Changes in comparable restaurant sales reflect changes
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
in sales for the comparable group of restaurants over a
specified period of time. Changes in comparable sales reflect
changes in guest count trends as well as changes in average
check.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Check.
Average check is calculated by
dividing revenues by guest counts for a given time period.
Average check reflects menu price influences as well as changes
in menu mix. Management uses this indicator to analyze trends in
guests preferences, effectiveness of menu changes and price
increases and per guest expenditures.
|
|
|
|
Average Unit Volume.
Average unit volume
consists of the average sales of our restaurants over a certain
period of time. This measure is calculated by dividing total
restaurant sales within a period by the relevant period. This
indicator assists management in measuring changes in guest
traffic, pricing and development of our brands.
|
|
|
|
Operating Margin.
Operating margin represents
income from operations before interest and taxes as a percentage
of our revenues. By monitoring and controlling our operating
margins, we can gauge the overall profitability of our company.
|
Key Financial
Definitions
Revenues.
Revenues primarily consist of food
and beverage sales, net of any discounts, such as management
meals, employee meals and coupons, associated with each sale.
Revenues in a given period are directly influenced by the number
of operating weeks in such period and comparable restaurant
sales growth.
Cost of Sales.
Cost of sales consist primarily
of food and beverage related costs. The components of cost of
sales are variable in nature, change with sales volume and are
subject to increases or decreases based on fluctuations in
commodity costs. Our cost of sales depends in part on the
success of controls we have in place to manage our food and
beverage costs.
Labor Costs.
Labor costs include restaurant
management salaries, front and back of house hourly wages and
restaurant-level manager bonus expense, employee benefits and
payroll taxes.
Operating Costs.
Operating costs consist
primarily of restaurant-related operating expenses, such as
supplies, utilities, repairs and maintenance, credit card fees,
marketing costs, training, recruiting, travel and general
liability insurance costs.
Occupancy Costs.
Occupancy costs include rent
charges, both fixed and variable, as well as common area
maintenance costs, property insurance and taxes, the
amortization of tenant allowances and the adjustment to
straight-line rent.
General and Administrative.
General and
administrative costs include costs associated with corporate and
administrative functions that support our operations, including
management and staff compensation and benefits, travel, legal
and professional fees, corporate office rent and other related
corporate costs.
Restaurant Pre-opening Costs.
Restaurant
pre-opening expenses consist of costs incurred prior to opening
a restaurant, including executive chef and manager salaries,
relocation costs, recruiting expenses, employee payroll and
related training costs for new employees, including rehearsal of
service activities. Pre-opening costs also include an accrual
for straight-line rent recorded during the period between date
of possession and the restaurant opening date for our leased
restaurant locations.
Impairment.
We review long-lived assets, such
as property and equipment and intangibles, for impairment when
events or circumstances indicate the carrying value of the
assets may not be recoverable. In determining the recoverability
of the asset value, an analysis is performed at the individual
restaurant level and primarily includes an assessment of
historical cash flows and other relevant factors and
circumstances. Factors considered include, but are not limited
to, significant underperformance relative to expected historical
or projected future operating results, significant changes in
the use of assets, changes in our overall business strategy and
significant negative industry or economic trends. See
Significant Accounting
Policies Impairment of Long-Lived Assets for
further detail.
Net interest expense.
Net interest expense
consists primarily of interest on our outstanding indebtedness,
net of payments and
mark-to-market
adjustments on an interest rate swap agreement that expired in
2009.
42
Results of
Operations
The following table presents the combined consolidated statement
of operations for the years ended December 30, 2007,
December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009, and the
thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2009 and March 28,
2010, as well as, for the periods indicated, selected operating
data as a percentage of revenues.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Thirteen Weeks Ended
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
December 28,
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
December 27,
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
March 29,
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
March 28,
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands, unless percentage)
|
|
REVENUES
|
|
$
|
265,374
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
300,783
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
311,709
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
73,593
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
81,844
|
|
|
|
|
|
RESTAURANT OPERATING COSTS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
75,340
|
|
|
|
28.4
|
%
|
|
|
84,618
|
|
|
|
28.1
|
%
|
|
|
82,609
|
|
|
|
26.5
|
%
|
|
|
19,721
|
|
|
|
26.8
|
%
|
|
|
21,357
|
|
|
|
26.1
|
%
|
Labor
|
|
|
89,663
|
|
|
|
33.8
|
%
|
|
|
102,323
|
|
|
|
34.0
|
%
|
|
|
106,330
|
|
|
|
34.1
|
%
|
|
|
26,096
|
|
|
|
35.5
|
%
|
|
|
28,096
|
|
|
|
34.3
|
%
|
Operating
|
|
|
41,567
|
|
|
|
15.7
|
%
|
|
|
47,690
|
|
|
|
15.9
|
%
|
|
|
48,917
|
|
|
|
15.7
|
%
|
|
|
12,505
|
|
|
|
17.0
|
%
|
|
|
12,753
|
|
|
|
15.6
|
%
|
Occupancy
|
|
|
16,054
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
|
|
18,736
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
%
|
|
|
19,636
|
|
|
|
6.3
|
%
|
|
|
5,061
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
%
|
|
|
5,525
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restaurant operating costs
|
|
|
222,624
|
|
|
|
83.9
|
%
|
|
|
253,367
|
|
|
|
84.2
|
%
|
|
|
257,492
|
|
|
|
82.6
|
%
|
|
|
63,383
|
|
|
|
86.1
|
%
|
|
|
67,731
|
|
|
|
82.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COSTS AND EXPENSES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
|
16,768
|
|
|
|
6.3
|
%
|
|
|
15,042
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
%
|
|
|
17,123
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
%
|
|
|
4,583
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
%
|
|
|
4,423
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
%
|
Restaurant pre-opening costs
|
|
|
5,647
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
%
|
|
|
5,434
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
%
|
|
|
3,758
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
%
|
|
|
1,106
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
|
|
1,205
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
12,309
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
%
|
|
|
14,651
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
%
|
|
|
16,088
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
%
|
|
|
3,816
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
%
|
|
|
4,124
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
%
|
Asset impairment charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,506
|
|
|
|
2.8
|
%
|
|
|
6,436
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other (income) expenses net
|
|
|
462
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
35,186
|
|
|
|
13.3
|
%
|
|
|
43,862
|
|
|
|
14.6
|
%
|
|
|
43,562
|
|
|
|
14.0
|
%
|
|
|
9,610
|
|
|
|
13.1
|
%
|
|
|
9,727
|
|
|
|
11.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
|
|
|
7,564
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
%
|
|
|
3,554
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
%
|
|
|
10,655
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
%
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
4,386
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
%
|
NET INTEREST EXPENSE
|
|
|
11,853
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
%
|
|
|
9,892
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
%
|
|
|
7,119
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
%
|
|
|
1,895
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
|
|
1,770
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES
|
|
|
(4,289
|
)
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(6,338
|
)
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)%
|
|
|
3,536
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
|
(1,295
|
)
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)%
|
|
|
2,616
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
%
|
INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)
|
|
|
(3,503
|
)
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)%
|
|
|
55,061
|
|
|
|
18.3
|
%
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME (LOSS)
|
|
$
|
(786
|
)
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
|
$
|
(61,399
|
)
|
|
|
(20.4
|
)%
|
|
$
|
3,401
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
(1,293
|
)
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)%
|
|
$
|
2,516
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
March 28, 2010 Compared to Quarter Ended March 29,
2009
Revenues.
Revenues increased
$8.2 million, or 11.2%, to $81.8 million in the first
quarter of 2010, from $73.6 million in the first quarter of
2009. The increase of $8.2 million was primarily due to an
additional 77 operating weeks provided by two new restaurants
opened in 2010 and seven new restaurants opened in 2009. A 0.2%
increase in comparable restaurant sales and a $0.70 increase in
average check were partially offset by a 3.0% decline in guest
counts. At March 28, 2010, our comparable restaurants base
consisted of 74 restaurants, compared to 62 at March 29,
2009.
Cost of Sales.
Cost of sales increased
$1.7 million, or 8.3%, to $21.4 million in the first
quarter of 2010, from $19.7 million in the first quarter of
2009. As a percent of revenues, cost of sales declined to 26.1%
in the first quarter of 2010, from 26.8% in the first quarter of
2009. The improvement in gross margin was a result of lower
commodity costs, improvements in food cost from menu management
and operating efficiencies, which accounted for the majority of
the decrease on a percent of revenues basis.
43
Labor Costs.
Labor costs increased
$2.0 million, or 7.7%, to $28.1 million in the first
quarter of 2010, from $26.1 million in the same period in
2009. As a percent of revenues, labor costs decreased to 34.3%
in the first quarter of 2010, from 35.5% in the first quarter of
2009, primarily as a result of lower management salaries due to
a decrease in average management headcount per unit, improved
hourly labor efficiency and modestly lower workers
compensation costs due to better than forecasted claim
experience.
Operating Costs.
Operating costs increased
$0.3 million, or 2.0%, to $12.8 million in the first
quarter of 2010, from $12.5 million in the first quarter of
2009. As a percent of revenues, operating costs decreased to
15.6% in the first quarter of 2010, compared to 17.0% in the
first quarter of 2009. Lower restaurant supplies and utility
costs were the main drivers of the decrease for the quarter.
Occupancy Costs.
Occupancy costs increased
$0.4 million, or 9.2%, to $5.5 million in the first
quarter of 2010, from $5.1 million in the first quarter of
2009. As a percentage of revenues, occupancy costs decreased to
6.8% in the first quarter of 2010, from 6.9% in the first
quarter of 2009. The modest change was a result of leverage from
positive comparable restaurant sales.
General and Administrative.
As a percent of
revenues, general and administrative expenses decreased to 5.4%
in the first quarter of 2010, from 6.2% in the first quarter of
2009. The change was primarily attributable to a decrease in
professional fees and travel costs.
Restaurant Pre-opening Costs.
Pre-opening
costs increased by $0.1 million, or 9.0%, to
$1.2 million in the first quarter of 2010, from
$1.1 million in the first quarter of 2009 due to the timing
of restaurant openings during the first and second quarters of
2010. Two restaurants were opened during each of the quarters
ended March 28, 2010 and March 29, 2009.
Depreciation and Amortization.
As a percent of
revenues, depreciation and amortization expenses decreased to
5.0% in the first quarter of 2010 from 5.2% in the first quarter
of 2009. The change was primarily the result of leverage from
positive comparable restaurant sales and was partially
attributable to the impact resulting from restaurants considered
impaired in 2009.
Net Interest Expense.
Net interest expense
decreased $0.1 million, or 6.6%, to $1.8 million in
the first quarter of 2010, from $1.9 million in the first
quarter of 2009. The decrease was due to lower overall average
interest rates during the first quarter of 2010.
Income Taxes.
Income tax expense increased
$0.1 million in the first quarter of 2010 from
$0.0 million in the first quarter of 2009. The increase is
due mainly to a modest increase in current taxable income at the
state level in the first quarter of 2010 as compared to the
first quarter of 2009.
Year Ended
December 27, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 28,
2008
Revenues.
Revenues increased
$10.9 million, or 3.6%, to $311.7 million in fiscal
2009, from $300.8 million in fiscal 2008. The increase of
$10.9 million was primarily due to an additional 494
operating weeks provided by seven new restaurants opened in
2009. This increase was partially offset by a 7.4% decrease in
sales from our comparable restaurants. Lower comparable
restaurant sales were due to a 8.3% decline in guest counts,
partially offset by a $0.20 increase in average check during
fiscal 2009. At December 27, 2009, our comparable
restaurants base consisted of 61 restaurants, compared to 54 at
December 28, 2008.
Cost of Sales.
Cost of sales decreased
$2.0 million, or 2.4%, to $82.6 million in fiscal
2009, from $84.6 million in 2008. As a percent of revenues,
cost of sales declined to 26.5% in 2009, from 28.1% in 2008. The
improvement in gross margin was a result of lower commodity
costs, improvements in food cost from menu management and
operating efficiencies, which accounted for the majority of the
decrease on a percent of revenues basis.
Labor Costs.
Labor costs increased
$4.0 million, or 3.9%, to $106.3 million in the year
ended December 27, 2009, from $102.3 million in fiscal
2008. As a percent of revenues, labor costs increased slightly
to 34.1% in 2009, from 34.0% in 2008. This increase was
primarily a result of lower management salaries due to a
decrease in average management headcount per unit, more than
offset by a loss of sales leverage from lower comparable sales.
44
Operating Costs.
Operating costs increased
$1.2 million, or 2.6%, to $48.9 million in 2009, from
$47.7 million in 2008. As a percent of revenues, operating
costs decreased to 15.7% in 2009, compared to 15.9% in 2008.
Lower restaurant supplies and utility costs were partially
offset by higher repair and maintenance expense and advertising
costs as well as the decrease in sales leverage from lower
comparable restaurant sales.
Occupancy Costs.
Occupancy costs increased
$0.9 million, or 4.8%, to $19.6 million in fiscal
2009, from $18.7 million in fiscal 2008. As a percentage of
revenues, occupancy costs increased to 6.3% in 2009, from 6.2%
in 2008. The recognition of deferred lease incentives of
$1.2 million associated with the assignment of a lease
related to the sale of a restaurant was largely offset by the
impact of decreased leverage from lower comparable restaurant
sales.
General and Administrative.
As a percent of
revenues, general and administrative expenses increased to 5.5%
in 2009, from 5.0% in 2008. The change was primarily
attributable to an increase in management fees paid to our
private equity sponsors.
Restaurant Pre-opening Costs.
Pre-opening
costs decreased by $1.6 million, or 30.8%, to
$3.8 million in 2009, from $5.4 million in 2008. The
decrease in pre-opening costs was due to the impact of opening
seven new restaurants in 2009 compared to thirteen new
restaurants opened in 2008.
Depreciation and Amortization.
As a percent of
revenues, depreciation and amortization expenses increased to
5.2% in 2009 from 4.9% in 2008. The increase was partially
offset by the $1.1 million decrease in depreciation and
amortization expense associated with restaurants considered
impaired in 2008.
Impairment.
We review long-lived assets, such
as property and equipment and intangibles, subject to
amortization, for impairment when events or circumstances
indicate the carrying value of the assets may not be
recoverable. Factors considered include, but are not limited to,
significant underperformance relative to expected historical or
projected future operating results, significant changes in the
use of assets, changes in our overall business strategy and
significant negative industry or economic trends. Based upon our
analysis, we incurred a non-cash impairment charge of
$6.4 million in 2009 compared to $8.5 million in 2008.
The $2.1 million decrease in impairment on property and
equipment was related to the impairment of three restaurants in
2009 compared to five restaurants in 2008. This charge was
expected to reduce depreciation and amortization expense for
fiscal 2010 by $0.7 million.
Net Interest Expense.
Net interest expense
decreased $2.8 million, or 28%, to $7.1 million in
2009, from $9.9 million in 2008. The decrease was due to
lower average interest rates during fiscal 2009. We had a
three-year interest rate swap agreement which expired during
fiscal 2009. Changes in the market value of the interest rate
swap are recorded as an adjustment to interest expense. Such
adjustments reduced interest expense by $0.8 million in
fiscal 2009.
Income Taxes.
Income taxes decreased
$55.0 million to $0.1 million in 2009, from
$55.1 million in 2008. In 2008, we provided a valuation
allowance of $59.4 million against the total net deferred
tax asset. Net deferred tax assets consists primarily of
temporary differences and net operating loss and credit
carry-forwards. The valuation allowance was established as
management believed that it is more likely than not that these
deferred tax assets would not be realized. The tax benefits
relating to any reversal of the valuation allowance will be
recognized as a reduction of income tax expense.
Year Ended
December 28, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 30,
2007
Revenues.
Revenues increased
$35.4 million, or 13.3%, to $300.8 million in 2008
from $265.4 million in 2007. The increase of
$35.4 million was primarily due to an additional 509
operating weeks provided by 13 new restaurants opened in 2008.
This increase was partially offset by a 3.8% decrease in sales
from our comparable restaurants. Lower comparable restaurant
sales were due to a 5.2% decline in guest counts, partially
offset by a $0.28 increase in average check during fiscal 2008.
At December 28, 2008, our comparable restaurants base
consisted of 54 restaurants, compared to 49 at December 30,
2007.
Cost of Sales.
Cost of sales increased
$9.3 million, or 12.3%, to $84.6 million in fiscal
2008, from $75.3 million in fiscal 2007. As a percent of
revenues, cost of sales declined to 28.1% in 2008 compared to
28.4% in 2007. The
45
improvement in gross margin was a result of lower commodity
costs, improvements in food cost from menu management and
operating efficiencies, which accounted for the majority of the
decrease on a percent of revenues basis.
Labor Costs.
Labor costs increased
$12.6 million, or 14.1%, to $102.3 million in 2008,
from $89.7 million in fiscal 2007. As a percent of
revenues, labor costs increased slightly to 34.0% in 2008 from
33.8% in 2007, principally from a slight increase in hourly
labor costs and miscellaneous fringe benefits.
Operating Costs.
Operating costs increased
$6.1 million, or 14.7%, to $47.7 million in fiscal
2008, from $41.6 million in fiscal 2007. As a percent of
revenues, operating costs increased to 15.9% in 2008 compared to
15.7% in 2007. Lower restaurant insurance costs were offset by
higher utility and advertising costs as well as the decrease in
sales leverage from lower comparable restaurant sales.
Occupancy Costs.
Occupancy costs increased
$2.6 million, or 16.7%, to $18.7 million in the year
ended December 28, 2008, from $16.1 million in fiscal
2007. As a percentage of revenues, occupancy costs increased to
6.2% in 2008 from 6.0% in 2007. The change was primarily the
result of the decrease in sales leverage from lower comparable
restaurant sales.
General and Administrative.
As a percent of
revenues, general and administrative expenses decreased to 5.0%
in 2008 from 6.3% in 2007. The change was primarily attributable
to costs associated with a decrease in labor related costs such
as reductions in bonus payments and appreciation rights as well
as a decrease in professional fees, training and travel.
Restaurant Pre-opening Costs.
Pre-opening
costs decreased by $0.2 million, or 3.8%, to
$5.4 million in 2008 from $5.6 million in 2007. The
decrease in pre-opening costs was due to the timing of openings
throughout the respective periods.
Depreciation and Amortization.
As a percent of
revenues, depreciation and amortization expenses increased to
4.9% in 2008 from 4.6% in 2007. The change was primarily the
result of the decrease in sales leverage from lower comparable
restaurant sales.
Impairment.
Based upon our analysis, we
incurred a non-cash impairment charge of $8.5 million in
2008 compared to $0.0 in 2007. The $8.5 million increase in
impairment on property and equipment was related to the
impairment of five restaurants in 2008 compared to no
restaurants in 2007.
Net Interest Expense.
Interest expense
decreased $2.0 million, or 16.5%, to $9.9 million in
2008 from $11.9 million in 2007. The decrease was due to
lower average interest rates during fiscal 2008. We had a three
year interest rate swap agreement in place. Changes in the
market value of the interest rate swap are recorded as an
adjustment to interest expense. Such adjustments increased
interest expenses by $0.1 million in fiscal 2008.
Income Taxes.
Income taxes increased
$58.6 million to $55.1 million in 2008 from a
$3.5 million benefit in 2007. In 2008, we provided a
valuation allowance of $59.4 million against total net
deferred tax assets. Net deferred tax assets consists primarily
of temporary differences and net operating loss and credit
carry-forwards. The valuation allowance was established as
management believed that it was more likely than not that these
deferred tax assets would not be realized. The tax benefits
relating to any reversal of the valuation allowance will be
recognized as a reduction of income tax expense.
Liquidity
Our principal sources of cash have been net cash provided by
operating activities and borrowings under our existing senior
credit facilities. As of March 28, 2010, we had
approximately $0.2 million in cash and cash equivalents and
approximately $20.0 million of availability under our
existing senior credit facilities (after giving effect to
$3.8 million of outstanding letters of credit at
March 28, 2010). Our need for capital resources is driven
by our restaurant expansion plans, on-going maintenance of our
restaurants and investment in our corporate and information
technology infrastructures. Based on our current real estate
development plans, we believe our combined expected cash flows
from operations, available borrowings under our new senior
credit facilities and
46
expected landlord construction contributions will be sufficient
to finance our planned capital expenditures and other operating
activities for the next twelve months.
Consistent with many other restaurant and retail chain store
operations, we use operating lease arrangements for the majority
of our restaurant locations. We believe that these operating
lease arrangements provide appropriate leverage of our capital
structure in a financially efficient manner. Currently,
operating lease obligations are not reflected as indebtedness on
our consolidated balance sheet. The use of operating lease
arrangements will impact our capacity to borrow money under our
new senior credit facilities. However, we expect that restaurant
real estate operating leases will be expressly excluded from the
restrictions under our new senior credit facilities related to
the incurrence of funded indebtedness.
Our liquidity may be adversely affected by a number of factors,
including a decrease in guest traffic or average check per guest
due to changes in economic conditions, as described elsewhere in
this prospectus under the heading Risk Factors.
Quarter Ended
March 29, 2009 and March 28, 2010
The following table summarizes the statement of cash flows for
the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2009 and March 28,
2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thirteen Weeks Ended,
|
|
|
|
March 29,
|
|
|
March 28,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
2,948
|
|
|
$
|
6,108
|
|
Cash flows used in investing activities
|
|
|
(6,399
|
)
|
|
|
(6,410
|
)
|
Cash flows provided by financing activities
|
|
|
3,230
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(221
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
682
|
|
|
|
249
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
461
|
|
|
$
|
241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Activities.
Net cash provided by
operating activities was $6.1 million for the first quarter
of 2010, compared to $2.9 million for the first quarter of
2009. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities
in the first quarter of 2010 compared to the same period 2009
was primarily due to an increase in our revenues less total
restaurant operating costs of $3.9 million from the prior
year, which was partially offset by an increase of
$0.7 million in prepaid expenses and notes receivable in
the first quarter of 2010.
Investing Activities.
Net cash used in
investing activities was $6.4 million for both the first
quarter of 2010 and the first quarter of 2009. We used cash
primarily to purchase property and equipment related to our
restaurant expansion plans. During the first quarter of 2010, we
opened two restaurants and had two under construction, while in
the first quarter of 2009 we opened two restaurants and had four
under construction.
Financing Activities.
Net cash provided by
financing activities was $0.3 million for the first quarter
of 2010, compared to $3.2 million for the first quarter of
2009. Net cash provided by financing activities in 2010 was
primarily the result of borrowings, net of payments, of
$0.7 million under our existing senior revolving credit
facility.
As of March 28, 2010, we had no financing transactions,
arrangements or other relationships with any unconsolidated
entities or related parties. Additionally, we had no financing
arrangements involving synthetic leases or trading activities
involving commodity contracts.
47
Year Ended
December 27, 2009, Year Ended December 28, 2008 and
Year Ended December 30, 2007
The following table summarizes the statement of cash flows for
the years ended December 27, 2009, December 28, 2008
and December 30, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
31,291
|
|
|
$
|
32,501
|
|
|
$
|
33,782
|
|
Cash flows used in investing activities
|
|
|
(35,536
|
)
|
|
|
(43,088
|
)
|
|
|
(24,957
|
)
|
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
4,156
|
|
|
|
10,529
|
|
|
|
(9,258
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
|
|
(433
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
829
|
|
|
|
740
|
|
|
|
682
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
740
|
|
|
$
|
682
|
|
|
$
|
249
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Activities.
Net cash provided by
operating activities was $33.8 million in 2009, compared to
$32.5 million in 2008 and $31.3 million in 2007. The
increase in net cash provided by operating activities in 2009
compared to 2008 was primarily due to an increase in net income
from the prior year, excluding non-cash impairment charges. The
increase in net cash provided by operating activities in 2008
compared to 2007 was primarily due to the change in net income
(loss) excluding non-cash impairment charges and changes in
working capital.
Investing Activities.
Net cash used in
investing activities was $25.0 million in 2009,
$43.1 million in 2008 and $35.5 million in 2007. We
used cash primarily to purchase property and equipment related
to our restaurant expansion plans. The fluctuations in net cash
used in investing activities for the periods presented is
directly related to the number of new restaurants opened during
each period. In fiscal 2009, we opened seven new restaurants
and, in fiscal years 2008 and 2007, opened thirteen and six
restaurants, respectively.
Financing Activities.
Net cash used in
financing activities was $9.3 million in 2009, net cash
provided by financing activities was $10.5 million in 2008
and $4.2 million in 2007. Net cash used in financing
activities in 2009 was primarily the result of payments, net of
borrowings, of $8.2 million under our existing senior
revolving credit facility. Net cash provided by financing
activities in 2008 was primarily the result of borrowings, net
of payments, of $11.6 million under our existing senior
revolving credit facility. Net cash provided by financing
activities in 2007 was primarily the result of borrowings, net
of payments, of $2.2 million under our existing senior
revolving credit facility.
Capital
Resources
Future Capital Requirements.
Our capital
requirements are primarily dependent upon the pace of our real
estate development program and resulting new restaurants. Our
real estate development program is dependent upon many factors,
including economic conditions, real estate markets, site
locations and nature of lease agreements. Our capital
expenditure outlays are also dependent on costs for maintenance
and capacity addition in our existing restaurants as well as
information technology and other general corporate capital
expenditures.
We anticipate that each new BRAVO! restaurant will, on average,
require a total cash investment of $1.5 million to
$2.0 million (net of estimated tenant incentives). We
expect that each new BRIO restaurant will require an estimated
cash investment of $2.0 million to $2.5 million (net
of estimated tenant incentives). We expect to spend
approximately $350,000 to $400,000 per restaurant for cash
pre-opening costs. The projected cash investment per restaurant
is based on historical averages.
We currently estimate 2010 capital expenditure outlays to range
between $10.0 million and $12.0 million, net of agreed
upon landlord construction contributions and excluding
approximately $1.4 million to $2.0 million of
pre-opening costs for new restaurants that are not capitalized.
These capital expenditure projections are primarily
48
related to $8.0 million for the opening of new restaurants
and $3.0 million for capacity addition expenditures and
improvements to our existing restaurants and general corporate
capital expenditures. Based on our current real estate
development plans, we believe our combined expected cash flows
from operations, available borrowings under our new senior
credit facilities and expected landlord construction
contributions will be sufficient to finance our planned capital
expenditures and other operating activities in fiscal 2010.
We currently estimate 2011 capital expenditure outlays to range
between $16.0 million and $17.5 million, net of agreed
upon landlord construction contributions and excluding
approximately $2.1 million to $2.7 million of
pre-opening costs for new restaurants that are not capitalized.
These capital expenditure projections are primarily related to
$12.5 million for the opening of new restaurants and
$4.0 million for capacity addition expenditures and
improvements to our existing restaurants and general corporate
capital expenditures. Based on our current real estate
development plans, we believe our combined expected cash flows
from operations, available borrowings under our new senior
credit facilities and expected landlord construction
contributions will be sufficient to finance our planned capital
expenditures and other operating activities in fiscal 2011.
Current Resources.
Our operations have not
required significant working capital and, like many restaurant
companies, we have been able to operate with negative working
capital. Restaurant sales are primarily paid for in cash or by
credit card, and restaurant operations do not require
significant inventories or receivables. In addition, we receive
trade credit for the purchase of food, beverage and supplies,
therefore reducing the need for incremental working capital to
support growth. We had net working capital of
$(33.8) million at March 28, 2010, compared to net
working capital of $(36.2) million at December 27,
2009.
In connection with this offering, we plan to enter into new
senior credit facilities. We expect that the new senior credit
facilities will provide for (i) a
$ million term loan facility,
maturing
in ,
and (ii) a revolving credit facility under which we may
borrow up to $ million
(including a sublimit cap of up to
$ million for letters of
credit and up to $ million
for swing-line loans), maturing
in .
We expect that our new senior credit facilities will contain
customary affirmative and negative covenants and require us to
meet certain financial ratios. We anticipate that the new senior
credit facilities will be secured by substantially all of our
assets. See Risk Factors Our substantial
indebtedness may limit our ability to invest in the ongoing
needs of our business and Description of
Indebtedness.
In connection with our 2006 recapitalization, we entered into
our existing $112.5 million senior credit facilities with a
syndicate of lenders. The existing senior credit facilities
provide for (i) an $82.5 million term loan facility
and (ii) a revolving credit facility under which we may
borrow up to $30.0 million (including a sublimit cap of up
to $7.0 million for letters of credit and up to
$5.0 million for swing-line loans). Borrowings under the
term loan facility and the revolving credit facility bear
interest at a rate per annum based on the prime rate, plus a
margin of up to 2%, or the London Interbank Offered Rate
(LIBOR), plus a margin up to 3%, with margins determined by
certain financial ratios. In addition to the interest on our
borrowings, we must pay an annual commitment fee of 0.5% on the
unused portion of the revolving credit facility. The
weighted-average interest rate on the borrowings at
March 28, 2010 and December 27, 2009 was 3.31% and
3.47%, respectively.
Our existing senior credit facilities require us to maintain
certain financial ratios, including a consolidated total
leverage ratio, a consolidated senior leverage ratio,
consolidated fixed-charge coverage ratio and consolidated
capital expenditures limitations (each as defined under our
existing senior credit facilities). We have maintained
compliance with our financial covenants for each reporting
period since we entered into our existing senior credit
facilities.
In connection with our 2006 recapitalization, we also issued
$27.5 million of our 13.25% senior subordinated
secured notes. Interest is payable monthly at an annual interest
rate of 13.25%, with the principal due on December 29,
2012. Pursuant to the note purchase agreement, we were entitled
to elect monthly during the first year to accrue interest at the
rate of 14.25% per annum with no payments. Commencing in the
second year of the note purchase agreement through the maturity
date, we have the option to accrue interest at an annual rate of
13.25%, consisting of cash interest equal to 9% and paid-in-kind
interest of 4.25%. Interest accrued but unpaid during the term
of the notes is capitalized into the principal balance.
49
We expect to use net proceeds from this offering, together with
borrowings under our new senior credit facilities, to repay all
loans outstanding under our existing senior credit facilities,
and any accrued and unpaid interest and related LIBOR breakage
costs and other fees. As of March 28, 2010, approximately
$85.8 million principal amount of loans were outstanding
under our existing senior credit facilities. Our existing senior
credit facilities can be prepaid without premium or penalty
other than any related LIBOR breakage costs and other fees. We
also expect to use net proceeds from this offering, together
with borrowings under our new senior credit facilities, to repay
all of our 13.25% senior subordinated secured notes, and
any accrued and unpaid interest. As of March 28, 2010,
approximately $32.4 million aggregate principal amount of
our 13.25% senior subordinated secured notes were
outstanding. Our 13.25% senior subordinated secured notes
can be prepaid without premium or penalty.
On an as adjusted basis giving effect to this offering and the
use of proceeds therefrom, as of March 28, 2010, we had
$ million of revolving loan
availability under our new senior credit facilities (after
giving effect to $ million of
outstanding letters of credit) based upon an assumed public
offering price of $ per share, the
midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial
public offering price of $ per
share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of
this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the revolving loan
availability under our new senior credit facilities (after
giving effect to $ million of
outstanding letters of credit) by %.
As of March 28, 2010 and December 27, 2009, we also
had approximately $0.2 million and $0.4 million,
respectively, of mortgage notes outstanding, which were secured
by mortgages on individual real estate assets. The weighted
average interest rate on the mortgage notes was 4.52% for the
thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2010 and 4.61% for the year
ended December 27, 2009. The indebtedness underlying the
mortgage notes was paid in full in May 2010.
In August 2006, we entered into a three-year interest swap
agreement fixing the interest rate on $27.0 million
principal amount of our term loan. Under this swap agreement, we
settled with our counterparty quarterly for the difference
between 5.24% and the
90-day
LIBOR
then in effect. This swap agreement terminated in August 2009.
We had no derivative instruments outstanding as of
December 27, 2009 or March 28, 2010.
As of March 28, 2010, we had no financing transactions,
arrangements or other relationships with any unconsolidated
entities or related parties. Additionally, we had no financing
arrangements involving synthetic leases or trading activities
involving commodity contracts.
As part of our on-going business, we do not participate in
transactions that generate relationships with unconsolidated
entities or financial partnerships, such as entities referred to
as structured finance or variable interest entities
(VIEs), which would have been established for the
purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other
contractually narrow or limited purposes. As of March 28,
2010, we are not involved in any VIE transactions and do not
otherwise have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
In the longer term, we will explore other options to raise
capital, including but not limited to, renegotiating our senior
credit facilities, public or private equity or other debt
financing. We cannot assure you that such capital will be
available on favorable terms, if at all.
We currently have separate management agreements with our
private equity sponsors, Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co.,
Inc. and Castle Harlan, Inc. We expect that the management
agreements will be terminated as of the closing of this offering
in exchange for a payment estimated to be $525,000 for each
sponsor. This amount is subject to adjustment based on the level
of EBITDA, as defined in each management agreement, for the
twelve months preceding the closing of this offering.
Significant
Accounting Policies
Pre-opening Costs.
Restaurant pre-opening
costs consist primarily of wages and salaries, recruiting,
training, travel and lodging and meals. Pre-opening costs
includes an accrual for straight-line rent recorded during the
period between date of possession and the restaurant opening
date for the Companys leased restaurant locations. We
expense such costs as incurred.
50
Property and Equipment.
Property and equipment
are recorded at cost. Equipment consists primarily of restaurant
equipment, furniture, fixtures and small wares. Depreciation is
calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful life of the related asset. Leasehold improvements are
amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the
lease term, including option periods, which are reasonably
assured of renewal or the estimated useful life of the asset.
Estimated useful lives of assets are as follows:
buildings 15 to 39 years; leasehold
improvements 10 to 20 years; and equipment and
fixtures 3 to 10 years.
Leases.
We record the minimum lease payments
for our operating leases on a straight-line basis over the lease
term, including option periods which are reasonably assured of
renewal. The lease term commences on the date that the lessee
obtains control of the property, which is normally when the
property is ready for tenant improvements. Contingent rent
expense is recognized as incurred and is usually based on either
a percentage of restaurant sales or as a percentage of
restaurant sales in excess of a defined amount.
Leasehold improvements financed by the landlord through tenant
improvement allowances are capitalized as leasehold improvements
with the tenant improvement allowances recorded as deferred
lease incentives. Deferred lease incentives are amortized on a
straight-line basis over the lesser of the life of the asset or
the lease term, including option periods which are reasonably
assured of renewal (same term that is used for related leasehold
improvements) and are recorded as a reduction of occupancy
expense.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets.
We review
long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and
intangibles, subject to amortization, for impairment when events
or circumstances indicate the carrying value of the assets may
not be recoverable. In determining the recoverability of the
asset value, an analysis is performed at the individual
restaurant level and primarily includes an assessment of
historical cash flows and other relevant factors and
circumstances. Negative restaurant-level cash flow over the
previous
12-month
period is considered a potential impairment indicator. In such
situations, we evaluate future cash flow projections in
conjunction with qualitative factors and future operating plans.
Based on this analysis, if we believe that the carrying amount
of the assets are not recoverable, an impairment charge is
recognized based upon the amount by which the assets carrying
value exceeds fair value as measured by undiscounted future cash
flows expected to be generated by these assets.
We recognized asset impairment charges of approximately
$6.4 million and $8.5 million in fiscal 2009 and 2008,
respectively, related to leasehold improvements, fixtures and
equipment for the impacted sites. No impairment charge was
recorded in fiscal 2007.
Our impairment assessment process requires the use of estimates
and assumptions regarding future cash flows and operating
outcomes, which are based upon a significant degree of
managements judgment. We continue to assess the
performance of restaurants and monitor the need for future
impairment. Changes in the economic environment, real estate
markets, capital spending and overall operating performance
could impact these estimates and result in future impairment
charges. There can be no assurance that future impairment tests
will not result in additional charges to earnings.
Self-Insurance Reserves.
We maintain various
policies, including workers compensation and general
liability. As outlined in these policies, we are responsible for
losses up to certain limits. We record a liability for the
estimated exposure for aggregate losses below those limits. This
liability is based on estimates of the ultimate costs to be
incurred to settle known claims and claims not reported as of
the balance sheet date. The estimated liability is not
discounted and is based on a number of assumptions, including
actuarial assumptions, historical trends and economic conditions.
Income Taxes.
Income tax provisions consist of
federal and state taxes currently due, plus deferred taxes.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the
future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences
between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing
assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred
tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those
temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
Recognition of deferred tax assets is limited to amounts
considered by management to be more likely than not of
realization in future periods. Future taxable income,
adjustments in temporary difference, available carry back
periods and changes in tax laws could affect these estimates.
51
We recognize a tax position in the financial statements when it
is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon
examination by tax authorities that have full knowledge of all
relevant information.
Stock-Based Compensation.
Subsequent to our
2006 recapitalization, we adopted the 2006 Bravo Development,
Inc. Option Plan (the 2006 Plan). Under the 2006
Plan, we are authorized to issue up to, without giving effect to
the -for-1
stock split of our outstanding common stock expected to occur
prior to the consummation of this offering, 262,500 shares
of our common stock. The options expire 10 years after the
date of grant and vest ratably over a four year period.
The options, to the extent vested, become exercisable based upon
our private equity sponsors achieving certain performance
targets. As the likelihood of achieving these performance
targets is not probable, no compensation expense has been
reflected in our financial statements subsequent to the adoption
of the 2006 Plan.
In the event we undergo a public offering in which we and any
participating selling shareholders receive aggregate net
proceeds of at least $50.0 million or the majority of our
stock or assets are sold in a transaction approved by Holdings,
the options held by current employees are subject to accelerated
vesting in the discretion of our board of directors upon the
achievement of certain net proceeds and internal rate of return
thresholds.
Additionally, to the extent the sponsors sell their securities
in connection with an approved sale or public offering, any
vested options only become exercisable in the amounts set forth
below in the event that (i) net proceeds equal or are in
excess of the multiple (set forth in the table below) of the
sponsors initial investment and (ii) the sponsors
achieve an internal rate of return equal to or in excess of the
target set forth in the table below (unless the board of
directors exercises its discretion under the 2006 Plan to permit
further exercisability upon such an event):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Option Exercisable
|
|
Net Proceeds Multiple
|
|
IRR Target
|
|
25%
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
50%
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
75%
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
100%
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
|
For purposes of determining the exercisable portion of an
option, net proceeds generally means the amount
received by the sponsors less their selling or transaction
expenses and includes the majority of the fees they receive
pursuant to the management agreement between each sponsor and
us. Internal rate of return means the rate of return
the sponsors receive on their investment in our company from
such net proceeds as a result of a public offering or approved
sale and the net proceeds therefrom.
The board of directors has determined, in its discretion, that
in the event the public offering price of this offering results
in the achievement of an internal rate of return to
our private equity sponsors of at least 30% upon the
consummation of this offering, (i) each outstanding option
award shall be deemed to have vested in a percentage equal to
the greater of 75% or the percentage of the option award already
vested as of that date, (ii) each outstanding option award
shall be deemed 75% exercisable; and (iii) for each
additional percentage point of internal rate of
return achieved by our private equity sponsors above 30%,
an additional 2.5% of each outstanding option award shall be
deemed vested and exercisable, up to an aggregate of the stated
number of shares of common stock subject to the option award
upon achievement of an internal rate of return by
our private equity sponsors of 40%.
52
Commitments and
Contingencies
The following table summarizes contractual obligations at
December 27, 2009 on an actual basis.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Year
|
|
Contractual Obligations
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011-2012
|
|
|
2013-2014
|
|
|
After 2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing senior secured term loan(1)
|
|
$
|
79,818
|
|
|
$
|
825
|
|
|
$
|
78,993
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Existing senior secured revolving credit facility(1)
|
|
|
5,550
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,550
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.25% Senior subordinated secured notes(1)
|
|
|
32,270
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,270
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage notes(2)
|
|
|
393
|
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
118,031
|
|
|
|
1,039
|
|
|
|
116,992
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest(3)
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating leases
|
|
|
268,142
|
|
|
|
18,398
|
|
|
|
38,121
|
|
|
|
38,992
|
|
|
|
172,631
|
|
Standby letters of credit(4)
|
|
|
3,650
|
|
|
|
3,650
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Construction purchase obligations
|
|
|
944
|
|
|
|
944
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual cash obligations
|
|
$
|
391,271
|
|
|
$
|
24,535
|
|
|
$
|
155,113
|
|
|
$
|
38,992
|
|
|
$
|
172,631
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into new
senior credit facilities, consisting of a
$ million
term loan facility and a
$ million
revolving credit facility. We intend to use the net proceeds of
this offering, together with
$ million
of borrowings under our new senior credit facilities, to repay
all our loans outstanding under our existing senior credit
facilities, and any accrued and unpaid interest and related
LIBOR breakage costs and other fees, and all of our
13.25% senior subordinated secured notes, and any accrued
and unpaid interest. See Description of Indebtedness.
|
|
(2)
|
|
The indebtedness underlying the mortgage notes was paid in full
in May 2010.
|
|
(3)
|
|
The interest obligation was calculated using the average
interest rate at December 27, 2009 of 3.47% for our
existing senior secured credit facilities, the stated interest
rate for the 13.25% senior subordinated secured notes and
the average interest rate at December 27, 2009 of 4.61% for
the mortgage notes.
|
|
(4)
|
|
In connection with this offering, we intend to replace our
existing standby letters of credit with standby letters of
credit under our new senior credit facilities.
|
Inflation
Our profitability is dependent, among other things, on our
ability to anticipate and react to changes in the costs of key
operating resources, including food and other raw materials,
labor, energy and other supplies and services. Substantial
increases in costs and expenses could impact our operating
results to the extent that such increases cannot be passed along
to our restaurant guests. The impact of inflation on food,
labor, energy and occupancy costs can significantly affect the
profitability of our restaurant operations.
Many of our restaurant staff members are paid hourly rates
related to the federal minimum wage. In fiscal 2007, Congress
enacted an increase in the federal minimum wage implemented in
two phases, beginning in fiscal 2007 and concluding in fiscal
2008. In addition, numerous state and local governments
increased the minimum wage within their jurisdictions, with
further state minimum wage increases going into effect in fiscal
2009. Certain operating costs, such as taxes, insurance and
other outside services continue to increase with the general
level of inflation or higher and may also be subject to other
cost and supply fluctuations outside of our control.
53
While we have been able to partially offset inflation and other
changes in the costs of key operating resources by gradually
increasing prices for our menu items, coupled with more
efficient purchasing practices, productivity improvements and
greater economies of scale, there can be no assurance that we
will be able to continue to do so in the future. From time to
time, competitive conditions could limit our menu pricing
flexibility. In addition, macroeconomic conditions could make
additional menu price increases imprudent. There can be no
assurance that all future cost increases can be offset by
increased menu prices or that increased menu prices will be
fully absorbed by our restaurant guests without any resulting
changes in their visit frequencies or purchasing patterns.
Substantially all of the leases for our restaurants provide for
contingent rent obligations based on a percentage of revenues.
As a result, rent expense will absorb a proportionate share of
any menu price increases in our restaurants. There can be no
assurance that we will continue to generate increases in
comparable restaurant sales in amounts sufficient to offset
inflationary or other cost pressures.
Segment
Reporting
We operate upscale affordable dining restaurants under two
brands that have similar economic characteristics, nature of
products and services, class of customer and distribution
methods. Therefore, we report our results of operations as one
reporting segment in accordance with applicable accounting
guidance.
Recent Accounting
Pronouncements
The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
updated Accounting Standards Codification (ASC)
Topic 810,
Consolidation
, with amendments to improve
financial reporting by enterprises involved with variable
interest entities (formerly FASB Statement No. 167,
Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)
). These
amendments require an enterprise to perform an analysis to
determine whether the enterprises variable interest(s)
give it a controlling financial interest in a variable interest
entity. This guidance was effective for the annual reporting
period beginning after November 15, 2009, for interim
periods within that first annual reporting period and for
interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. We adopted this
guidance and it had no material effect on our consolidated
financial statements.
The FASB also updated ASC Topic 855
, Subsequent Events
,
to establish general standards of accounting for and disclosing
of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before
financial statements are issued or are available to be issued
(formerly FASB Statement No. 165,
Subsequent
Events
). This guidance was effective for interim and annual
financial periods ending after June 15, 2009. Adoption of
this guidance did not have a material effect on our consolidated
financial statements. Our management has performed an evaluation
of subsequent events through July 1, 2010, which is the
date the consolidated financial statements were issued. There
were no subsequent events noted as of the filing date of the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Interest Rate
Risk
We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with our long
term indebtedness. Our principal interest rate exposure relates
to the loans outstanding under our new senior credit facilities,
which we anticipate will be payable at variable rates. Assuming
entry into our new senior credit facilities and the incurrence
of approximately $ million of
borrowings thereunder, each eighth point change in interest
rates on the variable rate portion of indebtedness under our new
senior credit facilities would result in a
$ million annual change in
our interest expense.
54
Commodity
Price Risk
We are exposed to market price fluctuation in beef, seafood,
produce and other food product prices. Given the historical
volatility of beef, seafood, produce and other food product
prices, these fluctuations can materially impact our food and
beverage costs. While we have taken steps to qualify multiple
suppliers and enter into agreements for some of the commodities
used in our restaurant operations, there can be no assurance
that future supplies and costs for such commodities will not
fluctuate due to weather and other market conditions outside of
our control. We are currently unable to contract for some of our
commodities such as fresh seafood and certain produce for
periods longer than one week. Consequently, such commodities can
be subject to unforeseen supply and cost fluctuations. Dairy
costs can also fluctuate due to government regulation. Because
we typically set our menu prices in advance of our food product
prices, we cannot immediately take into account changing costs
of food items. To the extent that we are unable to pass the
increased costs on to our guests through price increases, our
results of operations would be adversely affected. We do not use
financial instruments to hedge our risk to market price
fluctuations in beef, seafood, produce and other food product
prices at this time.
55
Business
Our
Business
We are the owner and operator of two fast growing and leading
Italian restaurant brands, BRAVO! Cucina Italiana
(BRAVO!) and BRIO Tuscan Grille (BRIO).
We have positioned our brands as multifaceted culinary
destinations that deliver the ambiance, design elements and food
quality reminiscent of fine dining restaurants at a value
typically offered by casual dining establishments, a combination
that we call Upscale Affordable. Each of BRAVO! and
BRIO provides its guests with affordable, high-quality cuisine
prepared using fresh ingredients and authentic Italian cooking
methods, combined with attentive service in an attractive,
lively atmosphere. We strive to be the best Italian restaurant
company in America and are focused on providing our guests an
excellent dining experience through consistency of execution. We
believe that both of our brands appeal to a broad base of
consumers, especially to women whom we believe currently account
for approximately 62% and 65% of our guest traffic at BRAVO! and
BRIO, respectively.
While our brands share certain corporate support functions to
maximize efficiencies across our company, each brand maintains
its own identity, therefore allowing both brands to be located
in common markets. We have demonstrated our growth and the
viability of our brands in a wide variety of markets across the
U.S., growing from 49 restaurants in 19 states at the end
of 2005 to 83 restaurants in 27 states as of March 28,
2010. From 2005 to 2009, our revenues increased from
$198.8 million to $311.7 million, and our Adjusted
EBITDA increased from $13.4 million to $34.8 million,
representing compound annual growth rates (CAGR) of 11.9% and
27.0%, respectively. During this period, our Adjusted EBITDA
margins have increased from 6.7% to 11.2%. See Note 4 to
Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating
Data for a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and to
Adjusted EBITDA.
BRAVO! Cucina
Italiana
BRAVO! Cucina Italiana is a full-service, Upscale Affordable
Italian restaurant offering a broad menu of freshly-prepared
classic Italian food served in a lively, high-energy environment
with attentive service. The subtitle Cucina
Italiana, meaning Italian Kitchen, is
appropriate since all cooking is done in full view of our
guests, creating the energy of live theater. As of
March 28, 2010, we owned and operated 46 BRAVO! restaurants
in 19 states.
BRAVO! offers a wide variety of pasta dishes, steaks, chicken,
seafood and pizzas, emphasizing fresh,
made-to-order,
high-quality food that delivers an excellent value to guests.
BRAVO! also offers creative seasonal specials, an extensive wine
list, carry-out and catering. We believe that our high-quality
offerings and generous portions, combined with our ambiance and
friendly, attentive service, offer our guests an attractive
price-value proposition. The average check for BRAVO! during the
first quarter of 2010 was $19.37 per guest.
The breadth of menu offerings at BRAVO! helps generate
significant guest traffic at both lunch and dinner. Lunch
entrées range in price from $8 to $18, while appetizers,
pizzas, flatbreads and entrée salads range from $6 to $14.
During the first quarter of 2010, the average lunch check for
BRAVO! was $14.81 per guest. Dinner entrées range in price
from $12 to $29 and include a broad selection of fresh pastas,
steaks, chicken and seafood. Dinner appetizers, pizzas,
flatbreads and entrée salads range from $6 to $15. During
the first quarter of 2010, the average dinner check for BRAVO!
was $22.19 per guest. At BRAVO!, lunch and dinner represented
29.2% and 70.8% of revenues, respectively. Our average annual
sales per comparable BRAVO! restaurant were $3.5 million in
2009.
BRAVO!s architectural design incorporates interior
features such as arched colonnades, broken columns, hand-crafted
Italian reliefs, Arabescato marble and sizable wrought-iron
chandeliers. We locate our BRAVO! restaurants in high-activity
areas such as retail and lifestyle centers that are situated
near commercial office space and high-density residential
housing.
BRIO Tuscan
Grille
BRIO Tuscan Grille is an Upscale Affordable Italian chophouse
restaurant serving freshly-prepared, authentic northern Italian
food in a Tuscan Villa atmosphere. BRIO means lively
or full of life in Italian and draws its
56
inspiration from the cherished Tuscan philosophy of to eat
well is to live well. As of March 28, 2010, we owned
and operated 37 BRIO restaurants in 17 states.
The cuisine at BRIO is prepared using fresh, high-quality
ingredients, with an emphasis on steaks, chops, fresh seafood
and
made-to-order
pastas. BRIO also offers creative seasonal specials, an
extensive wine list, carry-out and banquet facilities at select
locations. We believe that our passion for excellence in service
and culinary expertise, along with our generous portions,
contemporary dining elements and ambiance, offers our guests an
attractive price-value proposition. The average check for BRIO
during the first quarter of 2010 was $25.12 per guest.
BRIO offers lunch entrées that range in price from $10 to
$18 and appetizers, sandwiches, flatbreads and entrée
salads ranging from $8 to $15. During the first quarter of 2010,
the average lunch check for BRIO was $17.90 per guest. Dinner
entrées range in price from $14 to $30, while appetizers,
sandwiches, flatbreads, bruschettas and entrée salads range
from $8 to $15. During the first quarter of 2010, the average
dinner check for BRIO was $30.52 per guest. At BRIO, lunch and
dinner represented 30.5% and 69.5% of revenues, respectively.
Our average annual revenues per comparable BRIO restaurant were
$4.8 million in 2009.
The design and architectural elements of BRIO restaurants are
important to the guest experience. The goal is to bring the
pleasures of the Tuscan country villa to our restaurant guests.
The warm, inviting ambiance of BRIO incorporates interior
features such as antique hardwood Cypress flooring, arched
colonnades, hand-crafted Italian mosaics, hand-crafted walls
covered in an antique Venetian plaster, Arabescato marble and
sizable wrought-iron chandeliers. BRIO is typically located in
high-traffic, high-visibility locations in affluent suburban and
urban markets.
We also operate one Upscale Affordable American-French bistro
restaurant in Columbus, Ohio under the brand Bon
Vie. Our Bon Vie restaurant is included in the BRIO
operating and financial data set forth in this prospectus.
Our Business
Strengths
Our mission statement
is to be the best Italian restaurant
company in America by delivering the highest quality food and
service to each guest...at each meal...each and every day
.
The following strengths help us achieve these objectives:
Two Differentiated yet Complementary
Brands.
We have developed two premier Upscale
Affordable Italian restaurant brands that are highly
complementary and can be located in common markets. Both BRAVO!
and BRIO have their own Corporate Executive Chef who develops
recipes and menu items with differentiated flavor profiles and
price points. Each brand features unique design elements and
atmospheres that attract a diverse guest base as well as common
guests who visit both BRAVO! and BRIO for different dining
experiences. The differentiated qualities of our brands allow us
to operate in significantly more locations than would be
possible with one brand, including high-density residential
areas, shopping malls, lifestyle centers and other high-traffic
locations. Based on demographics, co-tenants and net investment
requirements, we can choose between our two brands to determine
which is optimal for a location and thereby generate highly
attractive returns on our investment.
Our brands are designed to have broad guest appeal at two
different price points. We focus on choosing the right brand for
a specific site based on population density and demographics.
Management targets markets with $65,000 minimum annual household
income and a population density of 125,000 residents within a
particular trade area for BRAVO! and $70,000 minimum annual
household income and a population density of 150,000 residents
within a particular trade area for BRIO. We have a business
model that maintains quality and consistency on a national basis
while also having the flexibility to cater to the specific
characteristics of a particular market. We have a proven track
record of successfully opening new restaurants in a number of
diverse real estate locations, including both freestanding and
in-line with other national retailers. In addition, we believe
the flexibility of our restaurant design is a competitive
advantage that allows us to open new restaurants in attractive
markets without being limited to a standard prototype.
Our brands maintain several common qualities, including certain
design elements such as chandeliers and marble and granite
counter tops, that help reduce building and construction costs
and create consistency for our guests.
57
We share best practices in service, preparation and food quality
across both brands. In addition, we share services such as real
estate development, purchasing, human resources, marketing and
advertising, information technology, finance and accounting,
allowing us to maximize efficiencies across our company as we
continue our growth.
Broad Appeal with Attractive Guest Base.
We
provide an upscale, yet inviting, atmosphere attracting guests
from a variety of age groups and economic backgrounds. We
believe our brands offer the highest quality food, service and
ambiance when compared to other national competitors in the
multi-location Italian restaurant category. We provide our
guests an Upscale Affordable dining experience at both lunch and
dinner, which attracts guests from both the casual dining and
fine dining segments. We locate our restaurants in high-traffic
suburban and urban locations to attract primarily local patrons
with limited reliance on business travelers. Our blend of
location, menu offerings and ambiance is designed to appeal to
women, a key decision-maker when deciding where to dine and
shop. We believe that women currently account for approximately
62% and 65% of our guest traffic at BRAVO! and BRIO,
respectively. This positioning helps make our restaurants
attractive for developers and landlords. We have also cultivated
a loyal guest base, with a majority of our guests dining with us
at least once a month.
Superior Dining Experience and Value.
The
strength of our value proposition lies in our ability to provide
high-quality, freshly-prepared Italian cuisine in a lively
restaurant atmosphere with highly attentive guest service at an
attractive price point. We believe that the dining experiences
we offer, coupled with an attractive price-value relationship,
helps us create long-term, loyal and highly satisfied guests.
|
|
|
|
|
The Food.
We offer
made-to-order
menu items prepared using traditional Italian culinary
techniques with an emphasis on fresh ingredients and authentic
recipes. Our food menu is complemented by a wine list that
offers both familiar varieties as well as wines exclusive to our
restaurants. An attention to detail, culinary expertise and
focused execution reflects our chef-driven culture. Each
brands menu has its own distinctive flavor profile, with
BRAVO! favoring the more classic Italian cuisine that includes a
variety of pasta dishes and pizzas and BRIO favoring a broader
selection of premium steaks, chops, seafood, flatbreads,
bruschettas and pastas. All of our new menu items are developed
by our Corporate Executive Chefs through a six month ideation
process designed to meet our high standards of quality and
exceed our guests expectations.
|
|
|
|
The Service.
We are committed to delivering
superior service to each guest, at each meal, each and every
day. We place significant emphasis on maintaining high
waitstaff-to-table
ratios, thoroughly training all service personnel on the details
of each menu item and staffing each restaurant with experienced
management teams to ensure consistent and attentive guest
service. An attention to detail, culinary expertise and focused
execution underscores our chef-driven culture. Only trained,
experienced chefs and culinary staff are hired and allowed to
operate in the kitchen.
Best-in-class
service standards are designed to ensure satisfied guests and
attract both new and repeat guest traffic.
|
|
|
|
The Experience.
Lively, high-energy
environments blending dramatic design elements with a warm and
inviting atmosphere create a memorable guest experience.
Signature architectural and décor elements include the
lively theatre of exhibition kitchens, high ceilings, white
tablecloths, a centerpiece bar and relaxing patio areas. In
addition, the majority of our restaurants include attractive
outdoor patios with full bar and dining areas at the front of
our restaurants that create an exciting and inviting atmosphere
for our guests. These elements, along with our superior service
and value, help form a bond between our guests and our
restaurants, encouraging guest loyalty and more frequent visits.
|
Nationally Recognized Restaurant Anchor.
Our
differentiated brands, the attractive demographics of our guests
and the high number of weekly guest visits to our restaurants
have positioned us as a preferred tenant and the multi-location
Italian restaurant company of choice for national and regional
real estate developers. Landlords and developers seek out our
concepts to be restaurant anchors for their developments as they
are highly complementary to national retailers such as Apple,
Williams Sonoma and J. Crew, having attracted on average between
3,000-5,000 guests per restaurant each week in 2009. As a result
of the importance of our brands to the retail centers in which
we are located, we are often able to negotiate the prime
location within a center and favorable real estate terms, which
helps to drive strong returns on capital for our shareholders.
Compelling Unit Economics.
We have
successfully opened and operated both of our brands in multiple
geographic regions and achieved attractive rates of return on
our invested capital, providing a strong foundation for
expansion in both new and existing markets. Our ability to grow
rapidly and efficiently in all market conditions is evidenced
58
through our strong track record of new restaurant openings,
including our 2009 openings which generated one of the best
year-one returns on investment in our history. Under our current
investment model, BRAVO! restaurant openings require a net cash
investment of approximately $1.8 million and BRIO
restaurant openings require a net cash investment of
approximately $2.2 million. We target a
cash-on-cash
return beginning in the third operating year for both of our
restaurants of between 30% and 40%.
Management Team with Proven Track Record.
We
have assembled a tested and proven management team with
significant experience operating public companies. Our
management team is led by our CEO and President, Saed Mohseni,
former CEO of McCormick & Schmicks Seafood
Restaurants, Inc., who joined the company in February 2007.
Since Mr. Mohsenis arrival, we have continued to open
new restaurants despite the economic recession. These new
restaurant openings have been a key driver of our growth in
revenue and Adjusted EBITDA, which have increased 29.1% and
89.0%, respectively, between the years ended 2006 and 2009. In
addition to new restaurant growth, we have also implemented a
number of revenue and margin enhancing initiatives such as our
wine by the glass offerings, wine flights, dessert trays and a
new bar menu. These programs were strategically implemented to
improve our guest experience and maintain our brand image, as
opposed to the discounting programs initiated by many of our
competitors. In addition, we have improved our labor
efficiencies and food cost management, which helped to drive our
margin increases and improved our restaurant-level
profitability. These changes resulted in an increase in our
restaurant-level operating margin from 16.0% in 2006 to
17.4% in 2009, a 140 basis point improvement. Restaurant-level
operating margin represents our revenues less total restaurant
operating costs, as a percentage of our revenues.
Our Growth
Strategies
We believe our restaurants have significant growth potential due
to our Upscale Affordable positioning, strong unit economics,
proven track record of financial results and broad guest appeal.
Our growth model is comprised of the following three primary
drivers:
Pursue Disciplined Restaurant Growth.
We
believe that there are significant opportunities to grow our
brands on a nationwide basis in both existing and new markets
where we believe we can generate attractive unit level
economics. We are pursuing a disciplined growth strategy for
both of our brands. We believe that each brand is at an early
stage of its expansion.
We have built a scalable infrastructure and have successfully
grown our restaurant base through a challenging market
environment. Despite difficult economic conditions, we opened
seven new restaurants in 2009. We continue to grow in 2010,
having opened two new restaurants in each of the first and
second quarters of 2010, with one additional restaurant planned
to be opened later this year. We plan to open five to six new
restaurants in 2011 and aim to open between 45 and 50 new
restaurants over the next five years.
Grow Existing Restaurant Sales.
We will
continue to pursue targeted local marketing efforts and evaluate
operational initiatives designed to increase unit volumes
without relying on the margin-eroding discounting programs
adopted by many of our competitors.
Initiatives at BRAVO! include increasing online ordering, which
generates a higher average per person check compared to our
current carry-out business, expanding local restaurant marketing
and promoting our patio business. Other initiatives include
promoting our bar program through martini night and happy hour
programs and expanding our feature cards to include appetizers
and desserts.
At BRIO, we are promoting our bar programs, implementing wine
flights and dessert trays introducing a new bar menu and
expanding the selection of wines by the glass. In addition, we
believe there is an opportunity to expand our banquet and
special events catering business. Our banquet and special events
catering business typically generates a higher average per
person check than our dining rooms and, as a result of reduced
labor costs relative to revenue, allows us to achieve higher
margins on those revenues.
We believe our existing restaurants will benefit from increasing
brand awareness as we continue to enter new markets. In
addition, we may selectively remodel existing units to include
additional seating capacity to increase revenue.
59
Maintain Margins Throughout Our Growth.
We
will continue to aggressively protect our margins using
economies of scale, including marketing and purchasing synergies
between our brands and leveraging our corporate infrastructure
as we continue to open new restaurants. Additional margin
enhancement opportunities include increasing labor efficiency
through the use of scheduling tools, menu engineering and other
operating cost reduction programs.
Real
Estate
As of June 27, 2010, we leased 81 and owned four restaurant
sites, of which 75 are located adjacent to or in lifestyle
centers
and/or
shopping malls and ten are free-standing units strategically
positioned in high-traffic areas. On average, our restaurants
range in size from 6,000 to 9,000 square feet. Since the
end of 2005, we have opened 40 new locations and converted,
relocated or closed 4 locations. We consider our ability to
locate and secure attractive real estate locations for new
restaurants a key differentiator and long-term success factor.
The majority of our leases provide for minimum annual rentals
and contain
percentage-of-sales
rent provisions against which the minimum rent is applied. A
significant percentage of our leases also provide for periodic
escalation of minimum annual rent based upon increases in the
Consumer Price Index. Typically, our leases are ten or
15 years in length with two, five-year extension options.
Site Selection
Process
Part of our growth strategy is to develop a nationwide system of
restaurants. We have developed a disciplined site acquisition
and qualification process incorporating managements
experience as well as extensive data collection, analysis and
interpretation. We are actively developing BRAVO! and BRIO
restaurants in both new and existing markets, and we will
continue to expand in major metropolitan areas throughout the
U.S. Management closely analyzes traffic patterns,
demographic characteristics, population density, level of
affluence and consumer attitudes or preferences. In addition,
management carefully evaluates the current or expected co-retail
and restaurant tenants in order to accurately assess the
attractiveness of the identified area.
BRAVO! and BRIO are highly sought after by the owners and
developers of upscale shopping centers and mixed use projects.
We are therefore typically made aware of new developments and
opportunities very early on in their selection process. In
addition to our real estate personnel and broker network
actively seeking locations, we do site screening on projects
that are brought to our attention in the planning phases.
Additionally, BRAVO! and BRIO are among a short list of
multi-location restaurants that are specifically named as
co-tenants by highly-respected national retailers.
Design
BRAVO! and BRIO restaurants integrate critical design elements
of each brand while making each restaurant unique. Consideration
is taken with each design to incorporate the centers
architecture and other regional design elements while still
maintaining certain critical features that help identify our
brands. Our interiors, while timeless and inviting, incorporate
current trends that give our restaurants a sophisticated yet
classic feel. This flexibility of design allows us to build one
and two story restaurants and to place restaurants in a variety
of locales, including ground up locations, in-line locations and
conversions of office, retail and restaurant space.
The flexibility of our concepts has enabled us to open
restaurants in a wide variety of locations, including
high-density residential areas, shopping malls, lifestyle
centers and other high-traffic locations. On average, it takes
us approximately 12 to 18 months from identification of the
specific site to opening the doors for business. In order to
maintain consistency of food, guest service and atmosphere at
our restaurants, we have set processes and timelines to follow
for all restaurant openings to ensure they stay on schedule.
The identification of new sites along with their development and
construction are the responsibilities of the Companys Real
Estate Development Group. Several project managers are
responsible for building the restaurants, and several staff
members deal with purchasing, project management, budgeting,
scheduling and other administrative functions. Senior management
reviews the comprehensive studies provided by the Real Estate
Development Group to determine which regions to pursue prior to
any new restaurant development.
60
New Restaurant
Development
We have successfully opened 40 new locations and converted,
relocated or closed 4 locations since the end of 2005.
Management believes it is well-positioned to continue its trend
of disciplined unit expansion through its new restaurant
pipeline. We maintain a commitment to strengthening our core
markets while also pursuing attractive locations in a wide
variety of new markets. We aim to open between 45 and 50 new
restaurants over the next five years. New restaurants will
typically range in size from 7,000 to 9,000 square feet and
are expected to generate a first year average unit volume of
approximately $3.5 million and $4.8 million for BRAVO!
and BRIO, respectively.
Restaurant
Operations
We currently have 14 district managers that report directly to
one of our two Senior Vice Presidents of Operations for our
brands, who in turn each report to our Chief Executive Officer.
Each restaurant district manager supervises the operations of
five to eight restaurants in their respective geographic areas,
and is in frequent contact with each location. The staffing at
our restaurants typically consists of a general manager, two to
four assistant managers, an executive chef and one to
three sous chefs. In addition, our restaurants typically
employ 60 to 200 hourly employees. Our operational
philosophy is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Offer High-Quality Italian Food and Wines.
We
seek to differentiate ourself from other multi-location
restaurants by offering affordable, high-quality cuisine
prepared using fresh ingredients and authentic Italian cooking
methods. To ensure that the menu is consistently prepared to our
high standards, we have developed a comprehensive ten week
management training program. As part of their skill preparation,
all of our executive chefs perform a cooking demonstration. This
enables our Corporate Executive Chefs to evaluate a
candidates skill set. All executive chefs are required to
complete ten weeks of kitchen training, including mastering all
stations, ordering, receiving and inventory control. Due to our
high average unit volumes, the executive chefs are trained
throughout the ten weeks to ensure that their food is
consistently prepared on a timely basis. In addition, all
executive chefs are trained on product and labor management
programs to achieve maximum efficiencies. Both of these tools
reinforce our commitment to training our employees to run their
business from a profit and loss perspective, as well as the
culinary side.
|
|
|
|
Deliver Superior Guest Service.
Significant
time and resources are spent in the development and
implementation of our training programs, resulting in a
comprehensive service system for both hourly service people and
management. We offer guests prompt, friendly and efficient
service, keeping
waitstaff-to-table
ratios high, and staffing each restaurant with experienced
on the floor management teams to ensure consistent
and attentive guest service. We employ food runners to ensure
prompt delivery of fresh dishes at the appropriate temperature,
thus allowing the waitstaff to focus on overall guest
satisfaction. All service personnel are thoroughly trained in
the specific flavors of each dish. Using a thorough
understanding of our menu, the servers assist guests in
selecting menu items complementing individual preferences.
|
|
|
|
Leverage Our Partnership Management
Philosophy.
A key element to our current
expansion and success has been the development of our
partnership management philosophy, which is based on the premise
that active and ongoing economic participation (via a bonus
plan) by each restaurants general manager, executive chef,
assistant managers and sous chefs is essential to long-term
success. The purpose of this structure is to attract and retain
an experienced management team, incentivize the team to execute
our strategy and objectives and provide stability to the
operating management team. This program is offered to all
restaurant management. This provides our management team with
the financial incentive to develop people, build lifelong guests
and operate their restaurants in accordance with our standards.
|
Sourcing and
Supply
To ensure the highest quality menu ingredients, raw materials
and other supplies, we continually research and evaluate
products. We contract with Distribution Market Advantage, or
DMA, a cooperative of multiple food distributors located
throughout the nation, and US Foodservice for the broadline
distribution of most of our food products. We utilize a primary
distributor, GFS, for the majority of our food distribution
under the DMA agreement. We negotiate pricing and volume terms
directly with certain of our key suppliers through DMA and
61
US Foodservice. Currently, we have pricing understandings with
several key suppliers, including our suppliers of poultry,
certain seafood products, dairy products, soups and sauces,
bakery items and certain meat products. Our restaurants place
orders directly with GFS or US Foodservice and maintain regular
distribution schedules.
In addition to our broadline distribution arrangements, we
utilize direct distribution for several products, including a
majority of our meat deliveries, produce and non-alcoholic
beverages. Our purchasing contracts are generally negotiated
annually and cover substantially all of our requirements for a
specific product. Our contracts typically provide either for
fixed or variable pricing based on an agreed upon cost-plus
formula and require that our suppliers deliver directly to our
distributors. We are currently under a fixed-price contract
through March 2011 with our direct meat distributor that covers
a large portion of our meat requirements and a mixed fixed-price
and market-based contract with our poultry supplier that covers
substantially all of our poultry requirements through December
2010. Produce is supplied to our restaurants by a cooperative of
local suppliers. We are currently under a mixed fixed price and
market-based contract with our national produce management
companies that continues through October 2010. We are currently
under contract with our principal non-alcoholic beverage
provider through the later of 2013 or when certain minimum
purchasing thresholds are satisfied. Our ability to arrange
national distribution of alcoholic beverages is restricted by
state law; however, where possible, we negotiate directly with
spirit companies
and/or
national distributors. We also contract with a third party
provider to source, maintain and remove our cooking shortening
and oil systems.
We have a procurement strategy for all of our product categories
that includes contingency plans for key products, ingredients
and supplies. These plans include selecting suppliers that
maintain alternate production facilities capable of satisfying
our requirements, or in certain instances, the approval of
secondary suppliers or alternative products. We believe our
procurement strategy will allow us to obtain sufficient product
quantities from other sources at competitive prices.
Food
Safety
Providing a safe and clean dining experience for our guests is
essential to our mission statement. We have taken steps to
mitigate food quality and safety risks, including designing and
implementing a training program for our chefs, hourly service
people and managers focusing on food safety and quality
assurance. In addition, we include food safety standards and
proceeds in every recipe for our cooks. We also consider food
safety and quality assurance when selecting our suppliers. Our
suppliers are inspected by federal, state and local regulators
or other reputable, qualified inspection services, which helps
ensure their compliance will all federal food safety and quality
guidelines.
Marketing and
Advertising
Our restaurants have generated broad appeal due to their
high-quality food, service and ambiance. The target audience for
BRAVO! and BRIO is college-educated professionals,
ages 35-65,
and their families that dine out frequently for social or
special occasions. Our marketing strategy is designed to promote
and build brand awareness while retaining local neighborhood
relationships by focusing on driving comparable restaurant sales
growth by increasing frequency of visits by our current guests
as well as attracting new guests. Our marketing strategy also
focuses on generating brand awareness at new store openings.
Local
Restaurant Marketing
A significant portion of our marketing budget is spent on
point-of-sale
materials to communicate and promote key brand initiatives to
our guests while they are dining in our restaurants. We believe
that our initiatives, such as seasonal menu changes, holiday
promotions, bar promotions, private party and banquet offerings,
contribute to repeat guest visits for multiple occasions and
drive brand awareness and loyalty.
A key aspect of our local store marketing strategy is developing
community relationships with local schools, churches, hotels,
chambers of commerce and residents. We place advertisements with
junior high and high school athletic programs, school newspapers
and special event programs as well as weekly bulletins for
churches. We believe courting and catering to local hotel
concierges or hosting annual receptions drives traveler
recommendations
62
for BRAVO! and BRIO. Participating in off-site food and charity
fairs and events allows us to make contact with local families.
Hosting chamber of commerce meetings and mixers, advertising in
newsletters and sending out
e-blasts
have also been successful in reaching the business community.
Our restaurant managers are closely involved in developing and
implementing the majority of the local store marketing programs.
Advertising
We spend a limited amount of our marketing budget on various
advertising outlets, including print, radio, direct mail and
outdoor, to build brand awareness. These advertisements are
designed to emphasize the quality and consistency of BRAVO! and
BRIOs food and service and the superior guest experience
we offer in a warm and inviting atmosphere. Direct mail is
primarily used for new store openings but has also been employed
to promote special holiday offers and events.
New Restaurant
Openings
We use the openings of new restaurants as opportunities to reach
out to various media outlets as well as the local community.
Local public relations firms are retained to assist BRAVO! and
BRIO with obtaining appearances on radio and television cooking
shows, establishing relationships with local charities and
gaining coverage in local newspapers and magazines. We employ a
variety of marketing techniques to promote new openings along
with press releases, direct mail,
e-marketing
and other local restaurant marketing activities, which include
concierge parties, training lunches and dinners with local
residents, media, community leaders and businesses. In addition,
we typically partner with a local charity and host an event in
connection with our grand openings.
E-Marketing &
Social Media
We have increased our use of
e-marketing
tools, which enables us to reach a significant number of people
in a timely and targeted fashion at a fraction of the cost of
traditional media. We believe that BRAVO! and BRIO guests are
frequent Internet users and will explore
e-applications
to make dining decisions or to share dining experiences. We have
set up Facebook and Twitter pages and developed mobile
applications for BRAVO! and BRIO, along with advertising on
weather.com, citysearch.com, yelp.com and urbanspoon.com. We
anticipate allocating an increasing amount of marketing budget
toward this rapidly growing area.
Training and
Employee Programs
We conduct comprehensive training programs for our management,
hourly employees and corporate personnel. Our training
department provides a series of formulated training modules that
are used throughout our company, including leadership training,
team building, food safety certification, alcohol safety
programs, guest service philosophy training, sexual harassment
training and others. All training materials are kept
up-to-date
and stored on our corporate PASTAnet internal web
site for individual restaurants to access as needed.
E-learning
is utilized for several management training modules as trainees
progress through our ten week management training program. Once
management training is completed in the respective restaurants,
all management trainees are brought to our corporate offices for
three days of classroom certification and testing.
Team member selection has been developed to include
pre-employment assessment at all levels, from hourly through
multi-restaurant management candidates. These selection reports
help to bring objectivity to the selection process. Customized
standards have been created for the company that utilize our
strongest performers as the behavioral model for future new
hires.
Our training process in connection with opening new restaurants
has been refined over the course of our experience. Regional
trainers oversee and conduct both service and kitchen training
and are on site through the first two weeks of opening. The
regional trainers lend support and introduce our standards and
culture to the new team. We believe that hiring the best
available team members and committing to their training helps
keep retention high during the restaurant opening process.
63
Several development programs have been instrumental to our long
term success. The Rising Star program was created as
part of our Bravo Brio Restaurant Group University (BBRGU) to
develop aspiring hourly team members into assistant managers and
chefs. The key element of the Rising Star program is to provide
upward mobility within the organization, utilizing existing
labor hours in the restaurants for focused training for the most
promising employees. Many of our general managers and executive
chefs have gained their positions through internal promotions as
a result of this program. Once an employee is identified as a
potential leader through observation and assessment, a
customized development program is designed that incorporates
mentoring, coaching and training. Business classes for
additional restaurant management skill and leadership traits are
also offered through BBRGU at our corporate office.
Management
Information Systems
Restaurant level financial and accounting controls are handled
through a sophisticated
point-of-sale
(POS) cash register system and computer network in
each restaurant that communicates with our corporate
headquarters. The POS system is also used to authorize and
transmit credit card sales transactions. All of our restaurants
use MICROS RES 3700 software with
state-of-the-art
equipment. Our restaurant communications are comprised of cable,
DSL, Fractional T1 and T1 lines. Our restaurants use MICROS
back-office applications to manage the business and control
costs. The applications that are part of the back-office tools
are Product Management, Financial Management and Labor
Management. These systems integrate with the MICROS RES 3700
software. Product Management helps drive food and beverage costs
down by identifying kitchen or bar inefficiencies and, through
the menu engineering capabilities, it aides in enhancing
profitability. Labor Management provides the ability to schedule
labor and manage labor costs, including time clock governance
that does not allow an employee to clock in more
than a designated amount of time before a scheduled shift.
In 2008, we implemented the Lawson 9.0 software platform as our
ERP system. Its core subsystems include GL, AP, construction
accounting, Payroll and Human Resources. The data pulled from
the restaurants is integrated into the Lawson system and a data
warehouse. This data provides visibility to allow us to better
analyze the business. In 2009, we focused on re-designing our
guest facing websites to provide a distinct brand image on each
website, as well as allowing us to elevate our message to our
guests. As part of the redesign, we included search engine
optimization into the websites (www.bbrg.com,
www.bravoitalian.com, www.brioitalian.com, www.bon-vie.com). We
are currently focusing on providing Online Ordering for BRAVO!
via our website. Also in 2009, we implemented an internal
website called PASTAnet. This intranet site utilizing Microsoft
Sharepoint provides us with the ability to collaborate,
communicate, train and share information between the restaurants
and our corporate office.
Government
Regulation
We are subject to numerous federal, state and local laws
affecting our business. Each of our restaurants is subject to
licensing and regulation by a number of government authorities,
which may include alcoholic beverage control, nutritional
information disclosure, health, sanitation, environmental,
zoning and public safety agencies in the state or municipality
in which the restaurant is located.
During 2009, approximately 19.5% of our restaurant sales were
attributable to alcoholic beverages. Alcoholic beverage control
regulations require each of our restaurants to apply to a state
authority and, in certain locations, county and municipal
authorities, for licenses and permits to sell alcoholic
beverages on the premises. Typically, licenses must be renewed
annually and may be subject to penalties, temporary suspension
or revocation for cause at any time. Alcoholic beverage control
regulations impact many aspects of the daily operations of our
restaurants, including the minimum ages of patrons and staff
members consuming or serving these beverages, respectively;
staff member alcoholic beverage training and certification
requirements; hours of operation; advertising; wholesale
purchasing and inventory control of these beverages; the seating
of minors and the servicing of food within our bar areas;
special menus and events, such as happy hours; and the storage
and dispensing of alcoholic beverages. State and local
authorities in many jurisdictions routinely monitor compliance
with alcoholic beverage laws.
64
We are subject to dram shop statutes in most of the states in
which we operate, which generally provide a person injured by an
intoxicated person the right to recover damages from an
establishment that wrongfully served alcoholic beverages to the
intoxicated person.
Various federal and state labor laws govern our operations and
our relationships with our staff members, including such matters
as minimum wages, breaks, overtime, fringe benefits, safety,
working conditions and citizenship or work authorization
requirements. We are also subject to the regulations of the
U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services and
U.S. Customs and Immigration Enforcement. In addition, some
states in which we operate have adopted immigration employment
laws which impose additional conditions on employers. Even if we
operate our restaurants in strict compliance with the laws,
rules and regulations of these federal and state agencies, some
of our staff members may not meet federal citizenship or
residency requirements or lack appropriate work authorizations,
which could lead to a disruption in our work force. Significant
government-imposed increases in minimum wages, paid or unpaid
leaves of absence, sick leave, and mandated health benefits, or
increased tax reporting, assessment or payment requirements
related to our staff members who receive gratuities, could be
detrimental to the profitability of our restaurants operations.
Further, we are continuing to assess the impact of
recently-adopted federal health care legislation on our health
care benefit costs. The imposition of any requirement that we
provide health insurance benefits to staff members that are more
extensive than the health insurance benefits we currently
provide, or the imposition of additional employer paid
employment taxes on income earned by our employees, could have
an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial
position. Our suppliers also may be affected by higher minimum
wage and benefit standards, which could result in higher costs
for goods and services supplied to us. In addition, while we
carry employment practices insurance covering a variety of
labor-related liability claims, a settlement or judgment against
us that is uninsured or in excess of our coverage limitations
could have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations, liquidity, financial position or business.
Recent federal legislation enacted in March 2010 will require
chain restaurants with 20 or more locations in the United States
to comply with federal nutritional disclosure requirements. A
number of states, counties and cities have also enacted menu
labeling laws requiring
multi-unit
restaurant operators to disclose certain nutritional information
available to guests, or have enacted legislation restricting the
use of certain types of ingredients in restaurants. Although the
federal legislation is intended to preempt conflicting state or
local laws on nutrition labeling, until we are required to
comply with the federal law we will be subject to a patchwork of
state and local laws and regulations regarding nutritional
content disclosure requirements. Many of these requirements are
inconsistent or are interpreted differently from one
jurisdiction to another. While our ability to adapt to consumer
preferences is a strength of our concepts, the effect of such
labeling requirements on consumer choices, if any, is unclear at
this time.
There is also a potential for increased regulation of food in
the United States. For example, the United States Congress is
currently considering food safety legislation that is expected
to greatly expand the FDAs authority over food safety. If
this legislation is enacted, we cannot assure you that it will
not impact our industry. Additional requirements may also be
imposed by state and local authorities. Additionally, our
suppliers may initiate or otherwise be subject to food recalls
that may impact the availability of certain products, result in
adverse publicity or require us to take other actions that could
be costly for us or otherwise harm our business.
We are subject to a variety of federal and state environmental
regulations concerning the handling, storage and disposal of
hazardous materials, such as cleaning solvents, and the
operation of restaurants in environmentally sensitive locations
may impact aspects of our operations. During fiscal 2009, there
were no material capital expenditures for environmental control
facilities, and no such expenditures are anticipated.
Our facilities must comply with the applicable requirements of
the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA)
and related federal and state statutes. The ADA prohibits
discrimination on the basis of disability with respect to public
accommodations and employment. Under the ADA and related federal
and state laws, we must make access to our new or significantly
remodeled restaurants readily accessible to disabled persons. We
must also make reasonable accommodations for the employment of
disabled persons.
We have a significant number of hourly restaurant staff members
who receive income from gratuities. We have elected to
voluntarily participate in a Tip Reporting Alternative
Commitment (TRAC) agreement with the IRS. By
complying with the educational and other requirements of the
TRAC agreement, we reduce the likelihood of
65
potential employer-only FICA tax assessments for unreported or
underreported tips. However, we rely on our staff members to
accurately disclose the full amount of their tip income and our
reporting on the disclosures provided to us by such tipped
employees.
Intellectual
Property
We currently own six separate registrations in connection with
restaurant service from the United States Patent and Trademark
Office for the following trademarks:
BRAVO!
®
,
BRAVO! Cucina
Italiana
®
,
Cucina BRAVO!
Italiana
®
,
BRAVO! Italian
Kitchen
®
,
Brio
®
,
Brio Tuscan
Grille
tm
and Bon
Vie
®
.
Our registrations confer a federally recognized exclusive right
for us to use these trademarks throughout the United States, and
we can prevent the adoption of confusingly similar trademarks by
other restaurants that do not possess superior common law rights
in particular markets. An important part of our intellectual
property strategy is the monitoring and enforcement of our
rights in markets in which our restaurants currently exist or
markets which we intend to enter in the future. We also monitor
trademark registers to oppose the registration of confusingly
similar trademarks or to limit the expansion of existing
trademarks with superior common law rights.
We enforce our rights through a number of methods, including the
issuance of
cease-and-desist
letters or making infringement claims in federal court. If our
efforts to protect our intellectual property are inadequate, or
if any third party misappropriates or infringes on our
intellectual property, the value of our brands may be harmed,
which could have a material adverse effect on our business and
might prevent our brands from achieving or maintaining market
acceptance.
Restaurant
Industry Overview
According to the National Restaurant Association (the
NRA), U.S. restaurant industry sales in 2009
were $566 billion and projected to grow 2.5% to
$580 billion in 2010, representing approximately 3.9% of
the U.S. gross domestic product. According to the NRA, the
U.S. restaurant industry has grown at a compound annual
growth rate of 6.7% since 1970. Technomic, Inc., a national
consulting market research firm, reported that the
U.S. full-service Italian segment had $15 billion of
sales in 2009 and the top 100 restaurants within this segment
have had a compounded annual growth rate of 11.8% since 1989.
The NRA projects that 49% of total U.S. food expenditures
will be spent at restaurants in 2010, up from 25% in 1955. Real
disposable personal income, a key indicator of restaurant
industry sales, is projected to increase 1.5% in 2010, following
an increase of 1.3% in 2009. We believe that the increase in
purchases of food-away-from-home is attributable to
demographic, economic and lifestyle trends, including the
following factors:
|
|
|
|
|
the rise in the number of women in the market place;
|
|
|
|
increase in average household income;
|
|
|
|
an aging U.S. population; and
|
|
|
|
an increased willingness by consumers to pay for the convenience
of meals prepared outside of their homes.
|
The restaurant industry is comprised of multiple segments,
including casual dining. The casual dining segment can be
further
sub-divided
into representative casual and upscale casual dining. The
upscale casual dining segment is differentiated by freshly
prepared and innovative food, flavorful recipes with creative
presentations and decor. Upscale casual dining is positioned
differently than representative casual dining, with standards
that are much closer to fine dining. Technomic, Inc., predicts
that the most successful operators will be those which can
target customers for diverse occasions and needs, as well as
cater for new daypart and menu opportunities to reflect changing
attitudes and behaviors.
Competition
The restaurant business is intensely competitive with respect to
food quality, price-value relationships, ambiance, service and
location, and is affected by many factors, including changes in
consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns,
macroeconomic conditions, demographic trends, weather
conditions, the cost and availability of raw materials, labor
and energy and government regulations. Any change in these or
other related factors could
66
adversely affect our restaurant operations. The main competitors
for our brands are mid-priced, full service concepts in the
multi-location, upscale casual dining segment including
Maggianos, Cheesecake Factory, BJs Restaurants and
P.F. Changs, as well as high quality, locally owned and
operated Italian restaurants.
There are a number of well-established competitors with
substantially greater financial, marketing, personnel and other
resources than ours. In addition, many of our competitors are
well established in the markets where our operations are, or in
which they may be, located. While we believe that our
restaurants are distinctive in design and operating concept,
other companies may develop restaurants that operate with
similar concepts. In addition, with improving product offerings
at fast casual restaurants, quick-service restaurants and
grocery stores, consumers may choose to trade down to these
alternatives, which could also negatively affect our financial
results.
Employees
As of June 27, 2010, we had approximately
8,000 employees of whom approximately 80 were corporate
management and staff personnel, approximately 500 were
restaurant managers or trainees, and approximately 7,400 were
employees in non-management restaurant positions. None of our
employees are unionized or covered by a collective bargaining
agreement. We believe that we have good relations with our
employees.
67
Properties
The following table sets forth our restaurant locations as of
June 27, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Location
|
|
Restaurants
|
|
|
Alabama
|
|
|
1
|
|
Arkansas
|
|
|
1
|
|
Arizona
|
|
|
2
|
|
Connecticut
|
|
|
1
|
|
Colorado
|
|
|
2
|
|
Florida
|
|
|
9
|
|
Georgia
|
|
|
2
|
|
Illinois
|
|
|
3
|
|
Indiana
|
|
|
3
|
|
Iowa
|
|
|
1
|
|
Kansas
|
|
|
1
|
|
Kentucky
|
|
|
2
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
|
2
|
|
Michigan
|
|
|
6
|
|
Missouri
|
|
|
4
|
|
Maryland
|
|
|
1
|
|
Nevada
|
|
|
1
|
|
New Jersey
|
|
|
1
|
|
New Mexico
|
|
|
1
|
|
New York
|
|
|
2
|
|
North Carolina
|
|
|
4
|
|
Ohio
|
|
|
16
|
|
Oklahoma
|
|
|
1
|
|
Pennsylvania
|
|
|
6
|
|
Tennessee
|
|
|
1
|
|
Texas
|
|
|
5
|
|
Virginia
|
|
|
4
|
|
Wisconsin
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
In addition to the restaurant locations set forth above, we also
have one restaurant currently in development in Delaware that we
expect to open in the fourth quarter of 2010.
We own four properties, two in Ohio and one in each of Indiana
and Pennsylvania, and operate restaurants on each of these
sites. We lease the remaining land and buildings used in our
restaurant operations under various long-term operating lease
agreements. The initial lease terms range from ten to
20 years and currently expire between 2011 and 2027. The
leases include renewal options for two to 20 additional years.
The majority of our leases provide for base (fixed) rent, plus
additional rent based on gross sales (as defined in each lease
agreement) in excess of a stipulated amount, multiplied by a
stated percentage. We are also generally obligated to pay
certain real estate taxes, insurances, common area maintenance
charges and various other expenses related to the properties.
The term of one lease relating to the restaurant locations set
forth above is set to expire in 2011 but may be
68
renewed at our option for an additional five year term expiring
in 2015. Our main office is also leased and is located at 777
Goodale Boulevard, Suite 100, Columbus, Ohio 43212.
Legal
Proceedings
Occasionally we are a party to various legal actions arising in
the ordinary course of our business including claims resulting
from slip and fall accidents, employment related
claims and claims from guests or employees alleging illness,
injury or other food quality, health or operational concerns.
None of these types of litigation, most of which are covered by
insurance, has had a material effect on us, and as of the date
of this prospectus, we are not a party to any material pending
legal proceedings and are not aware of any claims that could
have a materially adverse effect on our financial position,
results of operations, or cash flows.
69
Management
Executive
Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth certain information with respect
to our executive officers and directors as of June 27, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
Alton F. Doody, III
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
Founder, Director and Chairman
|
Saed Mohseni
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
|
James J. OConnor
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
|
Brian OMalley
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
Senior Vice President of Operations, BRIO
|
Michael Moser
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
Senior Vice President of Operations, BRAVO!
|
Ronald F. Dee
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, Development
|
Allen J. Bernstein
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
Director
|
Michael J. Hislop
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
Director
|
David B. Pittaway
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
Director
|
Harold O. Rosser II
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
Director
|
|
The board of directors believes that each of the directors set
forth above has the necessary qualifications to be a member of
the board of directors. Each of the directors has exhibited
during his prior service as a director the ability to operate
cohesively with the other members of the board of directors.
Moreover, the board of directors believes that each director
brings a strong background and skill set to the board of
directors, giving the board of directors as a whole competence
and experience in diverse areas, including corporate governance
and board service, finance, management and restaurant industry
experience.
Set forth below is a brief description of the business
experience of each of our directors and executive officers, as
well as certain specific experiences, qualifications and skills
that led to the board of directors conclusion that each of
the directors set forth below is qualified to serve as a
director:
Alton F. (Rick) Doody, III
has been
Chairman of the board of directors of the Company since its
inception in 1987. Mr. Doody was our Chief Executive
Officer from 1992 until February 2007 and our President from
June 2006 until September 2009. Mr. Doody also founded
Lindeys German Village, and was responsible for all facets
of its management. Mr. Doody received a Bachelor of
Sciences degree in Economics from Ohio Wesleyan University and
has completed all the necessary coursework for a Masters
Degree from Cornell University in Restaurant/Hotel Management.
Mr. Doody is a member of the Young Presidents
Organization and the International Council of Shopping Center
Owners and is a Board Member for the Cleveland Restaurant
Association. Mr. Doodys qualifications to serve on
our board of directors include his knowledge of our company and
the restaurant industry and his years of leadership at our
company.
Saed Mohseni
joined the Company as Chief Executive
Officer in February 2007 and assumed the additional role of
President in September 2009. Mr. Mohseni has also served as
a director of the Company since June 2006. Prior to joining us,
Mr. Mohseni was the Chief Executive Officer (January
2000-February 2007) and a director
(2004-2007)
of McCormick & Schmicks Seafood Restaurants,
Inc. Mr. Mohseni joined McCormick &
Schmicks in 1986 as a General Manager. During his time at
McCormick & Schmicks, he also held the positions
of Senior Manager
(1988-1993),
Vice President of Operations-California
(1993-1997),
and Senior Vice President of Operations
(1997-1999).
Mr. Mohseni attended Portland State University and Oregon
State University. Mr. Mohsenis qualifications to
serve on our board of directors include his knowledge of our
company and the restaurant industry and his years of leadership
at our company.
James J. OConnor
joined the Company as Chief
Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary in February 2007. For
the six years prior to joining us, Mr. OConnor held
various senior level financial positions, including Chief
Financial Officer of the Wendys Brand, at Wendys
International, Inc. From 1999 to 2000, Mr. OConnor
served as Senior Manager of Financial Reporting for Tween
Brands. Mr. OConnor previously served as a Senior
Manager
70
for PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP from 1985 until 1998.
Mr. OConnor is a CPA and earned a Bachelor of
Sciences degree in Accounting and Finance from the Ohio State
University.
Brian OMalley
has served as Senior Vice President
of Operations, BRIO, since 2006. Mr. OMalley joined
the Company in 1996 as the General Manager of BRAVO! Dayton.
Mr. OMalley was promoted to District Partner in 1999,
Director of Operations in 2000 and to Vice President of
Operations in 2004. Prior to joining us, Mr. OMalley
was employed with Sante Fe Steakhouse, where he held positions
as a General Manager, Director of Training and Regional Manager.
Mr. OMalley earned a Bachelor of Sciences degree in
Speech Communications and Hospitality Management from the
University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Michael Moser
has served as Senior Vice President of
Operations, BRAVO!, since 2006. Mr. Moser is a classically
trained chef who has over thirty years of experience in the
restaurant industry. Mr. Moser joined the Company as a Vice
President of Operations in August of 2004. Prior to joining us,
Mr. Moser served as the Chief Operating Officer of the
Texas Land and Cattle Steak House, a privately held 24 unit
restaurant company. From 1996 to 2001, Mr. Moser was Chief
Operating Officer of Romanos Macaroni Grill. Prior to
becoming Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Moser served as
Director of Operations and founding Concept Chef for creator
Phillip Romano. Mr. Moser attended Wayne State University.
Ronald F. Dee
has served as our Senior Vice President of
Development since May 2007. For the year prior to assuming his
current position, Mr. Dee served as our Director of Real
Estate. Mr. Dee joined the Company in July of 2003. Prior
to joining us, Mr. Dee was Vice President, Development with
Darden Restaurants overseeing all Red Lobster brand development.
Mr. Dee has over twenty years of real estate development
experience in the restaurant/hospitality industry having also
held senior management positions with Marriott International and
Taco Bell Corp. Mr. Dee is an active member of the
International Counsel of Shopping Center Owners. Mr. Dee
attended the State University of New York at Buffalo.
Allen J. Bernstein
has been a director of the Company
since June 2006. Mr. Bernstein is the President of Endeavor
Restaurant Group, Inc. He founded and served as Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer of Mortons Restaurant Group, Inc.
from 1989 through 2005. He currently serves on the boards of
directors of a number of public and privately held companies,
including The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated, Caribbean
Restaurants, LLC and as non-executive Chairman of the board of
directors of Perkins & Marie Callenders, Inc.
Previously, Mr. Bernstein served as a director on the
boards of Charlie Browns Steakhouse, McCormick &
Schmicks Seafood Restaurants, Inc. and Dave &
Busters, Inc. He also serves on the board of trustees of the
American Film Institute. Mr. Bernstein brings over
20 years of restaurant industry experience to the board of
directors, and among other skills and qualifications, his
significant knowledge and understanding of the industry,
specifically the Upscale Affordable segment. Additionally,
Mr. Bernstein brings the knowledge and skills that come
from significant experience in the restaurant industry,
including at the senior executive and board level of a number of
other publicly traded companies. Mr. Bernstein earned a
Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Marketing from the
University of Miami.
Michael J. Hislop
has been a director of the Company
since August 2006. Mr. Hislop has served as the President
and Chief Executive Officer of Il Fornaio since 1998. From April
1991 to May 1995, Mr. Hislop served as Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of Chevys Mexican Restaurants which,
under his direction, grew from 17 locations to 63 locations
nationwide. From 1982 to 1991, Mr. Hislop was employed by
El Torito Mexican Restaurants, Inc., serving first as Regional
Operator, then as Executive Vice President of Operations and for
the last three years as Chief Operating Officer. From 1979 to
1982, Mr. Hislop was employed by T.G.I. Fridays
Restaurants, Inc. as a Regional Manager. Mr. Hislop brings
to the board of directors the knowledge, qualifications and
leadership skills that come from 30 years of experience in
the restaurant industry, including significant experience at the
senior executive and board level in both casual dining and
Italian segments. Mr. Hislop earned a Bachelor of Sciences
degree in Hotel and Restaurant Management from the University of
Massachusetts.
David B. Pittaway
has been a director of the Company
since June 2006. Mr. Pittaway is Senior Managing Director,
Senior Vice President and Secretary of Castle Harlan, Inc., a
private equity firm. He has been with Castle Harlan since 1987.
Mr. Pittaway also has been Vice President and Secretary of
Branford Castle, Inc., an investment company, since October,
1986. From 1987 to 1998, Mr. Pittaway was Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and a director of Branford Chain, Inc.,
a marine wholesale company, where he is now a director and Vice
Chairman.
71
Previously, Mr. Pittaway was Vice President of Strategic
Planning and Assistant to the President of Donaldson,
Lufkin & Jenrette, Inc., an investment banking firm.
Mr. Pittaway is also a member of the boards of directors of
The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated, Mortons Restaurant
Group, Inc., McCormick & Schmicks Seafood
Restaurants, Inc., Perkins & Marie Callenders
Inc., Caribbean Restaurants, LLC and the Dystrophic
Epidermolysis Bullosa Research Association of America. In
addition, he is a director and co-founder of the Armed Forces
Reserve Family Assistance Fund. Mr. Pittaway possesses
in-depth knowledge and experience in finance and strategic
planning based on his more than 20 years of experience as
an investment banker and manager of Castle Harlans
investing activities. Mr. Pittaway brings significant
restaurant industry experience to the board of directors, and
among other skills and qualifications, his significant knowledge
and understanding of the industry, and his experience serving as
a director of a number of publicly traded companies in the
restaurant industry. Mr. Pittaway received a Bachelor of
Arts degree from the University of Kansas, a JD from Harvard Law
School and a MBA from Harvard Business School.
Harold O. Rosser II
has served as a member of our
board of directors since June 2006. Mr. Rosser is a
Managing Director and founder of Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill and
Co., Management, L.P., a New York-based private equity firm
where he has worked since 1995. From 1987 through 1995
Mr. Rosser was an officer at Citicorp Venture Capital.
Prior to joining CVC, he spent 12 years with
Citicorp/Citibank in various management and corporate finance
positions. Mr. Rosser currently serves on the Board of
Directors of Ruths Hospitality Group, Inc., Il Fornaio
(America) Corporation, Logans Roadhouse, Inc. and Wilson
Farms, Inc. Mr. Rosser is also a member of the Boards of
Trustees of the Culinary Institute of America and Wake Forest
University. Mr. Rosser formerly served as a director of
several private and public companies and through BRS has
invested in more than 16 restaurant companies since 1989. As a
result of these and other professional experiences,
Mr. Rosser possesses in-depth knowledge and experience in
the restaurant industry, corporate finance; strategic planning
and leadership of complex organizations; and board practices of
private and public companies and other entities that strengthen
the boards collective qualifications, skills and
experience. Mr. Rosser earned his B.S. from Clarkson
University and attended Management Development Programs at
Carnegie-Mellon University and the Stanford University Business
School.
Director
Independence
Our board of directors currently consists of 6 directors.
Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the
independence of our directors and considered whether any
director has a material relationship with us that could
compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in
carrying out his responsibilities. We believe
that
of our directors currently meet these independence standards.
Board
Committees
Our board of directors will establish various committees to
assist it with its responsibilities. Those committees are
described below.
Audit
Committee
The current audit committee members are Harold O.
Rosser, II and David B. Pittaway. Upon the date our common
stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, the committee
members will
be .
The composition of the audit committee will satisfy the
independence and financial literacy requirements of the Nasdaq
Global Market and the SEC. The independence standards require
that the audit committee have at least one independent director
on the date of listing, a majority of independent directors
within 90 days after the date our registration statement is
declared effective and fully independent audit committee within
one year after that date. The financial literacy standards
require that each member of our audit committee be able to read
and understand fundamental financial statements. In addition, at
least one member of our audit committee must qualify as a
financial expert, as defined by Item 407(d)(5) of
Regulation S-K
promulgated by the SEC, and have financial sophistication in
accordance with Nasdaq Global Market rules. Our board of
directors has determined
that
qualifies as an audit committee financial expert.
72
The primary function of the audit committee is to assist the
board of directors in the oversight of the integrity of our
financial statements, our compliance with legal and regulatory
requirements, our independent registered public
accountants qualifications and independence and the
performance of our internal audit function and independent
registered public accountants. The audit committee also prepares
an audit committee report required by the SEC to be included in
our proxy statements.
The audit committee fulfills its oversight responsibilities by
reviewing the following: (1) the financial reports and
other financial information provided by us to our shareholders
and others; (2) our systems of internal controls regarding
finance, accounting, legal and regulatory compliance and
business conduct established by management and the board; and
(3) our auditing, accounting and financial processes
generally. The audit committees primary duties and
responsibilities are to:
|
|
|
|
|
serve as an independent and objective party to monitor our
financial reporting process and internal control systems;
|
|
|
|
review and appraise the audit efforts of our independent
registered public accountants and exercise ultimate authority
over the relationship between us and our independent registered
public accountants; and
|
|
|
|
provide an open avenue of communication among the independent
registered public accountants, financial and senior management
and the board of directors.
|
To fulfill these duties responsibilities, the audit committee
will:
Documents/Reports
Review
|
|
|
|
|
discuss with management and the independent registered public
accountants our annual and interim financial statements,
earnings press releases, earnings guidance and any reports or
other financial information submitted to the shareholders, the
SEC, analysts, rating agencies and others, including any
certification, report, opinion or review rendered by the
independent registered public accountants;
|
|
|
|
review the regular internal reports to management prepared by
the internal auditors and managements response;
|
|
|
|
discuss with management and the independent registered public
accountants the Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q,
the Annual Reports on
Form 10-K,
including our disclosures under Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of
Operations, and any related public disclosure prior to its
filing;
|
Independent
Registered Public Accountants
|
|
|
|
|
have sole authority for the appointment, compensation,
retention, oversight, termination and replacement of our
independent registered public accountants (subject, if
applicable, to shareholder ratification) and the independent
registered public accountants will report directly to the audit
committee;
|
|
|
|
pre-approve all auditing services and all non-audit services to
be provided by the independent registered public accountants;
|
|
|
|
review the performance of the independent registered public
accountants with both management and the independent registered
public accountants;
|
|
|
|
periodically meet with the independent registered public
accountants separately and privately to hear their views on the
adequacy of our internal controls, any special audit steps
adopted in light of material control deficiencies and the
qualitative aspects of our financial reporting, including the
quality and consistency of both accounting policies and the
underlying judgments, or any other matters raised by them;
|
|
|
|
obtain and review a report from the independent registered
public accountants at least annually regarding (1) the
independent registered public accountants internal
quality-control procedures, (2) any material issues raised
by the most recent quality-control review, or peer review, of
the firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or
professional authorities within the preceding five years
respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the
firm, (3) any steps taken to deal with any such issues, and
|
73
|
|
|
|
|
(4) all relationships between the independent registered
public accountants and their related entities and us and our
related entities;
|
Financial
Reporting Processes
|
|
|
|
|
review with financial management and the independent registered
public accountants the quality and consistency, not just the
acceptability, of the judgments and appropriateness of the
accounting principles and financial disclosure practices used by
us, including an analysis of the effects of any alternative GAAP
methods on the financial statements;
|
|
|
|
approve any significant changes to our auditing and accounting
principles and practices after considering the advice of the
independent registered public accountants and management;
|
|
|
|
focus on the reasonableness of control processes for identifying
and managing key business, financial and regulatory reporting
risks;
|
|
|
|
discuss with management our major financial risk exposures and
the steps management has taken to monitor and control such
exposures, including our risk assessment and risk management
policies;
|
|
|
|
periodically meet with appropriate representatives of management
and the internal auditors separately and privately to consider
any matters raised by each of them, including any audit problems
or difficulties and managements response;
|
|
|
|
periodically review the effect of regulatory and accounting
initiatives, as well as any off-balance sheet structures, on our
financial statements;
|
Process
Improvement
|
|
|
|
|
following the completion of the annual audit, review separately
with management and the independent registered public
accountants any difficulties encountered during the course of
the audit, including any restrictions on the scope of work or
access to required information;
|
|
|
|
periodically review any processes and policies for communicating
with investors and analysts;
|
|
|
|
review and resolve any disagreement between management and the
independent registered public accountants in connection with the
annual audit or the preparation of the financial statements;
|
|
|
|
review with the independent registered public accountants and
management the extent to which changes or improvements in
financial or accounting practices, as approved by the audit
committee, have been implemented;
|
Business
Conduct and Legal Compliance
|
|
|
|
|
review our code of conduct and review managements
processes for communicating and enforcing this code of conduct;
|
|
|
|
review managements monitoring of our compliance with our
code of conduct and ensure that management has the proper review
system in place to ensure that our financial statements,
reports, and other financial information disseminated to
governmental organizations and the public satisfy legal
requirements;
|
|
|
|
review, with our counsel, any legal matter that could have a
significant impact on our financial statements and any legal
compliance matters;
|
|
|
|
review and approve all related-party transactions;
|
Other
Responsibilities
|
|
|
|
|
establish and periodically review procedures for (1) the
receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us
regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing
matters and (2) the confidential, anonymous submission by
our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or
auditing matters;
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
review and reassess the audit committees charter at least
annually and submit any recommended changes to the board of
directors for its consideration;
|
|
|
|
provide the report required by Item 306 of
Regulation S-K
promulgated by the SEC for inclusion in our annual proxy
statement;
|
|
|
|
report periodically, as deemed necessary or desirable by the
audit committee, but at least annually, to the full board of
directors regarding the audit committees actions and
recommendations, if any;
|
|
|
|
establish policies for our hiring of employees or former
employees of the independent registered public accountants who
were engaged on our account;
|
|
|
|
perform any other activities consistent with the audit
committees charter, our regulations and governing law, as
the audit committee or the board of directors deems necessary or
appropriate; and
|
|
|
|
annually evaluate the audit committees performance and
report the results of such evaluation to the board of directors.
|
The audit committee will hold regular meetings at least four
times each year. The audit committee will report the significant
results of its activities to the board of directors at each
regularly scheduled meeting of the board of directors.
In connection with this offering, our board of directors intends
to adopt a charter for the audit committee that complies with
current federal and Nasdaq Global Market rules relating to
corporate governance matters. Deloitte & Touche LLP is
presently our independent registered accounting firm.
Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee
Upon the listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global
Market, our board of directors will designate a nominating and
corporate governance committee that will consist of at least
three directors. The committee members will
be .
The composition of the nominating and corporate governance
committee will satisfy the independence requirements of the
Nasdaq Global Market that it have at least one independent
director on the listing date, a majority of independent
directors within 90 days after that date and full
compliance within one year after that date. The nominating and
corporate governance committee will:
|
|
|
|
|
identify individuals qualified to serve as our directors;
|
|
|
|
nominate qualified individuals for election to our board of
directors at annual meetings of shareholders;
|
|
|
|
establish a policy for considering shareholder nominees for
election to our board of directors; and
|
|
|
|
recommend to our board the directors to serve on each of our
board committees.
|
To fulfill these responsibilities, the nominating and governance
committee will:
|
|
|
|
|
review periodically the composition of our board;
|
|
|
|
identify and recommend director candidates for our board;
|
|
|
|
recommend nominees for election as directors to our board;
|
|
|
|
recommend the composition of the committees of the board to our
board;
|
|
|
|
review periodically our code of conduct and obtain confirmation
from management that the policies included in the code of
conduct are understood and implemented;
|
|
|
|
evaluate periodically the adequacy of our conflicts of interest
policy;
|
|
|
|
review related party transactions;
|
|
|
|
consider with management public policy issues that may affect us;
|
|
|
|
review periodically our committee structure and operations and
the working relationship between each committee and the
board; and
|
|
|
|
consider, discuss and recommend ways to improve our boards
effectiveness.
|
75
In connection with this offering, our board of directors intends
to adopt a charter for the nominating and corporate governance
committee that complies with current federal and Nasdaq Global
Market rules relating to corporate governance matters.
Compensation
Committee
The current compensation committee members are Messrs. Rosser,
Pittaway and Bernstein. Upon the listing of our common stock on
the Nasdaq Global Market, the committee members will
be .
The composition of the compensation committee will satisfy the
independence requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market. These
requirements require that we have at least one independent
director on the listing date, a majority of independent
directors within 90 days after that date and full
compliance within one year after that date. The primary
responsibility of the compensation committee is to develop and
oversee the implementation of our philosophy with respect to the
compensation of our executive officers and directors. In that
regard, the compensation committee will:
|
|
|
|
|
have the sole authority to retain and terminate any compensation
consultant used to assist us, the board of directors or the
compensation committee in the evaluation of the compensation of
our executive officers and directors;
|
|
|
|
to the extent necessary or appropriate to carry-out its
responsibilities, have the authority to retain special legal,
accounting, actuarial or other advisors;
|
|
|
|
annually review and approve corporate goals and objectives to
serve as the basis for the compensation of our executive
officers, evaluate the performance of our executive officers in
light of such goals and objectives and determine and approve the
compensation level of our executive officers based on such
evaluation;
|
|
|
|
interpret, implement, administer, review and approve all aspects
of remuneration to our executive officers and other key
officers, including their participation in
incentive-compensation plans and equity-based compensation plans;
|
|
|
|
review and approve all employment agreements, consulting
agreements, severance arrangements and change in control
agreements for our executive officers;
|
|
|
|
develop, approve, administer and recommend to the board of
directors and our shareholders for their approval (to the extent
such approval is required by any applicable law, regulation or
Nasdaq Global Market rules) all of our stock ownership, stock
option and other equity-based compensation plans and all related
policies and programs;
|
|
|
|
make individual determinations and grant any shares, stock
options, or other equity-based awards under all equity-based
compensation plans, and exercise such other power and authority
as may be required or permitted under such plans, other than
with respect to non-employee directors, which determinations are
subject to the approval of our board of directors;
|
|
|
|
have the authority to form and delegate authority to
subcommittees;
|
|
|
|
report regularly, but not less frequently than annually, to our
board of directors;
|
|
|
|
annually review and reassess the adequacy of its charter and
recommend any proposed changes to our board of directors for its
approval; and
|
|
|
|
annually review its own performance, and report the results of
such review to our board of directors.
|
The compensation committee has the same authority with regard to
all aspects of director compensation as it has been granted with
regard to executive compensation, except that any ultimate
decision regarding the compensation of any director is subject
to the approval of our board of directors. The compensation
committee will hold regular meetings at least two times each
year.
In connection with this offering, our board of directors intends
to adopt a charter for the compensation committee that complies
with current federal and Nasdaq Global Market rules relating to
corporate governance matters.
76
Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the members of the compensation committee who will
continue to serve on the compensation committee after our common
stock has been listed on the Nasdaq Global Market currently or
has been at any time one of our officers or employees. None of
our executive officers currently serves, or has served during
the last completed fiscal year, as a member of the board of
directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one
or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of
directors or compensation committee. None of our executive
officers was a director of another entity where one of that
entitys executive officers served on our compensation
committee, and none of our executive officers served on the
compensation committee or the entire board of directors of
another entity where one of that entitys executive
officers served as a director on our board of directors.
Risk
Oversight
We face a number of risks, including market price risks in beef,
seafood, produce and other food product prices, liquidity risk,
reputational risk, operational risk and risks from adverse
fluctuations in interest rates and inflation
and/or
deflation. Management is responsible for the
day-to-day
management of risks faced by our company, while the board of
directors currently has responsibility for the oversight of risk
management. In its risk oversight role, the board of directors
seeks to ensure that the risk management processes designed and
implemented by management are adequate. The board of directors
also reviews with management our strategic objectives which may
be affected by identified risks, our plans for monitoring and
controlling risk, the effectiveness of such plans, appropriate
risk tolerance and our disclosure of risk. Following the
consummation of this offering, our audit committee will be
responsible for periodically reviewing with management, internal
audit and independent auditors the adequacy and effectiveness of
our policies for assessing and managing risk. The other
committees of the board of directors will also monitor certain
risks related to their respective committee responsibilities.
All committees will report to the full board as appropriate,
including when a matter rises to the level of a material or
enterprise level risk.
Code of
Ethics
In connection with the consummation of this offering, we plan to
adopt an amended written code of business conduct and ethics, to
be known as our code of conduct, which will apply to our chief
executive officer, our chief financial officer, our chief
accounting officer and all persons providing similar functions.
Our code of conduct will be available on our Internet website,
www.bbrg.com. Our code of conduct may also be obtained by
contacting investor relations at
(614) 326-7944.
Any amendments to our code of conduct or waivers from the
provisions of the code for our chief executive officer, our
chief financial officer and our chief accounting officer will be
disclosed on our Internet website promptly following the date of
such amendment or waiver. The inclusion of our web address in
this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the
information on our web site into this prospectus.
77
Compensation
Discussion and Analysis
Introduction
This Compensation Discussion and Analysis
(CD&A) provides an overview of our executive
compensation program, together with a description of the
material factors underlying the decisions that resulted in the
compensation provided to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief
Financial Officer and the other executive officers who were the
highest paid during the fiscal year ended December 27, 2009
(collectively, the named executive officers), as
presented in the tables which follow this CD&A. This
CD&A contains statements regarding our performance targets
and goals. These targets and goals are disclosed in the limited
context of our compensation program and should not be understood
to be statements of managements expectations or estimates
of financial results or other guidance. We specifically caution
investors not to apply these statements to other contexts.
Objective of
Compensation Policy
The objective of the Companys compensation policy is to
provide a total compensation package to each named executive
officer that will enable us to:
|
|
|
|
|
attract, motivate and retain outstanding individual named
executive officers;
|
|
|
|
reward named executive officers for attaining desired levels of
profit and shareholder value; and
|
|
|
|
align the financial interests of each named executive officer
with the interests of our shareholders to encourage each named
executive officer to contribute to our long-term performance and
success.
|
Overall, our compensation program is designed to reward
individual and Company performance. As discussed further below a
significant portion of named executive officer compensation is
comprised of a combination of annual cash bonuses, which reward
annual Company and executive performance, and equity
compensation, which rewards long-term Company and executive
performance. We believe that by weighting total compensation in
favor of the bonus and long-term incentive components of our
total compensation program, we appropriately reward individual
achievement while at the same time providing incentives to
promote Company performance. We also believe that salary levels
should be reflective of individual performance and therefore
factor this into the adjustment of base salary levels each year.
Process for
Setting Total Compensation
Generally, our overall compensation package for named executive
officers is administered and determined by our Compensation
Committee, comprised of three current non-employee directors. To
the extent required following the consummation of our initial
public offering, the members of our Compensation Committee may
change in order to ensure compliance with stock exchange
requirements and securities laws and regulations.
The Company sets annual base salaries, cash bonuses, and
equity-based awards for each named executive officer at levels
it believes are appropriate considering each named executive
officers annual review, the awards and compensation paid
to the named executive officer in past years, and progress
toward or attainment of previously set personal and corporate
goals and objectives, including attainment of financial
performance goals and such other factors as the Compensation
Committee deems appropriate and in our best interests and the
best interests of our shareholders. These goals and objectives
are discussed more fully below under the headings Annual
Bonus Compensation and Equity Compensation.
The Compensation Committee may also, from time to time, consider
recommendations from the Chief Executive Officer regarding total
compensation for named executive officers, however no such
recommendations were made for fiscal year 2009. The Compensation
Committee does not rely on predetermined formulas or a limited
set of criteria when it evaluates the performance of the Chief
Executive Officer and our other named executive officers. The
Committee may accord different weight at different times to
different factors for each named executive officer.
78
Elements of
Compensation
Our compensation program for named executive officers consists
of the following elements of compensation, each described in
greater depth below:
|
|
|
|
|
Base salaries.
|
|
|
|
Annual cash bonuses.
|
|
|
|
Equity-based incentive compensation.
|
|
|
|
Severance and
change-in-control
benefits.
|
|
|
|
Perquisites.
|
|
|
|
General benefits.
|
The Company provides few personal benefits to named executive
officers, and what personal benefits are provided are generally
considered related to each named executive officers
performance of his duties with the Company. The Company may also
enter into employment agreements with named executive officers
to provide severance benefits as a recruitment and retention
mechanism. Currently, the Company is a party to an employment
agreement with Mr. Mohseni, entered into at the time of his
hire in 2007, which provides for severance benefits as described
more fully under the heading Potential Payments upon
Termination or Change in Control, below. Finally, named
executive officers participate in the Companys health and
benefit plans, and are entitled to vacation and paid time off
based on the Companys general vacation policies.
Employment
Agreement
The Company does not have any general policies regarding the use
of employment agreements, but may, from time to time, enter into
such a written agreement to reflect the terms and conditions of
employment of a particular named executive officer, whether at
the time of hire or thereafter. For example, the Company entered
into an employment agreement with Mr. Mohseni at the time
of his hire in order to attract Mr. Mohseni to transition
from his role as a non-employee board member to a full time
chief executive officer. The Company viewed such a negotiated
arrangement as a meaningful recruitment and retention mechanism
for Mr. Mohseni. In addition, the Company is currently
negotiating, and expects to enter into, a written employment
agreement with Mr. OConnor in order to continue to
retain Mr. OConnor as a member of the Companys
senior management team.
Base
Salary
We pay base salaries because salaries are essential to
recruiting and retaining qualified employees. Base salaries also
create a performance incentive in the form of potential salary
increases. Except with respect to Mr. Mohseni, whose base
salary is set pursuant to his employment agreement, base
salaries are initially set by the Compensation Committee. These
salary levels are set based on the named executive
officers experience and performance with previous
employers and negotiations with individual named executive
officers. Thereafter, the Compensation Committee may increase
base salaries each year based on its subjective assessment of
the Companys and the individual executive officers
performance and his or her experience, length of service and
changes in responsibilities. Included in this subjective
determination is Compensation Committees evaluation of the
development and execution of strategic plans, the exercise of
leadership, and involvement in industry groups. The weight given
such factors by the Compensation Committee may vary from one
named executive officer to another.
Mr. Mohsenis employment agreement provides him with
an annual base salary of $518,000. Mr. Mohsenis base
salary has not been modified since his hire in 2007. The Company
determined, at the time of Mr. Mohsenis hire, that a
commitment to pay base salary to him at this level was necessary
to recruit him to join the Company.
Mr. OConnors base salary for 2009 was $206,000,
Mr. Doodys base salary for 2009 was $100,000, each of
Mr. OMalley and Mr. Moser had base salaries in
2009 of $185,000 and Mr. Dees base salary was
$165,000 in 2009. Mr. Doodys base salary for 2009 was
decreased from $225,000 in 2008 to $100,000 in connection with
his transition from President of the Company to Chairman of the
Board.
79
In lieu of providing small
cost-of-living
base salary increases for 2010 for the named executive officers
other than Mr. Mohseni, the Compensation Committee elected
to pay the amount of such
cost-of-living
increases to the named executive officers in the form of a lump
sum discretionary bonus in 2009. Such bonuses are reported in
the Bonus column of the Summary Compensation Table,
below.
Annual Bonus
Compensation
In line with our strategy of rewarding performance, a
significant part of the Companys executive compensation
philosophy is the payment of cash bonuses to named executive
officers based on an annual evaluation of individual and Company
performance, considering several factors as discussed below.
Except with respect to Mr. Mohseni, whose target bonus is
set at 30% of his base salary pursuant to his employment
agreement, the Compensation Committee establishes target bonuses
(the amount each named executive officer may receive if
performance goals and objectives are met) for each named
executive officer at the beginning of the fiscal year. The
target bonuses are set at levels the Compensation Committee
believes will provide a meaningful incentive to named executive
officers to contribute to the Companys financial
performance.
In 2009, the board of directors determined that each named
executive officers bonus would be determined based
primarily on the achievement of Company earnings before
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization plus the sum of
asset impairment charges, pre-opening costs, management and
board of director fees and expenses as well as certain non-cash
adjustments, as defined in the credit agreement governing our
existing senior credit facilities (Company EBITDA). For 2009,
the Compensation Committee determined to pay bonuses at the
target levels if Company EBITDA met or exceeded
$30.4 million.
We use Company EBITDA, together with financial measures prepared
in accordance with GAAP, such as revenue and cash flows from
operations, to assess our historical and prospective operating
performance and to enhance our understanding of our core
operating performance. Additionally, we use Company EBITDA to
measure our compliance with various financial covenants pursuant
to our credit agreement. We also use Company EBITDA internally
to evaluate the performance of our personnel and also as a
benchmark to evaluate our operating performance or compare our
performance to that of our competitors. The use of Company
EBITDA as a performance measure permits a comparative assessment
of our operating performance relative to our performance based
on our GAAP results, while isolating the effects of some items
that vary from period to period without any correlation to core
operating performance or that vary widely among similar
companies.
Target and actual bonuses for 2009 paid to each of the named
executive officers are shown in the table below. The actual
bonus amounts are also included in the Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Compensation column of the Summary
Compensation Table, below.
Annual Cash
Bonuses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Award
|
|
|
Actual Award
|
|
Name
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
Saed Mohseni
|
|
|
155,400
|
|
|
|
62,160
|
|
James J. OConnor
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
Brian OMalley
|
|
|
70,000
|
|
|
|
28,000
|
|
Michael Moser
|
|
|
70,000
|
|
|
|
28,000
|
|
Ronald F. Dee
|
|
|
35,000
|
|
|
|
14,000
|
|
Alton F. Doody, III
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
Although the Company exceeded its designated EBITDA target for
2009 by approximately $8.4 million, the Company exercised
its discretion to pay bonuses at below 100% of target in
recognition of the challenges of the macroeconomic environment,
the need to maintain adequate cash reserves and to avoid large
cash outlays that may not reflect the Companys long-term
incentive goals.
80
In addition, as noted above, in lieu of small
cost-of-living
base salary increases in 2010 for the named executive officers
other than Mr. Mohseni, the Compensation Committee elected
to pay the amount of such
cost-of-living
increases to the named executive officers in the form of a lump
sum discretionary bonus in late 2009. The amount of such
discretionary bonuses paid to the named executive officers is as
follows: $9,270 for Mr. OConnor, $9,250 for
Mr. OMalley, $6,475 for Mr. Moser, $4,950 for
Mr. Dee and $0 for Mr. Doody.
Equity
Compensation
We pay equity-based compensation to our named executive officers
because it provides a vital link between the long-term results
achieved for our shareholders and the rewards provided to named
executive officers, thereby ensuring that such officers have a
continuing stake in our long-term success. Equity-based
compensation is paid in the form of stock options.
The Company adopted the 2006 Plan in order to provide an
incentive to employees selected by the board of directors for
participation.
In 2009, the Company decided to make grants of options under the
2006 Plan to the majority of the Companys existing
optionholders because it believed that the Company had performed
well during a challenging economic environment and that the
granting of such options should provide its employees holding
options an opportunity to share in the Companys success
provided they continue to contribute to such success. The
Company determined that each of the named executive officers,
other than Mr. Mohseni and Mr. Doody, would receive a
small grant of options under the 2006 Plan. The Company
determined that no additional grant of options should be made
for Mr. Mohseni and Mr. Doody because it believed each
of them had sufficient equity holdings to align their interests
with those of our other shareholders.
Options held by each of the named executive officers (and
certain of the Companys other salaried employees)
ordinarily vest over a period of four years, subject to the
applicable named executive officer remaining employed through
each vesting date. However, in the event the Company undergoes a
public offering in which the Company and any participating
selling shareholders receive aggregate net proceeds of at least
$50.0 million or the majority of the Companys stock
or assets are sold in a transaction approved by Holdings, the
options held by the named executive officers while employed are
subject to accelerated vesting in the discretion of the board of
directors upon the achievement of certain net proceeds and
internal rate of return thresholds.
However, as a retention method and in order to ensure each named
executive officers interests are aligned with those of the
sponsors, the named executive officers do not have the right to
exercise their vested options unless and until the sponsors
attain designated returns on their investment, measured based on
the sponsors net proceeds and internal rate of return.
Accordingly, to the extent the sponsors sell their securities in
connection with an approved sale or public offering, any vested
options only become exercisable in the amounts set forth below
in the event that (i) net proceeds equal or are in excess
of the multiple (set forth in the table below) of the
sponsors initial investment and (ii) the sponsors
achieve an internal rate of return equal to or in excess of the
target set forth in the table below (unless the board of
directors exercises its discretion under the plan to permit
further exercisability upon such an event):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Option Exercisable
|
|
Net Proceeds Multiple
|
|
|
IRR Target
|
|
|
25%
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
50%
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
75%
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
100%
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
|
For purposes of determining the exercisable portion of a named
executive officers option, net proceeds
generally means the amount received by the sponsors, including
the majority of the fees they received pursuant to the
management agreements between each sponsor and the Company, less
their selling or transaction expresses. Internal rate of
return means the rate of return the sponsors receive on
their investment in the Company from such net proceeds as a
result of a public offering or approved sale and the net
proceeds therefrom.
81
The board of directors has determined, in its discretion, that
in the event the public offering price of this offering results
in the achievement of an internal rate of return to
our private equity sponsors of at least 30% upon the
consummation of this offering, (i) each outstanding option
award shall be deemed to have vested in a percentage equal to
the greater of 75% or the percentage of the option award already
vested as of that date, (ii) each outstanding option award
shall be deemed 75% exercisable; and (iii) for each
additional percentage point of internal rate of
return achieved by our private equity sponsors above 30%,
an additional 2.5% of each outstanding option award shall be
deemed vested and exercisable, up to an aggregate of the stated
number of shares of common stock subject to the option award
upon achievement of an internal rate of return by
our private equity sponsors of 40%.
For purposes of this section, the Company has assumed that its
board of directors will approve full vesting and exercisability
of the outstanding stock options, as permitted under the 2006
Plan. Accordingly, as reported below under the heading
Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in
Control, the amount each named executive officer would be
entitled to receive with respect to his options, assumes that
full vesting occurred on the last day of our fiscal year,
December 27, 2009, with the value computed based on our
expected offering price.
Because our offering price may fluctuate, the table below
provides an overview of the potential values that could be
received by our named executive officers with respect to their
options based on a range of share prices and assuming full
vesting and exercisability:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Price 1
|
|
|
Price 2
|
|
|
Price 3
|
|
Saed Mohseni
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James J. OConnor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brian OMalley
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael Moser
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ronald F. Dee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alton F. Doody, III
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Severance and
Transaction-Based Benefits
Except with respect to Mr. Mohseni, the Company does not
have any agreements, plans or programs for the payment of
severance to any named executive officers. As a recruitment
incentive for Mr. Mohseni, in negotiating his employment
agreement in 2007, the Company agreed to pay two years of
severance to Mr. Mohseni in the event of his termination of
employment in limited circumstances. The Company believed this
level of severance benefit provided Mr. Mohseni with the
assurance of security if his employment is terminated for
reasons beyond his control or the material terms of his
employment are changed by the Company without his consent.
In addition, pursuant to Mr. Mohsenis employment
agreement upon an approved sale or other transaction in which
the sponsors sell 50% or more of their Company securities while
Mr. Mohseni is employed by the Company, Mr. Mohseni is
entitled to a payment to the extent the amount he has then
received or is entitled to receive with respect to his options
does not exceed $3.0 million. Such payment is generally
calculated as the lesser of (a) $3.0 million over the
amounts Mr. Mohseni receives or is entitled to receive with
respect to his options or (b) the excess of the net
proceeds received by the sponsors over the amount necessary for
them to receive a 5% internal rate of return.
Finally, as described above, outstanding options for the named
executive officers may accelerate vesting upon the occurrence of
an approved sale or public offering. The amount each named
executive would be entitled to receive in such event is reported
below under the heading Potential Payments upon
Termination or Change in Control.
Perquisites
In 2009, we provided certain personal-benefit perquisites to
named executive officers as summarized below. The aggregate
incremental cost to the Company of the perquisites received by
each of the named executive officers in
82
2009 did not exceed $10,000 and accordingly, such benefits are
not included in the Summary Compensation Table below.
Car Allowance.
The Company provided car
allowances of $4,800 for Messrs. OMalley and Moser
and $4,200 for Mr. Doody in 2009. The Company views car
allowances as a meaningful benefit to our named executive
officers who are required to travel by car in the performance of
their duties for the Company.
Complimentary Dining.
The Company provides the
named executive officers with complimentary dining privileges at
any of our restaurants. The Company views complimentary dining
privileges as a meaningful benefit to our named executive
officers as it is important for named executive officers to
experience our product in order to better perform their duties
for the Company.
General
Benefits
The following are standard benefits offered to all eligible
Company employees, including named executive officers.
Retirement Benefits.
The Company maintains a
tax-qualified 401(k) savings plan. However, our named executive
officers do not participate in our 401(k) savings plan.
Medical, Dental, Life Insurance and Disability
Coverage.
Active employee benefits such as
medical, dental, life insurance and disability coverage are
available to all eligible employees, including our named
executive officers.
Other Paid Time-Off Benefits.
We also provide
vacation and other paid holidays to all employees, including the
named executive officers, which our Compensation Committee has
determined to be appropriate for a Company of our size and in
our industry.
Tax and
Accounting Considerations
U.S. federal income tax generally limits the tax
deductibility of compensation we pay to our Chief Executive
Officer and certain other highly compensated executive officers
to $1.0 million in the year the compensation becomes
taxable to the executive officers. There is an exception to the
limit on deductibility for performance-based compensation that
meets certain requirements. Although deductibility of
compensation is preferred, tax deductibility is not a primary
objective of our compensation programs. Rather, we seek to
maintain flexibility in how we compensate our executive officers
so as to meet a broader set of corporate and strategic goals and
the needs of shareholders, and as such, we may be limited in our
ability to deduct amounts of compensation from time to time.
Accounting rules require us to expense the cost of our stock
option grants. Because of option expensing and the impact of
dilution on our shareholders, we pay close attention to, among
other factors, the type of equity awards we grant and the number
and value of the shares underlying such awards.
83
Summary
Compensation Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
|
Bonus
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Name & Principal Position
|
|
Year
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)(2)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)(3)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
Saed Mohseni
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
518,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62,160
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
580,160
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James J. OConnor
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
206,000
|
|
|
|
9,270
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,526
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
247,796
|
|
Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brian OMalley
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
185,000
|
|
|
|
9,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,526
|
|
|
|
28,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
224,776
|
|
Senior Vice President of Operations, BRIO
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael Moser
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
185,000
|
|
|
|
6,475
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,526
|
|
|
|
28,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
222,001
|
|
Senior Vice President of Operations, BRAVO!
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ronald F. Dee
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
165,000
|
|
|
|
4,950
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,684
|
|
|
|
14,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
185,634
|
|
Senior Vice President Development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alton F. Doody, III(4)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
186,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
226,500
|
|
Chairman, Board of Directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The amounts reported in this column represent discretionary
bonuses paid to certain named executive officers in 2009 in lieu
of
cost-of-living
increases in base salaries for 2010.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Amounts in this column represent the grant date fair value,
calculated pursuant to ASC 718, of stock options granted in
2009. See Note 11 to our audited consolidated financial
statements for a discussion of the calculation of grant date
fair value.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Certain personal benefits provided to certain of our named
executive officers, including car allowances and complimentary
dining, are not required to be disclosed in the table because
the amount of such benefits do not exceed the applicable
disclosure thresholds. See Perquisites.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Pursuant to SEC regulations, Mr. Doody is included in the
Summary Compensation Table because he served as an executive
officer of the Company during 2009 and his total compensation
exceed that of one of the other named executive officers.
|
Grants of
Plan-Based Awards Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Future Payouts Under
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
or Base
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity Incentive Plan
|
|
Estimated Future Payouts Under
|
|
Price of
|
|
of Stock and
|
|
|
|
|
Awards(1)
|
|
Equity Incentive Plan Awards(2)(3)
|
|
Option
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Grant
|
|
Threshold
|
|
Target
|
|
Maximum
|
|
Threshold
|
|
Target
|
|
Maximum
|
|
Awards
|
|
Awards
|
Name
|
|
Date
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
(#)
|
|
(#)
|
|
(#)
|
|
($/SH)(3)
|
|
($)
|
|
Saed Mohseni
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
155,400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James J. OConnor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9/9/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.00
|
|
|
|
2,526
|
|
Brian OMalley
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9/9/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.00
|
|
|
|
2,526
|
|
Michael Moser
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9/9/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.00
|
|
|
|
2,526
|
|
Ronald F. Dee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9/9/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.00
|
|
|
|
1,684
|
|
Alton F. Doody, III
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Amounts reported in this column represent the target
performance-based bonus of each named executive office, as
described in Compensation Discussion and Analysis.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Options reported in this column generally vest over a period of
four years of continued employment, but are only exercisable by
named executive officers if financial performance goals are met
or exceeded in connection with a public offering or a sale of a
majority of the stock or assets of the Company, as described in
the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section, above. The
number of shares reported as target are the total
number of shares granted to named executive officers in 2009.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Does not give effect to the -for-1
stock split of our outstanding common stock expected to occur
prior to the consummation of this offering. See
Reorganization Transactions.
|
Outstanding
Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Number of
|
|
Equity Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
Securities
|
|
Plan Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
Options
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Option
|
|
Option
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
(#)(1)(2)
|
|
Unearned
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Expiration
|
Name
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
Unexercisable
|
|
Options(#)(1)(2)
|
|
Price($)(1)(2)
|
|
Date
|
Saed Mohseni
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,812.50
|
|
|
|
32,812.50
|
|
|
|
10.00
|
|
|
|
2/13/17
|
|
James J. OConnor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,562.50
|
|
|
|
6,562.50
|
|
|
|
10.00
|
|
|
|
2/13/17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600.00
|
|
|
|
10.00
|
|
|
|
9/9/19
|
|
Brian OMalley
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,304.69
|
|
|
|
4,101.56
|
|
|
|
10.00
|
|
|
|
6/29/16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600.00
|
|
|
|
10.00
|
|
|
|
9/9/19
|
|
Michael Moser
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,304.69
|
|
|
|
4,101.56
|
|
|
|
10.00
|
|
|
|
6/29/16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600.00
|
|
|
|
10.00
|
|
|
|
9/9/19
|
|
Ronald F. Dee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,304.69
|
|
|
|
4,101.56
|
|
|
|
10.00
|
|
|
|
6/29/16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
400.00
|
|
|
|
10.00
|
|
|
|
9/9/19
|
|
Alton F. Doody, III
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,304.69
|
|
|
|
4,101.56
|
|
|
|
10.00
|
|
|
|
6/29/16
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Does not give effect to the -for-1
stock split of our outstanding common stock expected to occur
prior to the consummation of this offering. See
Reorganization Transactions.
|
|
(2)
|
|
The named executive officers do not have the right to exercise
their vested options unless and until the Companys private
equity sponsors attain designated returns on their investment,
measured based on the sponsors receipt of net proceeds and
internal rate of return from an approved sale or public
offering. The board of directors has determined, in the exercise
of its discretion, that a certain percentage of each outstanding
option award may be deemed vested and exercisable in connection
with this offering, dependent upon achievement of designated
performance thresholds. See Equity
Compensation.
|
Potential
Payments upon Termination or Change in Control
Termination of
Employment
With the exception of Mr. Mohseni, the Company does not
have any agreements with the named executive officers that would
entitle them to severance payments upon termination of
employment. Mr. Mohsenis employment agreement
provides him with two years of continued base salary following
his termination of employment by the Company without cause or by
him for good reason. For purposes of Mr. Mohsenis
employment agreement, cause generally means
Mr. Mohsenis fraud or dishonesty in connection with
his duties to the Company, his failure to perform the lawful
duties of his position, his conviction of a felony or plea of
guilty or no contest to a charge or commission of a felony, or
his commission of any act or violation of law that could
reasonably be expected to bring the Company into material
disrepute, and good reason generally means the
Companys reduction in Mr. Mohsenis base salary,
the failure of the Company to pay base salary or benefits under
85
Mr. Mohsenis employment agreement, the Companys
material reduction in Mr. Mohsenis overall benefits
(other than pursuant to a general reduction in benefits for the
Companys workforce) or a requirement that Mr. Mohseni
relocate his principal place of employment more than
50 miles from Columbus, Ohio.
Mr. Mohsenis right to severance is conditioned upon
his refraining from competing with the Company for the two years
following his termination of employment and compliance with
confidentiality and nonsolicitation obligations under his
employment agreement.
Assuming Mr. Mohsenis employment was terminated by
the Company without cause or by Mr. Mohseni for good reason
on December 27, 2009, he would receive a total of
approximately $1.0 million in severance under his
employment agreement.
Change-in-Control
In the event the Company undergoes a public offering in which
the selling shareholders receive aggregate net proceeds of at
least $50.0 million or the majority of the Companys
stock or assets are sold in a transaction approved by Holdings,
the stock options held by the named executive officers while
employed are subject to accelerated vesting in the discretion of
the board of directors upon the achievement of certain
performance thresholds. In addition, pursuant to
Mr. Mohsenis employment agreement, upon an approved
sale or other transaction in which the sponsors sell 50% or more
of their Company securities while Mr. Mohseni is employed
by the Company, Mr. Mohseni is entitled to a payment to the
extent the amount he has then received or is entitled to receive
with respect to his options does not exceed $3.0 million.
Such payment is generally calculated as the lesser of
(a) $3.0 million less the amounts Mr. Mohseni
receives or is entitled to receive with respect to his options
or (b) the excess of the net proceeds received by the
sponsors over the amount necessary for them to receive a 5%
internal rate of return.
Assuming a public offering or approved sale occurred on
December 27, 2009 that resulted in the full vesting and
exercisability of each of the named executive officers
stock options and based on an initial offering price of
$ per share, the midpoint of the
price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, each
named executive officers increased option vesting value
and, with respect to Mr. Mohseni, additional payment in
respect of options, would be as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value of Enhanced
|
|
|
Additional Payment in
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Option Vesting
|
|
|
Respect of Options
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Saed Mohseni
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James J. OConnor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brian OMalley
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael Moser
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ronald F. Dee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alton F. Doody, III
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Director
Compensation
During 2009, directors who were not employees of us, our
subsidiaries or our private equity sponsors received an annual
fee of $25,000, payable in August. Directors do not receive any
other fees for participating in meetings or otherwise providing
services as non-employee directors.
Following the consummation of this offering, each independent
director will be paid a base annual retainer of $20,000.
Independent directors will also receive an annual retainer of
$5,000 for each committee on which they sit, and the chair of
the Audit Committee will receive an additional annual retainer
of $20,000.
The Company reimburses directors for their expenses involved in
attending board of directors and committee meetings. The Company
provides the non-employee directors with complimentary dining
privileges at any of its restaurants. The Company views
complimentary dining privileges as a meaningful benefit to its
non-employee
86
directors as it is important for non-employee directors to
experience its product in order to better perform their duties
for the Company.
Director compensation for the year ended December 27, 2009
for our non-employee directors is set forth in the following
table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees Earned
|
|
Stock
|
|
Option
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
or Paid in
|
|
Awards
|
|
Awards
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Total
|
Name
|
|
Cash ($)
|
|
($)
|
|
(#)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
($)
|
Harold O. Rosser, II
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David B. Pittaway
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael J. Hislop(2)
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
Allen J. Bernstein(2)
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Certain personal benefits provided to our directors, including
complimentary dining, are not required to be disclosed in the
table because the amount of such benefits do not exceed the
applicable disclosure thresholds.
|
|
(2)
|
|
At December 27, 2009, each of Messrs. Hislop and
Bernstein held unexercised options to purchase an aggregate of,
without giving effect to
the -for-1
stock split of our outstanding common stock expected to occur
prior to the consummation of this offering, 3,281.25 shares
of our common stock.
|
Bravo
Development, Inc. Option Plan
The Bravo Development, Inc. Option Plan was adopted by the board
of directors on February 13, 2007. Pursuant to the terms of
the 2006 Plan, we intend to seek shareholder approval of the
2006 Plan prior to the consummation of this offering. Without
giving effect to the -for-1 stock
split of our outstanding common stock expected to occur prior to
the consummation of this offering, an aggregate of
262,500 shares of common stock have been authorized for
issuance under the 2006 Plan. As of June 27, 2010, without
giving effect to the -for-1 stock
split of our outstanding common stock expected to occur prior to
the consummation of this offering, stock options to purchase an
aggregate of 257,875 shares of our common stock were
outstanding under the 2006 Plan, and 4,625 shares of our
common stock remained available for future grant under the terms
of the 2006 Plan. In the event that any shares subject to an
option granted under the Option Plan are forfeited or the option
terminates, then such forfeited or unexercised shares subject to
such option become available for grant under the 2006 Plan
again. Options granted under the 2006 Plan expire ten years
after the date of grant.
Eligibility
Any employee or non-employee director of the Company or its
subsidiaries is eligible to receive an award of options under
the 2006 Plan, if selected to receive such award by the board of
directors. However, only employees of the Company or its
subsidiaries are eligible to be granted options intended to
qualify as incentive stock options, which are eligible for
special tax treatment under the Internal Revenue Code.
Administration
Our board of directors administers the 2006 Plan. The board of
directors has the full authority to act in selecting recipients
of options, determining whether any options may be transferable
in accordance with our new investors securities holders
agreement, determining the amount of options to be granted to
any individual and in determining the terms and conditions of
options granted under the 2006 Plan.
Options
Options granted under the 2006 Plan are either incentive
stock options, which are intended to qualify for certain
U.S. federal income tax benefits under Section 422 of
the Internal Revenue Code, or non-qualified stock
options. The per share exercise price of the options
granted under the 2006 Plan must be at least equal to the fair
market value of a share of our common stock on the date of
grant. In addition, in the event of an incentive stock
87
option granted to a 10% Owner, the per share exercise price must
be no less than 110% of the fair market value of a share of our
common stock on the grant date. The holder of an option granted
under the 2006 Plan will be entitled to exercise such option and
purchase a number of shares of our common stock at the per share
exercise price set forth in such option holders option
agreement, to the extent such option is vested and exercisable
under the terms and conditions of that option agreement. The
2006 Plan permits the option holder to pay the exercise price
for an option in cash or a certified check, or, with the
approval of the board of directors, in shares of our common
stock with a fair market value equal to the exercise price, by
delivery of an assignment of a sufficient amount of the proceeds
from the sale of shares of common stock to be acquired pursuant
to such exercise and an instruction to a broker or selling agent
to pay such amount to the Company, or any combination of the
foregoing.
Certain
Transactions
In the event of a sale of a majority of the assets or securities
of the Company approved by Holdings, a public offering in which
the aggregate net proceeds received by the Company and any
participating selling shareholders is no less than
$50.0 million, a consolidation, combination or merger of
the Company with any other entity, a sale of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company or a divisive
reorganization, liquidation or partial liquidation of the
Company, the board of directors may take any of the following
actions:
|
|
|
|
|
Accelerate the exercisability of all or a portion of the options,
|
|
|
|
Cancel outstanding options in exchange for a cash payment in an
amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of
the common stock underlying the unexercised portion of the
option over the exercise price of such portion,
|
|
|
|
Terminate all options immediately prior to such transaction,
provided the option holders are given an opportunity to exercise
the option within a specified period following their receipt of
written notice of the transaction and the intention to terminate
the options prior to such transaction, or
|
|
|
|
Require the successor corporation, if the Company does not
survive such transaction, to assume outstanding options or
provide awards involving the common stock of such successor on
terms and conditions that preserve the rights of the option
holders prior to such transaction.
|
Options are also subject to adjustments, as necessary to
preserve the rights of option holders, in the event of a change
in the Companys capitalization such as a stock split,
spin-off, stock dividend, merger or reorganization.
Transferability
Unless the board of directors determines otherwise, options
granted under the 2006 Plan are nontransferable, except by the
laws of descent and distribution.
Repurchase
Option shares are subject to repurchase at fair market value in
the event of the holders termination of employment
pursuant to the provisions of the new investors securities
holders agreement.
Amendment and
Termination
The board may amend or modify the 2006 Plan at any time,
provided that such amendment may not amend the plan in any way
that would adversely affect outstanding awards without the
applicable holders consent. The 2006 Plan will terminate
on December 20, 2016 unless earlier terminated by the board
of directors.
Bravo Brio
Restaurant Group, Inc. 2010 Option Plan
Prior to the consummation of this offering, we expect to adopt a
new stock incentive plan. Under the stock incentive plan, we may
offer restricted shares of our common stock and grant options to
purchase shares of our common stock. The purpose of the stock
incentive plan will be to promote our long-term financial
success by attracting, retaining and rewarding eligible
participants.
88
Principal and
Selling Shareholders
The following table sets forth information regarding the
beneficial ownership of our Series A preferred stock and
our common stock as of June 27, 2010 by:
|
|
|
|
|
each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of the
outstanding shares of common stock;
|
|
|
|
each of our named executive officers;
|
|
|
|
each of our directors;
|
|
|
|
all directors and executive officers as a group; and
|
|
|
|
each selling shareholder.
|
The table also sets forth such persons beneficial
ownership of common stock immediately after this offering.
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the
rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we
believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the
persons and entities named in the tables below have sole voting
and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock
that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community
property laws. We have based our calculation of the percentage
of beneficial ownership on, without giving effect to the
reorganization transactions expected to occur prior to the
consummation of this offering, 1,050,000 shares of common
stock and 59,500 shares of Series A preferred stock
outstanding on June 27, 2010 and, after giving effect to
the reorganization
transactions, shares
of common stock and no shares of Series A preferred stock
outstanding upon completion of this offering.
In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially
owned by a person or group and the percentage ownership of that
person or group, we deemed to be outstanding any shares of
common stock subject to options held by that person or group
that are currently exercisable or exercisable within
60 days after June 27, 2010. We did not deem these
shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the
percentage ownership of any other person.
Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each beneficial
owner set forth in the table is
c/o Bravo
Brio Restaurant Group, Inc., 777 Goodale Boulevard,
Suite 100, Columbus, Ohio 43212 and our telephone number is
(614) 326-7944.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Before Offering and
|
|
|
|
|
|
After Offering and
|
|
|
|
Reorganization Transactions
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reorganization Transactions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Shares of
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
Shares of
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
Shares of
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Shares of
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
|
Preferred
|
|
|
Series A
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Stock to be
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Preferred
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Stock to be
|
|
|
Sold at
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
Sold in this
|
|
|
Underwriters
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
Name of Beneficial Owner(1)
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
Owned(1)
|
|
|
Offering
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
Bravo Development Holdings LLC(1)
|
|
|
47,659.500
|
|
|
|
80.1
|
%
|
|
|
841,050.0
|
|
|
|
80.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co. II L.P.(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
CHBravo Holding I LLC(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Golub Capital Partners IV, L.P.(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Golub Capital Coinvestment L.P.(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alton F. Doody, III
|
|
|
5,503.750
|
|
|
|
9.3
|
|
|
|
97,125.0
|
|
|
|
9.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Saed Mohseni
|
|
|
349.500
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
6,100.0
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harold O. Rosser II(5)(6)
|
|
|
47,659.500
|
|
|
|
80.1
|
|
|
|
841,050.0
|
|
|
|
80.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
David B. Pittaway(5)(6)
|
|
|
47,659.500
|
|
|
|
80.1
|
|
|
|
841,050.0
|
|
|
|
80.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael J. Hislop
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allen J. Bernstein
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James J. OConnor
|
|
|
120.325
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
1,847.5
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brian OMalley
|
|
|
367.450
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
6,235.0
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael Moser
|
|
|
260.750
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
5,925.0
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ronald F. Dee
|
|
|
187.000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
3,300.0
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Julie Frist(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons)
|
|
|
54,448.275
|
|
|
|
91.5
|
%
|
|
|
961,582.5
|
|
|
|
91.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
*
|
|
Less than 1%
|
|
(1)
|
|
The address of Bravo Development Holdings LLC
(Holdings) and Bruckmann, Rosser,
Sherrill & Co. II L.P. (BRS II) is
c/o Bruckmann,
Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Inc., 126 East 56th Street,
New York, New York 10022. BRS II is a member of Holdings. As
part of the reorganization transactions, BRS II will receive
shares of our common stock in exchange for its common units of
Holdings. See Reorganization Transactions.
|
|
(2)
|
|
BRSE, L.L.C. is the general partner of BRS II and as such may be
deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership of the shares of
common stock held by BRS II. Mr. Rosser is a manager of
BRSE, L.L.C. and a partner of BRS II and as such may be deemed
to have indirect beneficial ownership of the shares of common
stock held by BRS II. Mr. Rosser expressly disclaims
beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock held by BRS
II except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in such shares.
|
|
(3)
|
|
The address of CHBravo Holding I LLC (CHBravo) is
c/o Castle
Harlan, Inc., 150 East
58
th
Street, New York, New York 10155. CHBravo is a member of
Holdings. As part of the reorganization transactions, CHBravo
will receive shares of our common stock in exchange for its
common units of Holdings. See Reorganization
Transactions.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Current member of Holdings. The address of Golub Capital
Partners IV, L.P. (GCP) and Golub Capital
Coinvestment L.P. (GCC) is
c/o Golub
Capital, 551 Madison Avenue,
6
th
Floor, New York, New York 10022. As part of the reorganization
transactions, each of GCP and GCC will receive shares of our
common stock in exchange for its common units of Holdings. See
Reorganization Transactions.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Includes 47,659.50 shares of Series A preferred stock
and 841,050 shares of common stock owned by Holdings.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Messrs. Rosser and Pittaway may be deemed to share
beneficial ownership of the shares held by Holdings by virtue of
their status as members of the advisory board of Holdings. Each
of Messrs. Rosser and Pittaway expressly disclaims
beneficial ownership of any shares held by Holdings that exceed
his pecuniary interest therein. The members of the advisory
board of Holdings share investment and voting power with respect
to securities owned by Holdings, but no individual controls such
investment or voting power.
|
|
(7)
|
|
Current member of Holdings. The address of Ms. Frist is
c/o Bruckmann,
Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Inc., 126 East
56
th
Street, New York, New York 10022. As part of the reorganization
transactions, Ms. Frist will receive shares of our common
stock in exchange for her common units of Holdings. See
Reorganization Transactions.
|
90
Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions
The following sets forth certain transactions involving us and
our directors, executive officers and affiliates.
We do not have a formal written policy for review and approval
of transactions required to be disclosed pursuant to
Item 404(a) of
Regulation S-K.
Following the consummation of this offering, we expect that our
audit committee will be responsible for review, approval and
ratification of related-person transactions between
us and any related person. Under SEC rules, a related person is
an officer, director, nominee for director or beneficial holder
of more than 5.0% of any class of our voting securities since
the beginning of the last fiscal year or an immediate family
member of any of the foregoing. Any member of the audit
committee who is a related person with respect to a transaction
under review will not be able to participate in the
deliberations or vote on the approval or ratification of the
transaction. However, such a director may be counted in
determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the
committee that considers the transaction.
Other than the transactions described below and the arrangements
described under Compensation Discussion and
Analysis, since December 31, 2006, there has not
been, and there is not currently proposed, any transaction or
series of similar transactions to which we were or will be a
party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed
$120,000 and in which any related person had or will have a
direct or indirect material interest.
Reorganization
Transactions
It is anticipated that Holdings will enter into an exchange
agreement with us pursuant to which Holdings will exchange its
shares of our Series A preferred stock and common stock for
new shares of our common stock immediately prior to the
consummation of this offering. Additionally, we and each of our
other current shareholders will simultaneously enter into a
similar exchange agreement pursuant to which each such
shareholder will exchange all of their shares of our
Series A preferred stock and common stock for new shares of
our common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this
offering. See Reorganization Transactions.
2006
Recapitalization
On June 2, 2006, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of
Merger, referred to herein as the merger agreement, with
Holdings and BDI Acquisition Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of
Holdings, to consummate our recapitalization. Under the terms of
the merger agreement, BDI Acquisition Corp. merged with and into
us with our company as the surviving entity. The transactions
contemplated under the merger agreement were effected on
June 29, 2006, or the Effective Date. As a result of these
transactions, Holdings, an entity controlled by affiliates of
BRS and Castle Harlan, became our majority shareholder.
In addition to the consideration paid on the Effective Date,
under the terms of the merger agreement, our equity holders and
option holders prior to the Effective Date had the opportunity
to earn additional consideration in the event we were able to
achieve certain performance criteria. As a result of our
performance during the measurement period, additional
consideration in the aggregate amount of $7.9 million, plus
accrued interest, was paid to our former equity holders and
option holders in September 2007, including $2,708,732 to
Mr. Doody, $115,524 to Mr. OMalley, $79,216 to
Mr. Moser and $66,013 to Mr. Dee.
BRS Management
Agreement
On the Effective Date, we entered into a management agreement
with Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Inc., or BRS
Inc., with a term of up to ten years, pursuant to which BRS Inc.
has agreed to provide us certain advisory and consulting
services relating to business and organizational strategy,
financial and investment management and merchant and investment
banking. Under the terms of the management agreement, we agreed
to pay BRS Inc.
91
(i) in each of 2007 and 2008, an annual fee equal to the
greater of $175,000 and 0.75% of EBITDA, as defined in the
management agreement, (ii) in 2009 and each following year,
an annual fee equal to $784,000 and (iii) a transaction fee
in connection with each acquisition, divesture and public
offering of equity securities in which we engage (including this
offering), the amount of which varies depending on the size and
type of transaction, plus, in each case, reimbursement for all
reasonable
out-of-pocket
expenses incurred by BRS Inc. We have also agreed to indemnify
BRS Inc. for any losses and liabilities arising out of its
provision of services to us or otherwise related to its
performance under the management agreement. For our fiscal years
ended December 27, 2009, December 28, 2008 and
December 30, 2007, we paid BRS Inc. or otherwise accrued
$800,000, $255,000 and $192,000, respectively, in management
fees and expenses. We expect that the management agreement will
be terminated as of the closing of this offering in exchange for
a payment estimated to be $525,000 to BRS Inc. This amount is
subject to adjustment based on the level of EBITDA, as defined
in the management agreement, for the twelve months preceding the
closing of this offering.
Castle Harlan
Management Agreement
On the Effective Date, we also entered into a management
agreement with Castle Harlan, with a term of up to ten years,
pursuant to which Castle Harlan has agreed to provide us certain
advisory and consulting services relating to business and
organizational strategy, financial and investment management and
merchant and investment banking. Under the terms of the
management agreement, we agreed to pay Castle Harlan (i) in
each of 2007 and 2008, an annual fee equal to the greater of
$175,000 and 0.75% of EBITDA, as defined in the management
agreement, (ii) in 2009 and each following year, an annual
fee equal to $784,000 and (iii) a transaction fee in
connection with each acquisition, divesture and public offering
of equity securities in which we engage (including this
offering), the amount of which varies depending on the size and
type of transaction, plus in each case reimbursement for all
reasonable
out-of-pocket
expenses incurred by Castle Harlan. We have also agreed to
indemnify Castle Harlan for any losses and liabilities arising
out of its provision of services to us or otherwise related to
its performance under the management agreement. For our fiscal
years ended December 27, 2009, December 28, 2008 and
December 30, 2007, we paid Castle Harlan or otherwise
accrued $811,000, $252,000 and $195,000, respectively, in
management fees and expenses. We expect that the management
agreement will be terminated as of the closing of this offering
in exchange for a payment estimated to be $525,000 to Castle
Harlan. This amount is subject to adjustment based on the level
of EBITDA, as defined in the management agreement, for the
twelve months preceding the closing of this offering.
Securities
Holders Agreement
On the Effective Date, we entered into a securities holders
agreement among us, Holdings, Alton Doody and certain of our
other shareholders. The securities holders agreement, among
other things: (i) restricts the transfer of our equity
securities and (ii) grants preemptive rights on issuances
of our equity securities, subject to certain exceptions,
including issuances pursuant to certain public equity offerings.
Certain provisions of the securities holders agreement,
including the provision described above concerning the grant of
preemptive rights, will become inapplicable upon the
consummation of this offering.
New Investors
Securities Holders Agreement
On the Effective Date, we entered into a new investors
securities holders agreement among us, Holdings, certain of our
named executive officers and certain of our other shareholders.
The new investors securities holders agreement, among other
things: (i) restricts the transfer of our equity
securities, (ii) grants us a purchase option on our equity
securities held by employee shareholders upon certain
termination events, (iii) requires each shareholder who is
a party to the agreement to consent to a sale of our company if
such sale is approved by Holdings, (iv) grants tag-along
rights on certain transfers of our equity securities by any
shareholder who is a party to the agreement and (v) grants
preemptive rights on issuances of our equity securities, subject
to certain exceptions, including issuances pursuant to certain
public equity offerings. Certain provisions of the new investors
securities holders agreement, including the provisions described
above concerning tag-along rights, the consent to an approved
sale and the grant of preemptive rights, will become
inapplicable or terminate upon the consummation of this offering.
92
Registration
Rights Agreement
On the Effective Date, we entered into a registration rights
agreement with substantially all of our current shareholders,
other than those who purchase shares in this offering, entitling
them to certain rights with respect to the registration of their
shares under the Securities Act. Under the registration rights
agreement, certain holders of shares of our common stock may
demand that we file a registration statement under the
Securities Act covering some or all of such holders
shares. The registration rights agreement limits the number of
demand registration requests the holders may require us to file
to six; however, holders of at least a majority of the shares of
our common stock issued to Holdings may require us to file an
unlimited number of registration statements on
Form S-3.
In addition, the holders of our common stock have certain
piggyback registration rights. If we propose to
register any of our equity securities under the Securities Act
other than pursuant to a demand registration or specified
excluded registrations, holders may require us to include all or
a portion of their common stock in the registration. Each
shareholder party to the registration rights agreement has
agreed not to effect any public sale or distribution of our
securities for its own account during the ten day period prior
to and during the 180 day period (in the case of our
initial public offering) or 90 day period (in the case of
an offering after our initial public offering) beginning on the
effective date of a registration statement filed with the SEC.
We have agreed not to effect any public sale or distribution of
our securities (subject to certain exceptions) during the ten
day period prior to and during the 180 day period (in the
case of our initial public offering) or 90 day period (in
the case of an offering after our initial public offering)
beginning on the effective date of a registration statement
filed with the SEC. All fees, costs and expenses of any
registration effected pursuant to the registration rights
agreement including all registration and filing fees, printing
expenses, legal expenses will be paid by us. We expect that
prior to the consummation of this offering substantially all of
the holders of registration rights will have waived those rights
with respect to this offering.
Employment
Agreements
Currently, the Company is a party to an employment agreement
with Saed Mohseni, our President and Chief Executive Officer,
entered into at the time of his hire in February 2007. This
agreement is described in more detail in Compensation
Discussion and Analysis Employment Agreements.
We are not party to any effective employment agreements with any
other executive officer.
93
Description of
Capital Stock
Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock
will consist
of shares
of common stock, par value $0.001 per share
and shares
of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, the rights and
preferences of which may be established from time to time by our
board of directors. As of June 27, 2010, there were
1,050,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding
held by 29 holders of record.
The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms
of our capital stock. Because it is only a summary, it does not
contain all the information that may be important to you. For a
more thorough understanding of the terms of our capital stock,
you should refer to our Second Amended and Restated Articles of
Incorporation and Second Amended and Restated Regulations, which
are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which
this prospectus forms a part.
General
It is anticipated that our majority shareholder, Bravo
Development Holdings LLC, or Holdings, will enter into an
exchange agreement with us pursuant to which Holdings will
exchange its shares of our Series A preferred stock and
common stock for new shares of our common stock immediately
prior to the consummation of this offering. Additionally, we and
each of our other current shareholders will simultaneously enter
into a similar exchange agreement pursuant to which each such
shareholder will exchange all of their shares of our
Series A preferred stock and common stock for new shares of
our common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this
offering.
The aggregate number of shares of our new common stock issued by
us in exchange for the shares of our Series A preferred
stock and our outstanding common stock, or the new common
shares, will
equal shares.
The number of new common shares will not be affected by the
initial public offering price of shares of our common stock in
this offering, although the allocation of such shares to the
holders of our Series A preferred stock and to the holders
of our outstanding common stock will be based upon the initial
public offering price in this offering. Under the terms of the
exchange of our Series A preferred stock, each share of
Series A preferred stock will be exchanged
for
new common shares, which have an aggregate fair value, based
upon an initial public offering price
of ,
the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this
prospectus, equal to the liquidation preference for each share
of Series A preferred stock. The liquidation
preference, as defined in our amended and restated
articles of incorporation, for each share of Series A
preferred stock equals $1,000 plus all accumulated but unpaid
dividends that have accrued on such share. The holders of our
outstanding common stock will
receive
of new common shares (based upon an exchange ratio of one to one
and after giving effect to
a
for-1 stock split of our outstanding common stock) equal to the
aggregate number of new common shares issued less the new common
shares issued to the holders of Series A preferred stock.
Based upon an initial public offering price of
$ per share, the midpoint of the
price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, holders
of our Series A preferred stock will receive an aggregate
of
approximately
new common shares, representing a beneficial ownership interest
of % of our company. A $1.00
increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price
of $ per share, the midpoint of
the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would
increase (decrease) the beneficial ownership of our new common
shares held by holders of our Series A preferred stock
by %. Any such increase (decrease)
in the assumed initial public offering price, however, will not
affect the number of new common shares outstanding after giving
effect to this offering and the reorganization transactions. See
Reorganization Transactions for more information.
Common
Stock
The holders of our common stock are entitled to dividends as our
board of directors may declare, from time to time, from funds
legally available therefor, subject to the preferential rights
of the holders of our preferred stock, if any, and any
contractual limitations on our ability to declare and pay
dividends. The holders of our common stock are entitled to one
vote per share on any matter to be voted upon by shareholders.
Our articles of incorporation do not provide for cumulative
voting in connection with the election of directors, and
accordingly, holders of more than 50% of the shares voting will
be able to elect all of the directors. The holders of a majority
of the shares issued and outstanding constitute a quorum at all
meetings of the shareholders for the transaction of business.
94
Upon the consummation of this offering, no holder of our common
stock will have any preemptive right to subscribe for any shares
of our capital stock issued in the future.
Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or
winding up of our affairs, the holders of our common stock are
entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment
of creditors and subject to prior distribution rights of our
preferred stock, if any.
Preferred
Stock
Following the consummation of this offering, no shares of our
preferred stock will be outstanding. Our Second Amended and
Restated Articles of Incorporation will provide that our board
of directors may, by resolution, establish one or more classes
or series of preferred stock having the number of shares and
relative voting rights, designations, dividend rates,
liquidation, and other rights, preferences, and limitations as
may be fixed by them without further shareholder approval. The
holders of our preferred stock may be entitled to preferences
over common shareholders with respect to dividends, liquidation,
dissolution, or our winding up in such amounts as are
established by the resolutions of our board of directors
approving the issuance of such shares.
The issuance of our preferred stock may have the effect of
delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us
without further action by the holders and may adversely affect
voting and other rights of holders of our common stock. In
addition, issuance of preferred stock, while providing desirable
flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other
corporate purposes, could make it more difficult for a third
party to acquire a majority of the outstanding shares of voting
stock. At present, we have no plans to issue any shares of
preferred stock.
Registration
Rights
Under the terms of the registration rights agreement, if we
propose to register any of our securities under the Securities
Act following this offering, whether for our own account or
otherwise, certain holders of our common stock are entitled to
notice of such registration and are entitled to include their
shares therein, subject to certain conditions and limitations,
including, without limitation, pro rata reductions in the number
of shares to be sold in an offering. The holders of registrable
securities also may require us to effect the registration of
their registrable securities for sale to the public, subject to
certain conditions and limitations. We would be responsible for
the expenses of any such registration. See Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions
Registration Rights Agreement.
Anti-Takeover
Effects of Our Second Amended and Restated Articles of
Incorporation and Second Amended and Restated Regulations and
Ohio Law
Articles of Incorporation and
Regulations.
Certain provisions of our Second
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Second
Amended and Restated Regulations could have anti-takeover
effects. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood
of continuity and stability in the composition of our corporate
policies formulated by our board of directors. In addition,
these provisions also are intended to ensure that our board of
directors will have sufficient time to act in what our board of
directors believes to be in the best interests of us and our
shareholders. These provisions also are designed to reduce our
vulnerability to an unsolicited proposal for our takeover that
does not contemplate the acquisition of all of our outstanding
shares or an unsolicited proposal for the restructuring or sale
of all or part of us. These provisions are also intended to
discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights.
However, these provisions could delay or frustrate the removal
of incumbent directors or the assumption of control of us by the
holder of a large block of common stock, and could also
discourage or make more difficult a merger, tender offer, or
proxy contest, even if such event would be favorable to the
interest of our shareholders.
Classified Board of Directors.
Our Second
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation will provide for
our board of directors to be divided into two classes of
directors, with each class as nearly equal in number as
possible, serving staggered two year terms. As a result,
approximately one half of our board of directors will be elected
each year. The classified board provision will help to assure
the continuity and stability of our board of directors and
95
our business strategies and policies as determined by our board
of directors. The classified board provision could have the
effect of discouraging a third party from making an unsolicited
tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us
without the approval of our board of directors. In addition, the
classified board provision could delay shareholders who do not
like the policies of our board of directors from electing a
majority of our board of directors for two years.
Special Meetings.
Our Second Amended and
Restated Regulations will provide that special meetings of the
shareholders may be called only upon the request of not less
than a majority of the combined voting power of the voting
stock, upon the request of a majority of the board of directors
or upon the request of the chief executive officer. Our Second
Amended and Restated Regulations will prohibit the conduct of
any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the
notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of
deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers or changes
in control or management of our company.
Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals and
Director Nominees.
Our Second Amended and
Restated Regulations will establish an advance notice procedure
for our shareholders to make nominations of candidates for
election as directors or to bring other business before an
annual meeting of our shareholders. The shareholder notice
procedure will provide that only persons who are nominated by,
or at the direction of, our board of directors or its Chairman,
or by a shareholder who has given timely written notice to our
Secretary prior to the meeting at which directors are to be
elected, will be eligible for election as our directors. The
shareholder notice procedure will also provide that at an annual
meeting of our shareholders, only such business may be conducted
as has been brought before the meeting by, or at the direction
of, our board of directors or its Chairman or by a shareholder
who has given timely written notice to our Secretary of such
shareholders intention to bring such business before such
meeting. Under the shareholder notice procedure, if a
shareholder desires to submit a proposal or nominate persons for
election as directors at an annual meeting, the shareholder must
submit written notice to us in accordance with the guidelines
set forth in our Second Amended and Restated Regulations. This
provision may have the effect of precluding the conduct of
certain business at a meeting if the proper notice is not
provided and may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer
from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the
acquirers own slate of directors or otherwise attempting
to obtain control of us. In addition, the ability of our
shareholders to remove directors without cause will be precluded.
Removal; Filling Vacancies.
Our Second Amended
and Restated Regulations will authorize our board of directors
to fill any vacancies that occur in our board of directors by
reason of death, resignation, removal or otherwise. A director
so elected by our board of directors to fill a vacancy or a
newly created directorship holds office until the next election
of the class for which such director has been chosen and until
his successor is elected and qualified. Our Second Amended and
Restated Regulations will also provide that directors may be
removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of
holders of a majority of the combined voting power of our then
outstanding stock. The effect of these provisions is to preclude
a shareholder from removing incumbent directors without cause
and simultaneously gaining control of our board of directors by
filling the vacancies created by such removal with its own
nominees.
Authorized but Unissued Shares.
Our authorized
but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be
available for future issuance without shareholder approval. We
may use additional shares for a variety of corporate purposes,
including future public offerings to raise additional capital,
corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence
of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred
stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to
obtain control of us by means of a proxy context, tender offer,
merger or otherwise.
Indemnification.
We will include in our Second
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Second
Amended and Restated Regulations provisions to
(1) eliminate the personal liability of our directors for
monetary damages resulting from breaches of their fiduciary duty
to the extent permitted by the Ohio Revised Code and
(2) indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest
extent permitted by the Ohio Revised Code. We believe that these
provisions are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons
as directors and officers. We have obtained insurance that
insures our directors and officers against certain losses and
which insures us against our obligations to indemnify the
directors and officers and we intend to obtain greater coverage
prior to the completion of this offering.
96
Control Share Acquisitions.
After the
completion of this offering, we will be an issuing public
corporation subject to Section 1701.831 of the Ohio Revised
Code, known as the Ohio Control Share Acquisition
Statute. This statute provides that certain notice and
informational filings and special shareholder meeting and voting
procedures must be followed prior to any persons
acquisition of the corporations shares that would entitle
the acquirer, directly or indirectly, alone or acting with
others, to exercise or direct the voting power of the
corporation in the election of directors within any of the
following ranges: (i) one-fifth or more but less than
one-third of that voting power, (ii) one-third or more but
less than a majority of that voting power or (iii) a
majority or more of that voting power. Under the statute, a
control share acquisition must be approved at a special meeting
of the shareholders, at which a quorum is present, by at least a
majority of the voting power of the corporation in the election
of directors represented at the meeting and by the holders of at
least a majority of the voting power excluding the voting power
of shares owned by the acquiring shareholder and certain
interested shares, including shares owned by
officers elected or appointed by the directors of the
corporation and by directors of the corporation who also are
employees of the corporation.
Merger Moratorium Statute.
As an issuing
public corporation, we also will be subject to Chapter 1704
of the Ohio Revised Code, known as the Merger Moratorium
Statute. This statute prohibits certain transactions if
they involve both the corporation and a person that is an
interested shareholder (or anyone affiliated or
associated with an interested shareholder), unless
the board of directors has approved, prior to the person
becoming an interested shareholder, either the transaction or
the acquisition of shares pursuant to which the person became an
interested shareholder. An interested shareholder is any person
who is the beneficial owner of a sufficient number of shares to
allow such person, directly or indirectly, alone or acting with
others, to exercise or direct the exercise of 10% of the voting
power of the corporation in the election of directors. The
prohibition imposed on a person by Chapter 1704 is absolute
for at least three years and continues indefinitely thereafter
unless (i) the acquisition of shares pursuant to which the
person became an interested shareholder received the prior
approval of the corporations board of directors,
(ii) the Chapter 1704 transaction is approved by the
holders of shares entitled to exercise at least two-thirds of
the voting power of the corporation in the election of
directors, including shares representing at least a majority of
voting shares that are not beneficially owned by an interested
shareholder or an affiliate or associate of an interested
shareholder or (iii) the Chapter 1704 transaction
satisfies statutory conditions relating to the fairness of the
consideration to be received by the shareholders of the
corporation.
Nasdaq Global
Market Listing Trading
We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on
the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol BBRG.
Transfer Agent
and Registrar
We intend to appoint a transfer agent and registrar for our
common stock prior to the completion of this offering.
97
Description of
Indebtedness
New Senior Credit
Facilities
In connection with this offering, we plan to enter into new
senior credit facilities. We expect that the new senior credit
facilities will provide for (i) a
$ million term loan facility,
maturing
in ,
and (ii) a revolving credit facility under which we may
borrow up to $ million
(including a sublimit cap of up to
$ million for letters of
credit and up to $ million
for swing-line loans), maturing
in .
We expect that our new senior credit facilities will contain
customary affirmative and negative covenants and require us to
meet certain financial ratios. We anticipate that the new senior
credit facilities will be secured by substantially all of our
assets.
Existing Senior
Credit Facilities
In connection with our 2006 recapitalization, we entered into
our existing $112.5 million senior credit facilities with a
syndicate of lenders. The existing senior credit facilities
provide for (i) an $82.5 million term loan facility
and (ii) a revolving credit facility under which we may
borrow up to $30.0 million (including a sublimit cap of up
to $7.0 million for letters of credit and up to
$5.0 million for swing-line loans). Payment of all
obligations under the existing senior credit facilities are
collateralized by a first priority security interest in
substantially all of our assets and those of our material
subsidiaries. Borrowings under the term loan facility and the
revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum
based on the prime rate, plus a margin of up to 2%, or the
London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), plus a margin up to 3%,
with margins determined by certain financial ratios. In addition
to the interest on our borrowings, we must pay an annual
commitment fee of 0.5% on the unused portion of the revolving
credit facility. The weighted-average interest rate on the
borrowings at March 28, 2010 and December 27, 2009 was
3.31% and 3.47%, respectively.
We expect to use net proceeds from this offering, together with
borrowings under our new senior credit facilities, to repay all
loans outstanding under our existing senior credit facilities,
any accrued and unpaid interest and related LIBOR breakage costs
and other fees. As of March 28, 2010, approximately
$85.8 million principal amount of loans were outstanding
under our existing senior credit facilities. Our existing senior
credit facilities can be prepaid without premium or penalty,
other than any related LIBOR breakage costs and other fees.
The existing senior credit facilities contain certain customary
events of default, including, without limitation, upon the
occurrence of certain change of control transactions that
include the consummation of this offering.
13.25% Senior
Subordinated Secured Notes
In connection with our 2006 recapitalization, we also issued
$27.5 million of our 13.25% senior subordinated
secured notes. The note purchase agreement is collateralized by
a second priority interest in substantially all of our assets
and those of our material subsidiaries. Interest is payable
monthly at an annual interest rate of 13.25%, with the principal
due on December 29, 2012. Pursuant to the note purchase
agreement, we were entitled to elect monthly during the first
year to accrue interest at the rate of 14.25% per annum with no
payments. Commencing in the second year of the note purchase
agreement through the maturity date, we have the option to
accrue interest at an annual rate of 13.25%, consisting of cash
interest equal to 9% and paid-in-kind interest of 4.25%.
Interest accrued but unpaid during the term of the notes is
capitalized into the principal balance.
We expect to use net proceeds from this offering, together with
borrowings under our new senior credit facilities, to repay all
of our 13.25% senior subordinated secured notes, and any
accrued and unpaid interest. As of March 28, 2010,
approximately $32.4 million aggregate principal amount of
our 13.25% senior subordinated secured notes were
outstanding. Our 13.25% senior subordinated secured notes
can be prepaid without premium or penalty.
The senior subordinated secured notes contain certain customary
events of default, including, without limitation, upon the
occurrence of certain change of control transactions that
include the consummation of this offering.
98
Shares Eligible
For Future Sale
Prior to this offering, there has been no market for shares of
our common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, future
sales of shares of our common stock, or the availability for
future sale of shares of our common stock, will have on the
market price of shares of our common stock prevailing from time
to time. The sale of substantial amounts of shares of our common
stock in the market, or the perception that such sales could
occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our
common stock.
Sale of
Restricted Shares
Upon completion of this offering and the reorganization
transactions, we will
have shares
of common stock outstanding, based on, without giving effect to
the reorganization transactions, 1,050,000 shares of common
stock and 59,500 shares of Series A preferred stock
outstanding as of June 27, 2010. Of these shares, the
shares sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise
of the underwriters over-allotment option, will be freely
tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except
for any shares purchased by our affiliates as that
term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the
Securities Act. In general, affiliates include our executive
officers, directors, and 10% shareholders. Shares purchased by
affiliates will remain subject to the resale limitations of
Rule 144.
Upon completion of this
offering, shares
of our common stock will be restricted securities,
as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the
Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for
public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act
or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under
Rules 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act,
which are summarized below.
As a result of the
lock-up
agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144
and Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, the
shares of our common stock (excluding the shares sold in this
offering) will be available for sale in the public market as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
no shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this
prospectus;
|
|
|
|
shares
will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the
lock-up
agreements, as more particularly described below, beginning
180 days after the date of this prospectus; and
|
|
|
|
shares
will be eligible for sale, upon the exercise of vested options,
upon the expiration of the
lock-up
agreements, as more particularly described below, beginning
180 days after the date of this prospectus.
|
Lock-Up
Agreements
Our directors, executive officers, the selling shareholders and
substantially all of our other shareholders will enter into
lock-up
agreements in connection with this offering, generally providing
that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, or grant any
option to purchase or otherwise dispose of our common stock or
any securities exercisable for or convertible into our common
stock owned by them for a period of at least 180 days after
the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of
the underwriters. Despite possible earlier eligibility for sale
under the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, shares subject
to
lock-up
agreements will not be salable until these agreements expire or
are waived by the underwriters.
Approximately % of our outstanding
shares of common stock, will be subject to such
lock-up
agreements. These agreements are more fully described in
Underwriting Lock-Up Agreements.
We have been advised by the underwriters that they may at their
discretion waive the
lock-up
agreements; however, they have no current intention of releasing
any shares subject to a
lock-up
agreement. The release of any
lock-up
would be considered on a
case-by-case
basis. In considering any request to release shares covered by a
lock-up
agreement, the representatives would consider circumstances of
emergency and hardship. No agreement has been made between the
underwriters and us or any of our shareholders pursuant to which
the underwriters will waive the
lock-up
restrictions.
99
Rule 144
Generally, Rule 144 provides that an affiliate who has
beneficially owned restricted shares of our common
stock for at least six months will be entitled to sell on the
open market in brokers transactions, within any
three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the
greater of:
|
|
|
|
|
1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding,
which will
equal shares
immediately after this offering; or
|
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the
four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on
Form 144 with respect to such sale.
|
In addition, sales under Rule 144 are subject to
requirements with respect to manner of sale, notice, and the
availability of current public information about us.
In the event that any person who is deemed to be our affiliate
purchases shares of our common stock in this offering or
acquires shares of our common stock pursuant to one of our
employee benefits plans, sales under Rule 144 of the shares
held by that person will be subject to the volume limitations
and other restrictions described in the preceding two paragraphs.
The volume limitation, manner of sale and notice provisions
described above will not apply to sales by non-affiliates. For
purposes of Rule 144, a non-affiliate is any person or
entity who is not our affiliate at the time of sale and has not
been our affiliate during the preceding three months. Once we
have been a reporting company for 90 days, a non-affiliate
who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock
for six months may rely on Rule 144 provided that certain
public information regarding us is available. The six month
holding period increases to one year in the event we have not
been a reporting company for at least 90 days. However, a
non-affiliate who has beneficially owned the restricted shares
proposed to be sold for at least one year will not be subject to
any restrictions under Rule 144 regardless of how long we
have been a reporting company.
Rule 701
Under Rule 701, each of our employees, officers, directors,
and consultants who purchased shares pursuant to a written
compensatory plan or contract is eligible to resell these shares
90 days after the effective date of this offering in
reliance upon Rule 144, but without compliance with
specific restrictions. Rule 701 provides that affiliates
may sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144
without complying with the holding period requirement and that
non-affiliates may sell their shares in reliance on
Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public
information, volume limitation, or notice provisions of
Rule 144.
Form S-8
Registration Statements
We intend to file one or more registration statements on
Form S-8
under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after the
completion of this offering for shares issued upon the exercise
of options and shares to be issued under our employee benefit
plans. As a result, any such options or shares will be freely
tradable in the public market. We have granted options to
purchase, without giving effect to
the -for-1
stock split of our outstanding common stock expected to occur
prior to the consummation of this offering, 257,875 shares
of our common
stock, of
which have vested and will be exercisable upon the consummation
of this offering based upon an initial public offering price of
$ per share, the midpoint of the
price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. However,
such shares held by affiliates will still be subject to the
volume limitation, manner of sale, notice, and public
information requirements of Rule 144 unless otherwise
resalable under Rule 701.
100
Material U.S.
Federal Tax Considerations For
Non-United
States Holders
The following discussion is a general summary of the material
U.S. federal tax consequences of the purchase, ownership
and disposition of our common stock applicable to
non-U.S. holders.
As used herein, a
non-U.S. holder
means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a
U.S. person (as defined below) or a partnership for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, and that will hold shares
of our common stock as capital assets (i.e., generally, for
investment). For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a
U.S. person includes:
|
|
|
|
|
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
|
|
|
|
a corporation (or other business entity treated as a corporation
for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized
in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any
state thereof or the District of Columbia;
|
|
|
|
an estate the income of which is subject to United States
federal income taxation; or
|
|
|
|
a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a
court within the United States and the control of one or more
U.S. persons, or (2) was in existence on
August 20, 1996, was treated as a U.S. domestic trust
immediately prior to that date, and has validly elected to
continue to be treated as a U.S. domestic trust.
|
This summary does not consider specific facts and circumstances
that may be relevant to a particular
non-U.S. holders
tax position and does not consider state and local or
non-U.S. tax
consequences. It also does not consider
non-U.S. holders
subject to special tax treatment under the U.S. federal
income tax laws (including partnerships or other pass-through
entities, banks and insurance companies, regulated investment
companies, real estate investment trusts, dealers in securities,
holders of our common stock held as part of a
straddle, hedge, conversion
transaction or other risk-reduction transaction,
controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment
companies, companies that accumulate earnings to avoid
U.S. federal income tax, foreign tax-exempt organizations,
former U.S. citizens or residents and persons who hold or
receive common stock as compensation). This summary is based on
provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, or the Code, applicable Treasury
regulations, administrative pronouncements of the
U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, and
judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all
of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis,
and different interpretations.
Each prospective
non-U.S. holder
should consult its tax advisor with respect to the
U.S. federal, state, local and
non-U.S. income,
estate and other tax consequences of purchasers holding and
disposing of our common stock
.
U.S. Trade or
Business Income
For purposes of this discussion, dividend income, and gain on
the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, will
be considered to be U.S. trade or business
income if such dividend income or gain is
(1) effectively connected with the conduct by a
non-U.S. holder
of a trade or business within the United States and (2) in
the case of a
non-U.S. holder
that is eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty with
the United States, attributable to a permanent
establishment (or, for an individual, a fixed
base) maintained by the
non-U.S. holder
in the United States. Generally, U.S. trade or business
income is not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax
(provided the
non-U.S. holder
complies with applicable certification and disclosure
requirements); instead, U.S. trade or business income is
subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at
regular U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as
a U.S. person. Any U.S. trade or business income
received by a
non-U.S. holder
that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch
profits tax at a 30% rate, or at a lower rate prescribed
by an applicable income tax treaty, under specific circumstances.
Dividends
Distributions of cash or property (other than certain stock
distributions) that we pay on our common stock (or certain
redemptions that are treated as distributions on our common
stock) will be taxable as dividends for U.S. federal income
tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated
earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal
income tax principles). Subject to our discussion in
Recently-Enacted Federal Tax Legislation
below, a
non-U.S. holder
generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax
at a 30% rate,
101
or at a reduced rate prescribed by an applicable income tax
treaty, on any dividends received in respect of our common
stock. If the amount of a distribution exceeds our current and
accumulated earnings and profits, such excess first will be
treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the
non-U.S. holders
adjusted tax basis in our common stock, and thereafter will be
treated as capital gain. See Dispositions of
Our Common Stock below. In order to obtain a reduced rate
of U.S. federal withholding tax under an applicable income
tax treaty, a
non-U.S. holder
will be required to provide a properly executed IRS
Form W-8BEN
(or appropriate substitute or successor form) certifying its
entitlement to benefits under the treaty. A
non-U.S. holder
of our common stock that is eligible for a reduced rate of
U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty may
obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by
filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS. A
non-U.S. holder
should consult its own tax advisor regarding its possible
entitlement to benefits under an income tax treaty.
The U.S. federal withholding tax does not apply to
dividends that are U.S. trade or business income, as
described above, of a
non-U.S. holder
who provides a properly executed IRS
Form W-8ECI
(or appropriate substitute or successor form), certifying that
the dividends are effectively connected with the
non-U.S. holders
conduct of a trade or business within the United States.
Dispositions of
Our Common Stock
Subject to our discussion in Recently-Enacted
Federal Tax Legislation below, a
non-U.S. holder
generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or
withholding tax in respect of any gain on a sale or other
disposition of our common stock unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the gain is U.S. trade or business income, as described
above;
|
|
|
|
the
non-U.S. holder
is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 or
more days in the taxable year of the disposition and meets other
conditions; or
|
|
|
|
we are or have been a U.S. real property holding
corporation, which we refer to as USRPHC,
under section 897 of the Code at any time during the
shorter of the five year period ending on the date of
disposition and the
non-U.S. holders
holding period for our common stock.
|
In general, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value
of its U.S. real property interests equals or
exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide
(domestic and foreign) real property interests and its other
assets used or held for use in a trade or business. For this
purpose, real property interests include land, improvements, and
associated personal property. We believe that we currently are
not a USRPHC. In addition, based on our financial statements and
current expectations regarding the value and nature of our
assets and other relevant data, we do not anticipate becoming a
USRPHC, although there can be no assurance these conclusions are
correct or might not change in the future based on changed
circumstances. If we are found to be a USRPHC, a
non-U.S. holder,
nevertheless, will not be subject to U.S. federal income or
withholding tax in respect of any gain on a sale or other
disposition of our common stock so long as our common stock is
regularly traded on an established securities market
as defined under applicable Treasury regulations and a
non-U.S. holder
owns, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common
stock during the shorter of the five year period ending on the
date of disposition and such
non-U.S. holders
holding period for our common stock. Prospective investors
should be aware that no assurance can be given that our common
stock will be so regularly traded when a
non-U.S. holder
sells its shares of our common stock.
Information
Reporting and Backup Withholding Requirements
We must annually report to the IRS and to each
non-U.S. holder
any dividend income that is subject to U.S. federal
withholding tax, or that is exempt from such withholding tax
pursuant to an income tax treaty. Copies of these information
returns also may be made available under the provisions of a
specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the
country in which the
non-U.S. holder
resides. Under certain circumstances, the Code imposes a backup
withholding obligation (currently at a rate of 28% and scheduled
to increase to 31% for taxable years 2011 and thereafter) on
certain reportable payments. Dividends paid to a
non-U.S. holder
of our common stock generally will be exempt from backup
withholding if the
non-U.S. holder
provides a properly executed IRS
Form W-8BEN
(or appropriate substitute or successor form) or otherwise
establishes an exemption.
102
The payment of the proceeds from the disposition of our common
stock to or through the U.S. office of any broker,
U.S. or foreign, will be subject to information reporting
and possible backup withholding unless the owner certifies
(usually on IRS
Form W-8BEN)
as to its
non-U.S. status
under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an
exemption, provided that the broker does not have actual
knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a
U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption
are not, in fact, satisfied. The payment of the proceeds from
the disposition of common stock to or through a
non-U.S. office
of a
non-U.S. broker
will not be subject to information reporting or backup
withholding unless the
non-U.S. broker
has certain types of relationships with the United States, or a
U.S. related person as defined under applicable
Treasury regulations. In the case of the payment of the proceeds
from the disposition of our common stock to or through a
non-U.S. office
of a broker that is either a U.S. person or a
U.S. related person, the Treasury regulations
require information reporting (but not the backup withholding
tax) on the payment unless the broker has documentary evidence
in its files that the owner is a
non-U.S. holder
and the broker has no knowledge to the contrary.
Non-U.S. holders
should consult their own tax advisors on the application of
information reporting and backup withholding to them in their
particular circumstances (including upon their disposition of
our common stock).
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts
withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a
non-U.S. holder
will be refunded or credited against the
non-U.S. holders
U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, if the
non-U.S. holder
provides the required information to the IRS.
Recently-Enacted
Federal Tax Legislation
On March 18, 2010, President Obama signed the Hiring
Incentives to Restore Employment (HIRE) Act, or the HIRE
Act. The HIRE Act includes a revised version of a bill
introduced in late October 2009 in both the House and the
Senate, the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act of
2009 or the FATCA bill.
Under the FATCA provisions of the HIRE Act, foreign financial
institutions (which include hedge funds, private equity funds,
mutual funds, securitization vehicles and any other investment
vehicles regardless of their size) and other foreign entities
must comply with new information reporting rules with respect to
their U.S. account holders and investors or confront a new
withholding tax on
U.S.-source
payments made to them. Specifically, FATCA requires that foreign
financial institutions enter into an agreement with the United
States government to collect and provide the U.S. tax
authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account
holders of such foreign financial institution. Additionally,
FATCA requires all other foreign entities that are not financial
institutions to provide the withholding agent with a
certification identifying the substantial U.S. owners of
such foreign entity. A foreign financial institution or other
foreign entity that does not comply with the FATCA reporting
requirements generally will be subject to a new 30% withholding
tax with respect to any withholdable payments made
after December 31, 2012, other than such payments that are
made on obligations that are outstanding on
March 18, 2012. For this purpose, withholdable payments are
U.S.-source
payments, such as dividends, otherwise subject to nonresident
withholding tax and also include the entire gross proceeds from
the sale of any equity or debt instruments of U.S. issuers.
The new FATCA withholding tax will apply regardless of whether
the payment would otherwise be exempt from U.S. nonresident
withholding tax (e.g., capital gain from the sale of our stock).
The Treasury is authorized to provide rules for implementing the
FATCA withholding regime with the existing nonresident
withholding tax rules. FATCA withholding under the HIRE Act will
not apply to withholdable payments made directly to foreign
governments, international organizations, foreign central banks
of issue and individuals, and the Treasury is authorized to
provide additional exceptions.
As noted above, the new FATCA withholding and information
reporting requirements generally will apply to withholdable
payments made after December 31, 2012. Prospective
non-U.S. holders
should consult with their tax advisors regarding these new
provisions.
Federal Estate
Tax
Individual
Non-U.S. holders
and entities the property of which is potentially includible in
such an individuals gross estate for U.S. federal
estate tax purposes (for example, a trust funded by such an
individual and with respect to which the individual has retained
certain interests or powers), should note that, absent an
applicable treaty benefit, the common stock will be treated as
U.S. situs property subject to U.S. federal estate tax.
103
Underwriting
We plan to enter into an underwriting agreement with the
underwriters named below. Jefferies & Company, Inc.,
Piper Jaffray & Co. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
are acting as representatives of the underwriters.
The underwriting agreement provides for the purchase of a
specific number of shares of common stock by each of the
underwriters. The underwriters obligations are several,
which means that each underwriter is required to purchase a
specified number of shares, but is not responsible for the
commitment of any other underwriter to purchase shares. Subject
to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each
underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of
shares of common stock set forth opposite its name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Underwriters
|
|
Shares
|
|
Jefferies & Company, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Piper Jaffray & Co.
|
|
|
|
|
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of
the shares
to be purchased by the underwriters, shares
will be purchased from us and shares will be
purchased from the selling shareholders.
The underwriters have agreed to purchase all of the shares
offered by this prospectus (other than those covered by the
over-allotment option described below) if any are purchased. The
shares of our common stock should be ready for delivery on or
about
, 2010 against payment in immediately available funds. The
underwriters are offering the shares subject to various
conditions and may reject all or part of any order.
Under the underwriting agreement, if an underwriter defaults in
its commitment to purchase shares, the commitments of
non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting
agreement may be terminated, depending on the circumstances.
Over-Allotment
Option
The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters an
over-allotment option. This option, which is exercisable for up
to 30 days after the date of this prospectus, permits the
underwriters to purchase a maximum
of
additional shares from the selling shareholders solely to cover
over-allotments. If the underwriters exercise all or part of
this option, they will purchase shares covered by the option at
the initial public offering price that appears on the cover page
of this prospectus, less the underwriting discount. If this
option is exercised in full, the total price to the public will
be $ and, before expenses, the
total proceeds to the selling shareholders will be
$ . The underwriters have severally
agreed that, to the extent the over-allotment option is
exercised, they will each purchase a number of additional shares
proportionate to the underwriters initial amount reflected
in the foregoing table.
Commission and
Expenses
The representatives have advised us that the underwriters
propose to offer the shares directly to the public at the public
offering price that appears on the cover page of this
prospectus. In addition, the representatives may offer some of
the shares to other securities dealers at such price less a
concession of $ per share. After
the shares are released for sale to the public, the
representatives may change the offering price and other selling
terms at various times.
104
The following table provides information regarding the amount of
the discount to be paid to the underwriters by us and the
selling shareholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total With Full
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Without
|
|
|
Exercise of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of Over-
|
|
|
Over-Allotment
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Allotment Option
|
|
|
Option
|
|
Public offering price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting discounts
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to selling shareholders
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, excluding
underwriting discounts, will be approximately
$ million. We are paying all
of the expenses of this offering. The selling shareholders will
not pay any expenses of this offering, other than the
underwriting discounts and commissions.
Indemnification
We and the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify the
underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities
under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the
underwriters may be required to make in respect of those
liabilities.
Lock-Up
Agreements
We, our officers and directors, all of the selling shareholders
and substantially all other shareholders have agreed to a
180-day
lock-up
with
respect to shares of our common stock and other of our
securities that they beneficially own, including securities that
are convertible into shares of common stock and securities that
are exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock. This
means that, without the prior written consent of the
representatives, for a period of 180 days following the
date of this prospectus, we and such persons may not, subject to
certain exceptions, directly or indirectly (1) sell, offer,
contract or grant any option to sell (including without
limitation any short sale), pledge, transfer, establish an open
put equivalent position within the meaning of
Rule 16a-1(h)
under the Exchange Act or otherwise dispose of any shares of
common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of common
stock, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or
convertible into shares of common stock currently or hereafter
owned either of record or beneficially or (2) publicly
announce an intention to do any of the foregoing. In addition,
the
lock-up
period may be extended in the event that we issue an earnings
release or announce certain material news or a material event
with respect to us occurs during the last 17 days of the
lock-up
period, or prior to the expiration of the
lock-up
period, we announce that we will release earnings results during
the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
lock-up
period.
The restrictions in these
lock-up
agreements will not apply, subject to certain conditions, to
transactions relating to (1) shares of common stock or
other securities acquired in open market transactions after
completion of this offering (2) a bona fide gift or gifts,
(3) the transfer of any or all of the shares of common
stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or
exercisable for shares of common stock owned by a shareholder,
either during such shareholders lifetime or on death, by
gift, will or interstate succession to an immediate family of
the shareholder or to a trust the beneficiaries of which are
exclusively the shareholder
and/or
a
member or members of the shareholders immediate family, or
(4) a distribution to limited partners or shareholders of
the restricted party, provided, however, that the recipient in
(2), (3) or (4) agrees to be bound by such
restrictions.
Discretionary
Sales
The representatives have informed us that they do not expect
discretionary sales by the underwriters to exceed five percent
of the shares offered by this prospectus.
105
No Public
Market
While we have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq
Global Market under the symbol BBRG, there has been
no public market for the shares prior to this offering. The
offering price for the shares will be determined by us and the
representatives, based on the following factors:
|
|
|
|
|
the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;
|
|
|
|
our past and present operations;
|
|
|
|
our historical results of operations;
|
|
|
|
our prospects for future business and earning potential;
|
|
|
|
our management;
|
|
|
|
the general condition of the securities markets at the time of
this offering;
|
|
|
|
the recent market prices of securities of generally comparable
companies;
|
|
|
|
the market capitalization and stages of development of other
companies which we and the representatives believe to be
comparable to us; and
|
|
|
|
other factors deemed to be relevant.
|
We cannot assure you that the initial public offering price will
correspond to the price at which the common stock will trade in
the public market after this offering or that an active trading
market for the common stock will develop and continue after this
offering.
Price
Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
SEC rules may limit the ability of the underwriters to bid for
or purchase shares of our common stock before distribution of
the shares is completed. However, the underwriters may engage in
the following activities in accordance with the rules:
Stabilizing Transactions.
The representatives
may make bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or
maintaining the market price of our common stock, so long as
stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
Over-allotments and Syndicate Covering
Transactions.
The underwriters may sell more
shares of our common stock in connection with this offering than
the number of shares than they have committed to purchase. This
over-allotment creates a short position for the underwriters. A
bid for or purchase of shares of common stock on behalf of the
underwriters to reduce a short position incurred by the
underwriters is a syndicate covering transaction.
Establishing short sales positions may involve either
covered short sales or naked short
sales. Covered short sales are short sales made in an amount not
greater than the underwriters over-allotment option
described above. The underwriters may close out any covered
short position either by exercising their over-allotment option
or by purchasing shares in the open market. To determine how
they will close the covered short position, the underwriters
will consider, among other things, the price of shares available
for purchase in the open market, as compared to the price at
which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment
option. Naked short sales are short sales in excess of the
over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked
short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked
short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters
are concerned that, in the open market after the pricing of this
offering, there may be downward pressure on the price of the
shares that could adversely affect investors who purchase shares
in this offering.
Penalty Bids.
If the representatives purchase
shares in the open market in a stabilizing transaction or
syndicate covering transaction, it may reclaim a selling
concession from the underwriters and selling group members who
sold those shares as part of this offering.
Passive Market Making.
Market makers in the
shares who are underwriters or prospective underwriters may make
bids for or purchases of shares, subject to limitations, until
the time, if ever, at which a stabilizing bid is made.
106
Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters
purchases to cover the syndicate short sales or to stabilize the
market price of our common stock may have the effect of raising
or maintaining the market price of our common stock or
preventing or mitigating a decline in the market price of our
common stock. As a result, the price of the shares of our common
stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in
the open market if such purchases by the underwriters were not
occurring. The imposition of a penalty bid might also have an
effect on the price of our common stock if it discourages
resales of the shares.
Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or
prediction as to the effect that the transactions described
above may have on the price of our common stock. These
transactions may occur on the Nasdaq Global Market or otherwise.
If such transactions are commenced, they may be discontinued
without notice at any time.
Electronic
Distribution
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the
Internet sites or through other online services maintained by
one or more of the underwriters or by their affiliates. In those
cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and,
depending upon the particular underwriter, prospective investors
may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may
agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale
to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for
online distributions will be made by the representatives on the
same basis as other allocations.
Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information
on any underwriters website and any information contained
in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of
the prospectus or the registration statement of which this
prospectus forms a part, has not been approved
and/or
endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter
and should not be relied upon by investors.
Upon receipt of a request by an investor or its representative
who has received an electronic prospectus from an underwriter
within the period during which there is an obligation to deliver
a prospectus, we will promptly transmit, or cause to be
transmitted, without charge, a paper copy of the prospectus.
Selling
Restrictions
European
Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area
which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a
Relevant Member State) an offer to the public of any
shares which are the subject of this offering contemplated by
this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State
except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State
of any shares may be made at any time under the following
exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been
implemented in that Relevant Member State:
|
|
|
|
1.
|
to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate
in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated,
whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
|
|
|
2.
|
to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average
of at least 250 employees during the last financial year;
(2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and
(3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000,
as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
|
|
|
3.
|
to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified
investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to
obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such
offer; or
|
|
|
4.
|
in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of
the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of the
shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us
or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of
the Prospectus Directive.
|
107
Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any
communication in respect of, or who acquires any shares under,
the offers contemplated in this prospectus will be deemed to
have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each
underwriter and us that:
|
|
|
|
1.
|
it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the law in that
Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the
Prospectus Directive; and
|
|
|
2.
|
in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial
intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the
Prospectus Directive, (i) the shares acquired by it in the
offer have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been
acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any
Relevant Member State, other than qualified investors, as that
term is defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances
in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given
to the offer or resale; or (ii) where shares have been
acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State
other than qualified investors, the offer of those shares to it
is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been
made to such persons.
|
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an
offer to the public in relation to any shares in any
Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by
any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer
and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to
decide to purchase any shares, as the same may be varied in that
Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus
Directive in that Member State and the expression
Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and
includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant
Member State.
Each underwriter has represented, warranted and agreed that:
|
|
|
|
1.
|
it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will
only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or
inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning
of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act
2000 (the FSMA)) to persons who are investment
professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the FSMA
(Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which
Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and
|
|
|
2.
|
it has complied with and will comply with all applicable
provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in
relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the
United Kingdom.
|
Conflicts of
Interest
As described in Use of Proceeds, we intend to use a
portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay all
loans outstanding under our existing senior credit facilities.
Because an affiliate of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC will receive
more than 5.0% of the net proceeds of this offering, the
offering will be conducted in accordance with Rule 2720 of
the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, as administered by the Financial Industry Regulatory
Authority. This rule requires, among other things, that the
initial public offering price can be no higher than that
recommended by a qualified independent underwriter
and that a qualified independent underwriter has participated in
the preparation of, and has exercised the usual standards of
due diligence with respect to, the registration
statement and this prospectus. Jefferies & Company,
Inc. has agreed to act as qualified independent underwriter for
the offering and to undertake the legal responsibilities and
liabilities of an underwriter under the Securities Act,
specifically including those inherent in Section 11 of the
Securities Act.
Other
Relationships
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full
service financial institutions engaged in various activities,
which may include securities trading, commercial and investment
banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal
investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain
of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from
time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various
financial advisory and investment banking services for the
company, for which they received or will receive customary fees
and expenses. In particular, affiliates of Wells Fargo
Securities, LLC are agents and lenders under the companys
existing senior credit facilities and an affiliate of
Jefferies & Company, Inc. is a lender under the
companys existing
108
senior credit facilities. As described in Use of
Proceeds, we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds
from this offering to repay all loans outstanding under our
existing senior credit facilities.
In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the
underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a
broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity
securities (or related derivative securities) and financial
instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for
the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long
and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such
investment and securities activities may involve securities and
instruments of the company.
109
Legal
Matters
The validity of the shares offered hereby will be passed upon
for us by Dechert LLP, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Certain legal
matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for
the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York,
New York.
Experts
The consolidated annual financial statements included in this
prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP,
an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in
their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration
statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Such financial
statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm
given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
Where You Can
Find More Information
This prospectus is part of a registration statement on
Form S-1
that we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
under the Securities Act of 1933 covering the common stock we
are offering. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the
SEC, this prospectus omits certain information contained in the
registration statement. For further information with respect to
us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration
statement and to its exhibits and schedules. We make reference
in this prospectus to certain of our contracts, agreements and
other documents that are filed as exhibits to the registration
statement. For additional information regarding those contracts,
agreements and other documents, please see the exhibits attached
to this registration statement.
You can read the registration statement and the exhibits and
schedules filed with the registration statement or any reports,
statements or other information we have filed or file, at the
public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at the public
reference room (Room 1580), 100 F Street, N.E.,
Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of the
documents from such offices upon payment of the prescribed fees.
You may call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information on the operation of the public reference
room. You may also request copies of the documents upon payment
of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. In addition, the
SEC maintains a web site that contains reports and other
information regarding registrants (including us) that file
electronically with the SEC, which you can access at
http://www.sec.gov.
In addition, you may request copies of this filing and such
other reports as we may determine or as the law requires at no
cost, by telephone at
(614) 326-7944,
or by mail to Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc.,
777 Goodale Boulevard, Suite 100, Columbus, Ohio
43212, Attention: Investor Relations.
Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the
information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange
Act, and, in accordance with such requirements, will file
periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with
the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other
information will be available for inspection and copying at the
public reference facilities and website of the SEC referred to
above.
110
Index to
Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
Consolidated Financial StatementsDecember 27, 2009,
December 28, 2008 and December 30, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial
StatementsMarch 28, 2010 and March 29, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-19
|
|
|
|
|
F-20
|
|
|
|
|
F-21
|
|
|
|
|
F-22
|
|
F-1
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc. (formerly, Bravo Development,
Inc. and Subsidiaries) (a majority-owned subsidiary of Bravo
Development Holdings, LLC) (the Company), as of
December 27, 2009 and December 28, 2008, and the
related consolidated statements of operations,
stockholders equity, and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 27, 2009. These
consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our
audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to
have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal
control over financial reporting. Our audit included
consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a
basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion
on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An
audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the
Company as of December 27, 2009 and December 28, 2008,
and the results of their operations and their cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 27,
2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States of America.
/s/ Deloitte &
Touche LLP
Columbus, Ohio
April 30, 2010 (June 28, 2010 as to the Company name
change in Note 1 and July 1, 2010 as to the subsequent
event update in Note 1)
F-2
BRAVO BRIO
RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(Dollars in thousands, except par
values)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
December 28,
|
|
|
December 27,
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
CURRENT ASSETS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
682
|
|
|
$
|
249
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
3,968
|
|
|
|
5,534
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tenant improvement allowance receivable
|
|
|
3,549
|
|
|
|
2,435
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
1,990
|
|
|
|
2,203
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
2,058
|
|
|
|
2,049
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
12,498
|
|
|
|
12,470
|
|
|
|
|
|
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENTNet
|
|
|
141,040
|
|
|
|
144,880
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTHER ASSETSNet
|
|
|
4,226
|
|
|
|
3,492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
$
|
157,764
|
|
|
$
|
160,842
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY (DEFICIENCY IN
ASSETS)
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and construction payables
|
|
$
|
14,315
|
|
|
$
|
12,675
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
19,259
|
|
|
|
21,658
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
1,049
|
|
|
|
1,039
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred lease incentives
|
|
|
3,656
|
|
|
|
4,284
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred gift card revenue
|
|
|
8,539
|
|
|
|
8,970
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
46,818
|
|
|
|
48,626
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEFERRED LEASE INCENTIVES
|
|
|
48,324
|
|
|
|
53,451
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LONG-TERM DEBT
|
|
|
124,901
|
|
|
|
116,992
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
|
|
|
13,812
|
|
|
|
14,463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 13)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY (DEFICIENCY IN ASSETS):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.001 par valueauthorized,
3,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding,
1,050,000 shares
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
14% cumulative compounding preferred stock, $0.001 par
valueauthorized, 100,000 shares; issued and
outstanding, 59,500 shares
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
110,972
|
|
|
|
110,972
|
|
|
|
110,973
|
|
Retained deficit
|
|
|
(187,065
|
)
|
|
|
(183,664
|
)
|
|
|
(183,664
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficiency in assets)
|
|
|
(76,091
|
)
|
|
|
(72,690
|
)
|
|
|
(72,690
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
$
|
157,764
|
|
|
$
|
160,842
|
|
|
$
|
160,842
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-3
BRAVO BRIO
RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(Dollars and shares in thousands,
except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 28,
|
|
|
December 27,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
REVENUES
|
|
$
|
265,374
|
|
|
$
|
300,783
|
|
|
$
|
311,709
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RESTAURANT OPERATING COSTS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
75,340
|
|
|
|
84,618
|
|
|
|
82,609
|
|
Labor
|
|
|
89,663
|
|
|
|
102,323
|
|
|
|
106,330
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
41,567
|
|
|
|
47,690
|
|
|
|
48,917
|
|
Occupancy
|
|
|
16,054
|
|
|
|
18,736
|
|
|
|
19,636
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restaurant operating costs
|
|
|
222,624
|
|
|
|
253,367
|
|
|
|
257,492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
|
16,768
|
|
|
|
15,042
|
|
|
|
17,123
|
|
Restaurant pre-opening costs
|
|
|
5,647
|
|
|
|
5,434
|
|
|
|
3,758
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
12,309
|
|
|
|
14,651
|
|
|
|
16,088
|
|
Asset impairment charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,506
|
|
|
|
6,436
|
|
Other expensesnet
|
|
|
462
|
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
35,186
|
|
|
|
43,862
|
|
|
|
43,562
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
|
|
|
7,564
|
|
|
|
3,554
|
|
|
|
10,655
|
|
NET INTEREST EXPENSE
|
|
|
11,853
|
|
|
|
9,892
|
|
|
|
7,119
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES
|
|
|
(4,289
|
)
|
|
|
(6,338
|
)
|
|
|
3,536
|
|
INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)
|
|
|
(3,503
|
)
|
|
|
55,061
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME (LOSS)
|
|
$
|
(786
|
)
|
|
$
|
(61,339
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,401
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNDECLARED PREFERRED DIVIDENDS
|
|
|
(8,920
|
)
|
|
|
(10,175
|
)
|
|
|
(11,599
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTED TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS
|
|
|
(9,706
|
)
|
|
|
(71,574
|
)
|
|
|
(8,198
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHAREBASIC AND DILUTED
|
|
$
|
(9.24
|
)
|
|
$
|
(68.17
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7.81
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDINGBASIC AND DILUTED
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-4
BRAVO BRIO
RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
Paid-In
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Treasury Stock
|
|
|
(Deficiency in
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Assets)
|
|
|
BALANCEDecember 31, 2006
|
|
|
1,050,000
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
|
59,500
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
110,972
|
|
|
$
|
(124,880
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(13,906
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(786
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(786
|
)
|
Purchase of treasury shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,701
|
)
|
|
|
(928
|
)
|
|
|
(928
|
)
|
Sale of treasury shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,701
|
|
|
|
928
|
|
|
|
928
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCEDecember 30, 2007
|
|
|
1,050,000
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
59,500
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
110,972
|
|
|
|
(125,666
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,692
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(61,399
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(61,399
|
)
|
Purchase of treasury shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,585
|
)
|
|
|
(100
|
)
|
|
|
(100
|
)
|
Sale of treasury shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,585
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCEDecember 28, 2008
|
|
|
1,050,000
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
59,500
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
110,972
|
|
|
|
(187,065
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(76,091
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,401
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,401
|
|
Purchase of treasury shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,217
|
)
|
|
|
(184
|
)
|
|
|
(184
|
)
|
Sale of treasury shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,217
|
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCEDecember 27, 2009
|
|
|
1,050,000
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
|
59,500
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
110,972
|
|
|
$
|
(183,664
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(72,690
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-5
BRAVO BRIO
RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 28,
|
|
|
December 27,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(786
|
)
|
|
$
|
(61,399
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,401
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided
by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization (excluding deferred lease
incentives)
|
|
|
12,309
|
|
|
|
14,651
|
|
|
|
16,088
|
|
(Gain) loss on disposals of property and equipment
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
(236
|
)
|
Impairment of assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,506
|
|
|
|
6,436
|
|
Amortization of deferred lease incentives
|
|
|
(2,258
|
)
|
|
|
(3,139
|
)
|
|
|
(5,016
|
)
|
Interest capitalized in note agreement
|
|
|
2,758
|
|
|
|
1,285
|
|
|
|
1,340
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(3,557
|
)
|
|
|
54,895
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in certain assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts and tenant improvement receivables
|
|
|
(1,699
|
)
|
|
|
446
|
|
|
|
(452
|
)
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(149
|
)
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
(213
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
2,343
|
|
|
|
(882
|
)
|
|
|
9
|
|
Trade and construction payables
|
|
|
6,012
|
|
|
|
1,596
|
|
|
|
(1,805
|
)
|
Deferred lease incentives
|
|
|
9,399
|
|
|
|
15,205
|
|
|
|
10,771
|
|
Deferred gift card revenue
|
|
|
933
|
|
|
|
(587
|
)
|
|
|
431
|
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
1,915
|
|
|
|
(1,153
|
)
|
|
|
(545
|
)
|
Othernet
|
|
|
3,451
|
|
|
|
2,939
|
|
|
|
3,573
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
31,291
|
|
|
|
32,501
|
|
|
|
33,782
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
|
(35,274
|
)
|
|
|
(42,496
|
)
|
|
|
(25,708
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(251
|
)
|
|
|
251
|
|
Intangibles acquired
|
|
|
(262
|
)
|
|
|
(341
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(35,536
|
)
|
|
|
(43,088
|
)
|
|
|
(24,957
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from long-term debt
|
|
|
33,250
|
|
|
|
104,450
|
|
|
|
103,450
|
|
Funds in escrow
|
|
|
12,762
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments on long-term debt
|
|
|
(33,927
|
)
|
|
|
(93,921
|
)
|
|
|
(112,708
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of stock
|
|
|
928
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
184
|
|
Repurchase of stock
|
|
|
(928
|
)
|
|
|
(100
|
)
|
|
|
(184
|
)
|
Distribution to previous shareholders
|
|
|
(6,570
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment for cancellation of options to option holders
|
|
|
(1,359
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
|
|
|
4,156
|
|
|
|
10,529
|
|
|
|
(9,258
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
|
|
(433
|
)
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTSBeginning of year
|
|
|
829
|
|
|
|
740
|
|
|
|
682
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTSEnd of year
|
|
$
|
740
|
|
|
$
|
682
|
|
|
$
|
249
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paidnet of $454, $950, and $434 capitalized in
2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively
|
|
$
|
11,275
|
|
|
$
|
8,840
|
|
|
$
|
7,030
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes paid (refunded)
|
|
$
|
336
|
|
|
$
|
(83
|
)
|
|
$
|
300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property additions financed by accounts payable
|
|
$
|
3,706
|
|
|
$
|
963
|
|
|
$
|
994
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-6
BRAVO BRIO
RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
1.
|
SUMMARY OF
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
|
Description of Business
Bravo Brio Restaurant Group,
Inc. (BBRG or the Company) (formerly,
Bravo Development, Inc. and Subsidiaries) owns and operates
restaurants under the trade names
BRAVO!
®
,
BRAVO! Cucina
Italiana
®
,
Cucina BRAVO!
Italiana
®
,
BRAVO! Italian
Kitchen
®
,
Brio
®
,
Brio Tuscan
Grille
tm
,
and Bon
Vie
®
.
At December 27, 2009, there were 45 BRAVO! Cucina Italiana
restaurants (44 at December 28, 2008), 35 BRIO Tuscan
Grille restaurants (30 at December 28, 2008), and one Bon
Vie (one at December 28, 2008) restaurants in
operation in 27 states throughout the United States of
America. On June 28, 2010, the name of the Company was
changed from Bravo Development, Inc. to Bravo Brio Restaurant
Group, Inc.
At December 27, 2009, the Company was contractually
committed to lease four restaurants. The estimated cost to
complete the construction of these restaurants is approximately
$7.2 million.
Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements
include the results of operations and account balances of BDI (a
majority-owned subsidiary of Bravo Development Holdings, LLC
(Parent)) (see Note 2) and subsidiaries.
All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated
in consolidation.
Fiscal Year End
The Company utilizes a 52- or
53-week accounting period which ends on the Sunday closest to
December 31. The fiscal years ended December 30, 2007,
December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, each have
52 weeks.
Accounting Estimates
The preparation of the
consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts
of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The
Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on
various assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the
circumstances at the time. Actual amounts may differ from those
estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all
cash and short-term investments with original maturities of
three months or less as cash equivalents. All cash is
principally deposited in one bank.
Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of
cost or market, using the
first-in,
first-out method and consist principally of food and beverage
items.
Pre-opening Costs
Restaurant pre-opening costs
consist primarily of wages and salaries, recruiting, training,
travel, and lodging and meals. The Company expenses such costs
as incurred. Pre-opening costs also includes an accrual for
straight-line rent recorded during the period between date of
possession and the restaurant opening date for the
Companys leased restaurant locations.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are
recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Equipment
consists primarily of restaurant equipment, furniture, fixtures,
and smallwares. Depreciation is calculated using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the
related asset. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the
straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term,
including option periods, which are reasonably assured of
renewal or the estimated useful life of the asset. Estimated
useful lives of assets are as follows: buildings15 to
39 years, leasehold improvements10 to 20 years,
and equipment and fixtures3 to 10 years.
Leases
The Company records the minimum lease
payments for its operating leases on a straight-line basis over
the lease term, including option periods which are reasonably
assured of renewal. The lease term commences on the date that
the lessee obtains control of the property, which is normally
when the property is ready for tenant improvements. Contingent
rent expense is recognized as incurred and is usually based on
either a percentage of restaurant sales or as a percentage of
restaurant sales in excess of a defined amount.
F-7
BRAVO BRIO
RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
Leasehold improvements financed by the landlord through tenant
improvement allowances are capitalized as leasehold improvements
with the tenant improvement allowances recorded as deferred
lease incentives. Deferred lease incentives are amortized on a
straight-line basis over the lesser of the life of the asset or
the lease term, including option periods which are reasonably
assured of renewal (same term that is used for related leasehold
improvements) and are recorded as a reduction of occupancy
expense.
Other Assets
Other assets include liquor licenses,
trademarks, and loan costs and are stated at cost, less
amortization, if any. The trademarks are used in the advertising
and marketing of the restaurants and are widely recognized and
accepted by consumers.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews
long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and
intangibles, subject to amortization, for impairment when events
or circumstances indicate the carrying value of the assets may
not be recoverable. In determining the recoverability of the
asset value, an analysis is performed at the individual
restaurant level and primarily includes an assessment of
historical cash flows and other relevant factors and
circumstances. Negative restaurant-level cash flow over the
previous
12-month
period is considered a potential impairment indicator. In such
situations, the Company evaluates future cash flow projections
in conjunction with qualitative factors and future operating
plans. Based on this analysis, if the Company believes that the
carrying amount of the assets are not recoverable, an impairment
charge is recognized based upon the amount by which the assets
carrying value exceeds fair value as measured by undiscounted
future cash flows expected to be generated by these assets.
The Company recognized asset impairment charges of approximately
$8.5 million and $6.4 million in fiscal 2008 and 2009,
respectively, related to leasehold improvements, fixtures and
equipment for the impacted sites. No impairment charge was
recorded in fiscal 2007.
The Companys impairment assessment process requires the
use of estimates and assumptions regarding future cash flows and
operating outcomes, which are based upon a significant degree of
managements judgment. The Company continues to assess the
performance of restaurants and monitors the need for future
impairment. Changes in the economic environment, real estate
markets, capital spending, and overall operating performance
could impact these estimates and result in future impairment
charges. There can be no assurance that future impairment tests
will not result in additional charges to earnings.
Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The
carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables,
trade and construction payables, and accrued liabilities at
December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009, approximate
their fair value due to the short-term maturities of these
financial instruments. The fair values of the Companys
long-term debt is determined using quoted market prices for the
same or similar issues or based on the current rates offered to
the Company for debt of the same remaining maturities. The
carrying amount of the long-term debt under the revolving credit
facility and variable rate notes and loan agreements approximate
the fair values at December 28, 2008 and December 27,
2009. The estimated fair value of the fixed long-term debt is
$31,500,000 at December 27, 2009. The fair value of the
Companys fixed long-term debt is estimated based on quoted
market values offered for the same or similar agreements for
which the lowest level of observable input significant to the
established fair value measurement hierarchy is Level 2.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue from restaurant
operations is recognized upon payment by the customer at the
time of sale. Revenues are reflected net of sales tax and
certain discounts and allowances.
The Company records a liability upon the sale of gift cards and
recognizes revenue upon redemption by the customer. Revenue is
recognized on unredeemed gift cards (breakage) based upon
historical redemption patterns when the Company determines the
likelihood of redemption of the gift card by the customer is
remote and there is no legal obligation to remit the value of
unredeemed gift cards to the relevant jurisdiction. Gift card
breakage income was not significant in any fiscal year and is
reported within revenues in the consolidated statements of
operations.
F-8
BRAVO BRIO
RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
Advertising
The Company expenses the cost of
advertising (including production costs) the first time the
advertising takes place. Advertising expense was $1,918,000,
$2,451,000, and $2,809,000 for 2007, 2008, and 2009,
respectively.
Self-Insurance Reserves
The Company maintains
various policies, including workers compensation and
general liability. As outlined in these policies, the Company is
responsible for losses up to certain limits. The Company records
a liability for the estimated exposure for aggregate losses
below those limits. This liability is based on estimates of the
ultimate costs to be incurred to settle known claims and claims
not reported as of the balance sheet date. The estimated
liability is not discounted and is based on a number of
assumptions, including actuarial assumptions, historical trends,
and economic conditions.
Derivative Instruments
The Company accounts for all
derivative instruments on the balance sheet at fair value.
Changes in the fair value (i.e., gains or losses) of the
Companys interest rate swap derivative are recorded each
period in the consolidated statement of operations as a
component of interest expense.
Income Taxes
Income tax provisions are comprised of
federal and state taxes currently due, plus deferred taxes.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the
future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences
between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing
assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred
tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those
temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
Recognition of deferred tax assets is limited to amounts
considered by management to be more likely than not of
realization in future periods.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company maintains
performance incentive plans including incentive stock options
and nonqualified stock options. Options are granted with
exercise prices equal to the fair value of the Companys
common shares at the date of grant. The cost of employee service
is recognized as a compensation expense over the period that an
employee provides service in exchange for the award, typically
the vesting period, and are exercisable if certain performance
targets are achieved. The Company has not recorded any
compensation expense related to these stock options since
certain performance clauses have not been satisfied according to
the 2007 Option Plan (see Note 11).
Net Income (loss) Per Share
Basic earnings per share
amounts are computed by dividing consolidated net income (loss)
by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
during the reporting period. Diluted per share amounts reflect
the potential dilution that could occur if securities, options
or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or
converted into common stock. At December 30, 2007,
December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009, there were
256,702, 245,874 and 257,875, respectively, of stock options
which were not considered dilutive due to performance conditions
not being met.
Pro forma Information (unaudited)
Pro forma
stockholders equity (deficiency in assets) is based upon
the Companys historical stockholders equity
(deficiency in assets) as of December 27, 2009, and has
been computed to give effect to the pro forma adjustment to
reflect an exchange of the shares of Series A preferred
stock for shares of common stock in connection with the proposed
reorganization transactions. Each share of Series A
preferred stock will be exchanged for that number of shares of
common stock having an aggregate fair value, based upon the
initial public offering price to the public of shares of our
common stock in the proposed public offering, equal to the
liquidation preference of each share of Series A preferred
stock.
Segment Reporting
The Company operates upscale
affordable Italian dining restaurants under two brands,
exclusively in the United States, that have similar economic
characteristics, nature of products and service, class of
customer and distribution methods. The Company believes it meets
the criteria for aggregating its operating segments, into a
single reporting segment in accordance with applicable
accounting guidance.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
The Financial
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) updated Accounting Standards
Codification (ASC) Topic 810,
Consolidation
, with
amendments to improve financial reporting by
F-9
BRAVO BRIO
RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
enterprises involved with variable interest entities (formerly
FASB Statement No. 167,
Amendments to FASB
Interpretation No. 46(R)
). These amendments require an
enterprise to perform an analysis to determine whether the
enterprises variable interest(s) give it a controlling
financial interest in a variable interest entity. The effective
date for this guidance is the beginning of a reporting
entitys first annual reporting period that begins after
November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first
annual reporting period, and for interim and annual reporting
periods thereafter. The Company adopted this guidance and it had
no effect on its consolidated financial statements.
The FASB also updated ASC Topic 855
, Subsequent Events
,
to establish general standards of accounting for and disclosing
of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before
financial statements are issued or are available to be issued
(formerly FASB Statement No. 165,
Subsequent
Events
). This guidance was effective for interim and annual
financial periods ending after June 15, 2009. Adoption of
this guidance did not have a material effect on the
Companys consolidated financial statements. The
Companys management has performed an evaluation of
subsequent events through July 1, 2010, which is the date
the consolidated financial statements were issued. There were no
subsequent events noted.
On June 2, 2006, the Company entered into an Agreement and
Plan of Merger (the Agreement) with Parent and BDI
Acquisition Corp. (Merger Sub), a wholly owned
subsidiary of Parent with $56.1 million of capitalization,
to consummate a recapitalization of the Company. Under the terms
of the Agreement, Merger Sub, an entity formed by Parent, merged
with and into the Company with the Company as the surviving
entity. Merger and the recapitalization were effected on
June 29, 2006 (the Effective Time).
In connection with this transaction, the Company issued a new
series of nonvoting 14% Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock.
Upon the liquidation, dissolution, or
winding-up
of the Company, before any distribution of proceeds to the
holders of common stock, the holders of preferred stock are
entitled to a preferential distribution in cash in an amount
equal to $1,000 (original liquidation preference of $59,500,000)
for each preferred share, plus the accumulated dividends with
respect to such share. The preferred stock is not subject to
call or mandatory redemption rights and cannot be converted into
common shares. Total liquidation preference including
undeclared/unpaid dividends amounted to $72.6 million,
$82.7 million, and $94.3 million for the fiscal years
ended 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively.
In addition to the consideration paid at the Effective Time, the
equity holders and the option holders earned additional
consideration of $7.9 million (the Earn-Out
Payment), plus accrued interest, paid in September 2007.
Following the recapitalization, Parent owns 80.1% of the
Companys common stock and management shareholders own
19.9% of the Companys common stock.
As part of the Agreement, the shareholders and Parent made an
election under Section 338(h)(10) of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended, to treat the recapitalization as an
asset purchase for tax purposes. The tax benefit of this
election was recorded as an equity transaction. For all periods
prior to the recapitalization, the Company operated as an
S corporation for federal and state income tax purposes.
However, following the recapitalization, the Company no longer
qualified as an S corporation and became subject to
U.S. Federal and certain state and local income taxes
applicable to C corporations. The transaction was accounted for
as a leveraged recapitalization with no change in the book basis
of assets and liabilities. All taxes resulting from the
Section 338(h)(10) election were paid by the selling
shareholders and option holders.
F-10
BRAVO BRIO
RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
|
|
3.
|
PROPERTY AND
EQUIPMENT
|
The major classes of property and equipment at December 28,
2008 and December 27, 2009, are summarized as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Land and buildings
|
|
$
|
5,252
|
|
|
$
|
5,402
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
112,573
|
|
|
|
124,331
|
|
Equipment and fixtures
|
|
|
70,733
|
|
|
|
76,714
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
4,587
|
|
|
|
4,255
|
|
Deposits on equipment orders
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
193,284
|
|
|
|
211,203
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(52,244
|
)
|
|
|
(66,323
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
141,040
|
|
|
$
|
144,880
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The major classes of other assets and related amortization at
December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009, are
summarized as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Loan origination fees
|
|
$
|
4,512
|
|
|
$
|
4,512
|
|
Liquor licenses
|
|
|
1,397
|
|
|
|
1,393
|
|
Trademarks
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
Deposits
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assetsat cost
|
|
|
6,153
|
|
|
|
6,172
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated amortization:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loan origination fees
|
|
|
(1,873
|
)
|
|
|
(2,606
|
)
|
Liquor licenses
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
Trademarks
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(1,927
|
)
|
|
|
(2,680
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assetsnet
|
|
$
|
4,226
|
|
|
$
|
3,492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-11
BRAVO BRIO
RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
Long-term debt at December 28, 2008 and December 27,
2009, consists of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Term loan
|
|
$
|
80,644
|
|
|
$
|
79,818
|
|
Note agreement
|
|
|
30,930
|
|
|
|
32,270
|
|
Revolving credit facility
|
|
|
13,750
|
|
|
|
5,550
|
|
Mortgage notes with payments of principal and interest due
through July 2012
|
|
|
626
|
|
|
|
393
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
125,950
|
|
|
|
118,031
|
|
Less current maturities
|
|
|
(1,049
|
)
|
|
|
(1,039
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
$
|
124,901
|
|
|
$
|
116,992
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As part of the recapitalization of the Company in 2006, as more
fully described in Note 2, the Company entered into a
$112.5-million Credit Agreement (the Credit
Agreement) composed of a $82.5-million Term Loan (the
Term Loan) and a $30-million Revolving Credit
Facility (the Revolver).
The interest rate on the Term Loan and Revolver is based on
prime rate, plus a margin of up to 2% or the London Interbank
Offered Rate (LIBOR), plus a margin up to 3%, with margins
determined by certain financial ratios. The weighted-average
interest rate on the borrowings at December 27, 2009, was
3.47% (7.1% at December 28, 2008). In addition, the Company
must pay an annual commitment fee of 0.5% on the unused portion
of the Revolver. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are
collateralized by a first priority security interest in all of
the assets of the Company, except property collateralized by
mortgage notes and mature based upon the nature of the borrowing
in either 2011 or 2012.
Pursuant to the terms of the Revolver, the Company is subject to
certain financial and nonfinancial covenants, including a
consolidated total leverage ratio, a consolidated senior
leverage ratio, consolidated fixed-charge coverage ratio, and
consolidated capital expenditures limitations. The Company was
in compliance with these covenants as of December 27, 2009.
The Revolver also provides for bank guarantee under standby
letter of credit arrangements in the normal course of business
operations. The Companys commercial bank issues standby
letters of credit to secure its obligations to pay or perform
when required to do so pursuant to the requirements of an
underlying agreement or the provision of goods and services. The
standby letters of credit are cancelable only at the option of
the beneficiary who is authorized to draw drafts on the issuing
bank up to the face amount of the standby letter of credit in
accordance with its terms. As of December 27, 2009, the
maximum exposure under these standby letters of credit was
$3.65 million. At December 27, 2009, the Company had
$20.8 million available under its Revolver.
In addition to the Credit Agreement, the Company entered into a
$27.5 million Note Purchase Agreement (the Note
Agreement). Under the Note Agreement, interest is payable
monthly at an annual interest rate of 13.25%. The Company may
elect monthly during the first year of the Note Agreement to
accrue interest at the rate of 14.25% per annum with no
payments. Commencing the second year of the Note Agreement
through the maturity date, the Company may elect to accrue
interest at 13.25% and pay interest equal to 9% monthly.
Interest accrued, but unpaid during the term of the Note
Agreement is capitalized into the principal balance. The Note
Agreement is collateralized by a second priority interest in all
assets of the Company except property and matures on
December 29, 2012. Since November 2006, the Company has
elected to capitalize accrued, but unpaid interest in accordance
with the terms of the Note Agreement.
Beginning with the fiscal year ended December 28, 2008, the
Company is required to make excess cash flow payments to reduce
the outstanding principal balances under the Credit Agreement
provided the Company meets
F-12
BRAVO BRIO
RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
certain leverage ratio requirements. No excess cash flow
payments were made in fiscal year 2008 and no excess cash flow
payments will be required in fiscal year 2009 based on the
fiscal year 2008 results.
In connection with settlement of the Earn-Out Payment as
described in Note 2, the Company recovered
$4.6 million of funds previously held in escrow. These
funds were applied to the outstanding borrowings in accordance
with the Credit and Note Agreements.
On August 14, 2006, the Company entered into a three-year
interest rate swap agreement fixing the interest rate on
$27 million of its Term Loan debt. The Company settles with
the bank quarterly for the difference between the 5.24% and the
90-day
LIBOR
in effect at the beginning of the quarter. Changes in the market
value of the interest rate swap are recorded each period as an
adjustment to interest expense. Such adjustments were net
increases to interest expense of $782,000 and $120,000 in fiscal
2007 and 2008, respectively, and a reduction of interest expense
of $755,000 in fiscal 2009. There were no derivative instruments
outstanding at December 27, 2009.
Mortgage notes are collateralized by first mortgages on
individual restaurant real estate assets. The weighted-average
variable interest rate on the mortgage notes is 6.83% and 4.61%
for fiscal years 2008 and 2009, respectively.
Future maturities of debt as of December 27, 2009, are as
follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
1,039
|
|
2011
|
|
|
6,470
|
|
2012
|
|
|
110,522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
118,031
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The major classes of accrued expenses at December 28, 2008
and December 27, 2009, are summarized as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Compensation and related benefits
|
|
$
|
9,210
|
|
|
$
|
10,268
|
|
Accrued self-insurance claims liability
|
|
|
4,279
|
|
|
|
4,853
|
|
Other taxes payable
|
|
|
2,234
|
|
|
|
3,546
|
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
3,536
|
|
|
|
2,991
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accrued expenses
|
|
$
|
19,259
|
|
|
$
|
21,658
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-13
BRAVO BRIO
RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
|
|
7.
|
OTHER LONG-TERM
LIABILITIES
|
Other long-term liabilities at December 28, 2008 and
December 27, 2009, consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Deferred rent
|
|
$
|
12,201
|
|
|
$
|
13,975
|
|
Deferred compensation (Note 9)
|
|
|
407
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
Partner surety (Note 9)
|
|
|
370
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
Other long-term liability
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
Interest rate swap
|
|
|
755
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
$
|
13,812
|
|
|
$
|
14,463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company leases certain land and buildings used in its
restaurant operations under various long-term operating lease
agreements. The initial lease terms range from 2 to
15 years and currently expire between 2009 and 2028. The
leases include renewal options for 2 to 20 additional years. The
majority of leases provide for base (fixed) rent, plus
additional rent based on gross sales, as defined in each lease
agreement, in excess of a stipulated amount, multiplied by a
stated percentage. The Company is also generally obligated to
pay certain real estate taxes, insurances, common area
maintenance (CAM) charges, and various other expenses related to
the properties.
At December 27, 2009, the future minimum rental commitments
under noncancellable operating leases, including option periods
which are reasonably assured of renewal, are as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
18,398
|
|
2011
|
|
|
18,933
|
|
2012
|
|
|
19,188
|
|
2013
|
|
|
19,378
|
|
2014
|
|
|
19,614
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
172,631
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
268,142
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The above future minimum rental amounts exclude renewal options,
which are not reasonably assured of renewal and additional rent
based on sales or increases in the United States Consumer Price
Index. The Company generally has escalating rents over the term
of the leases and records rent expense on a straight-line basis
for operating leases.
Rent expense, excluding real estate taxes, CAM charges,
insurance, and other expenses related to operating leases, in
2007, 2008, and 2009, consists of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Minimum rent
|
|
$
|
9,229
|
|
|
$
|
10,618
|
|
|
$
|
11,391
|
|
Contingent rent
|
|
|
1,090
|
|
|
|
933
|
|
|
|
705
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
10,319
|
|
|
$
|
11,551
|
|
|
$
|
12,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-14
BRAVO BRIO
RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
In 2003, the Strategic Partner Plan (SPP) was created to reward
and retain top general managers and executive chefs by providing
them with a significantly greater Quarterly Performance Bonus
payout potential, in addition to sharing in the appreciation of
the Company (Deferred Compensation), which is based
on a quarterly targeted sales value times an earnings factor
based on same store sales performance. The Deferred Compensation
vests ratably over the initial term of the agreement and is
payable at the termination of the contract (generally five
years).
To participate in the SPP, the invitee (partner) signs an
agreement to continue their employment with the Company for the
term of the initial agreement (five years) and places a deposit
(Partner Surety) with the Company, which is
reflected in other long-term liabilities. The Partner Surety, as
well as any Deferred Compensation that may be credited to the
partners account, is forfeited if the partner breaches the
requirements of the SPP agreement. The Company pays interest on
the Partner Surety each quarter based on the three-month
Certificate of Deposit rate, as published in the Wall Street
Journal on the first business day of each calendar quarter and
also provides each partner with a $2,500 sign-on bonus when
their Partner Surety is received. Total expenses related to the
SPP, net of Partner Surety forfeitures, amounted to $3,542,000,
$1,227,000, and $771,000, for fiscal years 2007, 2008, and 2009,
respectively. Effective the beginning of fiscal year 2008, the
SPP plan is no longer being offered to additional partners
although existing partners will continue to participate in the
plan until their respective agreements expire at the end of the
initial five-year term.
|
|
10.
|
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT
PLAN
|
The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution plan (the
401(k) Plan) covering all eligible full-time
employees. The 401(k) Plan provides for employee salary deferral
contributions up to a maximum of 15% of the participants
eligible compensation, as well as discretionary Company matching
contributions. Discretionary Company contributions relating to
the 401(k) Plan for the years ended 2007, 2008, and 2009, were
$179,000, $222,000, and $180,000, respectively.
Stock option activity for 2007, 2008, and 2009, is summarized as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Outstandingbeginning of year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
256,702
|
|
|
|
245,874
|
|
Weighted-average exercise price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
10.00
|
|
|
$
|
10.00
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
265,890
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,500
|
|
Weighted-average exercise price
|
|
$
|
10.00
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
8.92
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(9,188
|
)
|
|
|
(10,828
|
)
|
|
|
(6,499
|
)
|
Weighted-average exercise price
|
|
$
|
10.00
|
|
|
$
|
10.00
|
|
|
$
|
10.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstandingend of year
|
|
|
256,702
|
|
|
|
245,874
|
|
|
|
257,875
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average exercise price
|
|
$
|
10.00
|
|
|
$
|
10.00
|
|
|
$
|
9.92
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisableend of year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average exercise price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted-average remaining contractual term of options
outstanding at December 27, 2009, was 7 years (no
options were exercisable).
F-15
BRAVO BRIO
RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
The total weighted-average fair value of options granted in 2007
and 2009 was $3.61, and was estimated at the date of grant using
the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The following
assumptions were used for these options: weighted-average
risk-free interest rate of 4.49%, no expected dividend yield,
weighted-average volatility of 32.2%, based upon competitors
within the industry, and an expected option life of five years.
A summary of the status of, and changes to, unvested options
during the year ended December 27, 2009, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Average Grant
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Date Fair Value
|
|
|
Unvestedbeginning of year
|
|
|
144,293
|
|
|
$
|
3.60
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
18,500
|
|
|
|
3.25
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(59,844
|
)
|
|
|
3.61
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(527
|
)
|
|
|
3.61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvestedend of year
|
|
|
102,422
|
|
|
$
|
3.61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested options (155,453) are not exercisable, as the specified
performance conditions have not been met. As of
December 27, 2009, there was $930,000 of total unrecognized
compensation cost related to vested and nonvested options
granted under the Plan. The cost will begin to be recognized
upon the satisfaction of certain performance conditions as
specified within the option agreements.
12. INCOME TAXES
The provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Current income tax expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
State and local
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current income tax expense
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax expense (benefit):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
(3,298
|
)
|
|
|
50,107
|
|
|
|
|
|
State and local
|
|
|
(259
|
)
|
|
|
4,788
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(3,557
|
)
|
|
|
54,895
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
$
|
(3,503
|
)
|
|
$
|
55,061
|
|
|
$
|
135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-16
BRAVO BRIO
RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
Deferred income taxes as of December 28, 2008 and
December 27, 2009, consisted of the following (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill for tax reporting purposes
|
|
$
|
41,446
|
|
|
$
|
38,127
|
|
Self-insurance reserves
|
|
|
2,989
|
|
|
|
2,819
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
2,292
|
|
|
|
4,918
|
|
Federal and state net operating losses
|
|
|
4,619
|
|
|
|
4,425
|
|
FICA tip credit carryforward
|
|
|
6,819
|
|
|
|
9,893
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1,076
|
|
|
|
809
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax assets
|
|
|
59,241
|
|
|
|
60,991
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid assets
|
|
|
(361
|
)
|
|
|
(305
|
)
|
Deferred rent
|
|
|
610
|
|
|
|
(638
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
249
|
|
|
|
(943
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(59,490
|
)
|
|
|
(60,048
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax asset
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill for tax reporting purposes is amortized over
15 years. At December 27, 2009, the Company has net
operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax
purposes of $10,928,000 and $8,233,000 and Federal Insurance
Contributions Act (FICA) tip credit carryforwards of $9,893,000,
which will expire at various dates from 2026 through 2028.
Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if,
based on the weight of the available evidence, it is more likely
than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be
realized. Both positive and negative evidence are considered in
forming managements judgment as to whether a valuation
allowance is appropriate, and more weight is given to evidence
that can be objectively verified. The valuation allowance
relates to net operating loss and credit carryforwards and
temporary differences for which management believes that
realization is uncertain. The tax benefits relating to any
reversal of the valuation allowance on the net deferred tax
assets will be recognized as a reduction of future income tax
expense.
The effective income tax expense differs from the federal
statutory tax expense for the years ended December 30,
2007, December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, as
follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Provision at statutory rate
|
|
$
|
(1,501
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,218
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,238
|
|
FICA tip credit
|
|
|
(2,706
|
)
|
|
|
(2,890
|
)
|
|
|
(3,073
|
)
|
State income taxesnet of federal benefit
|
|
|
(377
|
)
|
|
|
(389
|
)
|
|
|
292
|
|
Othernet
|
|
|
1,081
|
|
|
|
1,068
|
|
|
|
1,120
|
|
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59,490
|
|
|
|
558
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
$
|
(3,503
|
)
|
|
$
|
55,061
|
|
|
$
|
135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company adopted the authoritative guidance in regard to
uncertain tax positions during 2007. The standards require that
a position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return be
recognized in the financial statements when
F-17
BRAVO BRIO
RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
it is more likely than not (i.e. a likelihood of more than 50%)
that the position would be sustained upon examination by tax
authorities. A recognized tax position is measured at the
largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of
being realized upon settlement. Upon adoption, the Company
determined that these new standards did not have a material
effect on prior consolidated financial statements and therefore
no change was made to the opening balance of retained earnings.
The standards also require that changes in judgment that result
in subsequent recognition, derecognition, or change in a
measurement of a tax position taken in a prior annual period
(including any related interest and penalties) be recognized as
a discrete item in the interim period in which the change
occurs. As of December 30, 2007, December 28, 2008 and
December 27, 2009, the Company recognized no liability for
uncertain tax positions.
It is the Companys policy to include any penalties and
interest related to income taxes in its income tax provision,
however, the Company currently has no penalties or interest
related to income taxes. The Company is currently open to audit
under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service
for the years ended December 31, 2006 through 2009. The
Companys state income tax returns are open to audit under
certain states for the years ended December 31, 2006
through 2009.
|
|
13.
|
COMMITMENTS AND
CONTINGENCIES
|
The Company is subject to various claims, possible legal
actions, and other matters arising out of the normal course of
business. While it is not possible to predict the outcome of
these issues, management is of the opinion that adequate
provision for potential losses has been made in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements and that the ultimate
resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse
effect on the Companys financial position, results of
operations, or cash flows.
|
|
14.
|
RELATED-PARTY
TRANSACTIONS
|
Approximately 80% of the common shares of the Company are owned
by affiliates of Castle Harlan, Inc. (Castle
Harlan), Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill and Co., Inc. (BRS),
and Golub Capital Incorporated. Management fees are determined
pursuant to the Management Agreement between the Company and
Castle Harlan and BRS. Prior to fiscal 2009, management fees
were based upon a percentage of Earnings Before Interest, Taxes
and, Depreciation and Amortization (Defined EBITDA)
as defined in the Management Agreement. Starting in fiscal 2009
and for all subsequent years, such fees are based upon
predetermined amounts as outlined in the Management Agreement.
Management fees paid to Castle Harlan and BRS amounted to
approximately $379,000, $427,000, and $1,677,000 for fiscal
years 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively.
* * * * * *
F-18
BRAVO BRIO
RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(Dollars in thousands, except par
values)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 27,
|
|
|
March 28,
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Stockholders Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
CURRENT ASSETS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
249
|
|
|
$
|
241
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
5,534
|
|
|
|
4,738
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tenant improvement allowance receivable
|
|
|
2,435
|
|
|
|
1,957
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
2,203
|
|
|
|
2,017
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
2,049
|
|
|
|
2,212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
12,470
|
|
|
|
11,165
|
|
|
|
|
|
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENTNet
|
|
|
144,880
|
|
|
|
147,623
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTHER ASSETSNet
|
|
|
3,492
|
|
|
|
3,326
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
$
|
160,842
|
|
|
$
|
162,114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY (DEFICIENCY IN
ASSETS)
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and construction payables
|
|
$
|
12,675
|
|
|
$
|
11,770
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
21,658
|
|
|
|
21,683
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
1,039
|
|
|
|
913
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred lease incentives
|
|
|
4,284
|
|
|
|
4,284
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred gift card revenue
|
|
|
8,970
|
|
|
|
6,296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
48,626
|
|
|
|
44,946
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEFERRED LEASE INCENTIVES
|
|
|
53,451
|
|
|
|
54,991
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LONG-TERM DEBT
|
|
|
116,992
|
|
|
|
117,526
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
|
|
|
14,463
|
|
|
|
14,825
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY (DEFICIENCY IN ASSETS):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.001 par valueauthorized,
3,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding,
1,050,000 shares
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
14% cumulative compounding preferred stock, $0.001 par
valueauthorized, 100,000 shares; issued and
outstanding, 59,500 shares
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
110,972
|
|
|
|
110,972
|
|
|
|
110,973
|
|
Retained deficit
|
|
|
(183,664
|
)
|
|
|
(181,148
|
)
|
|
|
(181,148
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficiency in assets)
|
|
|
(72,690
|
)
|
|
|
(70,174
|
)
|
|
|
(70,174
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
$
|
160,842
|
|
|
$
|
162,114
|
|
|
$
|
162,114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-19
BRAVO BRIO
RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(Dollars and shares in thousands,
except par values and per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thirteen Weeks Ended
|
|
|
|
March 29, 2009
|
|
|
March 28, 2010
|
|
|
REVENUES
|
|
$
|
73,593
|
|
|
$
|
81,844
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RESTAURANT OPERATING COSTS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
19,721
|
|
|
|
21,357
|
|
Labor
|
|
|
26,096
|
|
|
|
28,096
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
12,505
|
|
|
|
12,753
|
|
Occupancy
|
|
|
5,061
|
|
|
|
5,525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restaurant operating costs
|
|
|
63,383
|
|
|
|
67,731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
|
4,583
|
|
|
|
4,423
|
|
Restaurant pre-opening costs
|
|
|
1,106
|
|
|
|
1,205
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
3,816
|
|
|
|
4,124
|
|
Other (income) expensesnet
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
9,610
|
|
|
|
9,727
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
4,386
|
|
NET INTEREST EXPENSE
|
|
|
1,895
|
|
|
|
1,770
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES
|
|
|
(1,295
|
)
|
|
|
2,616
|
|
INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME (LOSS)
|
|
|
(1,293
|
)
|
|
|
2,516
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNDECLARED PREFERRED DIVIDENDS
|
|
|
(2,710
|
)
|
|
|
(3,089
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTED TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS
|
|
$
|
(4,003
|
)
|
|
$
|
(573
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHAREBASIC AND DILUTED
|
|
$
|
(3.81
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.55
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDINGBASIC AND DILUTED
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-20
BRAVO BRIO
RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(Dollars in thousands, except par
values)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thirteen Weeks Ended
|
|
|
|
March 29, 2009
|
|
|
March 28, 2010
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(1,293
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,516
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided
by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization (excluding deferred lease
incentives)
|
|
|
3,816
|
|
|
|
4,124
|
|
Loss on disposals of property and equipment
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Amortization of deferred lease incentives
|
|
|
(901
|
)
|
|
|
(1,097
|
)
|
Interest capitalized in note agreement
|
|
|
330
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
Changes in certain assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts and tenant improvement receivables
|
|
|
996
|
|
|
|
1,274
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
186
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
543
|
|
|
|
(163
|
)
|
Trade and construction payables
|
|
|
(2,020
|
)
|
|
|
(1,200
|
)
|
Deferred lease incentives
|
|
|
2,803
|
|
|
|
2,637
|
|
Deferred gift card revenue
|
|
|
(2,654
|
)
|
|
|
(2,674
|
)
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
887
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Othernet
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
|
346
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
2,948
|
|
|
|
6,108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
|
(6,399
|
)
|
|
|
(6,410
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(6,399
|
)
|
|
|
(6,410
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from long-term debt
|
|
|
33,950
|
|
|
|
26,300
|
|
Payments on long-term debt
|
|
|
(30,720
|
)
|
|
|
(26,006
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
3,230
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
|
|
|
(221
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTSBeginning of period
|
|
|
682
|
|
|
|
249
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTSEnd of period
|
|
$
|
461
|
|
|
$
|
241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paidnet of $434 and $49 capitalized in 2009 and
2010, respectively
|
|
$
|
2,293
|
|
|
$
|
1,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes paid
|
|
$
|
56
|
|
|
$
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property additions financed by accounts payable
|
|
$
|
683
|
|
|
$
|
295
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-21
BRAVO BRIO
RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Description of
Business
As of March 28, 2010, Bravo Development, Inc. owned and
operated 83 restaurants under the names of BRAVO! Cucina
Italiana and BRIO Tuscan Grille.
The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements
have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles (GAAP) for interim
financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all the
information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete
financial statements. Operating results for the thirteen weeks
ended March 28, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the
results that may be expected for the year ending
December 26, 2010.
Certain information and footnote disclosure normally included in
the financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have
been condensed or omitted pursuant to rules and regulations of
the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). In the
opinion of management, the unaudited condensed consolidated
financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of
normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary for a fair
presentation. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial
statements and related notes should be read in conjunction with
the consolidated financial statements and notes for the fiscal
year ended December 27, 2009.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in
conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that may affect the amounts reported in the
consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual
results could differ from those estimates.
Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The
carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables,
trade and construction payables, and accrued liabilities at
December 27, 2009 and March 28, 2010 approximate their
fair value due to the short-term maturities of these financial
instruments. The fair values of the Companys long-term
debt is determined using quoted market prices for the same or
similar issues or based on the current rates offered to the
Company for debt of the same remaining maturities. The carrying
amount of the long-term debt under the revolving credit facility
and variable rate notes and loan agreements approximate the fair
values at December 27, 2009 and March 28, 2010. The
estimated fair value of the fixed long-term debt is $31,500,000
at March 28, 2010. The fair value of the Companys
fixed long-term debt is estimated based on quoted market values
offered for the same or similar agreements for which the lowest
level of observable input significant to the established fair
value measurement hierarchy is Level 2.
Net Income
(loss) Per Share
Basic earnings per share amounts are computed by dividing
consolidated net income (loss) by the weighted average number of
common shares outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted
per share amounts reflect the potential dilution that could
occur if securities, options or other contracts to issue common
stock were exercised or converted into common stock. At
March 29, 2009 and March 28, 2010, there were 239,375
and 257,875, respectively, stock options which were not
considered dilutive due to performance conditions not being met.
Pro Forma
Information
Pro forma stockholders equity (deficiency in assets) is
based upon the Companys historical stockholders
equity (deficiency in assets) as of March 28, 2010, and has
been computed to give effect to the pro forma adjustment to
reflect an exchange of the shares of Series A preferred
stock for shares of common stock in connection with the proposed
reorganization transactions. Each share of Series A preferred
stock will be exchanged for that number of shares common stock
having an aggregate fair value, based upon the initial public
offering price to the public of
F-22
BRAVO BRIO
RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to
Unaudited Consolidated Financial
Statements(Continued)
shares of our common stock in the proposed public offering,
equal to the liquidation preference of each share of
Series A preferred stock.
Recent
Accounting Literature
Improving disclosures about Fair Value Measurements (ASU
No. 2010-06)
(Included in ASC 820 Fair Value Measurements and
Disclosures)
Accounting Standards Update (ASU)
No. 2010-06
requires new disclosures regarding recurring or nonrecurring
fair value measurements. Entities will be required to separately
disclose significant transfers into and out of Level 1 and
Level 2 measurements in the fair value hierarchy and
describe the reasons for the transfers. Entities will also be
required to provide information on purchases, sales, issuances
and settlements on a gross basis in the reconciliation of
Level 3 fair value measurements. In addition, entities must
provide fair value measurement disclosures for each class of
assets and liabilities, and disclosures about the valuation
techniques used in determining fair value for Level 2 or
Level 3 measurements. ASU
2010-06
is
effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning
after December 15, 2009, except for the gross basis
reconciliations for the Level 3 measurements which is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December, 15, 2010.
The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) updated
Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 810,
Consolidation
, with amendments to improve financial
reporting by enterprises involved with variable interest
entities (formerly FASB Statement No. 167,
Amendments to
FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)
). These amendments
require an enterprise to perform an analysis to determine
whether the enterprises variable interest(s) give it a
controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity.
The effective date for this guidance is the beginning of a
reporting entitys first annual reporting period that
begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within
that first annual reporting period, and for interim and annual
reporting periods thereafter. The Company adopted this guidance
and it had no material effect on its consolidated financial
statements.
As part of the recapitalization of the Company in 2006, the
Company entered into a $112.5-million Credit Agreement (the
Credit Agreement) composed of a $82.5-million Term
Loan (the Term Loan) and a $30-million Revolving
Credit Facility (the Revolver). Borrowings under the
Credit Agreement are collateralized by a first priority security
interest in all of the assets of the Company, except property
collateralized by mortgage notes and mature based upon the
nature of the borrowing in either 2011 or 2012. The Revolver
also provides for bank guarantee under standby letter of credit
arrangements in the normal course of business operations. The
interest rate on the Term Loan and Revolver is based on prime
rate, plus a margin of up to 2% or the London Interbank Offered
Rate (LIBOR), plus a margin up to 3%, with margins determined by
certain financial ratios. In addition, the Company must pay an
annual commitment fee of 0.5% on the unused portion of the
Revolver.
As of March 28, 2010, the Company had borrowings
outstanding under the Revolver totaling $6.2 million with a
weighted-average interest rate of 3.31%. Availability under the
Revolver is reduced by outstanding letters of credit totaling
$3.8 million as of March 28, 2010, thereby leaving the
Company with $20.0 million available under its Revolver.
Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Company is
subject to certain financial and nonfinancial covenants,
including a consolidated total leverage ratio, a consolidated
senior leverage ratio, consolidated fixed-charge coverage ratio,
and consolidated capital expenditures limitations. The Company
was in compliance with these covenants as of March 28, 2010.
In addition to the Credit Agreement, the Company entered into a
$27.5 million Note Purchase Agreement (the Note
Agreement). Under the Note Agreement, interest is payable
monthly at an annual interest rate of 13.25%. The Company may
elect monthly during the first year of the Note Agreement to
accrue interest at the rate of
F-23
BRAVO BRIO
RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to
Unaudited Consolidated Financial
Statements(Continued)
14.25% per annum with no payments. Commencing the second year of
the Note Agreement through the maturity date, the Company may
elect to accrue interest at 13.25% and pay interest equal to 9%
monthly. Interest accrued, but unpaid during the term of the
Note Agreement is capitalized into the principal balance. The
Note Agreement is collateralized by a second priority interest
in all assets of the Company except property and matures on
December 29, 2012. From November 2006 through January of
2010, the Company elected to capitalize accrued, but unpaid
interest in accordance with the terms of the Note Agreement.
Beginning with the fiscal year ended December 28, 2008, the
Company is required to make excess cash flow payments to reduce
the outstanding principal balances under the Credit Agreement
provided the Company meets certain leverage ratio requirements.
No excess cash flow payments were required in fiscal year 2009
based on the fiscal year 2008 results and no excess cash flow
payments will be required for the 13 weeks ended
March 28, 2010.
|
|
3.
|
COMMITMENTS AND
CONTINGENCIES
|
The Company is subject to various claims, possible legal
actions, and other matters arising out of the normal course of
business. While it is not possible to predict the outcome of
these issues, management is of the opinion that adequate
provision for potential losses has been made in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements and that the ultimate
resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse
effect on the Companys financial position, results of
operations, or cash flows.
* * * * * *
F-24
The restaurant presents a
winning combination: It manages
to be a place that people want to
go to and a place they want to go
back to.
The Capital Annapolis, MD
|
Tuscan Tuscan
Culina Culinary
creations creations
are are mastered
mastered at BR at
BRIO.
Collumbu Columbus s D Dispatch
Birmingham, AL (1) Phoenix, AZ (2) Denver, CO (2) Farmington, CT (1) Washington DC (1) Ft.
Lauderdale, FL (2) Naples, FL (1) Orlando, FL (2) Palm Beach, FL (1) Tampa, FL (1) Atlanta, GA (2)
Chicago, IL (1) Newport, KY (1) Annapolis, MD (1) Detroit, MI (2) Kansas City, MO (1) St. Louis, MO
(1) Charlotte, NC (1) Raleigh, NC (1) Cherry Hill, NJ (1) Las Vegas, NV (1) Cleveland, OH (2)
Columbus, OH (2) Dayton, OH (1) Dallas, TX (2) Houston, TX (2) Richmond, VA (1)
BrioItalian.com
|
BRIO, meaning lively or full of life, brings the pleasure of the Tuscan country villa to the
American city. The food, staying true to the Tuscan philosophy of to eat well is to live well, is
simply prepared using the finest and freshest ingredients. Escape to BRIO and experience the
flavors of Tuscany. Buon Appetito!
|
Bravo
Brio Restaurant Group, Inc.
Shares
Preliminary
Prospectus
|
|
Jefferies &
Company
|
Piper Jaffray
|
Wells
Fargo Securities
|
|
KeyBanc
Capital Markets
|
Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc.
|
Part II
Information Not
Required In Prospectus
Item 13.
Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other
than the underwriting discount, payable by the registrant in
connection with the sale of the common stock being registered.
All amounts shown are estimates, other than the SEC registration
fee, the FINRA filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Market listing
fee.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SEC registration fee
|
|
$
|
12,300.00
|
|
FINRA filing fee
|
|
|
17,750.00
|
|
Nasdaq Global Market listing fee
|
|
|
*
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Legal fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Printing and engraving expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Registration and transfer agent fees
|
|
|
*
|
|
Blue sky fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
To be completed by amendment.
|
Item 14.
Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Ohios Revised Code expressly authorizes and our Second
Amended and Restated Regulations will provide for
indemnification by us of any person who, because such person is
or was a director, officer or employee of the Company was or is
a party; or is threatened to be made a party to:
|
|
|
|
|
any threatened, pending or completed civil action, suit or
proceeding;
|
|
|
|
any threatened, pending or completed criminal action, suit or
proceeding;
|
|
|
|
any threatened, pending or completed administrative action or
proceeding;
|
|
|
|
any threatened, pending or completed investigative action or
proceeding.
|
The indemnification will be for actual and reasonable expenses,
including attorneys fees, judgments, fines and amounts
paid in settlement by such person in connection with such
action, suit or proceeding, to the extent and under the
circumstances permitted by the Ohio Revised Code.
Section 1701.13(E)(7) of the Ohio Revised Code authorizes a
corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any
person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of
the corporation against any liability asserted against and
incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of
such persons status as such. We have obtained liability
insurance covering our directors and officers for claims
asserted against them or incurred by them in such capacity,
including claims brought under the Securities Act.
Reference is made to the Form of Underwriting Agreement filed as
Exhibit 1.1 hereto for provisions providing that the
underwriters are obligated under certain circumstances, to
indemnify our directors, officers and controlling persons
against certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
Reference is made to Item 17 for our undertakings with
respect to indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act.
II-1
Item 15.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
Except as set forth below, in the three years preceding the
filing of this registration statement, we have not issued any
securities that were not registered under the Securities Act.
During August 2007, we sold 38.25 shares of our
Series A 14.0% Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock for
an aggregate offering price of $38,250 and 675 shares of
our common stock for an aggregate offering price of $6,750 to
certain of our employees, officers, directors and consultants.
The sale and issuance was deemed exempt from registration under
the Securities Act by virtue of Rule 701 promulgated
thereunder. In accordance with Rule 701, the shares were
issued pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan and the
issuance did not, during any consecutive twelve month period,
exceed 15% of the outstanding shares of our common stock,
calculated in accordance with its provisions.
During November 2007, we sold 21.25 shares of our
Series A 14.0% Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock for
an aggregate offering price of $21,250 and 375 shares of
our common stock for an aggregate offering price of $3,750 to
certain of our employees, officers, directors and consultants.
The sale and issuance was deemed exempt from registration under
the Securities Act by virtue of Rule 701 promulgated
thereunder. In accordance with Rule 701, the shares were
issued pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan and the
issuance did not, during any consecutive twelve month period,
exceed 15% of the outstanding shares of our common stock,
calculated in accordance with its provisions.
During July 2008, we sold 85 shares of our Series A
14.0% Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock for an aggregate
offering price of $85,000 and 1,500 shares of our common
stock for an aggregate offering price of $15,000 to certain of
our employees, officers, directors and consultants. The sale and
issuance was deemed exempt from registration under the
Securities Act by virtue of Rule 701 promulgated
thereunder. In accordance with Rule 701, the shares were
issued pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan and the
issuance did not, during any consecutive twelve month period,
exceed 15% of the outstanding shares of our common stock,
calculated in accordance with its provisions.
During April 2009, we sold 111.125 shares of our
Series A 14.0% Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock for
an aggregate offering price of $111,125 and 637.5 shares of
our common stock for an aggregate offering price of $3,187.50 to
certain of our employees, officers, directors and consultants.
The sale and issuance was deemed exempt from registration under
the Securities Act by virtue of Rule 701 promulgated
thereunder. In accordance with Rule 701, the shares were
issued pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan and the
issuance did not, during any consecutive twelve month period,
exceed 15% of the outstanding shares of our common stock,
calculated in accordance with its provisions.
During May 2009, we sold 38 shares of our Series A
14.0% Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock for an aggregate
offering price of $38,000 and 400 shares of our common
stock for an aggregate offering price of $2,000 to certain of
our employees, officers, directors and consultants. The sale and
issuance was deemed exempt from registration under the
Securities Act by virtue of Rule 701 promulgated
thereunder. In accordance with Rule 701, the shares were
issued pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan and the
issuance did not, during any consecutive twelve month period,
exceed 15% of the outstanding shares of our common stock,
calculated in accordance with its provisions.
During September 2009, we sold 30 shares of our
Series A 14.0% Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock for
an aggregate offering price of $30,000 to certain of our
employees, officers, directors and consultants. The sale and
issuance was deemed exempt from registration under the
Securities Act by virtue of Rule 701 promulgated
thereunder. In accordance with Rule 701, the shares were
issued pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan and the
issuance did not, during any consecutive twelve month period,
exceed 15.0% of the outstanding shares of our common stock,
calculated in accordance with its provisions.
None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters,
underwriting discounts or commissions or any public offering.
The recipients of securities in such transactions represented
their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only
and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any
distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to
the share certificates and instruments issued in such
transactions. All recipients either received adequate
information about us or had adequate access, through their
relationship with us, to such information.
II-2
Item 16.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a) Exhibits
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Document
|
|
|
1
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
|
|
3
|
.3*
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Bravo
Brio Restaurant Group, Inc.
|
|
3
|
.4*
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Regulations of Bravo Brio Restaurant
Group, Inc.
|
|
4
|
.10*
|
|
Form of Common Stock Certificate.
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
Opinion of Dechert LLP.
|
|
10
|
.1*
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, among Bravo
Development, Inc., as borrower, Bravo Development Holdings, LLC
and the domestic subsidiaries of the borrower from time to time
parties thereto, as guarantors, the lenders party thereto,
Wachovia Bank, National Association, as administrative agent,
Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, General Electric
Capital Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as
co-documentation agents, and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC and
Banc of America Securities LLC, as co-lead arrangers and joint
book managers.
|
|
10
|
.2*
|
|
First Amendment to Credit Agreement, Waiver and Consent, dated
as of March 13, 2008, by and among Bravo Development, Inc.,
Bravo Development Holdings, LLC, the Guarantors, the Lenders and
Wachovia Bank, National Association, as administrative agent.
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, by and
among Bravo Development, Inc., as borrower, Bravo Development
Holdings, LLC and the domestic subsidiaries of the borrower from
time to time parties thereto, as guarantors, the Purchasers
Party thereto, as purchasers, and Golub Capital Incorporated, as
administrative agent.
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
First Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of
March 17, 2008, by and among Bravo Development, Inc.,
Bravo Development Holdings, LLC, the Guarantors, the Purchasers
and Golub Capital Incorporated, as administrative agent.
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
New Investors Securities Holders Agreement, dated as of
June 29, 2006, by and among Bravo Development, Inc.,
Bravo Development Holding LLC, and the other investors and
parties named therein.
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Securities Holders Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, by
and among Bravo Development, Inc., Bravo Development
Holdings LLC, Alton F. Doody, III, John C. Doody, and the
other investors and parties named therein.
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006,
by and among Bravo Development, Inc., Bravo Development Holdings
LLC and the other investors named therein.
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Management Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, by and
among Bruckmann Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Inc., Castle
Harlan, Inc. and Bravo Development, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Management Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, by and
among Castle Harlan, Inc., Bruckmann Rosser,
Sherrill & Co., Inc. and Bravo Development, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Employment Agreement, effective January 12, 2007, by and
between Bravo Development, Inc. and Saed Mohseni.
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Bravo Development, Inc. 2006 Stock Option Plan.
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Form of Option Award Letter.
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc.
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
|
|
23
|
.2*
|
|
Consent of Dechert LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page).
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
To be filed by amendment.
|
(b) Financial Statement Schedule
See the Index to Financial Statements included on
page F-1
for a list of the financial statements included in this
registration statement.
II-3
All schedules not identified above have been omitted because
they are not required, are not applicable or the information is
included in the selected consolidated financial data or notes
contained in this registration statement.
Item 17.
Undertakings.
a. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide
to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting
agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
b. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under
the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that
in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event
that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other
than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid
by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is
asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant
will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
c. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
1. For purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of
prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities
Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as
of the time it was declared effective.
2. For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a
form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial
bona fide
offering thereof.
II-4
Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the city of Columbus, State of Ohio, on July
1, 2010.
Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc.
Saed Mohseni
President and Chief Executive Officer
Power of
Attorney
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose
signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Saed
Mohseni and James J. OConnor, as
his/her
true
and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each acting alone, with
full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him/her and
in
his/her
name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or
all amendments to this registration statement, including
post-effective amendments, and to file the same, with all
exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith,
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as
fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in
person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all that said
attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or their substitute
or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
thereof.
This power of attorney may be executed in multiple counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed an original, but which taken
together shall constitute one instrument.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement has been signed by the following persons
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Saed
Mohseni
Saed
Mohseni
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal
Executive Officer)
|
|
July 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ James
J. OConnor
James
J. OConnor
|
|
Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary (Principal
Financial and
Accounting Officer)
|
|
July 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Alton
F. Doody, III
Alton
F. Doody, III
|
|
Director
|
|
July 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Harold
O. Rosser II
Harold
O. Rosser II
|
|
Director
|
|
July 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ David
B. Pittaway
David
B. Pittaway
|
|
Director
|
|
July 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Michael
J. Hislop
Michael
J. Hislop
|
|
Director
|
|
July 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Allen
J. Bernstein
Allen
J. Bernstein
|
|
Director
|
|
July 1, 2010
|
II-5
Exhibit Index
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Document
|
|
|
1
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
|
|
3
|
.3*
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Bravo
Brio Restaurant Group, Inc.
|
|
3
|
.4*
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Regulations of Bravo Brio Restaurant
Group, Inc.
|
|
4
|
.10*
|
|
Form of Common Stock Certificate.
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
Opinion of Dechert LLP.
|
|
10
|
.1*
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, among Bravo
Development, Inc., as borrower, Bravo Development Holdings,
LLC and the domestic subsidiaries of the borrower from time to
time parties thereto, as guarantors, the lenders party thereto,
Wachovia Bank, National Association, as administrative agent,
Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, General Electric
Capital Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as
co-documentation agents, and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC and
Banc of America Securities LLC, as co-lead arrangers and joint
book managers.
|
|
10
|
.2*
|
|
First Amendment to Credit Agreement, Waiver and Consent, dated
as of March 13, 2008, by and among Bravo Development, Inc.,
Bravo Development Holdings, LLC, the Guarantors, the Lenders and
Wachovia Bank, National Association, as administrative agent.
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, by and
among Bravo Development, Inc., as borrower, Bravo Development
Holdings, LLC and the domestic subsidiaries of the borrower from
time to time parties thereto, as guarantors, the Purchasers
Party thereto, as purchasers, and Golub Capital Incorporated, as
administrative agent.
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
First Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of
March 17, 2008, by and among Bravo Development, Inc., Bravo
Development Holdings, LLC, the Guarantors, the Purchasers and
Golub Capital Incorporated, as administrative agent.
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
New Investors Securities Holders Agreement, dated as of
June 29, 2006, by and among Bravo Development, Inc., Bravo
Development Holding LLC, and the other investors and parties
named therein.
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Securities Holders Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, by
and among Bravo Development, Inc., Bravo Development
Holdings LLC, Alton F. Doody, III, John C. Doody, and the
other investors and parties named therein.
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006,
by and among Bravo Development, Inc., Bravo Development Holdings
LLC and the other investors named therein.
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Management Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, by and
among Bruckmann Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Inc., Castle
Harlan, Inc. and Bravo Development, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Management Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, by and
among Castle Harlan, Inc., Bruckmann Rosser,
Sherrill & Co., Inc. and Bravo Development, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Employment Agreement, effective January 12, 2007, by and
between Bravo Development, Inc. and Saed Mohseni.
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Bravo Development, Inc. 2006 Stock Option Plan.
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Form of Option Award Letter.
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc.
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
|
|
23
|
.2*
|
|
Consent of Dechert LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page).
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
To be filed by amendment.
|
II-6
Exhibit 10.3
NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
among
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.
as Borrower,
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT HOLDINGS LLC,
and
THE DOMESTIC SUBSIDIARIES OF THE BORROWER
FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO,
as Guarantors,
THE PURCHASERS PARTIES HERETO,
and
GOLUB CAPITAL INCORPORATED,
as Administrative Agent,
Dated as of June 29, 2006
$27,500,000
13.25% SENIOR SUBORDINATED SECURED NOTES
DUE DECEMBER 29, 2012
THIS AGREEMENT IS SUBORDINATED TO THE PRIOR PAYMENT AND SATISFACTION IN CASH OF ALL SENIOR
INDEBTEDNESS, AS DEFINED IN THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 29, 2006, AS THE SAME MAY
BE AMENDED, MODIFIED, RESTATED OR SUPPLEMENTED FROM TIME TO TIME, TO THE EXTENT, AND IN THE MANNER
PROVIDED IN SUCH INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1.1 Defined Terms
|
|
|
1
|
|
Section 1.2 Other Definitional Provisions
|
|
|
23
|
|
Section 1.3 Accounting Terms
|
|
|
23
|
|
Section 1.4 Time References
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II PURCHASE AND SALE; TERMS OF THE NOTES
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2.1 Note Register; Notes
|
|
|
24
|
|
Section 2.2 Payment of Purchase Price
|
|
|
25
|
|
Section 2.3 Fees, Costs and Expenses
|
|
|
25
|
|
Section 2.4 Manner of Payment
|
|
|
25
|
|
Section 2.5 Terms of the Notes
|
|
|
25
|
|
Section 2.6 Use of Proceeds
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3.1 Financial Condition; Projections
|
|
|
30
|
|
Section 3.2 No Change
|
|
|
31
|
|
Section 3.3 Corporate Existence
|
|
|
31
|
|
Section 3.4 Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations
|
|
|
31
|
|
Section 3.5 Compliance with Laws; No Conflict; No Default
|
|
|
32
|
|
Section 3.6 No Material Litigation
|
|
|
32
|
|
Section 3.7 Investment Company Act; Etc
|
|
|
33
|
|
Section 3.8 Margin Regulations
|
|
|
33
|
|
Section 3.9 ERISA
|
|
|
33
|
|
Section 3.10 Environmental Matters
|
|
|
33
|
|
Section 3.11 Subsidiaries; Capitalization
|
|
|
34
|
|
Section 3.12 Ownership of Property and Assets
|
|
|
35
|
|
Section 3.13 Taxes
|
|
|
35
|
|
Section 3.14 Intellectual Property Rights
|
|
|
36
|
|
Section 3.15 Solvency
|
|
|
36
|
|
Section 3.16 Location of Collateral, Etc
|
|
|
36
|
|
Section 3.17 No Burdensome Restrictions
|
|
|
37
|
|
Section 3.18 Labor Matters
|
|
|
37
|
|
Section 3.19 Accuracy and Completeness of Information
|
|
|
37
|
|
Section 3.20 Material Contracts
|
|
|
37
|
|
Section 3.21 Insurance
|
|
|
37
|
|
Section 3.22 Security Documents
|
|
|
38
|
|
Section 3.23 Regulation H
|
|
|
38
|
|
Section 3.24 Classification of Senior Indebtedness
|
|
|
38
|
|
Section 3.25 Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc
|
|
|
38
|
|
Section 3.26 Compliance with OFAC Rules and Regulations
|
|
|
38
|
|
-i-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
Section 3.27 Consummation of Recapitalization; Representations and Warranties from
Other Documents
|
|
|
39
|
|
Section 3.28 Certain Transactions
|
|
|
39
|
|
Section 3.29 Use of Proceeds
|
|
|
39
|
|
Section 3.30 Small Business Concern
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4.1 Conditions to Closing Date
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 5.1 Financial Statements
|
|
|
45
|
|
Section 5.2 Certificates; Other Information
|
|
|
47
|
|
Section 5.3 Payment of Taxes and Other Obligations
|
|
|
48
|
|
Section 5.4 Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence
|
|
|
48
|
|
Section 5.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance
|
|
|
49
|
|
Section 5.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions
|
|
|
49
|
|
Section 5.7 Notices
|
|
|
50
|
|
Section 5.8 Environmental Laws
|
|
|
51
|
|
Section 5.9 Financial Covenants
|
|
|
51
|
|
Section 5.10 Additional Guarantors
|
|
|
53
|
|
Section 5.11 Compliance with Law
|
|
|
54
|
|
Section 5.12 Pledged Assets
|
|
|
54
|
|
Section 5.13 Hedging Agreements
|
|
|
55
|
|
Section 5.14 Covenants Regarding Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights
|
|
|
55
|
|
Section 5.15 Use of Proceeds
|
|
|
56
|
|
Section 5.16 Further Assurances
|
|
|
56
|
|
Section 5.17 Observation Rights
|
|
|
56
|
|
Section 5.18 Exercise of Rights
|
|
|
57
|
|
Section 5.19 Amendments and Modifications to the Senior Debt Documents
|
|
|
57
|
|
Section 5.20 Further Assurances Regarding Real Property
|
|
|
58
|
|
Section 5.21 Payment of Certain Indebtedness
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI NEGATIVE COVENANTS
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 6.1 Indebtedness
|
|
|
59
|
|
Section 6.2 Liens
|
|
|
60
|
|
Section 6.3 Nature of Business
|
|
|
60
|
|
Section 6.4 Consolidation, Merger, Sale or Purchase of Assets, etc
|
|
|
60
|
|
Section 6.5 Advances, Investments and Loans
|
|
|
61
|
|
Section 6.6 Transactions with Affiliates
|
|
|
61
|
|
Section 6.7 Ownership of Subsidiaries; Restrictions
|
|
|
62
|
|
Section 6.8 Fiscal Year; Organizational Documents; Material Contracts; Etc
|
|
|
62
|
|
Section 6.9 Limitation on Restricted Actions
|
|
|
62
|
|
-ii-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
Section 6.10 Restricted Payments; Prepayments of Other Indebtedness
|
|
|
62
|
|
Section 6.11 Amendment of Debt or Recapitalization Documents
|
|
|
64
|
|
Section 6.12 Sale Leaseback Transactions
|
|
|
65
|
|
Section 6.13 No Further Negative Pledges
|
|
|
65
|
|
Section 6.14 Management Fees
|
|
|
66
|
|
Section 6.15 Restrictions on Holdings
|
|
|
66
|
|
Section 6.16 Use of Proceeds
|
|
|
66
|
|
Section 6.17 Equity Documents
|
|
|
66
|
|
Section 6.18 Financial Assistance to Senior Lender
|
|
|
67
|
|
Section 6.19 SBIC Covenants
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII EVENTS OF DEFAULT
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 7.1 Events of Default
|
|
|
67
|
|
Section 7.2 Acceleration; Remedies
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 8.1 Appointment
|
|
|
70
|
|
Section 8.2 Delegation of Duties
|
|
|
71
|
|
Section 8.3 Exculpatory Provisions
|
|
|
71
|
|
Section 8.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent
|
|
|
71
|
|
Section 8.5 Notice of Default
|
|
|
72
|
|
Section 8.6 Non Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Purchasers
|
|
|
72
|
|
Section 8.7 Indemnification
|
|
|
73
|
|
Section 8.8 The Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity
|
|
|
73
|
|
Section 8.9 Successor Administrative Agent
|
|
|
73
|
|
Section 8.10 Other Agents
|
|
|
74
|
|
Section 8.11 Intercreditor Agreement
|
|
|
74
|
|
Section 8.12 Collateral and Guaranty Matters
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 9.1 Amendments, Waivers and Release of Collateral
|
|
|
75
|
|
Section 9.2 Notices
|
|
|
77
|
|
Section 9.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
|
|
|
79
|
|
Section 9.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties
|
|
|
79
|
|
Section 9.5 Payment of Expenses and Taxes
|
|
|
79
|
|
Section 9.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations; Securitization; Transfers
|
|
|
80
|
|
Section 9.7 Adjustments; Set off
|
|
|
82
|
|
Section 9.8 Table of Contents and Section Headings
|
|
|
83
|
|
Section 9.9 Counterparts
|
|
|
83
|
|
Section 9.10 Integration; Effectiveness; Continuing Agreement
|
|
|
83
|
|
Section 9.11 Severability
|
|
|
84
|
|
Section 9.12 Governing Law
|
|
|
84
|
|
Section 9.13 Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process
|
|
|
85
|
|
-iii-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
Section 9.14 [Intentionally Omitted.]
|
|
|
85
|
|
Section 9.15 Confidentiality
|
|
|
85
|
|
Section 9.16 Acknowledgments
|
|
|
86
|
|
Section 9.17 Waivers of Jury Trial; Waiver of Consequential Damages
|
|
|
86
|
|
Section 9.18 Patriot Act Notice
|
|
|
86
|
|
Section 9.19 Subordination of Intercompany Debt
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE X GUARANTY
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 10.1 The Guaranty
|
|
|
87
|
|
Section 10.2 Bankruptcy
|
|
|
88
|
|
Section 10.3 Nature of Liability
|
|
|
88
|
|
Section 10.4 Independent Obligation
|
|
|
88
|
|
Section 10.5 Authorization
|
|
|
89
|
|
Section 10.6 Reliance
|
|
|
89
|
|
Section 10.7 Waiver
|
|
|
89
|
|
Section 10.8 Limitation on Enforcement
|
|
|
90
|
|
Section 10.9 Confirmation of Payment
|
|
|
90
|
|
-iv-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
|
|
|
Schedules
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule 1.1(a)
|
|
Existing Investments
|
Schedule 1.1(b)
|
|
Existing Liens
|
Schedule 1.1(c)
|
|
Scheduled Financial Information
|
Schedule 2.1(a)
|
|
Purchasers
|
Schedule 2.1(c)
|
|
Form of Note
|
Schedule 2.3
|
|
Fees, Costs and Expenses
|
Schedule 3.11(a)
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
Schedule 3.11(b)
|
|
Capitalization
|
Schedule 3.14
|
|
Intellectual Property
|
Schedule 3.16(a)
|
|
Location of Real Property
|
Schedule 3.16(b)
|
|
Location of Collateral
|
Schedule 3.16(c)
|
|
States of Incorporation, Chief Executive Offices, etc.
|
Schedule 3.18
|
|
Labor Matters
|
Schedule 3.20
|
|
Material Contracts
|
Schedule 3.21
|
|
Insurance
|
Schedule 3.28
|
|
Certain Transactions
|
Schedule 3.30
|
|
Small Business Concern
|
Schedule 4.1(b)
|
|
Form of Secretarys Certificate
|
Schedule 4.1(i)
|
|
Form of Solvency Certificate
|
Schedule 4.1(u)
|
|
Adjusted Run Rate EBITDA
|
Schedule 5.2(b)
|
|
Form of Officers Compliance Certificate
|
Schedule 5.10
|
|
Form of Joinder Agreement
|
Schedule 6.1(b)
|
|
Existing Indebtedness
|
Schedule 6.12
|
|
Existing Sale Leaseback Transactions
|
Schedule 9.6(c)
|
|
Form of Transfer Supplement
|
-V-
NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
, dated as of June 29, 2006, among
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC
., an
Ohio corporation (the
Borrower
),
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT HOLDINGS LLC
(
Holdings
), a
Delaware limited liability company, and each of those Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower
identified as a Guarantor on the signature pages hereto and such other Domestic Subsidiaries of
the Borrower as may from time to time become a party hereto (together with Holdings, collectively
the
Guarantors
and individually a
Guarantor
), the purchasers from time to time
parties to this Note Purchase Agreement (collectively the
Purchasers
and individually a
Purchaser
), and
GOLUB CAPITAL INCORPORATED
, a New York corporation, as administrative
agent for the Purchasers hereunder (in such capacity, the
Administrative Agent
or the
Agent
).
W
I
T
N
E
S
S
E
T
H:
WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Purchasers make loans and other financial
accommodations to the Borrower in the amount of up to $27,500,000, as more particularly described
herein;
WHEREAS, the Purchasers have agreed to make such loans and other financial accommodations to
the Borrower on the terms and conditions contained herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein,
the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, such parties hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1
Defined Terms
.
As used in this Note Purchase Agreement, terms defined in the preamble to this Note Purchase
Agreement have the meanings therein indicated, and the following terms have the following meanings:
Acquisition
shall mean the recapitalization of the Borrower pursuant to the
Acquisition Documents.
Acquisition Documents
shall mean the Purchase Agreement and any other material
agreement, document or instrument executed in connection with the foregoing (other than the Senior
Debt Documents and the Note Purchase Documents), in each case as amended, modified or supplemented
from time to time.
Additional Credit Party
shall mean each Person that becomes a Guarantor by execution
of a Joinder Agreement in accordance with Section 5.10.
Administrative Agent
or
Agent
shall have the meaning set forth in the
first paragraph of this Note Purchase Agreement and any successors in such capacity.
Affiliate
shall mean as to any Person, any other Person (excluding any Subsidiary)
which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with,
such Person. For purposes of this definition, a Person shall be deemed to be controlled by a
Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, power either (a) to vote 10% or more of
the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or (b) to
direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or
otherwise.
Agreement
or
Note Purchase Agreement
shall mean this Note Purchase
Agreement, as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time
in accordance with its terms.
Applicable Cash Percentage
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(c).
Bankruptcy Code
shall mean the Bankruptcy Code in Title 11 of the United States
Code, as amended, modified, succeeded or replaced from time to time.
Bankruptcy Event
shall mean any of the events described in Section 7.1(f).
Board Observer
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.17.
Borrower
shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Note
Purchase Agreement.
BRS Management Agreement
shall mean the Management Agreement dated as of the Closing
Date between the Borrower and Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co. L.L.C., as in effect on the date
hereof.
Business
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.10.
Business Day
shall mean a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which
commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.
Calculation Date
means the date of the applicable Specified Transaction which gives
rise to the requirement to calculate the financial covenants set forth in Section 5.9(a) (c) on a
Pro Forma Basis.
Calculation Period
means, in respect of any Calculation Date, the period of four
fiscal quarters of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries ended as of the last day of the most recent
fiscal quarter of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries preceding such Calculation Date for which the
Administrative Agent shall have received (a) the financial statements required to be delivered
pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b) for such fiscal period or quarter, and (b) the certificate of a
Responsible Officer of the Borrower required by Section 5.2(b) to be delivered with the financial
statements described in clause (a) above.
2
Capital Lease
shall mean any lease of property, real or personal, the obligations
with respect to which are required to be capitalized on a balance sheet of the lessee in accordance
with GAAP; provided that no lease shall be deemed to be a Capital Lease solely as a result of the
continued involvement of Borrower as such term is used in SFAS 98.
Capital Lease Obligations
shall mean the capitalized lease obligations relating to a
Capital Lease determined in accordance with GAAP.
Capital Stock
shall mean (a) in the case of a corporation, capital stock, (b) in the
case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or
other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock, (c) in the case of a partnership,
partnership interests (whether general or limited), (d) in the case of a limited liability company,
membership interests and (e) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right
to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.
Cash Equivalents
shall mean (a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed
or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that
the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof) having
maturities of not more than twelve months from the date of acquisition (
Government
Obligations
), (b) Dollar denominated (or foreign currency fully hedged to the Dollar) time
deposits, certificates of deposit, Eurodollar time deposits and Eurodollar certificates of deposit
of (i) any domestic commercial bank of recognized standing having capital and surplus in excess of
$250,000,000 or (ii) any bank whose short term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least A-1 or
the equivalent thereof or from Moodys is at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof (any such bank
being an
Approved Bank
), in each case with maturities of not more than 364 days from the
date of acquisition, (c) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by any Approved
Bank (or by the parent company thereof) or any variable rate notes issued by, or guaranteed by any
domestic corporation rated A-1 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or P-1 (or the
equivalent thereof) or better by Moodys and maturing within six months of the date of acquisition,
(d) repurchase agreements with a bank or trust company or a recognized securities dealer having
capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed
by the United States of America, (e) obligations of any State of the United States or any political
subdivision thereof for the payment of the principal and redemption price of and interest on which
there shall have been irrevocably deposited Government Obligations maturing as to principal and
interest at times and in amounts sufficient to provide such payment and (f) Investments, classified
in accordance with GAAP as current assets, in money market investment programs registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which are administered by reputable financial
institutions having capital of at least $250,000,000 and the portfolios of which are limited to
Investments of the character described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (e).
Cash Management Agreements
shall mean, with respect to any Person, any agreement to
provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card,
electronic funds transfer or other cash management arrangements.
CH Management Agreement
means the Management Agreement dated as of the Closing Date
between the Borrower and Castle Harlan, Inc., as in effect on the date hereof.
3
Change
of Control
shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:
(a) (i) the failure of the Sponsors, collectively or individually, to maintain
beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of the Voting Stock and economic interests of
Holdings representing at least 51% of the combined voting power of all Voting Stock and
economic interests of Holdings; (ii) Sponsors, collectively or individually cease to possess
the power, directly or indirectly, to elect a majority of the members of the board of
directors of Borrower and each Subsidiary; (iii) the replacement of a majority of the board
of directors of the Borrower over a two-year period from the directors who constituted the
board of directors of the Borrower, as applicable, at the beginning of such period, and such
replacement shall not (1) have been approved by a vote of at least a majority of the board
of directors of the Borrower, then still in office who either were members of such board of
directors at the beginning of such period or whose election as a member of such board of
directors was previously so approved, or (2) have been elected or nominated for election by
the Sponsors; (iv) the failure of Holdings to own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of
the outstanding Capital Stock of the Borrower; (v) the failure of the Borrower to own,
directly or indirectly, all of the Capital Stock and economic interests of each Subsidiary;
or (vi) the consummation of an IPO; or
(b) there shall have occurred (i) under any indenture or other instrument evidencing
any Indebtedness in excess of $1,000,000 any change in control or similar provision (as
set forth in the indenture, agreement or other evidence of such Indebtedness) obligating
Holdings or the Borrower to repurchase, redeem or repay all or any part of the Indebtedness
or Capital Stock provided for therein, or (ii) the Borrowers certificate of incorporation
any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Borrower, or any consolidation, merger or
other event that is deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Borrower
pursuant to the Borrowers certificate of incorporation.
As used in this definition, beneficial ownership shall have the meaning provided in Rule
13d 3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934.
Closing Date
shall mean the date of this Note Purchase Agreement.
Code
shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
Collateral
shall mean a collective reference to the collateral which is identified
in, and at any time will be covered by, the Security Documents and any other collateral that may
from time to time secure the Credit Party Obligations.
Commonly Controlled Entity
shall mean an entity, whether or not incorporated, which
is under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of
a group which includes the Borrower and which is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of
the Code.
Consolidated
shall mean, when used with reference to financial statements or
financial statement items of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any other Person, such statements
or items on a consolidated basis in accordance with the consolidation principles of GAAP.
4
Consolidated Capital Expenditures
shall mean, for any period, all expenditures of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis for such period that in accordance with
GAAP would be classified as capital expenditures, including without limitation, Capital Lease
Obligations. The term Consolidated Capital Expenditures shall not include (a) any Permitted
Acquisition or (b) capital expenditures in respect of the reinvestment of proceeds from Recovery
Events in accordance with the terms of Section 2.7(b)(vi) of the Senior Credit Agreement as in
effect on the date hereof or (c) interest expense incurred during construction of a new Restaurant
to the extent required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Cash Interest Expense
shall mean, for any period, all cash interest
expense (excluding amortization of debt discount and premium, but including the interest component
under Capital Leases) for such period of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of calculating Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for
the fiscal quarters ending September 30, 2006, December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007, Consolidated
Cash Interest Expense shall be annualized during such fiscal quarters such that (a) for the
calculation of Consolidated Cash Interest Expense as of September 30, 2006, Consolidated Cash
Interest Expense for the fiscal quarter then ending will be multiplied by four (4), (b) for the
calculation of Consolidated Cash Interest Expense as of December 31, 2006, Consolidated Cash
Interest Expense for the two fiscal quarter period then ending will be multiplied by two (2) and
(c) for the calculation of Consolidated Cash Interest Expense as of March 31, 2007, Consolidated
Cash Interest Expense for the three fiscal quarter period then ending will be multiplied by one and
one third (1 1/3).
Consolidated EBITDA
means, for any period, the sum of the following determined on a
Consolidated basis, without duplication, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with
GAAP: (a) Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (b) the sum of the following to the extent
deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income: (i) income taxes, (ii) Consolidated Interest
Expense, (iii) amortization, depreciation and other non cash charges (except to the extent that
such non cash charges are reserved for cash charges to be taken in the future), (iv) extraordinary
or unusual losses as determined in accordance with GAAP, and other non-recurring or unusual losses
or charges reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, (v) Transaction Costs in an aggregate
amount not to exceed $7,000,000, (vi) Pre Opening Costs incurred during such period in an aggregate
amount not to exceed $475,000 per new Restaurant in any period, (vii) any charges related to
Hedging Agreements permitted under Section 6.1(d), (viii) any non-cash charges related to option
plans, (ix) management fees paid by the Borrower pursuant to the Management Agreements and
permitted under Section 6.14 and (x) any non-cash charges relating to Strategic Partner Plan
Appreciation expense less (c) the sum of the following to the extent included in determining
Consolidated Net Income: (i) interest income, (ii) cash charges relating to Strategic Partner Plan
Appreciation expense and (iii) any extraordinary, non recurring, unusual or non-cash gains.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Consolidated EBITDA for the historical fiscal periods set forth in
Schedule 1.1(c)
shall be as set forth in such schedule.
Consolidated EBITDAR
means, for any period, the sum of (i) the Consolidated EBITDA
of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period
plus
(ii) Consolidated Rental Expense
for such period.
5
Consolidated Fixed Charges
shall mean, for any period, the sum of (a) Consolidated
Income Cash Taxes for such period, plus (b) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for such period plus
(c) Consolidated Rental Expense for such period,
plus
(d) Consolidated Scheduled Debt
Payments for such period,
plus
(e) Management Fees payable during such period.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Consolidated Fixed Charges for the historical fiscal periods set
forth in
Schedule 1.1(c)
shall be as set forth in such schedule.
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
shall mean, as of the end of each fiscal
quarter of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the ratio of (a) Consolidated
EBITDAR for the four fiscal quarter period ending on such date
minus
Consolidated
Maintenance Capital Expenditures for such period to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such period.
Consolidated Funded Debt
shall mean, on any date of calculation, Funded Debt of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis.
Consolidated Growth Capital Expenditures
shall mean (a) Consolidated Capital
Expenditures relating to the construction, acquisition or opening of new Restaurants operated by
Borrower and its Subsidiaries after the Closing Date,
plus
(b) to the extent not included
in the calculation of Consolidated Capital Expenditures, Pre Opening Costs,
minus
(c) any
capitalized interest expense included in Consolidated Interest Expense with respect to expenditures
described in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b).
Consolidated Income Cash Taxes
shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all
income taxes (including, without limitation, any federal, state, local and foreign income taxes)
actually paid by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis during such period.
Consolidated Interest Expense
shall mean, for any period, the gross interest expense
(excluding amortization of debt discount and premium, but including the interest component under
Capital Leases) for such period of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of calculating Consolidated Interest Expense for the
fiscal quarters ending September 30, 2006, December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007, Consolidated
Interest Expense shall be annualized during such fiscal quarters such that (a) for the calculation
of Consolidated Interest Expense as of September 30, 2006, Consolidated Interest Expense for the
fiscal quarter then ending will be multiplied by four (4), (b) for the calculation of Consolidated
Interest Expense as of December 31, 2006, Consolidated Interest Expense for the two fiscal quarter
period then ending will be multiplied by two (2) and (c) for the calculation of Consolidated
Interest Expense as of March 31, 2007, Consolidated Interest Expense for the three fiscal quarter
period then ending will be multiplied by one and one third (1 1/3).
Consolidated Maintenance Capital Expenditures
shall mean, any Consolidated Capital
Expenditures that are not Consolidated Growth Capital Expenditures, minus, without duplication, any
capitalized interest expense included in Consolidated Interest Expense with respect to such
Consolidated Capital Expenditures.
Consolidated Net Income
shall mean, for any period, for the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, the net income (or loss) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated
6
basis; -provided that there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income (a) any restoration
to income of any contingency reserve, except to the extent that provision for such reserve was made
out of Consolidated Net Income accrued at any time during such period, (b) the net income (or loss)
of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, in which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has a
joint interest with a third party, except to the extent such net income is actually paid in cash to
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by dividend or other distribution during such period and
(c) the net income (if positive) of any Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of
dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of
such net income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any
agreement or instrument applicable to such Subsidiary or Requirement of Law.
Consolidated Rental Expense
shall mean, for any period, all GAAP rental expense for
such period of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis.
Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments
shall mean, for any period, the sum of all
scheduled payments of principal on Consolidated Funded Debt for such period; it being understood
that scheduled payments on Consolidated Funded Debt shall not include optional prepayments or the
mandatory prepayments required pursuant to Section 2.7 of the Senior Credit Agreement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of calculating Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments for
the fiscal quarters ending September 30, 2006, December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007, Consolidated
Scheduled Debt Payments shall be annualized during such fiscal quarters such that (i) for the
calculation of Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments as of September 30, 2006, Consolidated
Scheduled Debt Payments for the fiscal quarter then ending will be multiplied by four (4), (ii) for
the calculation of Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments as of December 31, 2006, Consolidated
Scheduled Debt Payments for the two fiscal quarter period then ending will be multiplied by two (2)
and (iii) for the calculation of Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments as of March 31, 2007,
Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments for the three fiscal quarter period then ending will be
multiplied by one and one third (1 1/3).
Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio
shall mean, as of the end of each fiscal quarter
of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded
Debt (other than the Notes and Subordinated Debt) as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for
the four fiscal quarter period then ended.
Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio
shall mean, as of the end of each fiscal quarter
of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded
Debt as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the four fiscal quarter period then ended.
Consolidated Working Capital
shall mean, as of any date of determination, the excess
of (a) current assets (excluding cash and Cash Equivalents) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on
a consolidated basis at such time less (b) current liabilities (excluding current maturities of
long term debt) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at such time, all as
determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that the calculation of Consolidated Working
Capital for the purposes of this Credit Agreement shall not include any changes in assets and/or
liabilities associated with gift card sales.
7
Contractual Obligation
shall mean, as to any Person, any provision of any security
issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or undertaking to which such Person is a
party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
Control Agent
shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor
Agreement.
Copyright Licenses
shall mean any agreement, whether written or oral, providing for
the grant by or to a Person of any right under any Copyright, including, without limitation, any
thereof referred to in
Schedule 3.14
to this Note Purchase Agreement.
Copyrights
shall mean all copyrights of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries in
all works, now existing or hereafter created or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof,
and all applications in connection therewith, whether in the United States Copyright Office or in
any similar office or agency of the United States, any state thereof or any other country or any
political subdivision thereof, or otherwise, including, without limitation, any thereof referred to
in
Schedule 3.14
and all renewals thereof.
Credit Party
shall mean any of the Borrower or the Guarantors.
Credit Party Obligations
shall mean, without duplication, all of the obligations,
indebtedness and liabilities of the Credit Parties to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent,
whenever arising, under this Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes or any of the other Note Purchase
Documents, including principal, interest, fees, reimbursements and indemnification obligations and
other amounts (including, but not limited to, any interest accruing after the occurrence of a
filing of a petition of bankruptcy under the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any Credit Party,
regardless of whether such interest is an allowed claim under the Bankruptcy Code).
Default
shall mean any of the events specified in Section 7.1, whether or not any
requirement for the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has
been satisfied.
Dollars
and
$
shall mean dollars in lawful currency of the United States
of America.
Domestic Subsidiary
shall mean any Subsidiary that is organized and existing under
the laws of the United States or any state or commonwealth thereof or under the laws of the
District of Columbia.
Environmental Laws
shall mean any and all applicable foreign, federal, state, local
or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees, requirements
of any Governmental Authority or other Requirement of Law (including common law) regulating,
relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of human health
from exposure to Materials of Environmental Concern or the pollution or protection of the
environment, as now or may at any time be in effect during the term of this Note Purchase
Agreement.
8
Equity Documents
shall mean the Stockholders Agreements, the Registration Rights
Agreement and the certificate of incorporation and by laws or other organizational or governing
documents of any Credit Party.
Equity Retention
shall mean, after giving effect to the Acquisition, the retention
by the Management Investors and/or purchase by the Management Investors with option proceeds on the
Closing Date, collectively, of approximately 19.9% of the Borrowers outstanding Capital Stock
valued at approximately $13,930,000.
Equity Retention Documents
shall mean the Purchase Agreement and each other document
executed and delivered in connection with the consummation of the Equity Retention.
ERISA
shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
from time to time.
Escrow Account
means the Earn Out Escrow Account (as defined in the Purchase
Agreement) established pursuant to the Escrow Agreement and holding $12,500,000 of the purchase
price payable by Holdings to in connection with the Acquisition.
Escrow Agreement
means the Escrow Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among
Holdings, the Borrower, Mark Sheridan, as seller representative and KeyBank, N.A., as Escrow Agent,
in the form attached as an Exhibit to the Purchase Agreement.
Event of Default
shall mean any of the events specified in Section 7.1;
provided
, however, that any requirement for the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or
both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.
Existing Mortgage Debt
shall mean the Indebtedness owned by the Borrower to The
Huntington National Bank in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,300,000 and secured by mortgages
on the four (4) owned real Properties listed on
Schedule 3.16(a)
.
Flood Hazard Property
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(e)(iv).
Foreign Subsidiary
shall mean any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
Funded Debt
shall mean, with respect to any Person, without duplication, all
Indebtedness of such Person other than Indebtedness of the types referred to in clauses (i) and (j)
(so long as undrawn) of the definition of Indebtedness.
GAAP
shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United
States of America applied on a consistent basis, subject, however, in the case of determination of
compliance with the financial covenants set out in Section 5.9 to the provisions of Section 1.3.
GCI
has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.
Governmental Approvals
shall mean all authorizations, consents, approvals, permits,
licenses and exemptions of, registrations and filings with, and reports to, all Governmental
Authorities.
9
Governmental Authority
shall mean any nation or government, any state or other
political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial,
regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.
Guarantor
shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Note
Purchase Agreement.
Guaranty
shall mean the guaranty of the Guarantors set forth in Article X.
Guaranty Obligations
shall mean, with respect to any Person, without duplication,
any obligations of such Person (other than endorsements in the ordinary course of business of
negotiable instruments for deposit or collection) guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any
Indebtedness of any other Person in any manner, whether direct or indirect, and including without
limitation any obligation, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such Indebtedness or any
property constituting security therefor, (b) to advance or provide funds or other support for the
payment or purchase of any such Indebtedness or to maintain working capital, solvency or other
balance sheet condition of such other Person (including without limitation keep well agreements,
maintenance agreements, comfort letters or similar agreements or arrangements) for the benefit of
any holder of Indebtedness of such other Person, (c) to lease or purchase property, securities or
services primarily for the purpose of assuring the holder of such Indebtedness, or (d) to otherwise
assure or hold harmless the holder of such Indebtedness against loss in respect thereof. The
amount of any Guaranty Obligation hereunder shall (subject to any limitations set forth therein) be
deemed to be an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount (or maximum principal amount, if
larger) of the Indebtedness in respect of which such Guaranty Obligation is made.
Hedging Agreements
shall mean, with respect to any Person, any agreement entered
into to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates, or currency or raw materials
values, including, without limitation, any interest rate swap, cap or collar agreement or similar
arrangement between such Person and one or more counterparties, any foreign currency exchange
agreement, currency protection agreements, commodity purchase or option agreements or other
interest or exchange rate hedging agreements.
Holdings
shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Note
Purchase Agreement.
Incurrence Ratio
shall mean, at any date of determination, the maximum Consolidated
Total Leverage Ratio permitted. under Section 5.9(a) of the Senior Credit Agreement as in effect
on the date hereof as at the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which the Borrowers
have delivered a compliance certificate pursuant to Section 5.2(b), less 0.125.
Indebtedness
shall mean, with respect to any Person, without duplication, (a) all
obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by
bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, or upon which interest payments are customarily
made, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements
relating to property purchased by such Person (other than customary reservations or retentions of
title under agreements with suppliers entered into in the ordinary course of business), (d) all
10
obligations (including, without limitation, earnout obligations and obligations under non
competition or similar agreements that have not been paid within 30 days of becoming fixed and
matured) of such Person incurred, issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or
services purchased by such Person (other than trade debt incurred in the ordinary course of
business and due within six months of the incurrence thereof) which would appear as liabilities on
a balance sheet of such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person under take or pay or similar
arrangements or under commodities agreements, (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for
which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured
by) any Lien on, or payable out of the proceeds of production from, property owned or acquired by
such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, (g) all Guaranty
Obligations of such Person with respect to Indebtedness of another Person, (h) the principal
portion of all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (i) all obligations of such Person under
Hedging Agreements, excluding any portion thereof which would be accounted for as interest expense
under GAAP, (j) the maximum amount of all letters of credit issued or bankers acceptances
facilities created for the account of such Person and, without duplication, all drafts drawn
thereunder (to the extent unreimbursed), (k) all preferred Capital Stock issued by such Person and
which by the terms thereof could at any time prior to the Maturity Date be (at the request of the
holders thereof or otherwise) subject to mandatory sinking fund payments, redemption or other
acceleration, (1) the principal balance outstanding under any synthetic lease, tax retention
operating lease, off balance sheet loan or similar off balance sheet financing product and (m) the
Indebtedness of any partnership or unincorporated joint venture in which such Person is a general
partner or a joint venturer.
Insolvency
shall mean, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that
such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of such term as used in Section 4245 of ERISA.
Intellectual Property
shall mean the Copyrights, Copyright Licenses, Patents, Patent
Licenses, Trademarks and Trademark Licenses of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries, all
goodwill associated therewith and all rights to sue for infringement thereof.
Intercreditor Agreement
means the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Closing
Date by and among the Administrative Agent, the Senior Agent, the Control Agent and the Credit
Parties, as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.
Interest Payment Date
shall mean the last day of each calendar month, or, if any
such date shall not be a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day, but interest shall
continue to accrue on any applicable payment until payment is made.
Investment
shall mean (a) the acquisition (whether for cash, property, services,
assumption of Indebtedness, securities or otherwise) of shares of Capital Stock, other ownership
interests or other securities of any Person or bonds, notes, debentures or all or substantially all
of the assets of any Person or (b) any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit
to, any Person (other than deposits made in the ordinary course of business) or (c) any other
capital contribution to or investment in any Person, including, without limitation, any Guaranty
Obligation (including any support for a letter of credit issued on behalf of such Person) incurred
for the benefit of such Person.
11
IPO
means a bona fide underwritten initial public offering of voting common Capital
Stock in the Borrower or a direct or indirect parent of the Borrower.
Joinder Agreement
shall mean a Joinder Agreement in substantially the form of
Schedule 5.10
, executed and delivered by an Additional Credit Party in accordance with the
provisions of Section 5.10.
Lien
shall mean any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit
arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any
preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature
whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement
and any Capital Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
Management Agreements
shall mean, collectively, the BRS Management Agreement and the
CH Management Agreement.
Management Investors
shall mean collectively, (i) those employees of the Borrower
and its subsidiaries from time to time holding shares of the Capital Stock of the Borrower, and
(ii) any former employee of the Borrower holding the Capital Stock of the Borrower that was an
employee of the Borrower at the time any such Person acquired such Capital Stock of the Borrower.
Material Adverse Effect
shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) the business,
results of operations or financial condition of the Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries of
the Borrower, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Borrower and the Guarantors, taken as a
whole, to perform their obligations, when such obligations are required to be performed, under this
Note Purchase Agreement, any of the Notes or any other Note Purchase Document or (c) the validity
or enforceability of this Note Purchase Agreement, any of the Notes or any of the other Note
Purchase Documents or the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Purchasers
hereunder or thereunder.
Material Contract
shall mean (a) any contract or other agreement, written or oral,
of the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries involving monetary liability of or to any such
Person in an amount in excess of $1,000,000 per annum (including, without limitation, the Senior
Debt Documents) and (b) any other contract, agreement, permit or license, written or oral, of the
Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries as to which the breach, nonperformance, cancellation of
failure to renew by any party thereto, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Materials of Environmental Concern
shall mean any gasoline or petroleum (including
crude oil or any fraction thereof), petroleum products, asbestos, materials containing asbestos,
pesticides, lead-based paint, radon, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls and urea
formaldehyde and any hazardous or toxic substances, chemicals, materials or wastes, defined or
regulated in or under any Environmental Law.
Maturity Date
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).
Maximum Accrual
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b)(iv).
12
Moodys
shall mean Moodys Investors Service, Inc.
Mortgage Instrument
shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust or deed to secure debt
executed by a Credit Party in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of Section
4.1(e)(i), 5.10 or 5.12, as the same may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time
to time.
Mortgaged Property
shall mean any owned or leased real property of a Credit Party
with respect to which such Credit Party executes a Mortgage Instrument in favor of the
Administrative Agent.
Multiemployer Plan
shall mean a Plan that is a multiemployer plan as defined in
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
New Property
shall mean any Property that was not owned, operated or leased by the
Credit Parties or their Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date.
Note
or
Notes
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).
Note Purchase Documents
shall mean this Note Purchase Agreement, each of the Notes,
any Joinder Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Security Documents and all other documents,
certificates and instruments delivered to the Administrative Agent or any Purchaser by any Credit
Party in connection therewith.
OFAC
shall mean the U.S. Department of the Treasurys Office of Foreign Assets
Control.
Operating Lease
shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease (including, without
limitation, leases which may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any property (whether
real, personal or mixed) which is not a Capital Lease other than any such lease in which that
Person is the lessor.
Participant
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(b).
Patent Licenses
shall mean all agreements, whether written or oral, providing for
the grant by or to a Person of any, right to manufacture, use or sell any invention covered by a
Patent, including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in
Schedule 3.14
to this
Note Purchase Agreement.
Patents
shall mean (a) all letters patent of the United States or any other country,
now existing or hereafter arising, and all improvement patents, reissues, reexaminations, patents
of additions, renewals and extensions thereof, including, without limitation, any thereof referred
to in
Schedule 3.14
to this Note Purchase Agreement, and (b) all applications for letters
patent of the United States or any other country, now existing or hereafter arising, and all
provisionals, divisions, continuations and continuations in part and substitutes thereof,
including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in
Schedule 3.14
to this Note
Purchase Agreement.
13
PBGC
shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to
Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA.
Perfection Certificate
shall mean the perfection certificate, dated as of the date
hereof and delivered to the Agent.
Permitted Acquisition
shall mean an acquisition or any series of related
acquisitions by a Credit Party of (a) all or substantially all of the assets or a majority of the
outstanding Voting Stock or economic interests of a Person that is incorporated, formed or
organized in the United States or (b) any division, line of business or other business unit of a
Person that is incorporated, formed or organized in the United States (such Person or such
division, line of business or other business unit of such Person shall be referred to herein as the
Target
), in each case that is a type of business (or assets used in a type of business)
permitted to be engaged in by the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 6.3, so
long as (i) no Default or Event of Default then exists or would exist after giving effect thereto,
(ii) the Credit Parties shall demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative
Agent and the Required Purchasers that, after giving effect to the acquisition on a Pro Forma Basis
the Credit Parties are in compliance with each of the financial covenants set forth in Section 5.9
and with the Incurrence Ratio, (iii) the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Purchasers, shall
have received (or shall receive in connection with the closing of such acquisition) a first
priority (subject only to the Lien in favor of the Senior Agent securing the Senior Debt) perfected
security interest in all property (including, without limitation, Capital Stock) acquired with
respect to the Target in accordance with the terms of Sections 5.10 and 5.12 and the Target, if a
Person, shall have executed a Joinder Agreement in accordance with the terms of Section 5.10, (iv)
the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers shall have received (A) a description of the material
terms of such acquisition, (B) audited financial statements (or, if unavailable, management
prepared financial statements) of the Target for its two most recent fiscal years and for any
fiscal quarters ended within the fiscal year to date and (C) consolidated projected income
statements of Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries (giving effect to such acquisition), all
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (v) the Target shall
have earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization for the four fiscal quarter
period prior to the acquisition date in an amount greater than $0, (vi) such acquisition shall not
be a hostile acquisition and shall have been approved by the Board of Directors and/or
shareholders of the applicable Credit Party and the Target, (vii) after giving effect to such
acquisition, there shall be at least $10,000,000 of borrowing availability under the Revolving
Committed Amount (as such term is defined in the Senior Credit Agreement, as in effect on the date
hereof) and (viii) the aggregate consideration (including without limitation equity consideration,
earn outs or deferred compensation or non competition arrangements and the amount of Indebtedness
and other liabilities assumed by the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries) paid by the Credit
Parties and their Subsidiaries (A) in connection with any such acquisition shall not exceed
$5,000,000, (B) for all such acquisitions made during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months
shall not exceed $10,000,000 and (C) for all acquisitions made during the term of this Agreement
shall not exceed $15,000,000.
Permitted Investments
shall mean:
(a) cash and Cash Equivalents;
14
(b) Investments set forth on Schedule 1.1(a);
(c) receivables owing to the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries or any
receivables and advances to suppliers, in each case if created, acquired or made in the
ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade
terms;
(d) Investments in and loans to any Credit Party (other than Holdings);
(e) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 at any time outstanding;
provided that such loans and advances shall comply with all applicable Requirements of Law;
(f) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy
or reorganization of suppliers and customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of,
and other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;
(g) Investments, acquisitions or transactions permitted under Section 6.4(b) (including
any Investments owned by a Person acquired in a Permitted Acquisition);
(h) Hedging Agreements to the extent permitted hereunder; and
(i) additional loan advances and/or Investments of a nature not contemplated by the
foregoing clauses hereof; provided that such loans, advances and/or Investments made after
the Closing Date pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed an aggregate amount of
$5,000,000.
Permitted Liens
shall mean:
(a) Liens created by or otherwise existing under or in connection with this Note
Purchase Agreement or the other Note Purchase Documents in favor of the Secured Parties;
(b) Liens securing purchase money indebtedness and Capital Lease Obligations (and
refinancings thereof) to the extent permitted under Section 6.1(c);
provided
, that (A) any
such Lien attaches to such property concurrently with or within 30 days after the
acquisition thereof and (B) such Lien attaches solely to the property so acquired in such
transaction;
(c) Liens for taxes, assessments, charges or other governmental levies not yet due or
as to which the period of grace (not to exceed 60 days), if any, related thereto has not
expired or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
provided
that adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of
the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in conformity with GAAP (or, in the
case of Foreign Subsidiaries with significant operations outside the United States of
15
America, generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time in their
respective jurisdictions of incorporation);
(d) statutory Liens such as carriers, warehousemens, mechanics, materialmens,
landlords, repairmens or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which
are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith
by appropriate proceedings; provided that a reserve or other appropriate provision shall
have been made therefor and the aggregate amount of such Liens is less than $500,000 (other
than landlords liens for rent not overdue);
(e) pledges or deposits in connection with workers compensation, unemployment
insurance and other social security legislation and deposits securing liability to insurance
carriers under insurance or self insurance arrangements in an aggregate amount not to exceed
$100,000;
(f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for
borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds
and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(g) Liens granted pursuant to the Senior Debt Documents to the extent such Liens secure
Senior Debt;
(h) easements, rights of way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting
real property which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in
any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially
interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;
(i) any extension, renewal or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals or
replacements), in whole or in part, of any Lien referred to in this definition (other than
Liens set forth on Schedule 1.1(b)); provided that such extension, renewal or replacement
Lien shall be limited to all or a part of the property which secured the Lien so extended,
renewed or replaced (plus improvements on such property); provided, further, that any Liens
with respect to any such extension, renewal or replacement of the Senior Obligations shall
be a Permitted Lien only if such extension, renewal or replacement constitutes Senior Debt;
(j) Liens existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 1.1(b); provided that
(i) no such Lien shall at any time be extended to cover property or assets other than the
property or assets subject thereto on the Closing Date and improvements thereon and (ii) the
principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien shall not be extended, renewed,
refunded or refinanced;
(k) Liens arising in the ordinary course of business by virtue of any contractual,
statutory or common law provision relating to bankers Liens, rights of set off or similar
rights and remedies covering deposit or securities accounts (including funds or other assets
credited thereto) or other funds maintained with a depository institution or securities
intermediary;
16
(l) any zoning, building or similar laws or rights reserved to or vested in any
Governmental Authority;
(m) restrictions on transfers of securities imposed by applicable securities laws;
(n) Liens arising out of judgments or awards not resulting in a Default;
provided
that the Borrower or any applicable Subsidiary shall in good faith be
prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review;
(o) any interest or title of a lessor, licensor or sublessor under any lease, license
or sublease entered into by the Borrower or any other Subsidiary in the ordinary course of
its business and covering only the assets so leased, licensed or subleased;
(p) assignments of insurance or condemnation proceeds provided to landlords (or their
mortgagees) pursuant to the terms of any lease and Liens or rights reserved in any lease for
rent or for compliance with the terms of such lease; and
(q) additional Liens so long as the principal amount of Indebtedness and other
obligations secured thereby does not exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate.
Permitted Management Capital Stock
means the Capital Stock of the Borrower held by
the Management Investors.
Person
shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability
company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture,
Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.
Plan
shall mean, at any particular time, any employee benefit plan which is covered
by Title IV of ERISA and in respect of which the Borrower or a Commonly Controlled Entity is (or,
if such plan were terminated at such time, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an
employer as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.
Pledge Agreement
shall mean the Pledge Agreement dated as of the Closing Date given
by the Borrower and the Guarantors to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured
Parties, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented
or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.
Pre Opening Costs
means start up costs (such term used herein as defined in SOP
98-5 published by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants) related to the
acquisition, opening and organizing of new restaurants, including, without limitation, the cost of
feasibility studies, staff training, and recruiting, travel costs for employees engaged in such
start up activities advertising and rent accrued prior to opening.
Principal Increase
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(c).
Pro Forma Basis
means, in connection with the calculation as of the applicable
Calculation Date (utilizing the principles set forth in the last paragraph of Section 5.9) of the
17
financial covenants set forth in Section 5.9(a) (c) in respect of a proposed transaction (a
Specified Transaction
) as of the date on which such Specified Transaction is to be
effected, the making of such calculation after giving effect on a pro forma basis to:
(a) the consummation of such Specified Transaction as of the first day of the
applicable Calculation Period;
(b) the assumption, incurrence or issuance of any Indebtedness by the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries (including any Person which became a Subsidiary pursuant to or in
connection with such Specified Transaction) in connection with such Specified Transaction,
as if such Indebtedness had been assumed, incurred or issued (and the proceeds thereof
applied) on the first day of such Calculation Period (with any such Indebtedness bearing
interest at a floating rate being deemed to have an implied rate of interest for the
applicable period equal to the rate which is or would be in effect with respect to such
Indebtedness as of the applicable Calculation Date);
(c) the permanent repayment, retirement or redemption of any Indebtedness (other than
revolving Indebtedness, except to the extent accompanied by a permanent commitment
reduction) by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (including any Person which became a
Subsidiary pursuant to or in connection with such Specified Transaction) in connection with
such Specified Transaction, as if such Indebtedness had been repaid, retired or redeemed on
the first day of such Calculation Period;
(d) other than in connection with such Specified Transaction, any assumption,
incurrence or issuance of any Indebtedness by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries during
the period beginning with the first day of the applicable Calculation Period through and
including the applicable Calculation Date, as if such Indebtedness had been assumed,
incurred or issued (and the proceeds thereof applied) on the first day of such Calculation
Period (with any such Indebtedness bearing interest at a floating rate being deemed to have
an implied rate of interest for the applicable period equal to the weighted average of the
interest rates actually in effect with respect to such Indebtedness during the portion of
such period that such Indebtedness was outstanding); and
(e) other than in connection with such Specified Transaction, the permanent repayment,
retirement or redemption of any Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness, except to
the extent accompanied by a permanent commitment reduction) by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries during the period beginning with the first day of the applicable Calculation
Period through and including the applicable Calculation Date, as if such Indebtedness had
been repaid, retired or redeemed on the first day of such Calculation Period.
Properties
shall mean the assets, facilities and properties owned, leased or
operated by any of the Credit Parties.
Purchase Agreement
means the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of June 2, 2006
by and among Holdings, BDI Acquisition Corp., an Ohio corporation, the Borrower and the other
Persons party thereto.
18
Recapitalization
shall mean the Acquisition, the Equity Retention and the
transactions related thereto.
Recapitalization Documents
shall mean the Acquisition Documents and the Equity
Retention Documents.
Recovery Event
shall mean the receipt by the Credit Parties or any of their
Subsidiaries of any cash insurance proceeds or condemnation or expropriation award payable by
reason of theft, loss, physical destruction or damage, taking or similar event with respect to any
of their respective property or assets other than obsolete property or assets no longer used or
useful in the business of the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries.
Register
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).
Reorganization
shall mean, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition
that such Plan is in reorganization within the meaning of such term as used in Section 4241 of
ERISA.
Reportable Event
shall mean any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA,
other than those events as to which the thirty day notice period is waived under PBGC Reg. §4043.
Required Purchasers
shall mean Purchasers holding in the aggregate more than 50% of
the Notes, based upon the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding at such time.
Requirement of Law
shall mean, as to any Person, the Certificate of Incorporation
and By laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and each law, treaty,
rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in
each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person
or any of its property is subject.
Responsible Officer
shall mean, as to (a) the Borrower, the president, the chief
financial officer or the chief operating officer or (b) any other Credit Party, any duly authorized
officer thereof.
Restaurant
means a particular restaurant at a particular location that is owned or
operated by the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries.
Restricted Payment
shall mean (a) the payment or declaration of any dividend or
other distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of
any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, now or hereafter outstanding, (b) any redemption,
retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or
indirect, of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of any Credit Party or any of its
Subsidiaries, now or hereafter outstanding, (c) any payment made to retire, or to obtain the
surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of any class of
Capital Stock of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, now or hereafter outstanding, (d) any
payment with respect to any earnout obligation, (e) any payment, prepayment, redemption or similar
payment with respect to any Subordinated Debt of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries and
(f) the
19
payment by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries of any management, advisory or
consulting fee to any Person or the payment of any extraordinary salary, bonus or other form of
compensation to any Person who is directly or indirectly a significant partner, shareholder, owner
or executive officer of any such Person, to the extent such extraordinary salary, bonus or other
form of compensation is not included in the corporate overhead of such Credit Party or such
Subsidiary.
Revolving Loan
shall have the meaning given to such term in the Senior Credit
Agreement, as in effect on the date hereof.
S&P
shall mean Standard & Poors Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw Hill
Companies, Inc.
Sale Leaseback Transaction
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.12.
Sanctioned Country
shall mean a country subject to a sanctions program identified on
the list maintained by OFAC and available at
http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sanctions/index.html
, or as otherwise
published from time to time.
Sanctioned Person
shall mean (i) a Person named on the list of Specially Designated
Nationals and Blocked Persons maintained by OFAC available at
http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sdn/index.html, or as otherwise published from time to
time, or (ii)(A) an agency of the government of a Sanctioned Country, (B) an organization
controlled by a Sanctioned Country, or (C) a person resident in a Sanctioned Country, to the extent
subject to a sanctions program administered by OFAC.
SBA Loans
shall mean the Indebtedness owned by the Borrower to Mid City Pioneer
Corporation and guaranteed by the Small Business Administration in an aggregate amount not to
exceed $271,000 as disclosed on Schedule 6.1(b).
Secured Parties
shall mean the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers.
Security Agreement
shall mean the Security Agreement dated as of the Closing Date
given by the Borrower and the Guarantors to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the
Secured Parties, as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to
time in accordance with its terms.
Security Documents
shall mean the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the
Mortgage Instruments, the Perfection Certificate and such other documents executed and delivered
and/or filed in connection with the attachment and perfection of the Administrative Agents
security interests and liens arising thereunder, including, without limitation, UCC financing
statements and patent, trademark and copyright filings.
Senior Agent
shall mean the Administrative Agent, as such term is defined in the
Senior Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof, and any successor with respect thereto.
20
Senior
Credit Agreement
shall mean the credit agreement, dated as of the date
hereof, among the Credit Parties, Senior Agent and the lenders party thereto, as amended, modified,
supplemented or restated in accordance with the terms of this Note Purchase Agreement.
Senior Debt
shall mean Senior Indebtedness, as defined in the Intercreditor
Agreement (as in effect on the Closing Date or as otherwise modified with the consent of the
Borrower).
Senior Debt Documents
shall mean the Senior Credit Agreement and all other
agreements, documents, certificates and instruments delivered to the Senior Agent or any Senior
Lender by any Credit Party or Affiliate thereof in connection therewith (other than any agreement,
document, certificate or instrument related to a Hedging Agreement), in each case as amended,
modified, supplemented or restated in accordance with the terms of this Note Purchase Agreement.
Senior Lenders
shall mean the Lenders as such term is defined in the Senior Credit
Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.
Senior Obligations
shall mean the Credit Party Obligations as such term is defined
in the Senior Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.
Single Employer Plan
shall mean any Plan that is not a Multiemployer Plan.
Specified Sales
shall mean (a) the sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of
inventory and materials in the ordinary course of business, (b) the sale, transfer, lease or other
disposition of obsolete or worn out property or assets in the ordinary course of business and (c)
the sale, transfer or other disposition of cash into Cash Equivalents or Cash Equivalents into
cash.
Specified Transaction
has the meaning specified in the definition of Pro Forma
Basis set forth in this Section 1.1.
Sponsors
shall mean Castle Harlan, Inc. and Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co.
L.L.C., together with their respective Affiliates.
Strategic Partner Plan
shall mean the Borrowers employee incentive plan for certain
key operating employees of the Borrower.
Strategic Partner Plan Appreciation
shall mean the value of amounts accrued by
employees participating in the Strategic Partner Plan, determined on the basis of improved same
store sale performance and other criteria set forth in the Strategic Partner Plan and vested as set
forth in the Strategic Partner Plan.
Stockholders Agreements
shall mean, collectively, the New Investor Securities
Holders Agreement (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) and the Securities Holders Agreement (as
defined in the Purchase Agreement), in each case in the form attached as an Exhibit to the Purchase
Agreement.
21
Subordinated Debt
shall mean any indebtedness incurred by any Credit Party which by
its terms is specifically subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment of the Credit Party
Obligations and contains subordination and other terms acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
Subsidiary
shall mean, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited
liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having
ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by
reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other
managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management
of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or
both, by such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a Subsidiary or to
Subsidiaries in this Note Purchase Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the
Borrower.
Swingline Loan
shall have the meaning given to such term in the Senior Credit
Agreement, as in effect on the date hereof.
Target
shall have the meaning specified in the definition of Permitted Acquisition
set forth in this Section 1.1.
Term Loan
shall have the meaning given to such term in the Senior Credit Agreement,
as in effect on the date hereof.
Testing Date
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b)(iv).
Trademark License
shall mean any agreement, whether written or oral, providing for
the grant by or to a Person of any right to use any Trademark, including, without limitation, any
thereof referred to in
Schedule 3.14
to this Note Purchase Agreement.
Trademarks
shall mean (a) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company
names, business names, fictitious business names, service marks, elements of package or trade dress
of goods or services, logos and other source or business identifiers, together with the goodwill
associated therewith, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and
recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, whether in the United States
Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State
thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, including, without limitation,
any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.14 to this Note Purchase Agreement, and (b) all renewals
thereof including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.14.
Transaction Costs
shall mean all one time legal, accounting, consulting and
professional fees and expenses incurred by the Credit Parties in connection with the Transactions.
Transactions
shall mean the closing of this Agreement and the other Note Purchase
Documents, the closing of the Senior Debt and the Senior Debt Documents and the consummation of the
Recapitalization and the other transactions contemplated hereby to occur in connection with such
closing and Recapitalization (including, without limitation, the issuance of
22
the Notes under the Note Purchase Documents, the incurrence of the Senior Debt and the payment
of fees and expenses in connection with all of the foregoing).
Transfer Effective Date
shall have the meaning set forth in each Transfer
Supplement.
Transfer Supplement
shall mean a Transfer Supplement, in substantially the form of
Schedule 9.6(c)
.
UCC
shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code from time to time in effect in any
applicable jurisdiction.
Voting Stock
shall mean, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock issued by such
Person the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for
the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person, even though the
right so to vote may be or have been suspended by the happening of such a contingency.
Section 1.2
Other Definitional Provisions
.
(a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Note Purchase Agreement
shall have the defined meanings when used in the Notes or other Note Purchase Documents or any
certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto.
(b) The words hereof, herein and hereunder and words of similar import when used in this
Note Purchase Agreement shall refer to this Note Purchase Agreement as a whole and not to any
particular provision of this Note Purchase Agreement, and Section, subsection, Schedule and Exhibit
references are to this Note Purchase Agreement unless otherwise specified.
(c) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the
singular and plural forms of such terms.
Section 1.3
Accounting Terms
.
Unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all
accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be
delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with
the most recent audited Consolidated financial statements of the Borrower delivered to the
Purchasers;
provided
that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that it wishes
to amend any covenant in Section 5.9 to eliminate the effect of any change in GAAP on the operation
of such covenant (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Purchasers
wish to amend Section 5.9 for such purpose), then the Borrowers compliance with such covenant
shall be determined on the basis of GAAP in effect immediately before the relevant change in GAAP
became effective, until either such notice is withdrawn or such covenant is amended in a manner
satisfactory to the Borrower and the Required Purchasers.
The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Purchaser at the same time as
the delivery of any annual or quarterly financial statements given in accordance with the
provisions of Section 5.1, (i) a description in reasonable detail of any material change in the
application of accounting principles employed in the preparation of such financial statements
23
from those applied in the most recently preceding quarterly or annual financial statements as
to which no objection shall have been made in accordance with the provisions above and (ii) a
reasonable estimate of the effect on the financial statements on account of such changes in
application.
For purposes of computing the financial covenants set forth in Section 5.9 for any applicable
test period, the Acquisition and any Permitted Acquisition or permitted sale of assets (including a
stock sale) shall have been deemed to have taken place as of the first day of such applicable test
period.
Section 1.4
Time References
.
Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to
Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).
ARTICLE II
PURCHASE AND SALE; TERMS OF THE NOTES.
Section 2.1
Note Register; Notes
.
(a)
Purchase and Sale of the Notes
. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth
herein, the Borrower agrees to sell to each Purchaser, and each Purchaser severally agrees to
purchase from the Borrower, on the Closing Date, at par, the Borrowers 13.25% Senior Subordinated
Secured Notes in the amount set forth opposite such Purchasers name on
Schedule 2.1(a)
.
Each Note shall mature on December 29, 2012 (the
Maturity Date
); provided, that such
final installment shall in any event be in an amount equal to all remaining principal of and
accrued but unpaid interest (and any unpaid penalties, fees or other charges) on such Note,
including all Principal Increases associated therewith.
(b)
Note Register
. The Administrative Agent shall maintain at Administrative Agents
office a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Purchasers, the initial
principal amount owing to each such Purchaser, any Principal Increases added to such principal
amount from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof and any assignments by any Purchaser made in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement (the
Register
). The entries in the Register
shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the
Administrative Agent and the Purchasers may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the
Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Purchaser hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement,
notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the
Borrower at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice to the
Administrative Agent. In addition, at any time that a request for a consent for a material or
substantive change to the Note Purchase Documents is pending, any Purchaser may request and receive
from the Administrative Agent a copy of the Register.
(c)
Evidence of Debt; Notes
. Entries made in good faith by the Administrative Agent
in the Register pursuant to subsection (b) above shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of
principal and interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each
Purchaser under this Agreement, absent manifest error;
provided
,
however
, that the
failure of the
24
Administrative Agent to make an entry, or any finding that an entry is incorrect, in the
Register shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement.
The Borrower agrees that upon notice by any Purchaser (with a copy of such notice to the
Administrative Agent) requesting to the effect that a promissory note or other evidence of
indebtedness is required or appropriate in order for such Purchaser to evidence (whether for
purposes of pledge, enforcement or otherwise) the obligations owing to such Purchaser by the
Borrower under this Agreement, the Borrower shall promptly execute and deliver to such Purchaser,
with a copy to the Administrative Agent, a Note substantially in the form of
Schedule
2.1(c)
(each, a
Note
and collectively, the
Notes
), payable to the order of
such Purchaser. All references to a Note or the Notes in the Note Purchase Documents shall be
deemed to refer to the obligations of the Borrower hereunder as evidenced by the Register and/or
any Notes to the extent issued hereunder, as applicable.
Section 2.2
Payment of Purchase Price
.
The purchase price for the Notes shall be payable on the Closing Date in cash by wire transfer
of immediately available funds pursuant to the Borrowers written instructions.
Section 2.3
Fees, Costs and Expenses
.
On the Closing Date, the Borrower agrees to pay: (i) the commitment fee of $550,000 due and
payable to such Persons set forth on Schedule 2.3, in such amounts set forth opposite each such
Persons name, and (ii) the costs and expenses of the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent, as
set forth in Section 9.6.
Section 2.4
Manner of Payment
.
All payments and prepayments of principal or premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, and
all fees and other payments due under the Note Purchase Documents, shall be made without setoff or
counterclaim to the applicable Purchasers (or any other party, in the case of such fees and other
payments) by wire transfer or other transfer or delivery of funds, in accordance with each
Purchasers (or other partys) instructions from time to time, so that such funds are received by
and available to the Purchasers (or other party, as the case may be) on or before the due date of
each such payment. Any principal, interest or other amount payable under the Note Purchase
Documents that becomes due on a day that is not a Business Day shall be payable on the next
Business Day.
Section 2.5
Terms of the Notes
.
(a)
Optional Prepayments
. Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement,
the Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time, upon at least ten (10)
Business Days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, to prepay the Notes in whole or in
part, in an amount specified in such notice, by payment of the principal amount of the Notes (or
portion thereof) to be prepaid, together with accrued interest thereon to the date of such
prepayment and all Principal Increases (attributable to the portion of the Notes being prepaid)
incurred to the date of the prepayment, plus a premium equal to the applicable percentage of the
principal amount to be prepaid, determined as follows:
25
|
|
|
|
|
If Prepaid During 12 Month Period Ending On:
|
|
Applicable Percentage
|
|
the first anniversary of the Closing Date
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
the second anniversary of the Closing Date
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
the third anniversary of the Closing Date
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
Any optional partial prepayment of the Notes shall be in the aggregate principal amount of not
less than $5,000,000, or any greater amount which is a multiple of $1,000,000, and shall be
accompanied by a written certification or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent from the Senior Agent stating that such optional prepayment is permitted
pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, if such Intercreditor Agreement is still in effect. Each
notice of prepayment shall be irrevocable and shall require the specified payment to be made not
more than 15 Business Days and not less than 10 Business Days after such notice. Partial
prepayments of the Notes made as provided in this Section 2.5(a) shall, to the extent thereof, be
applied as set forth in Section 2.5(f).
(b)
Prepayments at Option of Holder, Mandatory Prepayments
. Subject to the provisions
of the Intercreditor Agreement:
(i) If there shall occur a Change of Control, then upon the request of the
Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall, upon the occurrence of such Change of
Control, prepay the Notes in full, together with accrued interest thereon to the
date of such prepayment (including the amount of all Principal Increases), together
with the applicable premium set forth in the table in Section 2.5(a).
(ii) If there shall occur a merger or consolidation of the Borrower, or a sale
or divestiture of 50% or more of the Borrowers or any of its Subsidiaries assets,
or other transaction which effectively accomplishes such a sale or divestiture, then
upon the request of the Administrative Agent the Borrower shall, on the closing date
of such transaction, prepay the Notes in full, together with accrued interest
thereon to the date of such prepayment (including the amount of all Principal
Increases), together with the applicable premium set forth in the table in Section
2.5(a).
(iii) Immediately upon receipt by the Borrower or any other Credit Party of any
amounts from the Escrow Account in accordance with the terms of the Escrow
Agreement, then upon the request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall
prepay the Notes as follows: (A) except as otherwise provided in the following
clause (B), apply at least 40% of such amounts released from the Escrow Account (1)
first, to prepay all Principal Increases and accrued interest with respect to the
Notes and (2) second, to permanently prepay the Notes and the Senior Term Loan on a
pro rata basis, and (B) if at the time of the receipt by the Credit Parties of
amounts from the Escrow Account the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio (determined as
of the end of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower for which the Administrative Agent
shall have received the financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to
Section 5.1(a) or (b) and as certified in the compliance certificate delivered
pursuant to Section 5.2(b) in connection
26
therewith) is greater than 5.00 to 1.00, the. Borrower shall apply (or cause
to be applied) up to 100% (and in no event less than 40%) of such amounts released
from the Escrow Account (1) first, to prepay all Principal Increases and accrued
interest with respect to the Notes and (2) second, to permanently prepay the Notes
and the Senior Term Loan on a pro rata basis in a sufficient amount so that, after
giving effect to such payments on a Pro Forma Basis, the Consolidated Total Leverage
Ratio would be less than or equal to 5.00 to 1.00; provided, however, that if the
Senior Agent and/or Senior Lenders waive or otherwise do not accept a portion of the
corresponding prepayment of the Senior Term. Loan from the Escrow Account proceeds
in connection with the foregoing application of proceeds pursuant to this Section
2.5(b)(iii), then, at the request of the Administrative Agent, any such amounts that
would otherwise be applied to the Senior Term Loan shall be used to prepay the
Notes. Any prepayment of the Notes required by the Administrative Agent pursuant to
this Section 2.5(b)(iii) shall not require the payment of any premium set forth in
the table in Section 2.5(a).
(iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 2.5(c)(ii)
below, if (1) the Notes remain outstanding after the fifth anniversary of the
initial issuance thereof and (2) the aggregate amount of the accrued but unpaid
interest on the Notes (including any amounts treated as interest for federal income
tax purposes, such as original issue discount) as of any Testing Date occurring
after such fifth anniversary exceeds an amount equal to the Maximum Accrual, then
all such accrued but unpaid interest on the Notes (including any amounts treated as
interest for federal income tax purposes, such as original issue discount) as of
such time in excess of an amount equal to the Maximum Accrual shall be paid in cash
by the Borrower to the holders thereof on such Testing Date, it being the intent of
the parties hereto that the deductibility of interest under the Notes shall not be
limited or deferred by reason of Section 163(i) of the Code. For these purposes,
the
Maximum Accrual
is an amount equal to the product of such Notes issue
price (as defined in Code Sections 1273(b) and 1274(a)) and their yield to maturity,
and a
Testing Date
is any Interest Payment Date and the date on which any
accrual period (within the meaning of Section 1272(a)(5) of the Code) closes. Any
accrued interest which for any reason has not theretofore been paid shall be paid in
full on the date on which the final principal payment on a Note is made.
(c)
Interest
. Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement:
(i) From the Closing Date through and including the twelfth Interest Payment
Date (as defined below), interest on each Note shall accrue at the rate of 13.25%
per annum and shall be paid in cash on each such Interest Payment Date by wire
transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the holder of
such Note;
provided
,
however
, that the Borrower may, at its option,
elect, by written notice delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five (5)
Business Days prior to any such Interest Payment Date, to pay all, but not less than
all, of the accrued interest on the Notes otherwise due and payable on such
27
Interest Payment Date by increasing the outstanding principal amount of such
Note on such Interest Payment Date by an amount (the
Principal Increase
)
equal to 14.25% per annum on such Interest Payment Date. Each holder of Notes may
elect, in its sole discretion, to have any Principal Increase above paid in the form
of notes substantially similar to the Notes;
provided
,
however
, that
the failure to deliver any Note in connection with a standing request to have all
such Principal Increases payable in respect of this Section 2.5(c)(i) paid in the
form of a note (as opposed to a one-time request) shall not constitute an Event of
Default hereunder until such time as the Borrower is notified of its failure to
comply with such request and fails to comply with such request within a reasonable
period of time after such notice is delivered.
(ii) Subject to Section 2.5(d) below, after the twelfth Interest Payment Date,
interest on each Note shall accrue at the rate of 13.25% per annum and shall be paid
as follows: (I) the Applicable Cash Percentage (as defined below) of the interest on
such Note shall be paid in cash on each Interest Payment Date (as defined below) by
wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the holder
of such Note, and (II) a Principal Increase equal to any portion of the interest on
such Note not paid in cash pursuant to the preceding clause (I) on such Interest
Payment Date (
provided
that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse
the payment of cash interest on each Interest Payment Date in accordance with the
provisions of the preceding clause (I)). Each holder of Notes may elect, in its
sole discretion, to have any interest payable in respect of clause (H) above paid in
the form of notes substantially similar to the Notes;
provided
,
however
, that the failure to deliver any Note in connection with a standing
request to have all interest payable in respect of clause (II) above paid in the
form of a note (as opposed to a one-time request) shall not constitute an Event of
Default hereunder until such time as the Borrower is notified of its failure to
comply with such request and fails to comply with such request within a reasonable
period of time after such notice is delivered. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Borrower may, at its option, elect to pay an amount in excess of the Applicable Cash
Percentage of the interest on the Notes in cash on each Interest Payment Date,
provided that such payment shall be accompanied by a written certification or other
evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent from the Senior Agent
stating that such additional cash payment is permitted pursuant to the Intercreditor
Agreement, if such Intercreditor Agreement is still in effect.
(iii) Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the Closing Date until repayment
of the principal (including all Principal Increases) and payment of all accrued
interest in full. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year of
twelve 30-day months and shall compound monthly.
(iv)
Applicable Cash Percentage
shall be equal to 67.925%.
(d)
Default Rate of Interest
. If any principal of or interest on the Notes is not
paid when due or there exists any other Default or Event of Default, the Notes shall bear interest
thereafter at the rate of three percent (3.0%) per annum in excess of the rate specified in Section
28
2.5(c) above until either the date on which such overdue principal or interest is paid in full
or the date on which such other Default or Event of Default is cured. Notwithstanding anything
contained herein to the contrary, at the election of the Administrative Agent acting in its sole
discretion, all payments of additional interest on the Notes pursuant to this Section 2.5(d) may be
paid in-kind as Principal Increases with respect to the Notes.
(e)
Maximum Legal Rate of Interest
. Nothing in this Agreement or in the Notes shall
require the Borrower to pay interest at a rate in excess of the maximum rate permitted by
applicable law and the interest rate otherwise applicable to the Notes (including any default rate
of interest) shall be reduced, if necessary, to conform to such maximum rate.
(f)
Application of Payments
. All cash payments received in respect of the Notes shall
be applied (to the extent thereof) as follows: (i) first, to all costs and expenses of the
Purchasers and the Administrative Agent that are payable by the Borrower hereunder, (ii) second, to
accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes, (iii) third, to any prepayment premium due as a result of
such payment, and (iv) fourth, to the payment of the then outstanding principal balance of the
Notes. Unless otherwise agreed among the holders of the Notes, and evidenced in writing to the
Borrower prior to the payment date, all payments applied pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or
(iv) above shall be applied among the Notes pro rata based on the principal amount of the Notes
outstanding and held by each holder thereof.
(g)
Agreements Between Note Holders and Subordination Agreements
. The Borrower agrees
to acknowledge and abide by the terms and conditions of any allocation, participation, sharing or
subordination agreements now or hereafter entered into between and among the holders of the Notes,
or between the holders of the Notes and any other creditor of the Borrower (of which it has prior
written notice in adequate detail to so comply or to which it is a party), and shall join in any
such agreements at the request of the holders of the Notes.
(h)
No Acquisition of Notes or Senior Obligations
. The Credit Parties shall not
permit any of their Affiliates (including any Sponsor) to purchase, redeem, prepay, tender for or
otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the outstanding Notes or Senior Obligations. The
Borrower will promptly cancel all Notes or Senior Obligations acquired by it, any other Credit
Party, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate (including any Sponsor) pursuant to any purchase, redemption,
prepayment or tender for the Notes or Senior Obligations pursuant to any provision of this
Agreement or otherwise and no Notes or Senior Obligations may be issued in substitution or exchange
for any such Notes or Senior Obligations.
Section 2.6
Use of Proceeds
.
The Borrower will use the proceeds from the sale of the Notes solely in accordance with the
statement of sources and uses provided to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 3.29 hereof.
29
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
To induce the Purchasers to enter into this Note Purchase Agreement and to consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby, each of the Credit Parties hereby represents and warrants to the
Administrative Agent and to each Purchaser that:
Section 3.1
Financial Condition; Projections
.
(a)
Financial Condition
. The Borrower has delivered the following financial
statements to the Administrative Agent:
(i) balance sheets and the related statements of income and of cash flows for
the fiscal year ended December 25, 2005 for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
audited by nationally recognized independent certified public accountants;
(ii) company prepared unaudited quarterly balance sheets and related -
statements of income and cash flows for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries through
March 26, 2006;
(iii) company prepared unaudited monthly balance sheets and related statements
of income for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries through May 21, 2006; and
(iv) (A) company prepared unaudited monthly balance sheets and related
statements of income for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each month of the
12 month period ending May 21, 2006 and (B) an opening pro forma balance sheet of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of May 21, 2006, each giving effect to the
transactions contemplated hereby and the other Transactions to occur on the Closing
Date.
The financial statements referred to in subsections (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above are
complete and correct in all material respects and present fairly the financial condition of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such dates. All such financial statements, including the
related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied
consistently throughout the periods involved (except as disclosed therein), subject, in the case of
interim statements, to the absence of footnotes and normal year end audit adjustments.
(b)
Projections
. The projections of the annual operating budgets of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis, balance sheets and cash flow statements for the 2006 to
2011 fiscal years, copies of which have been delivered to the Administrative Agent, disclose all
assumptions made with respect to general economic, financial and market conditions used in
formulating such projections on the pro forma balance sheet referred to in Section 3.1(a)(iv)(B)
above. To the knowledge of the Credit Parties, no facts exist that (individually or in the
aggregate) would result in any material change in any of such projections or the pro forma balance
sheet. The projections are based upon reasonable estimates and assumptions, have been
30
prepared on the basis of the assumptions stated therein and reflect the reasonable estimates
of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of the results of operations and other information projected
therein.
Section 3.2
No Change
.
Since December 25, 2005, there has been no development or event which, either individually or
in the aggregate, has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Except as disclosed in the financial statements provided to the Administrative Agent prior to the
Closing Date, from December 25, 2005 through the Closing Date, there has occurred no materially
adverse change in the financial condition or business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as shown
on or reflected in the balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at December 25, 2005, or
the statement of income for the fiscal period then ended, other than changes in the ordinary course
of business that have not had any materially adverse effect either individually or in the aggregate
on the business or financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
Section 3.3
Corporate Existence
.
Each of the Credit Parties (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under
the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the requisite power and authority and the
legal right to own and operate all its material property, to lease the material property it
operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, and (c) is duly
qualified to conduct business and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its
ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such
qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified could not, individually or in the
aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.4
Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations
.
Each of the Credit Parties has full power and authority and the legal right to make, deliver
and perform the Note Purchase Documents to which it is party and has taken all necessary action to
authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of the Note Purchase Documents to which it
is party. No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of,
any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the borrowings
hereunder or with the execution, delivery or performance of any Note Purchase Document by any of
the Credit Parties (other than those which have been obtained) or with the validity or
enforceability of any Note Purchase Document against any of the Credit Parties (except such filings
as are necessary in connection with the perfection of the Liens created by such Note Purchase
Documents). Each Note Purchase Document to which it is a party has been duly executed and
delivered on behalf of the applicable Credit Party. Each Note Purchase Document to which it is a
party constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each such Credit Party, enforceable
against such Credit Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the
enforcement of creditors rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement
is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).
31
Section 3.5
Compliance with Laws; No Conflict; No Default
.
(a) The execution, delivery and performance by each Credit Party of the Note Purchase
Documents to which such Credit Party is a party, in accordance with their respective terms, the
borrowings hereunder and the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not, by the passage
of time, the giving of notice or otherwise, (i) require any Governmental Approval (other than such
Governmental Approvals that have been obtained or made and not subject to suspension, revocation or
termination) or violate any Requirement of Law relating to such Credit Party, (ii) conflict with,
result in a breach of or constitute a default under the articles of incorporation, bylaws, articles
of organization, operating agreement or other organizational documents of such Credit Party or the
Senior Debt Documents or any material indenture, agreement or other instrument to which such Person
is a party or by which any of its properties may be bound or any Governmental Approval relating to
such Person, or (iii) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with
respect to any property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person other than Liens arising
under the Note Purchase Documents and the Senior Debt Documents.
(b) Each Credit Party (i)(x) has all Governmental Approvals required by law for it to conduct
its business, each of which is in full force and effect, (y) each such Governmental Approval is
final and not subject to review on appeal and (z) each such Governmental Approval is not the
subject of any pending or, to the best of its knowledge, threatened attack by direct or collateral
proceeding, in each case except to the extent as could not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect and (ii) is in compliance with each Governmental Approval applicable to it
and in compliance with all other Requirements of Law relating to it or any of its respective
properties, in each case except to the extent the failure to comply with such Governmental Approval
or Requirement of Law could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each
Credit Party possesses or has the right to use, all leaseholds, licenses, easements and franchises
and all authorizations and other rights that are material to and necessary for the conduct of its
business. Except to the extent noncompliance with the foregoing leaseholds, easements and
franchises could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, all of the foregoing
are in full force and effect, and the Credit Parties are in substantial compliance with the
foregoing without any known conflict with the valid rights of others. No event has occurred which
permits, or after notice or lapse of time or both would permit, the revocation or termination of
any such Governmental Approval, leasehold, license, easement, franchise or other right, which
termination or revocation could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have
Material Adverse Effect.
(c) None of the Credit Parties is in default under or with respect to any of its Material
Contracts or under or with respect to any of its other Contractual Obligations, or any judgment,
order or decree to which it is a party, in any respect which could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
Section 3.6
No Material Litigation
.
No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental
Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of the Credit Parties, threatened by or against any
Credit Party or any Subsidiaries of the Credit Parties or against any of its or their respective
32
properties or revenues (a) with respect to the Note Purchase Documents or any of the
transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) which could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect. No permanent injunction, temporary restraining order or similar decree has been
issued against Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries that could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.7
Investment Company Act; Etc
.
None of the Credit Parties is (a) an investment company, or a company controlled by an
investment company, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or (b)
subject to any other law or regulation limiting its ability to incur Indebtedness and/or the Credit
Party Obligations.
Section 3.8
Margin Regulations
.
No part of the proceeds of any Notes will be used directly or indirectly for any purpose which
violates, or which would be inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as now and from time to time hereafter in effect. The
Credit Parties are not engaged, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business
of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock within the
respective meanings of each of such terms under Regulation U.
Section 3.9
ERISA
.
Neither a Reportable Event nor an accumulated funding deficiency (within the meaning of
Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) has occurred during the five year period prior to
the date on which this representation is made or deemed made with respect to any Plan, and each
Plan has complied in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code,
except to the extent that any such occurrence or failure to comply could not reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect. No termination of a Single Employer Plan has occurred resulting
in any liability that has remained underfunded, and no Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan has
arisen, during such five year period which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect. The present value of all accrued benefits under each Single Employer Plan (based on those
assumptions used to fund such Plans) did not, as of the last annual valuation date prior to the
date on which this representation is made or deemed made, exceed the value of the assets of such
Plan allocable to such accrued benefits by an amount which, as determined in accordance with GAAP,
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Credit Parties, none
of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower and no Commonly Controlled Entity is currently subject to any
liability for a complete or partial withdrawal from a Multiemployer Plan that could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.10
Environmental Matters
.
(a) Except where such violation or liability could not, individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Properties do not contain any
Materials of Environmental Concern in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute a violation
of, or (ii) could give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law.
33
(b) Except where such violation, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Properties and all operations of the Credit Parties
at the Properties are in compliance, and have been in compliance, with all applicable Environmental
Laws, except for any non-compliances that are no longer outstanding or unresolved, and there has
been no release of Materials of Environmental Concern by the Credit Parties or, to the knowledge of
the Credit Parties, any other Person at, under or about the Properties or violation by the Credit
Parties of any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the business operated by the any
of the Credit Parties (the
Business
).
(c) None of the Credit Parties has received any written notice of violation, alleged
violation, non compliance, liability or potential liability regarding an actual or threatened
release of Materials of Environmental Concern or compliance with Environmental Laws with regard to
any of the Properties or the Business which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, nor does any of the Credit Parties have knowledge of
any such threatened notice.
(d) Except where such violation or liability, individually or in the aggregate, could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, Materials of Environmental Concern have
not been transported or disposed of from the Properties in violation of, or in a manner or to a
location which could give rise to liability under any Environmental Law, nor have any Materials of
Environmental Concern been generated, treated, stored or disposed of at, on or under any of the
Properties in violation of, or in a manner that could give rise to liability under, any applicable
Environmental Law.
(e) No judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to the
knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which any of the Credit
Parties is, or to the knowledge of the Credit Parties will be, named as a party with respect to the
Properties or the Business, nor are the Credit Parties liable for the fulfillment of any
outstanding requirements of any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative
orders or other orders, under any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business
which could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.
(f) Except where such violation or liability, individually or in the aggregate, could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there has been no release or threat of
release of Materials of Environmental Concern at or from the Properties, or arising from or related
to the operations of any of the Credit Parties in connection with the Properties or otherwise in
connection with the Business, in violation of or in amounts or in a manner that could give rise to
liability under Environmental Laws.
Section 3.11
Subsidiaries; Capitalization
.
(a) Set forth on
Schedule 3.11(a)
is a complete and accurate list of all Subsidiaries
of the Credit Parties as of the Closing Date. Information on such Schedule includes the number of
shares of each class of Capital Stock or other equity interests outstanding; the number and
percentage of outstanding shares of each class of stock owned by the Credit Parties or any of their
Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date; the number and effect, if exercised, of all outstanding
34
options, warrants, rights of conversion or purchase and similar rights. The outstanding
Capital Stock and other equity interests of all such Subsidiaries is validly issued, fully paid and
non assessable and is owned, free and clear of all Liens (other than those arising under or
contemplated in connection with the Senior Debt Documents and the Note Purchase Documents).
(b) On the Closing Date, immediately after giving effect to the Transactions, (i) the Capital
Stock of Borrower will consist of 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock, all of which will have been
duly authorized and 1,050,000 of which will be issued and outstanding and owned of record and
beneficially as set forth on Schedule 3.11(b), 100,000 shares of Preferred Stock, all of which will
have been duly authorized and 59,500 of which will be issued and outstanding and owned of record
and beneficially as set forth on Schedule 3.11(b), (ii) such issued and outstanding shares will be
validly issued by Borrower and fully paid, non-assessable and free of preemptive rights (except as
provided in the Stockholders Agreements), and (iii) except as set forth on Schedule 3.11(b), there
will be no options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital Stock from the Borrower, or
agreements or other rights binding upon the Borrower to issue or sell Capital Stock of the
Borrower, whether on conversion or exchange of convertible securities or otherwise.
Section 3.12
Ownership of Property and Assets
.
Each of the Credit Parties is the owner of, and has good and marketable title to, all of its
respective assets, which, together with assets leased or licensed by the Credit Parties, represents
all assets individually or in the aggregate material to the conduct of the businesses of the Credit
Parties, taken as a whole on the date hereof, and none of such assets is subject to any Lien other
than Permitted Liens. Each Credit Party enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession under all of
its leases and all such leases are valid and subsisting and in full force and effect except where
any such failure could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Credit
Parties have delivered to the Administrative Agent complete and accurate copies of all material
leases in effect as of the Closing Date.
Section 3.13
Taxes
.
Each of the Credit Parties has filed, or caused to be filed, all federal, state and other
material tax returns required to be filed and paid (a) all federal, state and other material
amounts of taxes shown thereon to be due (including interest and penalties) and (b) all other
taxes, fees, assessments and other governmental charges (including mortgage recording taxes,
documentary stamp taxes and intangibles taxes) known by such Credit Party to be owing by it, except
for such taxes (i) which are not yet delinquent or (ii) that are being contested in good faith and
by proper proceedings, and against which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with
GAAP. None of the Credit Parties is aware as of the Closing Date of any proposed tax assessments
against it or any of its Subsidiaries which could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
35
Section 3.14
Intellectual Property Rights
.
Each of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries owns, or has the legal right to use, the
Intellectual Property necessary for each of them to conduct its business as currently conducted.
Set forth on
Schedule 3.14
is a list of all registered or issued Intellectual Property
owned by each of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries and all applications for registration or
issuance of Intellectual Property filed on the name of the Credit Parties or their Subsidiaries.
Except as disclosed in
Schedule 3.14
hereto, (a) one or more of the Credit Parties has the
right to use the Intellectual Property disclosed in
Schedule 3.14
hereto without payment of
royalties and (b) all registrations with and applications to Governmental Authorities in respect of
such Intellectual Property are in full force and effect. Except as in each case could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, none of the Credit Parties is in default
(or with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would be in default) under any license to
use any Intellectual Property; no claim has been asserted in writing or is pending by any Person
challenging or questioning the use of any Intellectual Property in their business or the validity
or effectiveness of any Intellectual Property, nor does the Credit Parties or any of their
Subsidiaries know of any claim; and, to the knowledge of the Credit Parties or any of their
Subsidiaries, the use of such Intellectual Property by the Credit Parties or any of their
Subsidiaries does not infringe on the rights of any Person.
Schedule 3.14
may be updated
from time to time by the Borrower to include new Intellectual Property acquired after the Closing
Date by giving written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent.
Section 3.15
Solvency
.
After giving effect to the Transactions, the fair saleable value of the Credit Parties assets,
measured on a going concern basis, exceeds all probable liabilities, including those to be incurred
pursuant to this Note Purchase Agreement. After giving effect to the Transactions, the Credit
Parties, taken as a whole (a) do not have unreasonably small capital in relation to the business in
which it is or proposes to be engaged or (b) have not incurred, and do not believe that they will
incur after giving effect to the Recapitalization, the incurrence of the Senior Obligations and the
other transactions contemplated by this Note Purchase Agreement, debts beyond their ability to pay
such debts as they become due. In executing the Note Purchase Documents and consummating the
Transactions, none of the Credit Parties intends to hinder, delay or defraud either present or
future creditors or other Persons to which one or more of the Credit Parties is or will become
indebted.
Section 3.16
Location of Collateral, Etc
.
Set forth on
Schedule 3.16(a)
is a list of the owned and leased real Properties of the
Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date with street address, county and state
where located. Set forth on
Schedule 3.16(b)
is a list of all locations where any tangible
personal property of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries is located as of the Closing Date,
including county and state where located. Set forth on
Schedule 3.16(c)
is the state of
incorporation or formation, chief executive office and principal place of business and federal tax
identification number of each of the Credit Parties as of the Closing Date.
36
Section 3.17
No Burdensome Restrictions
.
None of the Credit Parties is a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any other
obligation or any charter or corporate restriction or any provision of any applicable law, rule or
regulation which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.
Section 3.18
Labor Matters
.
There are no collective bargaining agreements or Multiemployer Plans covering the employees of
the Credit Parties as of the Closing Date, other than as set forth in Schedule 3.18 hereto, and as
of the Closing Date none of the Credit Parties has suffered any strikes, walkouts, work stoppages
or other material labor difficulty within the last five years, other than as set forth in Schedule
3.18 hereto. There are no strikes, walkouts, work stoppages or other material labor difficulty
pending or threatened against the Borrower or any Subsidiary except such as could not, individually
or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.19
Accuracy and Completeness of Information
.
All factual information heretofore, contemporaneously or hereafter furnished by or on behalf
of the Credit Parties in writing to the Administrative Agent or any Purchaser for purposes of or in
connection with this Note Purchase Agreement or any other Note Purchase Document, or any
transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, is or will be true and accurate in all material
respects and not incomplete by omitting to state any material fact necessary to make such
information not misleading. There is no fact now known to any of the Credit Parties which has, or
could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect which fact has not been set forth
herein, in the financial statements of the Credit Parties furnished to the Administrative Agent
and/or the Purchasers, or in any certificate, opinion or other written statement made or furnished
by or on behalf of the Credit Parties to the Administrative Agent and/or the Purchasers.
Section 3.20
Material Contracts
.
Schedule 3.20
sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Material Contracts of the
Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries in effect as of the Closing Date. Other than as set forth in
Schedule 3.20
, each such Material Contract is, and after giving effect to the Transactions
will be, in full force and effect in accordance with the terms thereof. The Credit Parties and
their Subsidiaries have delivered to the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of each
Material Contract.
Schedule 3.20
may be updated from time to time by the Borrower to
include new Material Contracts by giving written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent.
Section 3.21
Insurance
.
The insurance coverage of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date is
outlined as to carrier, policy number, expiration date, type and amount on
Schedule 3.21
and such insurance coverage complies with the requirements set forth in Section 5.5(b).
37
Section 3.22
Security Documents
.
The Security Documents create valid security interests in, and Liens on, the Collateral
purported to be covered thereby, which security interests and Liens are currently (or will be, upon
the execution of control agreements with respect to deposit and securities accounts and the filing
or recording of appropriate financing statements, Mortgage Instruments and notices of grants of
security interests in Intellectual Property, in each case in favor of the Administrative Agent on
behalf of the Secured Parties) perfected security interests and Liens, prior to all other Liens
other than Permitted Liens.
Section 3.23
Regulation H
.
Except as previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent, no Mortgaged Property is a Flood
Hazard Property.
Section 3.24
Classification of Senior Indebtedness
.
The Credit Party Obligations constitute Senior Indebtedness under and as defined in any
agreement governing any Subordinated Debt and the subordination provisions set forth in each such
agreement are legally valid and enforceable against the parties thereto.
Section 3.25
Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc
.
Neither any Credit Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is an enemy or an ally of the enemy
within the meaning of Section 2 of the Trading with the Enemy Act of the United States of America
(50 U.S.C. App. §§ 1 et seq.), as amended. Neither any Credit Party nor any or its Subsidiaries
is in violation of (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, (b) any of the foreign assets
control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as
amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto or (c) the Patriot Act (as
defined in Section 9.18). None of the Credit Parties (i) is a blocked person described in section
1 of the Anti Terrorism Order or (ii) to the best of its knowledge, engages in any dealings or
transactions, or is otherwise associated, with any such blocked person.
Section 3.26
Compliance with OFAC Rules and Regulations
.
None of Holdings, the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any Affiliate of the
Borrower or any Guarantor (i) is a Sanctioned Person, (ii) has any assets in Sanctioned Countries,
(iii) derives any of its operating income from investments in, or transactions, with Sanctioned
Countries, (iv) derives more than 15% of its operating income from investments in, or transactions
with Sanctioned Persons, or (v) to the knowledge of the Credit Parties, derives any of its
operating income from investments in, or transactions with Sanctioned Persons. No part of the
proceeds of any extension of credit hereunder will be used directly or indirectly to fund any
operations in, finance any investments or activities in or make any payments to, a Sanctioned
Person or a Sanctioned Country.
38
Section 3.27
Consummation of Recapitalization; Representations and Warranties from Other
Documents
.
The Recapitalization and related transactions and the incurrence of the Senior Obligations
have been consummated substantially in accordance with the terms of the Recapitalization Documents
and the Senior Debt Documents. As of the Closing Date, the Recapitalization Documents have not
been altered, amended or otherwise modified or supplemented or any condition thereof waived in a
manner adverse to the Purchasers without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. As
of the date hereof, to the knowledge of the Credit Parties, each of the representations and
warranties made in the Recapitalization Documents by each of the parties thereto is true and
correct in all material respects except for representations and warranties that relate to a
particular date and, with regard to such representations and warranties, the same were true and
correct as of such date. On the Closing Date, each of the representations and warranties made in
the Senior Debt Documents by the Credit Parties is true and correct in all material respects except
for representations and warranties that relate to a particular date and, with regard to such
representations and warranties, the same were true and correct as of such date.
Section 3.28
Certain Transactions
.
Except for transactions set forth on Schedule 3.28 hereto, none of the Affiliates, officers,
directors, or employees of the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries is presently a party to
any transaction with any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries (other than for services as
employees, officers and directors), including any contract, agreement or other arrangement
providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal
property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any officer, director or such
employee or, to the knowledge of the Credit Parties, any corporation, partnership, trust or other
entity in which any officer, director, or any such employee has a substantial interest or is an
officer, director, trustee or partner.
Section 3.29
Use of Proceeds
.
On the Closing Date, the proceeds of the Notes shall be used, together with the proceeds from
the incurrence of the Senior Obligations (i) to finance in part the Recapitalization, (ii) to pay
certain costs, fees and expenses in connection with the Transactions, (iii) to refinance certain
existing Indebtedness of the Borrower, (iv) to pay any fees and expenses associated with this Note
Purchase Agreement on the Closing Date and (v) for working capital and other general corporate
purposes (including, without limitation, Capital Expenditures permitted hereunder), in each case
not in contravention of any Law or Note Purchase Document.
Section 3.30
Small Business Concern
.
The Credit Parties together with their affiliates (as that term is defined in Section
121.103 of Title 13 of the Code of Federal Regulations) are a small business concern within the
meaning of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended (
SBIA
), and the
regulations thereunder (the
SBIC Regulations
), including Title 13, C.F.R. Section
121.301(c). The information pertaining to the Credit Parties set forth in Small Business
Administration Form
39
1031 delivered to each Purchaser that is a Small Business Investment Company (
SBIC
)
licensed by the United States Small Business Administration (each an
SBIC Lender
) is
accurate and complete. The Credit Parties do not presently engage in, or shall hereafter engage
in, any activities, nor shall the Credit Parties use the proceeds of the sale of the Notes directly
or indirectly for any purpose for which an SBIC is prohibited from providing funds by the
regulations under the SBIC Regulations (including, without limitation, 13 C.F.R. Section 107.720).
To the knowledge of the Credit Parties, each SBIC that owns any securities issued by the Borrower,
together with a description of the kinds and amounts of securities held, are listed on
Schedule
3.30
hereto.
ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
Section 4.1
Conditions to Closing Date
.
This Credit Agreement shall become effective upon, and the obligation of each Purchaser to
purchase the Notes on the Closing Date is subject to, the satisfaction of the following conditions
precedent:
(a)
Execution of Note Purchase Agreement and Note Purchase Documents
. The
Administrative Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of this Note Purchase Agreement, executed
by a duly authorized officer of each party hereto, (ii) for the account of each Purchaser
requesting a promissory note, a Note, (iii) counterparts of the Security Agreement and the Pledge
Agreement, in each case conforming to the requirements of this Note Purchase Agreement and executed
by duly authorized officers of the Credit Parties or other Person, as applicable, (iv) counterparts
of the Intercreditor Agreement, executed by a duly authorized officer of each party thereto and (v)
counterparts of any other Note Purchase Document, executed by the duly authorized officers of the
parties thereto.
(b)
Authority Documents
. The Administrative Agent shall have received the following:
(i)
Articles of Incorporation; Partnership Agreement
. Copies of the
articles of incorporation, partnership agreement or other charter documents of each
Credit Party certified to be true and complete as of a recent date by the
appropriate governmental authority of the state of its incorporation or formation.
(ii)
Resolutions
. Copies of resolutions of the board of directors or
other comparable managing body of each Credit Party approving and adopting the Note
Purchase Documents, the transactions contemplated therein and authorizing execution
and delivery thereof, certified by an officer or managing member of such Credit
Party as of the Closing Date to be true and correct and in force and effect as of
such date.
(iii)
Bylaws
. A copy of the bylaws or other operating agreement of
each Credit Party certified by an officer or managing member of such Credit Party
40
as of the Closing Date to be true and correct and in force and effect as of
such date.
(iv)
Good Standing
. Copies of (i) certificates of good standing,
existence or its equivalent with respect to the each Credit Party certified as of a
recent date by the appropriate governmental authorities of the state of
incorporation or formation, as the case may be, and each other state in which the
failure of such Credit Party to be qualified to do business could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) to the extent readily available,
a certificate indicating payment of all corporate and other franchise taxes
certified as of a recent date by the appropriate governmental taxing authorities.
(v)
Incumbency
. An incumbency certificate of each Credit Party
certified by a secretary or assistant secretary to be true and correct as of the
Closing Date.
Each officers certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 4.1(b) shall be substantially in
the form of
Schedule 4.1(b)
hereto.
(c)
Legal Opinion of Counsel
. The Administrative Agent shall have received, in each
case, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers and in
form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent:
(i) a legal opinion of Dechert LLP, counsel for the Credit Parties; and
(ii) a legal opinion of special local counsel for the Borrower and each other
Credit Party incorporated or organized in the State of Ohio.
(d)
Personal Property Collateral
. The Administrative Agent shall have received, in
form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:
(i) searches of UCC filings in the jurisdiction of the chief executive office
and jurisdiction of formation of each Credit Party and each jurisdiction where any
Collateral is located or where a filing would need to be made in order to perfect
the Administrative Agents security interest in the Collateral, copies of the
financing statements on file in such jurisdictions and evidence that no Liens exist
other than Permitted Liens and Liens that are to be terminated on the Closing Date;
(ii) UCC financing statements for each appropriate jurisdiction as is
necessary, in the Administrative Agents sole discretion, to perfect the
Administrative Agents security interest in the Collateral;
(iii) searches of ownership of Intellectual Property in the appropriate
governmental offices;
41
(iv) such patent/trademark/copyright filings as requested by the
Administrative Agent in order to perfect the Administrative Agents security
interest in the Intellectual Property;
(v) all stock certificates, if any, evidencing the Capital Stock pledged to the
Administrative Agent pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, together with duly executed
in blank undated stock powers attached thereto, shall be delivered to the Control
Agent, who shall hold such items for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to
the Intercreditor Agreement;
(vi) all instruments and chattel paper in the possession of any of the Credit
Parties, together with allonges or assignments as may be necessary or appropriate to
perfect the Administrative Agents security interest in the Collateral, shall be
delivered to the Control Agent, who shall hold such items for the benefit of the
Secured Parties pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement; and
(vii) duly executed consents as are necessary, in the Administrative Agents
sole discretion, to perfect the Purchasers security interest in the Collateral.
(e) [Intentionally Omitted.]
(f)
Liability and Casualty Insurance
. The Administrative Agent shall have received
copies of insurance policies or certificates of insurance evidencing liability and casualty
insurance (including, but not limited to, business interruption insurance) meeting the requirements
set forth herein or in the Security Documents. The Control Agent (for the benefit of the Secured
Parties) shall be named as lenders loss payee on all casualty insurance policies providing
coverage in respect of any Collateral and as additional insured on all liability insurance
policies, in each case for the benefit of the Purchasers.
(g)
Reliance
. The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of each opinion,
report, agreement, and other document required to be delivered pursuant to the Recapitalization
Documents in connection with the Recapitalization and related transactions.
(h)
Litigation
. There shall not exist any pending litigation or investigation
affecting or relating to (i) any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries that in the reasonable
judgment of the Administrative Agent and Purchasers could materially adversely affect the any
Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, this Agreement or the other Note Purchase Documents, that
has not been settled, dismissed, vacated, discharged or terminated prior to the Closing Date or
(ii) this Agreement, the other Note Purchase Documents, the Senior Debt or the Recapitalization
that has not been settled, dismissed, vacated, discharged or terminated prior to the Closing Date.
(i)
Solvency Certificate
. The Administrative Agent shall have received an officers
certificate prepared by the chief financial officer of the Borrower as to the financial condition,
solvency and related matters of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries, after giving effect to
the Recapitalization, the issuance of the Notes and the initial borrowings under the Senior Debt
Documents, in substantially the form of
Schedule 4.1(i)
hereto.
42
(j)
Organizational Structure
. The corporate and capital and ownership structure of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the Transactions) shall be as described
in
Schedule 3.11(a)
and/or
Schedule 3.11(b)
. The Administrative Agent shall be
reasonably satisfied with the management structure, legal structure, voting control, liquidity,
total leverage and total capitalization of the Credit Parties.
(k)
Recapitalization Documents
. The Administrative Agent shall have reviewed and
approved in its sole discretion all of the Recapitalization Documents (it being acknowledged the
form of Purchase Agreement as executed (including all exhibits and schedules) has been approved by
the Administrative Agent) and there shall not have been any material modification, amendment,
supplement or waiver to the Recapitalization Documents without the prior written consent of the
Administrative Agent, and the Recapitalization shall have been consummated in accordance with the
terms of the Recapitalization Documents (without waiver of any conditions precedent to the
obligations of any party thereto). The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy, certified
by an officer of the Borrower as true and complete, of each Recapitalization Document as originally
executed and delivered, together with all exhibits and schedules thereto.
(l)
Consents
. The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that all boards
of directors (including, without limitation, the board of directors of the Borrower prior to
Recapitalization), governmental, shareholder and material third party consents and approvals
necessary in connection with the Transactions have been obtained and all applicable waiting periods
have expired without any action being taken by any authority that could restrain, prevent or impose
any material adverse conditions on such transactions or that could seek or threaten any of the
foregoing.
(m)
Compliance with Laws
. The financings and other Transactions contemplated hereby
shall be in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations (including all applicable
securities and banking laws, rules and regulations).
(n)
Bankruptcy
. There shall be no bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings with respect
to Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries.
(o)
Senior Debt
. The Borrower, the Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders shall have
entered into documentation with respect to the issuance of the Senior Debt in form and substance
(including, but not limited to, the composition, intercreditor and right of payment terms)
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers. The Administrative Agent
shall have received a copy, certified by an officer of the Borrower as true and complete, of each
Senior Debt Document as originally executed and delivered, together with all exhibits and schedules
thereto. There shall not have been any material modification, amendment, supplement or waiver to
the Senior Debt Documents without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and
Purchasers. The Borrower shall have received gross cash proceeds from the issuance of the Senior
Debt in an amount equal to $82,500,000 and the Borrower shall have at least $17,000,000 available
for borrowing under the Revolving Loans.
(p)
Existing Indebtedness of the Credit Parties
. All of the existing Indebtedness for
borrowed money of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness permitted to exist
43
pursuant to Section 6.1) shall be repaid in full and all security interests related thereto
shall be terminated on the Closing Date.
(q)
Financial Statements
. The Administrative Agent and the Purchasers shall have
received copies of the financial statements and projections referred to in Section 3.1 hereof, each
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it.
(r)
No Material Adverse Change
. Since December 25, 2005, there has been no material
adverse change in the business, results of operations or financial condition of Holdings, the
Borrower or the Subsidiaries of the Borrower, taken as a whole.
(s)
Financial Condition Certificate
. The Administrative Agent shall have received a
certificate or certificates executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as of the Closing
Date stating that (i) no action, suit, investigation or proceeding is pending, ongoing or, to the
knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened in any court or before any other Governmental Authority
that purports to affect any Credit Party or any transaction contemplated by the Note Purchase
Documents, which action, suit, investigation or proceeding could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect and (ii) immediately after giving effect to this Note Purchase Agreement,
the other Note Purchase Documents, and all the Transactions contemplated to occur on such date, (A)
no Default or Event of Default exists, (B) all representations and warranties contained herein and
in the other Note Purchase Documents are true and correct in all respects, and (C) the Credit
Parties are in pro forma compliance with each of the initial financial covenants set forth in
Section 5.9 (as evidenced through detailed calculations of such financial covenants on a schedule
to such certificate) as of the last day of the month immediately preceding the Closing Date.
(t)
Equity Contribution
. The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that
the Borrower shall have received from the Sponsors and the Management Investors an equity
contribution in cash (and the value of the Equity Retention) of at least $69,000,000 (at least 75%
of which shall be provided by the Sponsors), and such equity contribution shall constitute not less
than 30% of the total capitalization of the Borrower, in each case on terms and conditions
acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
(u)
Adjusted Leverage Ratios
. The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence
that the ratio of (A) Consolidated Funded Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the
Closing Date to (B) Adjusted Run Rate EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the 12 month
period ended April 30, 2006, does not exceed 5.00 to 1.00.
Adjusted Run-Rate EBITDA
shall mean the EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the applicable period on a
Consolidated basis, calculated on the manner set forth on
Schedule 4.1(u)
.
(v)
Usage of Revolving Commitments
. After giving effect to the Transactions,
including the issuance of the Notes hereunder on the Closing Date, (i) the aggregate principal
amount of outstanding Revolving Loans,
plus
outstanding Swingline Loans plus outstanding
LOC Obligations shall not exceed $5,900,000, and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding
Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans shall not exceed $1,000,000.
44
(w)
Patriot Act Certificate
. The Administrative Agent shall have received a
certificate satisfactory thereto, for benefit of itself and the Purchasers, provided by the
Borrower that sets forth information required by the Patriot Act (as defined in Section 9.18)
including, without limitation, the identity of the Borrower, the name and address of the Borrower
and other information that will allow the Administrative Agent or any Lender, as applicable, to
identify the Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act.
(x)
Fees
. The Administrative Agent and the Purchasers shall have received all fees,
if any, owing pursuant to Section 2.6.
(y)
Certain Existing Indebtedness
. The Administrative Agent shall have received true,
correct and complete copies, as certified by an officer of the Borrower, of all material
agreements, notes, instruments and other documents with respect to the (a) Existing Mortgage Debt
and (b) the SBA Loans.
(z)
Additional Matters
. All other documents and legal matters in connection with the
transactions contemplated by this Note Purchase Agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory in form
and substance to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.
ARTICLE V
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
The Credit Parties hereby covenant and agree that on the Closing Date, and thereafter for so
long as this Note Purchase Agreement is in effect and until the Credit Party Obligations have been
paid in full, the Credit Parties shall, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to:
Section 5.1
Financial Statements
.
Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each of the Purchasers:
(a)
Annual Financial Statements
. As soon as available, but in any event within one
hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, (i) a copy of the
Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such
fiscal year and the related Consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and of cash
flows of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such year, audited by a firm of
independent certified public accountants reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, setting
forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the preceding fiscal year and the
projections for such fiscal year and all such consolidated statements to be in reasonable detail,
prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with management discussion and analysis relating to
important operational and financial developments during such fiscal period, reported on without a
going concern or like qualification or exception, or qualification indicating that the scope of
the audit was inadequate to permit such independent certified public accountants to certify such
financial statements without such qualification and (ii) a list of any new Restaurants acquired or
opened (or any Restaurants closed or sold) within the last fiscal quarter of such fiscal year and,
if applicable, an amended
Schedule 3.16(a)
reflecting the addition of any new owned or
leased Properties (or the deletion of any owned or leased Properties) as applicable, which
45
amended
Schedule 3.16(a)
shall, upon consummation of the applicable acquisition or
opening, or closing or sale, be substituted as a replacement
Schedule 3.16(a)
;
(b)
Quarterly Financial Statements
. As soon as available and in any event within
forty five (45) days after the end of each of the fiscal quarters of the Borrower, (i) a company
prepared Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end
of such period and related company prepared Consolidated statements of income and retained earnings
and of cash flows for the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such quarterly period and
for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such period, in each case setting forth in
comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of the preceding fiscal year
(subject to normal recurring year end audit adjustments) and the projections for such quarterly
period and for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such period, all in reasonable detail and
prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with management discussion and analysis relating to
important operational and financial developments during such fiscal period and (ii) a list of any
new Restaurants acquired or opened (or any Restaurants closed or sold) within such fiscal quarter
and, if applicable, an amended
Schedule 3.16(a)
reflecting the addition of any new owned or
leased Properties (or the deletion of any owned or leased Properties) as applicable, which amended
Schedule 3.16(a)
shall, upon consummation of the applicable acquisition or opening, or
closing or sale, be substituted as a replacement
Schedule 3.16(a)
;
(c)
Monthly Financial Statements
. As soon as available, but in any event within
thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal month of the Borrower, (i) a company prepared
consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such
period and related company prepared statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows
for the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such monthly period and for the portion of
the fiscal year ending with such period, in each case setting forth in comparative form
consolidated figures for the corresponding period or periods of the preceding fiscal year (subject
to normal recurring quarterly adjustments and year end audit adjustments and the absence of
footnotes) and the projections for such fiscal month all in reasonable detail and prepared in
accordance with GAAP, together with management discussion and analysis relating to important
operational and financial developments during such fiscal period and a certification by the
principal financial or accounting officer of Borrower that the information contained in such
financial statements fairly presents the financial condition of Borrower and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries on the date thereof (subject to year-end adjustments) and (ii) monthly profit and loss
statements for each Restaurant in electronic format or in such other manner as the Administrative
Agent shall reasonably request; and
(d)
Annual Financial Plans
. As soon as practicable and in any event within thirty
(30) days after the end of each fiscal year, a Consolidated budget and cash flow projections
prepared on a monthly basis of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the following
fiscal year, in form and detail reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Required
Purchasers, such budget to be prepared by the Borrower in a manner consistent with GAAP and to
include an operating and capital budget, a summary of the material assumptions made in the
preparation of such budget. Such budget shall be accompanied by a certificate of the managing
partner or chief financial officer of the Borrower to the effect that the budgets and other
financial data are based on reasonable estimates and assumptions, all of which are fair in
46
light of the conditions which existed at the time the budget was made, have been prepared on
the basis of the assumptions stated therein, and reflect, as of the time so furnished, the
reasonable estimate of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries of the budgeted results of
the operations and other information budgeted therein;
all such financial statements to fairly present in all material respects the financial condition
and results from operations of the entities and for the periods specified and to be prepared in
reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP (subject, in the case of interim statements, to
normal recurring year end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes) applied consistently
throughout the periods reflected therein and further accompanied by a description of, and an
estimation of the effect on the financial statements on account of, a change in the application of
accounting principles as provided in Section 1.3.
Section 5.2
Certificates; Other Information
.
Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each of the Purchasers:
(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 5.1(a)
above, a certificate of the independent certified public accountants reporting on such financial
statements stating that in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of
any Default or Event of Default under this Note Purchase Agreement, except as specified in such
certificate;
(b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 5.1(a)
and 5.1(b) above (commencing with the delivery of the financial statements for the fiscal year
ending December 31, 2006), a certificate of a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of
Schedule 5.2(b)
(i) stating that (A) such financial statements present fairly the financial
position of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the periods indicated in conformity
with GAAP applied on a consistent basis (subject, in the case of interim financial statements, to
normal year end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes), (B) each of the Credit Parties
during such period observed or performed in all material respects all of its covenants and other
agreements, and satisfied in all material respects every condition, contained in this Note Purchase
Agreement to be observed, performed or satisfied by it, and (C) such Responsible Officer has
obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such certificate
and (ii) providing calculations in reasonable detail required to indicate compliance with Section
5.9 as of the last day of such period;
(c) promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial
statement or other report or communication sent to the stockholders of the Borrower, and copies of
all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower
may file or be required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 13 or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or with any national securities exchange, and in any
case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;
(d) within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a
certificate containing information regarding (i) the calculation of Excess Cash Flow
47
(as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) (beginning with the fiscal year ending December
31, 2007) and (ii) the amount of all Asset Dispositions, Debt Issuances, and Equity Issuances (as
such terms are defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) that were made during the prior fiscal year
and amounts received in connection with any Recovery Event during the prior fiscal year;
(e) promptly upon receipt thereof, a copy or summary of any other report, or management
letter submitted or presented by independent accountants to Holdings, the Borrower or any of their
respective Subsidiaries in connection with any annual, interim or special audit of the books of
such Person;
(f) promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all notices delivered to the Borrower or any
other Credit Party or sent by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Credit Party with respect
to the Senior Obligations;
(g) promptly upon their becoming available, copies of (i) all press releases and other
statements made available generally by the Credit Parties to the public concerning material
developments in the business of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries and (ii) any non routine
correspondence or official notices received by the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries from
any federal, state or local governmental authority which regulates the operations of the Credit
Parties and their Subsidiaries;
(h) promptly, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, the current version of the
registry of holders of the Senior Obligations; and
(i) promptly, such additional financial and other information as the Administrative Agent, on
behalf of any Purchaser, may from time to time reasonably request.
Section 5.3
Payment of Taxes and Other Obligations
.
Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as
the case may be, in accordance with industry practice (subject, where applicable, to specified
grace periods) all its taxes (Federal, state, local and any other taxes) and other obligations and
liabilities of whatever nature and any additional costs that are imposed as a result of any failure
to so pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy such taxes, obligations and liabilities, except when the
amount or validity of any such taxes, obligations and liabilities is currently being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves, if applicable, in conformity with GAAP with
respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Credit Parties.
Section 5.4
Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence
.
Continue to engage in business of the same general type as now conducted by it on the Closing
Date (and other businesses ancillary or related thereto) and preserve, renew and keep in full force
and effect its existence and good standing take all reasonable action to maintain all rights,
privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business and to
maintain its goodwill; comply with all Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law applicable
to it except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
48
Section 5.5
Maintenance of Property; Insurance
.
(a) Keep all material property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and
condition (ordinary wear and tear and obsolescence excepted).
(b) Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on all its
property (including without limitation its tangible Collateral) in at least such amounts and
against at least such risks as are usually insured against in the same geographical area by
companies engaged in the same or a similar business (including, without limitation, business
interruption insurance); and furnish to the Administrative Agent, upon written request, full
information as to the insurance carried. The Control Agent (for the benefit of the Secured
Parties) shall be named as loss payee or mortgagee, as its interest may appear, with respect to any
such casualty insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral, and each of the Senior
Agent and Control Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) shall be named as an additional
insured with respect to any liability insurance, and each provider of any such insurance shall
agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments
furnished to the Administrative Agent and Control Agent, that it will give the Administrative Agent
or Control Agent, as applicable, thirty (30) days prior written notice before any such policy or
policies shall be altered or canceled, and that no act or default of any Credit Party or any other
Person shall affect the rights of the Administrative Agent, Control Agent or the Purchasers under
such policy or policies.
(c) In case of any material loss, damage to or destruction of the Collateral of any Credit
Party or any part thereof, such Credit Party shall promptly give written notice thereof to the
Administrative Agent generally describing the nature and extent of such damage or destruction. In
case of any loss, damage to or destruction of the Collateral of any Credit Party or any part
thereof, such Credit Party, whether or not the insurance proceeds, if any, received on account of
such damage or destruction shall be sufficient for that purpose, at such Credit Partys cost and
expense, will promptly repair or replace the Collateral of such Credit Party so lost, damaged or
destroyed unless such Credit Party shall have reasonably determined that such repair or replacement
of the affected Collateral is not economically feasible or is not deemed in the best business
interest of such Credit Party.
Section 5.6
Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions
.
Keep proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity
with GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to
its businesses and activities; and permit, during regular business hours and upon reasonable notice
by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and any of its representatives (including,
without limitation, counsel, accountants, environmental consultants or engineers and other
professional advisers) to visit and inspect any of its properties and examine and make abstracts
from any of its books and records at any reasonable time (at the Borrowers sole cost and expense
only for the initial visit and inspection each calendar year, except as otherwise provided below)
and upon reasonable notice and as often as may reasonably be desired, and to discuss the business,
operations, properties and financial and other condition of the Credit Parties with officers and
employees of the Credit Parties and with their independent certified public accountants; provided,
however, that when an Event of Default exists the
49
Administrative Agent or any Purchaser (or any of their respective representatives or
independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the sole cost and expense of the Borrower
at any time during normal business hours, with reasonable advance notice.
Section 5.7
Notices
.
(a) Immediately after any Credit Party obtains actual knowledge thereof, provide written
notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall transmit such notice to each Purchaser as soon as
practicable) of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default.
(b) Promptly (but in no event later than five (5) Business Days after any Credit Party obtains
actual knowledge thereof) provide written notice of the following to the Administrative Agent
(which shall transmit such notice to each Purchaser as soon as practicable):
(i) the occurrence of any default or event of default under any Contractual
Obligation of any of the Credit Parties which could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect or involve a monetary claim in excess of $1,000,000;
(ii) any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding (A) affecting any of
the Credit Parties and involving amounts in controversy in excess of $1,000,000 or
involving injunctions or requesting injunctive relief by or against any Credit Party
or any Subsidiary of the Credit Parties or (B) affecting or with respect to this
Note Purchase Agreement, any other Note Purchase Document or any Recapitalization
Document;
(iii) (A) the occurrence or expected occurrence of any Reportable Event with
respect to any Plan, a failure to make any required contribution to a Plan, the
creation of any Lien in favor of the PBGC (other than a Permitted Lien) or a Plan or
any withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any
Multiemployer Plan or (B) the institution of proceedings or the taking of any other
action by the PBGC or any Credit Party or any Commonly Controlled Entity or any
Multiemployer Plan with respect to the withdrawal from, or the terminating,
Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Plan;
(iv) any notice of any material violation received by any Credit Party from any
Governmental Authority including, without limitation, any notice of material
violation of Environmental Laws;
(v) any labor controversy that has resulted in, or threatens to result in, a
strike or other work action against any Credit Party which could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(vi) any attachment, judgment, lien, levy or order exceeding $1,000,000 that
may be assessed against or threatened against any Credit Party other than Permitted
Liens; and
50
(vii) any other development or event which could reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect.
Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible
Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the
Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto. in the case of any notice of a Default or Event of
Default, the Borrower shall specify that such notice is a Default or Event of Default notice on the
face thereof.
Section 5.8
Environmental Laws
.
(a) Comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws and obtain and
comply in all material respects with and maintain any and all material licenses, approvals,
notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable Environmental Laws;
provided
,
however
, that the any failure(s) to comply with this Section 5.8 shall
not constitute a breach of this Section 5.8 until such time as the possible liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or
disbursements of any kind that may be incurred in connection therewith exceed $1,000,000
individually or in the aggregate.
(b) Conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial,
removal and other actions required under Environmental Laws and promptly comply in all material
respects with all lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding
Environmental Laws except to the extent that the same are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and the pendency of such proceedings, individually or in the aggregate,
could not reasonably be expected to have a material and adverse effect on the Properties or the
operation thereof.
(c) Defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers, and their
respective employees, agents, officers and directors, from and against any and all claims, demands,
penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs and expenses of whatever kind or nature
known or unknown, contingent or otherwise, arising out of, or in any way relating to the violation
of, noncompliance with or liability (in each case, whether threatened or actual) under, any
Environmental Law applicable to the operations of the Credit Parties or the Properties, or any
orders, requirements or demands of Governmental Authorities related thereto, including, without
limitation, reasonable attorneys and consultants fees, investigation and laboratory fees,
response costs, court costs and litigation expenses, except to the extent that any of the foregoing
arise out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification
therefor. The agreements in this paragraph shall survive repayment of the Notes and all other
amounts payable hereunder.
Section 5.9
Financial Covenants
.
Comply with the following financial covenants:
(a)
Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio
. As of the end of each fiscal quarter ending
during the following periods, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall be less than or equal to:
51
|
|
|
|
|
Period
|
|
Maximum Ratio
|
Closing Date through March 31, 2007 (excluding the fiscal
quarter ending September 30, 2006)
|
|
|
6.45 to 1.00
|
|
April 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007
|
|
|
6.15 to 1.00
|
|
January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008
|
|
|
5.45 to 1.00
|
|
January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009
|
|
|
4.75 to 1.00
|
|
January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010
|
|
|
4.10 to 1.00
|
|
January 1, 2011 and thereafter
|
|
|
3.90 to 1.00
|
|
(b)
Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio
. As of the end of each fiscal quarter ending
during the following periods, the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio shall be less than or equal
to:
|
|
|
|
|
Period
|
|
Maximum Ratio
|
Closing Date through March 31, 2007 (excluding the fiscal
quarter ending September 30, 2006)
|
|
|
4.80 to 1.00
|
|
April 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007
|
|
|
4.60 to 1.00
|
|
January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008
|
|
|
4.10 to 1.00
|
|
January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009
|
|
|
3.60 to 1.00
|
|
January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010
|
|
|
3.05 to 1.00
|
|
January 1, 2011 and thereafter
|
|
|
2.75 to 1.00
|
|
(c)
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
. As of the end of each fiscal quarter
ending during the following periods, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be greater
than or equal to:
|
|
|
|
|
Period
|
|
Minimum Ratio
|
Closing Date through March 31, 2007 (excluding the fiscal
quarter ending September 30, 2006)
|
|
|
1.00 to 1.00
|
|
April 1, 2007 through September 30, 2007
|
|
|
1.10 to 1.00
|
|
October 1, 2007 through December 31, 2008
|
|
|
1.20 to 1.00
|
|
January 1, 2009 and thereafter
|
|
|
1.30 to 1.00
|
|
(d)
Consolidated Capital Expenditures
. The sum of (a) Consolidated Capital
Expenditures for any fiscal year
less
(b) the amount of payments for tenant incentives
actually received by the Borrower and its subsidiaries during such fiscal year, shall be less than
or equal to the amounts set forth in the table below opposite such fiscal year;
provided
that the maximum amount of Consolidated Capital Expenditures permitted in each fiscal year shall be
increased by one hundred (100%) of the unused Consolidated Capital Expenditures from the
immediately preceding fiscal year (calculated without reference to any amounts carried forward to
such preceding year from any earlier year pursuant to this proviso);
provided
further
,
however
, that to the extent that less than seventy percent (70%) of the
permitted Consolidated Capital Expenditures for any fiscal year is utilized, the Borrower shall
only be permitted to carry forward to the following fiscal year fifty percent (50%) of such unused
Consolidated Capital Expenditures from such immediately preceding fiscal year (calculated without
reference to any amounts carried forward from prior years pursuant to this proviso):
52
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
Amount
|
Fiscal Year 2006
|
|
$
|
24,200,000
|
|
Fiscal Year 2007
|
|
$
|
22,300,000
|
|
Fiscal Year 2008
|
|
$
|
22,300,000
|
|
Fiscal Year 2009
|
|
$
|
22,900,000
|
|
Fiscal Year 2010
|
|
$
|
23,500,000
|
|
Fiscal Year 2011 and thereafter
|
|
$
|
23,600,000
|
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower will not (and will not permit any of its
Subsidiaries to) commit to open any new Restaurants (including without limitation entering into any
lease, purchase agreement, construction contract or other agreement or arrangement relating to the
lease, acquisition, build-out or refurbishment of any property in connection with the opening or
anticipated opened of a new Restaurant (other than leases which are subject to a binding written
commitment)) if at such time, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as at the end of the most
recently ended fiscal quarter for which the Borrower has delivered the required financial
statements pursuant to Section 5.1(b) and a compliance certificate pursuant to Section 5.2(b)
exceeds the Incurrence Ratio, or if any Default or Event of Default then exists or would result
therefrom;
provided
,
however
, that if at any time, the Consolidated Total Leverage
Ratio as at the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which the Borrower has delivered
the required financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(b) and a compliance certificate pursuant
to Section 5.1(b) exceeds the Incurrence Ratio, the Borrower shall use commercially reasonable
efforts to minimize Consolidated Growth Capital Expenditures.
Notwithstanding the above, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, for purposes of all
calculations made in determining compliance for any applicable period with the financial covenants
set forth in this Section 5.9 (including, without limitation for the purposes of the definition of
Pro Forma Basis set forth in Section 1.1), (i) after consummation of any Permitted Acquisition,
(A) income statement items and other balance sheet items (whether positive or negative)
attributable to the Target acquired in such transaction shall be included in such calculations to
the extent relating to such applicable period, subject to adjustments mutually acceptable to the
Borrower and the Required Purchasers, and (B) Indebtedness of a Target which is retired in
connection with the Acquisition or any Permitted Acquisition shall be excluded from such
calculations and deemed to have been retired as of the first day of such applicable period and (ii)
after any asset disposition permitted by Section 6.4(a)(vi), (A) income statement items, cash flow
statement items and other balance sheet items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the
property or assets disposed of shall be excluded in such calculations to the extent relating to
such applicable period, subject to adjustments mutually acceptable to the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent (after consultation with the Purchasers) and (B) Indebtedness that is repaid
with the proceeds of such asset disposition shall be excluded from such calculations and deemed to
have been repaid as of the first day of such applicable period.
Section 5.10
Additional Guarantors
.
The Credit Parties will cause each of their Domestic Subsidiaries, whether newly formed, after
acquired or otherwise existing, and each other entity that guarantees the Senior Obligations to
promptly (and in any event within thirty (30) days after such Domestic Subsidiary is formed or
acquired (or such longer period of time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its
53
reasonable discretion)) become a Guarantor hereunder by way of execution of a Joinder
Agreement. In connection therewith, the Credit Parties shall give notice to the Administrative
Agent not less than ten (10) days prior to creating a Domestic Subsidiary (or such shorter period
of time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion), or acquiring the
Capital Stock of any other Person. The Credit Party obligations shall be secured by, among other
things, a first priority (subject only to the Lien in favor of the Senior Agent securing the Senior
Debt) perfected security interest in the Collateral of such new Guarantor and a pledge of 100% of
the Capital Stock of such new Guarantor and its Domestic Subsidiaries and 65% (or such higher
percentage that would not result in material adverse tax consequences for such new Guarantor) of
the voting Capital Stock and 100% of the non voting Capital Stock of its first tier Foreign
Subsidiaries. In connection with the foregoing, the Credit Parties shall deliver to the
Administrative Agent, with respect to each new Guarantor to the extent applicable, substantially
the same documentation required pursuant to Sections 4.1(b) (f) and 5.12 and such other documents
or agreements as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.
Section 5.11
Compliance with Law
.
Comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders, and all applicable restrictions imposed
by all Governmental Authorities, applicable to it and its property, except in such instances in
which (a) such law, rule, regulation, order or restriction is being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) such noncompliance with any such law, rule,
regulation, order or restriction, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.12
Pledged Assets
.
(a) Cause 100% of the Capital Stock in each of its direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiaries
(other than, with respect to the Capital Stock of the Borrower, any Permitted Management Capital
Stock) and 65% of the Capital Stock in each of its Foreign Subsidiaries to be subject at all times
to a first priority (subject only to the Lien in favor of the Senior Agent securing the Senior
Debt), perfected Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms and conditions of
the Security Documents or such other security documents as the Administrative Agent shall
reasonably request.
(b) If, subsequent to the Closing Date, a Credit Party shall acquire any real property or any
securities, instruments, chattel paper or other personal property required for perfection to be
delivered to the Administrative Agent (or, as the case may be, to the Control Agent, for the
benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement) as Collateral hereunder or
under any of the Security Documents, promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days)
after any Responsible Officer of a Credit Party acquires knowledge of same notify the
Administrative Agent of same.
(c) Each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, take such action at
its own expense as requested by the Administrative Agent (including, without limitation, any of the
actions described in Section 4.1(d) or (e) hereof and delivery of opinions of counsel) to ensure
that the Administrative Agent has a first priority perfected Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) to
secure the Credit Party Obligations in (i) all personal property of the Credit
54
Parties located in the United States, (ii) to the extent deemed to be material by the
Administrative Agent or the Required Purchasers in its or their sole reasonable discretion, all
other personal property of the Credit Parties, (iii) subject to Section 5.20, all owned real
property of the Credit Parties located in the United States and (iv) subject to Section 5.20, all
leased real property of the Credit Parties located in the United States. Each Credit Party shall,
and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, adhere to the covenants regarding the location of
personal property as set forth in the Security Documents.
Section 5.13
Hedging Agreements
.
Within 90 days following the Closing Date, the Borrower shall obtain interest rate protection,
pursuant to Hedging Agreements for a term of at least three (3) years with a counterparty and on
terms acceptable to the Administrative Agent, such that at least 50% of the Borrowers total
capitalization consists of Indebtedness bearing interest at a fixed rate.
Section 5.14
Covenants Regarding Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights
.
(a) Notify the Administrative Agent promptly if it knows or has reason to know that any
application, letters patent or registration relating to any Patent, Patent License, Trademark or
Trademark License of the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries may become abandoned, or of
any adverse determination or development (including, without limitation, the institution of, or any
such determination or development in, any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark
Office or any court) regarding a Credit Partys or any of its Subsidiarys ownership of any Patent
or Trademark, its right to patent or register the same, or to enforce, keep and maintain the same,
or its rights under any Patent License or Trademark License, in each case to the extent any such
developments could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Notify the Administrative Agent promptly after it knows or has reason to know of any
adverse determination or development (including, without limitation, the institution of, or any
such determination or development in, any proceeding in any court) regarding any Copyright or
Copyright License of the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries, whether (i) such Copyright or
Copyright License may become invalid or unenforceable prior to its expiration or termination, or
(ii) such Credit Partys or any of its Subsidiarys ownership of such Copyright, its right to
register the same or to enforce, keep and maintain the same, or its rights under such Copyright
License, may become affected, in each case to the extent any such developments could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(c) (i) Promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any filing by any Credit Party or any of
its Subsidiaries, either itself or through any agent, employee, licensee or designee (but in no
event later than the 30th day following such filing), of any application for registration by a
Credit Party of any Intellectual Property with the United States Copyright Office or United States
Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office or agency in any other country or any political
subdivision thereof.
(i) Concurrently, with the delivery of quarterly and annual financial
statements of the Borrower pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, provide the
55
Administrative Agent and its counsel a complete and correct list of all
Intellectual Property owned by the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries that
have not been set forth as annexes of such documents and instruments.
(ii) Upon request of the Administrative Agent, execute and deliver any and all
agreements, instruments, documents, and papers as the Administrative Agent may
reasonably request to evidence the Administrative Agents security interest in the
Intellectual Property and the general intangibles referred to in clauses (i) and
(ii) owned by the Credit Parties.
(d) Take all necessary actions, including, without limitation, in any proceeding before the
United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, to maintain each
material item of Intellectual Property owned by the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries,
including, without limitation, payment of maintenance fees, filing of applications for renewal,
affidavits of use, affidavits of incontestability and opposition, interference and cancellation
proceedings.
(e) In the event that any Credit Party becomes aware that any Intellectual Property owned by a
Credit Party is infringed, misappropriated or diluted by a third party in any material respect,
notify the Administrative Agent promptly after it learns thereof and, unless the Credit Parties
shall reasonably determine that such Intellectual Property is not material to the business of the
Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries taken as a whole take such actions as the Credit Parties
shall reasonably deem appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Intellectual Property.
Section 5.15
Use of Proceeds
.
Use the proceeds from the issuance of the Notes (i) to finance in part the Recapitalization,
(ii) to pay certain costs, fees and expenses in connection with the Transactions, (iii) to
refinance certain existing Indebtedness of the Borrower, (iv) to pay any fees and expenses
associated with this Note Purchase Agreement on the Closing Date and (v) for working capital and
other general corporate purposes (including, without limitation, Capital Expenditures permitted
hereunder), in each case not in contravention of any Law or Note Purchase Document.
Section 5.16
Further Assurances
.
Upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, promptly perform or cause to be
performed any and all acts and execute or cause to be executed any and all documents for filing
under the provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code or any other Requirement of Law which are
necessary or advisable to maintain in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the
Secured Parties, Liens on the Collateral that are duly perfected in accordance with the
requirements of, or the obligations of the Credit Parties under, the Note Purchase Documents and
all applicable Requirements of Law.
Section 5.17
Observation Rights
.
The Credit Parties shall allow one representative of the Purchasers to attend and participate
in all meetings and other activities of the boards of directors (including any
56
comparable governing body) of each of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries and all
committees thereof (the
Board Observer
);
provided
,
however
, that upon the
occurrence of a Default or Event of Default the number of any such Board Observers of the
Purchasers shall be increased to two. The Credit Parties shall (i) give the Administrative Agent
notice of all such meetings, at the same time as furnished to board members of each Credit Party
and Subsidiary, as the case may be, (ii) pay the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the
Board Observer in connection with his attendance at such meetings or other activities, and
indemnify the Board Observer to the extent as their other board members, (iii) provide to the Board
Observer all notices, documents and information furnished to the board members of each such Credit
Party and Subsidiary, as the case may be, whether at or in anticipation of a meeting, an action by
written consents or otherwise, at the same time furnished to such board members, (iv) notify the
Board Observer and permit the Board Observer to participate by telephone in, emergency meetings of
such boards of directors and all committees thereof, (v) provide the Board Observer copies of the
minutes of all such meetings at the time such minutes are furnished to the board of directors of
each such Credit Party or Subsidiary, as the case may be, and (vi) cause regularly-scheduled
meetings of the Boards of Directors of each of the Borrower to be held.
Section 5.18
Exercise of Rights
.
The Credit Parties will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, enforce all of the
Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries material rights, including, without limitation, all
material indemnification rights under the Recapitalization Documents, and pursue all material
remedies available to the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries with diligence and in good faith in
connection with the enforcement of any such rights, in each case in accordance with the reasonable
business judgment of their respective boards of directors after taking into account the interests
of the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent.
Section 5.19
Amendments and Modifications to the Senior Debt Documents
.
The Credit Parties shall promptly, and in any event within one Business Day of the occurrence
of the same, notify the Administrative Agent of any amendment, supplement, modification (pursuant
to a waiver or otherwise) or refinancing the terms of the Senior Obligations or the Senior Debt
Documents, which notice shall include a certified copy of such amendment, supplement, modification,
waiver or refinancing. If any amendment or modification to the Senior Debt Documents amends or
modifies any covenant (including any financial covenant) or event of default contained in the
Senior Debt Documents (or any related definitions), in each case, in a manner that is more
restrictive than the applicable provisions permit as of the date hereof; or if any amendment or
modification to the Senior Credit Agreement or other Senior Debt Document adds an additional
covenant or event of default therein, the Credit Parties shall permit the Purchasers to make a
similar amendment or modification to the corresponding covenant or Event of Default in this
Agreement or such other Note Purchase Document or insert a corresponding new covenant or event of
default in this Agreement or such other Note Purchase Document without the need for any further
action or consent by the Borrower; provided that, in the case of any amendment or modification to
any financial covenant, following such amendment or modification, the ratio that the original ratio
in
57
the Senior Credit Agreement bears to the corresponding ratio in this Agreement in effect as of
the date hereof remains the same.
Section 5.20
Further Assurances Regarding Real Property
.
(a) Within (x) sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, in the case of owned real property, and
(y) one hundred twenty (120), in the case of leased real property, subject to subsection (b) below
(or in each case such later date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative
Agent shall have received the following, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to the Administrative Agent:
(i) fully executed and notarized Mortgage Instruments encumbering the owned and
leased real Properties listed in
Schedule 3.16(a)
;
(ii) a title commitment obtained by the Credit Parties in respect of each of
the owned and leased real Properties listed in
Schedule 3.161a)
;
(iii) surveys of the owned real Properties listed in
Schedule 3.16(a)
;
(iv) an opinion of counsel to the Credit Parties for each jurisdiction in which
the owned and leased real Properties listed on
Schedule 3.16(a)
is located;
and
(v) with respect to the owned Real Properties listed in Schedule 3.16(a), an
intercreditor agreement between the Administrative Agent and The Huntington National
Bank.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any leased real property, the Credit
Parties shall only be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consents of the
applicable landlords to mortgages on such leased real property and the failure of any such landlord
to give its consent thereto shall not, in and of itself; be deemed a Default or Event of Default
hereunder. In the event that any such landlord will not give its consent to a mortgage on such
leased real property, then, to the extent there is located at such any such leased location any
personal property Collateral, the Borrower shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain
a landlord waiver, in each case, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
provided
that the failure of any such landlord to provide such waiver shall not, in and of
itself, be deemed a Default or Event of Default hereunder.
Section 5.21
Payment of Certain Indebtedness
.
Within sixty (60) days of the Closing Date (or, if sooner, as required by the documents with
respect thereto), the Borrower shall have repaid the SBA Loans in full and provided to the
Administrative Agent evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that
all liens, security interests and other encumbrances related thereto have been terminated.
58
ARTICLE VI
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
The Credit Parties hereby covenant and agree that on the Closing Date, and thereafter for so
long as this Note Purchase Agreement is in effect and until the Credit Party Obligations have been
paid in full, that:
Section 6.1
Indebtedness
.
The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, contract, create, incur,
assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:
(a) Indebtedness arising or existing under this Note Purchase Agreement and the other Note
Purchase Documents;
(b) Indebtedness (excluding the Senior Obligations) existing as of the Closing Date as set
forth on
Schedule 6.1(b)
and any renewals, refinancings or extensions thereof in a
principal amount not in excess of that outstanding as of the date of such renewal, refinancing or
extension;
(c) Indebtedness incurred after the Closing Date consisting of Capital Leases or Indebtedness
incurred to provide all or a portion of the purchase price or cost of construction of an asset;
provided
that (i) such Indebtedness when incurred shall not exceed the purchase price or
cost of construction of such asset; (ii) no such Indebtedness shall be refinanced for a principal
amount in excess of the principal balance outstanding thereon at the time of such refinancing; and
(iii) the total amount of all such Indebtedness (excluding any such Indebtedness consisting of a
Sale-Leaseback Transaction permitted under Section 6.12 to the extent such lease is deemed to be a
Capital Lease) shall not exceed $2,500,000 at any time outstanding;
(d) Indebtedness and obligations owing under Hedging Agreements entered into in order to
manage existing or anticipated interest rate or exchange rate risks and not for speculative
purposes;
(e) Indebtedness owed from a Credit Party to another Credit Party (other than Holdings);
(f) the Senior Debt;
(g) Guaranty Obligations in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Subsidiary to the
extent such Indebtedness is permitted to exist or be incurred pursuant to this Section 6.1, in each
case to the extent the related Investment made by the provider of such Guaranty Obligation is
permitted under Section 6.5; and
(h) other unsecured Indebtedness of Credit Parties which does not exceed $5,000,000 in the
aggregate at any time outstanding;
provided
,
however
, that the Indebtedness
permitted pursuant to this clause (h) shall not exceed $2,000,000 in the aggregate at any time
outstanding unless, as of the date of such incurrence, after giving effect to the incurrence of any
such Indebtedness on a Pro Forma Basis as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for
59
which the Borrower has delivered the required financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(b)
and a compliance certificate pursuant to Section 5.2(b), the Consolidated Leverage Ratio does not
exceed the Incurrence Ratio.
Section 6.2
Liens
.
The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, contract, create, incur,
assume or permit to exist any Lien with respect to any of their respective property or assets of
any kind (whether real or personal, tangible or intangible), whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, except for Permitted Liens. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Credit Party shall grant
a Lien on any of its assets in violation of this Section 6.2, then it shall be deemed to have
simultaneously granted an equal and ratable Lien on any such assets in favor of the Administrative
Agent for the benefit of the Purchasers.
Section 6.3
Nature of Business
.
The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any of their Subsidiaries to, engage
directly or indirectly (whether through Subsidiaries or otherwise) in any type of business other
than the businesses conducted by them on the Closing Date and in ancillary or related businesses.
Section 6.4
Consolidation, Merger, Sale or Purchase of Assets, etc
.
The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to:
(a) dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs, consolidate or merge with another Person, or
sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its property or assets or agree to do so at a future
time except the following, without duplication, shall be expressly permitted:
(i) Specified Sales;
(ii) the disposition of property or assets as a result of a Recovery Event to
the extent the Net Cash Proceeds therefrom are used to repay Senior Debt pursuant to
Section 2.7(b)(vi) of the Senior Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof
without giving effect to any waiver or consent with respect thereto or repair or
replace damaged property or to purchase or otherwise acquire new assets or property
in accordance with the terms of Section 2.7(b)(vi) of the Senior Credit Agreement as
in effect on the date hereof without giving effect to any waiver or consent with
respect thereto;
(iii) the sale, lease or transfer of property or assets from a Credit Party to
another Credit Party (other than Holdings); provided that prior to or simultaneously
with any such sale, lease or transfer, all actions reasonably required by the
Administrative Agent shall be taken to insure the continued perfection and priority
of the Administrative Agents Liens on such property and assets;
(iv) the consolidation, liquidation or merger of a Credit Party into the
Borrower or a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower or any Subsidiary into
60
the Borrower or a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided that (A)
prior to or simultaneously with any such consolidation, liquidation or merger, all
actions reasonably required by the Administrative Agent shall be taken to insure the
continued perfection and priority of the Administrative Agents Liens on the
property and assets of each such Credit Party and (B) if such consolidation,
liquidation or merger involves the Borrower, the Borrower shall be the surviving
entity;
(v) the termination of any Hedging Agreement permitted pursuant to Section 6.1;
(vi) Sale Leaseback Transactions permitted pursuant to Section 6.12(ii);
(vii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of property or assets in
connection with the closing or relocation of restaurants not to exceed $5,000,000 in
any fiscal year or $10,000,000 in the aggregate during the term of this Note
Purchase Agreement; and
(viii) other sales, leases or transfers of property or assets (excluding sale
and lease back transactions) in an amount not to exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate
during the term of this Note Purchase Agreement;
provided
, that, with respect to clauses (i), (ii) and (vi) above, at least 75% of the
consideration received therefor by such Credit Party shall be in the form of cash or Cash
Equivalents; or
(b) (i) purchase, lease or otherwise acquire (in a single transaction or a series of related
transactions) the property or assets of any Person (other than purchases or other acquisitions of
inventory, leases, materials, property and equipment in the ordinary course of business, except as
otherwise limited or prohibited herein) or (ii) enter into any transaction of merger or
consolidation, except for (A) transactions permitted pursuant to Section 6.4(a), (3) Investments
permitted pursuant to Section 6.5, and (C) Permitted Acquisitions.
Section 6.5
Advances, Investments and Loans
.
The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, lend money or extend
credit or make advances to any Person, or purchase or acquire any stock, obligations or securities
of, or any other interest in, or make any capital contribution to, any Person except for Permitted
Investments.
Section 6.6
Transactions with Affiliates
.
Except for transactions expressly permitted hereunder, the Credit Parties will not, nor will
they permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any transaction or series of transactions, whether or not
in the ordinary course of business, with any officer, director, shareholder or Affiliate other than
on terms and conditions substantially as favorable as would be obtainable in a comparable arms
length transaction with a Person other than an officer, director, shareholder or Affiliate;
provided
that the Credit Parties shall provide the Administrative Agent with a written
notice of any such
61
proposed permitted transaction a reasonable number of Business Days in advance of the
consummation of such transaction (which written notice shall set forth a summary of the material
terms of such transaction and a copy of all documentation proposed to be executed or delivered in
connection therewith); and
provided
further
that so long as no Default or Event of
Default is continuing the foregoing restriction shall not apply to management fees and expenses
permitted by Section 6.14.
Section 6.7
Ownership of Subsidiaries; Restrictions
.
The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, (a) permit any person
(other than the Borrower or any a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower) to own any Capital Stock
of any Subsidiary of the Borrower, (b) permit any Subsidiary of the Borrower to issue or have
outstanding any shares of preferred Capital Stock, (c) permit, create, incur or assume or suffer to
exist any Lien on any Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Borrower, except for Permitted Liens,
(d) create, form or acquire any Foreign Subsidiaries or (e) become a general partner in a
partnership.
Section 6.8
Fiscal Year; Organizational Documents; Material Contracts; Etc
.
No Credit Party will, nor will they permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (a) change its fiscal
year, (b) amend, modify or change its articles of incorporation, certificate of designation (or
corporate charter or other similar organizational document) operating agreement or bylaws (or other
similar document) in any respect adverse to the interests of the Purchasers without the prior
written consent of the Required Purchasers, (c) change its state of incorporation, organization or
formation or have more than one state of incorporation, organization or formation, or (d) make any
change in accounting polices or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP.
Section 6.9
Limitation on Restricted Actions
.
The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly,
create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on
the ability of any such Person to (a) declare or pay dividends or any other distributions to any
Credit Party (other than Holdings) on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or
participation in, or measured by, its profits, (b) pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to
any Credit Party, (c) make loans or advances to any Credit Party, (d) sell, lease or transfer any
of its properties or assets to any Credit Party, or (e) act as a Guarantor or encumber its assets
pursuant to the Note Purchase Documents, except (in respect of any of the matters referred to in
clauses (a) (d) above) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i)
this Note Purchase Agreement and the other Note Purchase Documents, (ii) applicable law, (iii) any
document or instrument governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.1(c); provided that
any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets constructed or acquired
in connection therewith, (iv) the Senior Debt Documents or (v) any Permitted Lien or any document
or instrument governing any Permitted Lien;
provided
that any such restriction contained
therein relates only to the asset or assets subject to such Permitted Lien.
Section 6.10
Restricted Payments; Prepayments of Other Indebtedness
.
The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
62
(a) declare, order, make or set apart any sum for or pay any Restricted Payment, except:
(i) to make dividends payable solely in the same class of Capital Stock of such
Person;
(ii) to make dividends or other distributions payable to any Credit Party
(other than Holdings);
(iii) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing or would result therefrom, the Borrower may pay such amounts as are
permitted under Section 6.14;
(iv) the Borrower may make payments to Holdings to pay (A) franchise taxes,
directors fees (to someone not otherwise an Affiliate of any Sponsor (other than a
portfolio company of the Sponsors) or Credit Party) and reasonable accounting, legal
and other administrative expenses incurred in the ordinary course of operating a
holding company of Holdings when due, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000
in any fiscal year, and (B) all federal, state and local income taxes payable by
Holdings to the extent attributable to the operations of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries;
(v) the Borrower may repurchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire for value any
Capital Stock of the Borrower, and the Borrower may make distributions, loans and
advances to Holdings to enable the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value of any Capital Stock of Holdings held by (A) any current or
former officer, director, consultant or employee of Holdings, the Borrower or any of
the Subsidiaries of the Borrower (or heirs or other permitted transferees thereof);
provided
that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made by the
Borrower pursuant to this clause (v) may not exceed (A) $2,500,000 million in any
fiscal year, and (B) $5,000,000 for all such Restricted Payments made after the
Closing Date;
provided
,
further
, that no Default or Event of Default
then exists or would exist after giving effect to any Restricted Payment made
pursuant to this clause (v), and the Credit Parties shall demonstrate to the
reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent that, after giving effect to
such payment on a Pro Forma Basis the Credit Parties are in compliance with each of
the financial covenants set forth in Section 5.9;
(vi) there shall be permitted hereunder (i) the repurchase of Capital Stock by
the Borrower deemed to occur upon the exercise of options, warrants or other
convertible securities to the extent such Capital Stock represents a portion of the
exercise price of those options, warrants or other convertible securities, and (ii)
cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the
exercise of options, warrants or other convertible securities; and
63
(vii) the Borrower may repay the Senior Debt in accordance with the terms
hereof and of the Intercreditor Agreement (as in effect on the Closing Date or as
otherwise modified with the consent of the Borrower).
(b) if any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be directly or
indirectly caused as a result thereof, make (or give any notice with respect thereto) any
voluntary, optional or other non scheduled payment, prepayment, redemption, acquisition for value
(including without limitation, by way of depositing money or securities with the trustee with
respect thereto before due for the purpose of paying when due), refund, refinance or exchange of
any Indebtedness of such Person (other than Indebtedness under the Note Purchase Documents or the
Senior Debt Documents) (in each case, whether or not mandatory);
(c) make any payment in respect of any Subordinated Debt in violation of the relevant
subordination provisions; or
(d) make any payment or prepayment of principal of, or premium or interest on, any
Indebtedness of such Person held by a Sponsor or any of its Affiliates (other than the Borrower or
any Subsidiary of the Borrower).
Section 6.11
Amendment of Debt or Recapitalization Documents
.
The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
(a) if any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be directly or
indirectly caused as a result thereof, amend or modify any of the terms of any Indebtedness of such
Person (other than Indebtedness under the Note Purchase Documents, the Senior Debt Documents and
the documents governing the Existing Mortgage Debt) if such amendment or modification would add or
change any terms in a manner adverse to such Person, or shorten the final maturity or average life
to maturity or require any payment to be made sooner than originally scheduled or increase the
interest rate applicable thereto;
(b) amend or modify any Senior Debt Document, except in accordance with the terms of and as
specifically permitted by the Intercreditor Agreement (as in effect on the Closing Date or as
otherwise modified with the consent of the Borrower);
(c) amend or modify any of the terms of any Subordinated Debt of such Person if such amendment
or modification would add or change any terms in a manner adverse to such Person, shorten the final
maturity or average life to maturity thereof or require any payment to be made sooner than
originally scheduled or increase the interest rate applicable thereto or change any subordination
provision thereof;
(d) enter into, or permit to become effective, any amendment, supplement, restatement or other
modification to or waiver of any Recapitalization Document that is materially adverse to the
interests of the Purchasers; or
(e) amend or modify the terms with respect to the Existing Mortgage Debt.
64
Section 6.12
Sale Leaseback Transactions
.
The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly,
become or remain liable as lessee or as a guarantor or other surety with respect to any lease,
whether an Operating Lease or a Capital Lease, of any property (whether real, personal or mixed),
whether now owned or hereafter acquired, (a) which any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries
has sold or transferred or is to sell or transfer to any other Person (other than the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries) or (b) which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries intends to use for
substantially the same purpose as any other property which has been or is to be sold or transferred
by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to any Person (other than the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries) in connection with such lease (any such transaction, a
Sale-Leaseback
Transaction
);
provided
that:
(i) the Credit Parties may remain liable as lessee or as a guarantor or other
surety with respect to any lease entered into by any such Credit Party prior to the
Closing Date and set forth on
Schedule 6.12
hereto; and
(ii) to the extent such Sale Leaseback Transaction relates to a New Property,
the Credit Parties may become liable as lessee, guarantor or other surety with
respect to a new lease that would otherwise be prohibited by this Section 6.12 to
the extent that (A) such lease, if a Capital Lease, is permitted pursuant to Section
6.1(c), (B) the consideration received shall be at least equal to the fair market
value of the property sold as determined in good faith by the Credit Partys board
of directors or other comparable managing body, (C) such Sale Leaseback Transaction
shall be completed on an arms length basis on terms reasonably acceptable to the
Administrative Agent, (D) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or would exist
after giving effect thereto, (E) the Credit Parties shall be in pro forma compliance
with the financial covenants set forth in Section 5.9, (F) such Sale Leaseback
Transaction shall be completed within 360 days of the acquisition or completion of
construction, improvement or remodeling, as the case may be, of such property or
asset by the Credit Parties; (G) the aggregate amount of assets sold pursuant to all
Sale Leaseback Transactions made under this subsection (ii) shall not exceed
$10,000,000 during the term of this Note Purchase Agreement.
Section 6.13
No Further Negative Pledges
.
The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, enter into, assume or
become subject to any agreement prohibiting or otherwise restricting the creation or assumption of
any Lien upon its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or requiring the
grant of any security for such obligation if security is given for some other obligation, except
(a) pursuant to this Note Purchase Agreement and the other Note Purchase Documents, (b) pursuant to
the Senior Debt Documents, (c) pursuant to any document or instrument governing Indebtedness
incurred pursuant to Section 6.1(c); provided that any such restriction contained therein relates
only to the asset or assets constructed or acquired in connection therewith, and (d) in connection
with any Permitted Lien or any document or instrument governing any Permitted
65
Lien; provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets
subject to such Permitted Lien.
Section 6.14
Management Fees
.
The Credit Parties shall not, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly,
pay any management, consulting or similar fees to any Affiliate or to any manager, director,
officer or employee of the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries;
provided
that so
long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result
therefrom on an actual or Pro Forma Basis (including compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the
financial covenants set forth in Section 5.9), the Credit Parties may pay (a) on the Closing Date,
the Closing Fee due to each Sponsor under the applicable Management Agreement in an aggregate
amount for both such fees not to exceed $3,100,000 and (b) after the Closing Date, the Annual
Fees, fees for Significant Transactions and Out-of-Pocket Expenses payable to each Sponsor as
provided for and in accordance with the applicable Management Agreement between the Borrower and
such Sponsor as in effect on the Closing Date. For the purposes of this Section 6.14, the terms
Closing Fee, Annual Fees, Significant Transactions and Out-of-Pocket Expenses shall mean,
with respect to each Sponsor, the meaning given to such terms in the applicable Management
Agreement between the Borrower and such Sponsor as in effect on the Closing Date.
Section 6.15
Restrictions on Holdings
.
Holdings shall not incur any Indebtedness nor grant any Liens upon any of its properties or
assets nor engage in any operations, business or activity (including, without limitation, any
issuance of additional shares of its Capital Stock or other equity interests) other than holding a
majority of the Capital Stock of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, pledging its interests therein
to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders, executing the Security Agreement and the
Pledge Agreement in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Purchasers, guaranteeing the
Credit Party Obligations as provided herein, and executing a security agreement in favor of the
Senior Agent securing the Senior Debt and guaranteeing the Senior Debt as provided herein.
Section 6.16
Use of Proceeds
.
The Credit Parties will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, use the proceeds of the
sale of the Notes, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or
ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of
purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.
Section 6.17
Equity Documents
.
The Credit Parties will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, amend,
supplement or otherwise modify (pursuant to a waiver or otherwise) the terms and conditions of any
of the Equity Documents without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent if such
change could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Administrative Agents or any
66
Purchasers rights or interests, or the Credit Parties or any Subsidiarys ability to fulfill
their obligations under the Note Purchase Documents, or could otherwise reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the foregoing, the Credit Parties will not, and
will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to amend, supplement or otherwise modify (pursuant to a
waiver or otherwise) the terms of the Equity Documents in any manner which would (i) create a
mandatory obligation to make any Restricted Payment thereunder or with respect to any Capital Stock
which such Credit Party or Subsidiaries is not obligated to make on the Closing Date or (ii)
increase the amount of, or accelerate the timing of, the Credit Parties or any Subsidiarys
obligation to make any Restricted Payment thereunder or with respect to any Capital Stock.
Section 6.18
Financial Assistance to Senior Lender
.
The Credit Parties shall not, and will not cause or permit any Subsidiary or Affiliate to,
guarantee or otherwise provide credit support for any portion of the Senior Obligations unless a
similar guarantee or credit support is offered to the holders of the Notes.
Section 6.19
SBIC Covenants
.
(a) Without the consent of each SBIC Lender, the Borrower will not issue securities to any
SBIC in the future if such issuance would cause such SBIC Lender to be deemed to be a member of an
Investor Group in Control of the Borrower (as such terms are defined in 13 C.F.R. § 107.865).
(b) The Borrower shall permit representatives of each SBIC Lender reasonable access to the
Borrowers records. Upon the request of an SBIC Lender or any of its affiliates, the Borrower will
furnish to such person all information reasonably requested by it in order for it to comply with
its record keeping, reporting and other obligations under the SBIA or any SBIC Regulation.
(c) For a period of one year following the date hereof, the Borrower will not change its
business activity if such change would render the Borrower ineligible to receive financial
assistance from an SBIC under the SBIA and the regulations thereunder (within the meanings of 13
C.F.R. §§ 107.720 and 107.760(b)).
(d) The Borrower will at all times comply with the non-discrimination requirements of 13
C.F.R., Parts 112, 113 and 117.
ARTICLE VII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
Section 7.1
Events of Default
.
An Event of Default shall exist upon the occurrence of any of the following specified events
(each an Event of Default):
(a)
Payment Default
. The Borrower shall fail to pay any principal on any Note when
due (whether at maturity, by reason of acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms
thereof or hereof; or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Note or any fee or other
67
amount payable hereunder when due (whether at maturity, by reason of acceleration or
otherwise) in accordance with the terms thereof or hereof and such failure shall continue
unremedied for three (3) Business Days; or any Guarantor shall fail to pay on the Guaranty in
respect of any of the foregoing or in respect of any other Guaranty Obligations thereunder.
(b)
Misrepresentation
. Any representation or warranty made or deemed made herein, in
the Security Documents or in any of the other Note Purchase Documents or which is contained in any
certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished at any time under or in connection
with this Note Purchase Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect, false or misleading in any
material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made.
(c)
Covenant Default
. (i) Any Credit Party shall fail to perform, comply with or
observe any term, covenant or agreement applicable to it contained in Sections 2.5(h), 5.1, 5.2,
5.4, 5.6, 5.7, 5.9, 5.11, 5.13, 5.17 or Article VI hereof; or (ii) any Credit Party shall fail to
comply with any other covenant contained in this Note Purchase Agreement or the other Note Purchase
Documents or any other agreement, document or instrument among any Credit Party, the Administrative
Agent and the Purchasers or executed by any Credit Party in favor of the Administrative Agent or
the Purchasers (other than as described in Sections 7.1(a) or 7.1(c)(i) above), and such breach or
failure to comply is not cured within thirty (30) days of its occurrence.
(d)
Debt Cross Default
. (i) any Credit Party shall default in the payment of any
principal of or any interest on the Existing Mortgage Debt, (ii) any Credit Party shall default in
any payment of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness (other than the Senior Debt, the Notes,
the Guaranty and the Existing Mortgage Debt) in a principal amount outstanding of at least
$1,000,000 for the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries in the aggregate beyond any applicable
grace period (not to exceed 30 days), if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which
such Indebtedness was created; or (iii) any Credit Party shall default in the observance or
performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any Indebtedness (other than the Senior
Debt, the Notes, Guaranty and the Existing Mortgage Debt) in a principal amount outstanding of at
least $1,000,000 in the aggregate for the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries or contained in any
instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or
condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit
the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Indebtedness (or
a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause,
with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated
maturity.
(e) [Intentionally Omitted.]
(f)
Bankruptcy Default
. (i) The Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries shall
commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any
jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of
debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to have it
judged bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding up,
liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B)
seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it
or for all
68
or any substantial part of its assets, or the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries
shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced
against the any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries any case, proceeding or other action of a
nature referred to in clause (i) above which (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any
such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period
of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries
any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution,
distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets which results in the
entry of an order for any such relief which shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or
bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) the Credit Parties or any of
their Subsidiaries shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval
of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above; or (v) the
Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall
admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due.
(g)
Judgment Default
. One or more judgments, orders, decrees or arbitration awards
shall be entered against the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate
a liability (to the extent not paid when due or covered by insurance) of $2,000,000 or more and all
such judgments, orders, decrees or arbitration awards shall not have been paid and satisfied,
vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 30 days from the entry thereof.
(h)
ERISA Default
. (i) Any Person shall engage in any prohibited transaction (as
defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan, (ii) any
accumulated funding deficiency (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, shall
exist with respect to any Plan or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan (other than a Permitted
Lien) shall arise on the assets of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any Commonly Controlled
Entity, (iii) a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have
a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Single
Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a Trustee
is, in the reasonable opinion of the Required Purchasers, likely to result in the termination of
such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (iv) any Single Employer Plan shall terminate for
purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (v) the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any Commonly Controlled
Entity shall, or in the reasonable opinion of the Required Purchasers is likely to, incur any
liability in connection with a withdrawal from, or the Insolvency or Reorganization of, any
Multiemployer Plan or (vi) any other similar event or condition shall occur or exist with respect
to a Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) through (vi) above, such event or condition, together
with all other such events or conditions, if any, could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.
(i)
Change of Control
. A Change of Control shall have occurred.
(j)
Failure of Note Purchase Documents
. This Note Purchase Agreement (including the
Guaranty) or any other Note Purchase Document or any provision hereof or thereof shall cease to be
in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms) or to give the Administrative
Agent and/or the Purchasers the security interests, liens, rights, powers and privileges purported
to be created thereby, or any Credit Party or any Person acting by or on behalf of any Credit Party
shall (i) deny or disaffirm any Credit Partys obligations under this
69
Note Purchase Agreement or any other Note Purchase Document or (ii) assert the invalidity or
lack of perfection or priority of any Lien granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the
Security Documents.
(k) [Intentionally Omitted.]
(l)
Subordinated Debt
. Any default (which is not waived or cured within the
applicable period of grace) or event of default shall occur under any Subordinated Debt or the
subordination provisions contained therein shall cease to be in full force and effect or to give
the Purchasers the rights, powers and privileges purported to be created thereby.
(m)
Acceleration of Senior Obligations
. The maturity of any of the Senior Obligations
is accelerated.
Section 7.2
Acceleration; Remedies
.
Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, then, and in any such
event, (a) if such event is a Bankruptcy Event, automatically the Notes (with accrued interest
thereon), and all other amounts under the Note Purchase Documents shall immediately become due and
payable, and (b) if such event is any other Event of Default, subject to the terms of Section 8.5,
with the written consent of the Required Purchasers, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the
written request of the Required Purchasers, the Administrative Agent shall, take any or all of the
following actions: (i) by notice of default to the Borrower declare the Notes (with accrued
interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Note Purchase Agreement and the other Note
Purchase Documents to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due
and payable; and/or (ii) exercise on behalf of the Purchasers all of its other rights and remedies
under this Note Purchase Agreement, the other Note Purchase Documents and applicable law. Except
as expressly provided above in this Section 7.2, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices
of any kind are hereby expressly waived by the Credit Parties.
ARTICLE VIII
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
Section 8.1
Appointment
.
Each Purchaser hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Golub Capital Incorporated (GCI)
as the Administrative Agent of such Purchaser under this Note Purchase Agreement, and each such
Purchaser irrevocably authorizes GCI, as the Administrative Agent for such Purchaser, to take such
action on its behalf under the provisions of this Note Purchase Agreement and to exercise such
powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms
of this Note Purchase Agreement, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental
thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Note Purchase Agreement,
the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set
forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Purchaser, and no implied covenants,
functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities
70
shall be read into this Note Purchase Agreement or otherwise exist against the Administrative
Agent.
Section 8.2
Delegation of Duties
.
The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Note Purchase Agreement by
or through agents or attorneys in fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all
matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the
negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys in fact selected by it with reasonable care.
Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrative Agent may appoint one of its affiliates as its
agent to perform the functions of the Administrative Agent hereunder relating to the advancing of
funds to the Borrower and distribution of funds to the Purchasers and to perform such other related
functions of the Administrative Agent hereunder as are reasonably incidental to such functions.
Section 8.3
Exculpatory Provisions
.
Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents,
attorneys in fact, Subsidiaries or affiliates shall be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or
omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Note Purchase Agreement
(except for its or such Persons own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (b) responsible in
any manner to any of the Purchasers for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties
made by any Credit Party or any officer thereof contained in this Note Purchase Agreement or in any
certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the
Administrative Agent under or in connection with, this Note Purchase Agreement or for the value,
validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of any of the Note Purchase
Documents or for any failure of any Credit Party to perform its obligations hereunder or
thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall not be under any obligation to any Purchaser to
ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance by any Credit Party of any of the
agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Note Purchase Agreement, or to inspect the
properties, books or records of any Credit Party.
Section 8.4
Reliance by Administrative Agent
.
(a) The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in
relying, upon any note, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter,
cablegram, telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or
conversation believed by it in good faith to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent
or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including,
without limitation, counsel to the Credit Parties), independent accountants and other experts
selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any
Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless an executed Transfer Supplement has been filed
with the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.6(c) with respect to such Note. The
Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this
Note Purchase Agreement unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required
Purchasers as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the
Purchasers against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason
71
of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases
be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under any of the Note Purchase
Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Purchasers or all of the Purchasers, as may
be required under this Note Purchase Agreement, and such request and any action taken or failure to
act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Purchasers and all future holders of the Notes.
(b) For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 4.1, each
Purchaser that has signed this Note Purchase Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to,
approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to
be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Purchaser.
Section 8.5
Notice of Default
.
The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of
any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless the Administrative Agent has received written
notice from a Purchaser or the Borrower referring to this Note Purchase Agreement, describing such
Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a notice of default. In the event
that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give prompt
notice thereof to the Purchasers. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to
such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Purchasers;
provided, however, that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such
directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or
refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem
advisable in the best interests of the Purchasers except to the extent that this Note Purchase
Agreement expressly requires that such action be taken, or not taken, only with the consent or upon
the authorization of the Required Purchasers, or all of the Purchasers, as the case maybe.
Section 8.6
Non Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Purchasers
.
Each Purchaser expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its
officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys in fact or affiliates has made any representation
or warranty to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent hereinafter taken, including any
review of the affairs of any Credit Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or
warranty by the Administrative Agent to any Purchaser. Each Purchaser represents to the
Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent
or any other Purchaser, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate,
made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and
other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower or any other Credit Party and made its own
decision to purchase the Notes hereunder and enter into this Note Purchase Agreement. Each
Purchaser also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative
Agent or any other Purchaser, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem
appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in
taking or not taking action under this Note Purchase Agreement, and to make such investigation as
it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other
condition and creditworthiness of the
72
Borrower and the other Credit Parties. Except for notices, reports and other documents
expressly required to be furnished to the Purchasers by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the
Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Purchaser with any
credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or
otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of the Borrower or any other Credit Party which may come
into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees,
agents, attorneys in fact or affiliates.
Section 8.7
Indemnification
.
The Purchasers agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent in its capacity hereunder (to the
extent not reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do
so), ratably according to the principal amount of the Notes outstanding on the date on which
indemnification is sought under this Section, from and against any and all liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or
disbursements of any kind whatsoever which may at any time (including, without limitation, at any
time following the payment of the Notes) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the
Administrative Agent in any way relating to or arising out of any Note Purchase Document or any
documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby
or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with
any of the foregoing; provided, however, that no Purchaser shall be liable for the payment of any
portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
costs, expenses or disbursements to the extent resulting from the Administrative Agents gross
negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. The
agreements in this Section 8.7 shall survive the termination of this Note Purchase Agreement and
payment of the Notes and all other amounts payable hereunder.
Section 8.8
The Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity
.
The Administrative Agent and its affiliates may make loans to, accept payments from and
generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower and the other Credit Parties as though
the Administrative Agent were not the Administrative Agent hereunder. With respect to any Note
issued to it, the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Note
Purchase Agreement as any Purchaser and may exercise the same as though it were not the
Administrative Agent, and the terms Purchaser and Purchasers shall include the Administrative
Agent in its individual capacity.
Section 8.9
Successor Administrative Agent
.
The Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent upon 30 days prior written notice
to the Borrower and the Purchasers. If the Administrative Agent shall resign as Administrative
Agent under this Note Purchase Agreement and the other Note Purchase Documents, then the Required
Purchasers shall appoint from among the Purchasers a successor administrative agent for the
Purchasers, which appointment shall be subject to the Borrowers approval (such approval not to be
unreasonably withheld) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
whereupon such successor administrative agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the
Administrative Agent, and the term
73
Administrative Agent shall mean such successor administrative agent effective upon such
appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agents rights, powers and duties as
Administrative Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of
such former Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this Note Purchase Agreement or any
holders of the Notes. If no successor Administrative Agent has accepted appointment as
Administrative Agent within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agents giving
notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent shall have the right, on behalf of the
Purchasers, to appoint a successor administrative agent, which appointment shall be subject to the
Borrowers approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) so long as no Default or Event
of Default has occurred and is continuing; provided that such successor administrative agent has
minimum capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000. If no successor administrative agent has
accepted appointment as Administrative Agent within sixty (60) days after the retiring
Administrative Agents giving notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agents
resignation shall nevertheless become effective and the Purchasers shall perform all duties of the
Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Purchasers appoint a
successor administrative agent as provided for above. After any retiring Administrative Agents
resignation as Administrative Agent, the indemnification provisions of this Note Purchase Agreement
and the other Note Purchase Documents and the provisions of this Article VIII shall inure to its
benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent
under this Note Purchase Agreement.
Section 8.10
Other Agents
.
None of the Purchasers or other Persons identified on the facing page or signature pages of
this Agreement as a syndication agent, documentation agent, coagent, book manager, book
runner, lead manager, arranger, lead arranger or colead arranger shall have any right,
power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than, in the case
of such Purchasers, those applicable to all Purchasers as such. Without limiting the foregoing,
none of the Purchasers or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary
relationship with any Purchaser. Each Purchaser acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not
rely, on any of the Purchasers or other Persons so identified in deciding to enter into this
Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.
Section 8.11
Intercreditor Agreement
.
Each of the Purchasers hereby acknowledges that it has received and reviewed the Intercreditor
Agreement and agrees to be bound by the terms thereof. Each Purchaser (and each Person that
becomes a Purchaser hereunder pursuant to Section 9.6(c)) hereby authorizes the Administrative
Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement on behalf of such Purchaser and agrees that the
Administrative Agent may take such actions on its behalf as is contemplated by the terms of the
Intercreditor Agreement.
Section 8.12
Collateral and Guaranty Matters
.
(a) The Purchasers irrevocably authorize and direct the Administrative Agent:
74
(i) to release any Lien on any Property granted to or held by the
Administrative Agent under any Note Purchase Document (i) upon the payment in full
of all Credit Party Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations),
(ii) that is transferred or to be transferred as part of or in connection with any
sale or other disposition permitted under Section 6.4, or (iii) subject to Section
9.1, if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Purchasers;
(ii) to subordinate any Lien on any Property granted to or held by the such
Agent under any Note Purchase Document to the holder of any Lien on such Property
that is permitted described under clause (b) of the definition of Permitted Lien in
the Senior Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof and permitted by Section
6.2 hereof;
(iii) to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the applicable
Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Guarantor as a result of a transaction
permitted hereunder; and
(iv) to release any Lien or release any Guarantor to the extent required under
the Intercreditor Agreement.
(b) In connection with a termination or release pursuant to this Section 8.12, the
Administrative Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to the applicable Credit Party, at the
Borrowers expense, all documents that the applicable Credit Party shall reasonably request to
evidence such termination or release. Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the
Required Purchasers will confirm in writing such Agents authority to release or subordinate its
interest in particular types or items of Property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations
under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 8.12.
ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 9.1
Amendments, Waivers and Release of Collateral
.
Neither this Note Purchase Agreement, nor any of the Notes, nor any of the other Note Purchase
Documents, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented, waived or modified except
in accordance with the provisions of this Section nor may the Borrower or any Guarantor be released
except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.1. The Required Purchasers may, or,
with the written consent of the Required Purchasers, the Administrative Agent may, from time to
time, (a) enter into with the Borrower or any other Credit Party written amendments, supplements or
modifications hereto and to the other Note Purchase Documents for the purpose of adding any
provisions to this Note Purchase Agreement or the other Note Purchase Documents or changing in any
manner the rights of the Purchasers or of the Borrower or any other Credit Party hereunder or
thereunder or (b) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Purchasers may specify in
such instrument, any of the requirements of this Note Purchase Agreement or the other Note Purchase
Documents or any
75
Default or Event of Default and its consequences;
provided
,
however
, that no
such waiver and no such amendment, waiver, supplement, modification or release shall:
(i) reduce the amount or extend the scheduled date of maturity of any Note or
any installment thereon, or reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable
hereunder (except in connection with a waiver of interest at the increased post
default rate set forth in Section 2.5(d) which shall be determined by a vote of the
Required Purchasers) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, in each
case without the written consent of each Purchaser directly affected thereby;
provided that, it is understood and agreed that no waiver, reduction or deferral of
a mandatory prepayment required pursuant to Section 2.5, nor any amendment of
Section 2.5 or the definition of Change of Control, shall constitute a reduction of
the amount of, or an extension of the scheduled date of, any principal installment
of any Note; or
(ii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 9.1 or reduce the
percentage specified in the definition of Required Purchasers, without the written
consent of all the Purchasers; or
(iii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Article VIII without the written
consent of the then Administrative Agent; or
(iv) except as otherwise provided in Section 8.12, release the Borrower or all
or substantially all of the Guarantors from their respective obligations hereunder
or under the Guaranty, without the written consent of all of the Purchasers; or
(v) except as otherwise provided in Section 8.12 or Section 9.6(a), release all
or substantially all of the Collateral without the written consent of all of the
Secured Parties; or
(vi) subordinate the Notes or other Credit Party Obligations to any other
Indebtedness without the written consent of all of the Purchasers; or
(vii) permit the Borrower to assign or transfer any of its rights or
obligations under this Note Purchase Agreement or other Note Purchase Documents
without the written consent of all of the Purchasers; or
(viii) amend, modify or waive any provision of the Note Purchase Documents
requiring consent, approval or request of the Required Purchasers or all Purchasers
without the written consent of the Required Purchasers or all the Purchasers as
appropriate; or
(ix) amend, modify or waive the order in which Credit Party Obligations are
paid in Section 2.5(f) or the pro rata treatment of payments in Section 2.5(f),
without the written consent of the Required Purchasers;
76
provided
,
further
, that no amendment, waiver or consent affecting the rights
or duties of the Administrative Agent under any Note Purchase Document shall in any event be
effective, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent, in addition to the Purchasers
required hereinabove to take such action.
Any such waiver, any such amendment, supplement or modification and any such release shall
apply equally to each of the Purchasers and shall be binding upon the Borrower, the other Credit
Parties, the Purchasers, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the Notes. In the case
of any waiver, the Borrower, the other Credit Parties, the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent
shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the outstanding Notes and
other Note Purchase Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be
cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or
Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, the consent of the Credit Parties shall
not be required for any amendment, modification or waiver of the provisions of Article VIII (other
than the provisions of Section 8.9); provided, however, that the Administrative Agent will provide
written notice to the Borrower of any such amendment, modification or waiver.
Notwithstanding the fact that the consent of all the Purchasers is required in certain
circumstances as set forth above, (x) each Purchaser is entitled to vote as such Purchaser sees fit
on any bankruptcy reorganization plan that affects the Notes, and each Purchaser acknowledges that
the provisions of Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code supersede the unanimous consent provisions
set forth herein and (y) the Required Purchasers may consent to allow a Credit Party to use cash
collateral in the context of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.
Section 9.2
Notices
.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in Article II, all notices, requests and demands to or upon
the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by telecopy or other
electronic communications as provided below), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein,
shall be deemed to have been duly given or made (a) when delivered by hand, (b) when transmitted
via telecopy (or other facsimile device) to the number set out herein, (c) the Business Day
following the day on which the same has been delivered prepaid (or pursuant to an invoice
arrangement) to a reputable national overnight air courier service, or (d) the third Business Day
following the day on which the same is sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, in
each case, addressed as follows in the case of the Borrower, the other Credit Parties, the
Administrative Agent and the Purchasers, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by
the respective parties hereto and any future holders of the Notes:
|
|
|
The Borrower and
the other Credit Parties:
|
|
Bravo Development, Inc.
|
|
|
777 Goodale Boulevard
|
|
|
Columbus, Ohio 43212
|
|
|
Attention: Jerry Henderson
|
|
|
Fax: (614) 340-7923
|
|
|
Tele: (614) 340-9218
|
77
|
|
|
|
|
with a copy to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo Development Holdings, LLC
|
|
|
c/o Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherril & Co.
|
|
|
126 East 56th Street, 29th Floor
|
|
|
New York, New York 10022
|
|
|
Attention: Richard Leonard
|
|
|
Telecopier: (212) 521-3799
|
|
|
Telephone: (212) 521-3791
|
|
|
|
The Administrative
Agent and any Purchaser:
|
|
Golub Capital Incorporated
|
|
|
551 Madison Avenue, 6th Floor
|
|
|
New York, NY 10022
|
|
|
Attention: Gregory W. Cashman
|
|
|
Russell C. Zomback
|
|
|
Telecopier: 212-750-5505
|
|
|
Telephone: 212-660-7270
|
|
|
|
|
|
with a copy to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proskauer Rose LLP
|
|
|
One International Place
|
|
|
Boston, MA 02110
|
|
|
Attention: Steven M. Ellis
|
|
|
Telecopier: 617-526-9899
|
|
|
Telephone: 617- 526-9660
|
(b) Notices and other communications to the Purchasers or the Administrative Agent hereunder
may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or
intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent;
provided
that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Purchaser pursuant to Article H if such
Purchaser, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving
notices under such Section by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower
may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by
electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it;
provided
that approval of
such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications
sent to an e mail address shall be deemed to have been delivered upon the senders receipt of an
acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the return receipt requested function, as
available, return e mail or other written acknowledgement); provided that if such notice or other
communication is not sent during the normal business hours
78
of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been delivered at later
of the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient or the senders receipt of
such acknowledgement, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website
shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e mail address as
described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is
available and identifying the website address therefor.
Section 9.3
No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
.
No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or
any Purchaser, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof;
nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder
preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or
privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not
exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
Section 9.4
Survival of Representations and Warranties
.
All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any document, certificate or
statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and
delivery of this Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes; provided that all such representations and
warranties shall terminate on the date upon which all amounts owing hereunder and under any Notes
have been paid in full.
Section 9.5
Payment of Expenses and Taxes
.
The Credit Parties agree (a) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for all reasonable
out of pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation,
negotiation, printing and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification (in any case,
whether executed or proposed) to, this Note Purchase Agreement and the other Note Purchase
Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the
consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, together with
the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent, (b) to pay or
reimburse each Purchaser and the Administrative Agent for all its costs and expenses incurred in
connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Note Purchase Agreement,
the Notes and any such other documents, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and
disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and to the Purchasers (including reasonable
allocated costs of in house legal counsel), (c) on demand, to pay, indemnify, and hold each
Purchaser and the Administrative Agent harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any
and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying stamp, excise and other
similar taxes, if any, which may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the
execution and delivery of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions
contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or
in respect of, the Note Purchase Documents and any such other documents, and (d) to pay, indemnify,
and hold each Purchaser and the Administrative Agent and their Affiliates harmless from and
against, any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions,
judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or
79
nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and
administration of the Note Purchase Documents and any such other documents and the use, or proposed
use, of proceeds of the Notes (all of the foregoing, collectively, the indemnified liabilities);
provided
,
however
, that the Borrower shall not have any obligation hereunder to the
Administrative Agent or any Purchaser with respect to indemnified liabilities arising from the
gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or such Purchaser, as determined
by a court of competent jurisdiction. The agreements in this Section 9.5 shall survive repayment
of the Notes and all other amounts payable hereunder.
Section 9.6
Successors and Assigns; Participations; Securitization; Transfers.
(a) This Credit Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the
Purchasers, the Administrative Agent, all future holders of the Notes and their respective
successors and assigns, except that the Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or
obligations under this Note Purchase Agreement or the other Note Purchase Documents without the
prior written consent of each Purchaser.
(b) Any Purchaser may, in the ordinary course of its business and in accordance with
applicable law, at any time sell to one or more banks or other entities (Participants)
participating interests in any Note held by such Purchaser or any other interest of such Purchaser
hereunder, in each case in minimum amounts of $1,000,000 (or, if less, the entire principal amount
of such Purchasers Note or the entire amount of such other interests). In the event of any such
sale by a Purchaser of participating interests to a Participant, such Purchasers obligations under
this Note Purchase Agreement to the other parties to this Note Purchase Agreement shall remain
unchanged, such Purchaser shall remain solely responsible for the performance thereof, such
Purchaser shall remain the holder of any such Note for all purposes under this Note Purchase
Agreement, and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall continue to deal solely and
directly with such Purchaser in connection with such Purchasers rights and obligations under this
Note Purchase Agreement. No Purchaser shall transfer or grant any participation under which the
Participant shall have rights to approve any amendment to or waiver of this Note Purchase Agreement
or any other Note Purchase Document except to the extent such amendment or waiver would (i) extend
the scheduled maturity of any Note or other interest in which such Participant is participating, or
reduce the stated rate or extend the time of payment of interest or fees thereon (except in
connection with a waiver of interest at the increased post default rate) or reduce the principal
amount thereof or any other amount payable with respect thereto (it being understood that a waiver
of any Default or Event of Default shall not constitute a change in the terms of such
participation), (ii) release any material Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, (iii)
release any material portion of the Collateral, or (iv) consent to the assignment or transfer by
the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Note Purchase Agreement. In the case
of any such participation, the Participant shall not have any rights under this Note Purchase
Agreement or any of the other Note Purchase Documents (the Participants rights against such
Purchaser in respect of such participation to be those set forth in the agreement executed by such
Purchaser in favor of the Participant relating thereto) and all amounts payable by the Borrower
hereunder shall be determined as if such Purchaser had not sold such participation; provided that
each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.5 with respect to its participation
in the Notes outstanding from time to time; provided, that no Participant shall be entitled to
receive any greater amount pursuant to
80
such Sections than the transferor Purchaser would have been entitled to receive in respect of
the amount of the participation transferred by such transferor Purchaser to such Participant had no
such transfer occurred. If at any time a Purchaser wishes to assign and transfer of record into
the name of any Participant its participation and related rights and obligations arising under the
Note Purchase Documents, the Credit Parties and the other Purchasers will execute and deliver such
agreements and instruments as such Purchaser may reasonably request (including without limitation
new Notes in such amounts as such Purchaser may request) to effect the assignment and transfer to
such Participant (in its own name) of such participation, or such part thereof as may be so
assigned and transferred.
(c) Each Purchaser shall be entitled to assign and transfer all or any part of its Notes, or
any interest or participation therein, and its related rights under the Note Purchase Documents to
one or more Eligible Transferees (as defined below) by the execution of a Transfer Supplement;
provided
,
however
, that any assignment and transfer of a Note (or portion thereof)
to any Person other than an Affiliate of any Purchaser shall be in a principal amount not less than
the lesser of (i) $1,000,000 and (ii) the remaining principal amount with respect to such Note.
Upon the assignment or transfer by such Purchaser of all or any part of its Notes or its interest
therein, the term Purchaser as used herein shall thereafter include, to the extent of the
interest so assigned or transferred, the assignee or transferee of such interest.
Eligible
Transferee
shall mean: (i) a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States, or
any state thereof, and having total assets in excess of $250,000,000, (ii) a commercial bank
organized under the laws of any other country which is a member of the Organization for Economic
Cooperation and Development or a political subdivision of any such country and which has total
assets in excess of $250,000,000,
provided
that such bank is acting through a branch or
agency located in the United States, (iii) a finance company, insurance company or other financial
institution or investment fund that is engaged in making, purchasing or otherwise investing in
loans or debt securities, provided that any such entity shall be subject to the Borrowers approval
(not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) so long as no Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing, unless GCI continues to be the Administrative Agent for such entity,
(iv) any other Purchaser, (v) any Affiliate (other than individuals) of a Purchaser and any
Purchasers Related Funds, and (vi) any other Person, provided that any such other Person shall be
subject to the Borrowers approval (not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) so
long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
Related Fund
shall mean a
fund, special purpose investment vehicle, securitization vehicle, money market account, investment
account or other account managed or serviced by a Purchaser or an Affiliate of such Purchaser or
its investment manager, or any other entity in which a Purchaser or an Affiliate of such Purchaser
has a substantial equity interest.
(d) The Credit Parties hereby acknowledge that the Purchasers and each of their Affiliates may
sell or securitize all or any part of the Notes (a
Securitization
) through the pledge of
all or any part of the Notes as collateral security for loans to such Purchasers or their
Affiliates or through the sale of all or any part of the Notes or the issuance of direct or
indirect interests in all or any part of the Notes, which loans to such Purchasers or their
Affiliate or direct or indirect interests may be rated by Moodys, S&P or one or more other rating
agencies (the
Rating Agencies
). The Credit Parties shall cooperate with such Purchasers
and their Affiliates to effect the Securitization, including by (a) amending this Agreement and the
other Note Purchase Documents, and executing such additional documents, as reasonably requested by
such
81
Purchasers in connection with the Securitization,
provided
that (i) any such amendment
or additional documentation does not impose additional costs on the Credit Parties (other than de
minimus costs) and (ii) any such amendment or additional documentation does not adversely affect
the rights, or increase the obligations, of the Credit Parties under the Note Purchase Documents or
change or affect in a manner adverse to the Credit Parties the financial terms of the Notes, and
(b) providing such information as may be reasonably requested by such Purchasers in connection with
the rating of the Notes or the Securitization.
(e) Upon its receipt of a duly executed Transfer Supplement, together with payment to the
Administrative Agent by the transferor Purchaser or the Purchasing Purchaser (except for any
assignment by a Purchaser to an Affiliate of such Purchaser), as agreed between them, of a
registration and processing fee of $3,500 for each transferee listed in such Transfer Supplement
and the Notes subject to such Transfer Supplement, the Administrative Agent shall (i) accept such
Transfer Supplement and (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register.
(f) Each Credit Party authorizes each Purchaser to disclose to any Participant or transferee
(each, a
Transferee
) and any prospective Transferee any and all financial information in
such Purchasers possession concerning the Credit Parties and their Affiliates which has been
delivered to such Purchaser by or on behalf of a Credit Party pursuant to this Note Purchase
Agreement or which has been delivered to such Purchaser by or on behalf of a Credit Party in
connection with such Purchasers credit evaluation of the Credit Parties and their Affiliates prior
to becoming a party to this Note Purchase Agreement, in each case subject to Section 9.15.
(g) [Intentionally Omitted.]
(h) Nothing herein shall prohibit any Purchaser from pledging or assigning any of its rights
under this Note Purchase Agreement (including, without limitation, any right to payment of
principal and interest under any Note) to any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with applicable
laws.
Section 9.7
Adjustments; Set off
.
(a) Each Purchaser agrees that if any Purchaser (a
benefited Purchaser
) shall at any
time receive any payment of all or part of its Notes, or interest thereon, or receive any
collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set off, pursuant to events
or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 7.1(f), or otherwise) in a greater proportion
than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Purchaser, if any, in respect of such
other Purchasers Notes, or interest thereon, such benefited Purchaser shall purchase for cash from
the other Purchasers a participating interest in such portion of each such other Purchasers Note,
or shall provide such other Purchasers with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds
thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such benefited Purchaser to share the excess payment or
benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Purchasers; provided, however,
that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such
benefited Purchaser, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits
returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. The Borrower agrees that each
Purchaser so purchasing a portion of another Purchasers Notes may exercise all rights of
82
payment (including, without limitation, rights of set off) with respect to such portion as
fully as if such Purchaser were the direct holder of such portion.
(b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Purchasers provided by law (including,
without limitation, other rights of set off), each Purchaser shall have the right, without prior
notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower to the extent
permitted by applicable law, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, to setoff and appropriate
and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any
currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether
direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held by or owing to
such Purchaser or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower
or any other Credit Party, or any part thereof in such amounts as such Purchaser may elect, against
and on account of the Notes and other Credit Party Obligations of the Borrower and the other Credit
Parties to such Purchaser hereunder and claims of every nature and description of such Purchaser
against the Borrower and the other Credit Parties, in any currency, whether arising hereunder,
under any other Note Purchase Document or any Hedging Agreement provided by such Purchaser pursuant
to the terms of this Agreement, as such Purchaser may elect, whether or not such Purchaser has made
any demand for payment and although such obligations, liabilities and claims may be contingent or
unmatured. The aforesaid right of set off may be exercised by such Purchaser against the Borrower,
any other Credit Party or against any trustee in bankruptcy, debtor in possession, assignee for the
benefit of creditors, receiver or execution, judgment or attachment creditor of the Borrower or any
other Credit Party, or against anyone else claiming through or against the Borrower, any other
Credit Party or any such trustee in bankruptcy, debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit of
creditors, receiver, or execution, judgment or attachment creditor, notwithstanding the fact that
such right of set off shall not have been exercised by such Purchaser prior to the occurrence of
any Event of Default. Each Purchaser agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative
Agent after any such set off and application made by such Purchaser;
provided
,
however
, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set off
and application.
Section 9.8
Table of Contents and Section Headings
.
The table of contents and the Section and subsection headings herein are intended for
convenience only and shall be ignored in construing this Note Purchase Agreement.
Section 9.9
Counterparts
.
This Credit Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Note Purchase
Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall
be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Note Purchase
Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
Section 9.10
Integration; Effectiveness; Continuing Agreement
.
(a) This Credit Agreement, together with the other Note Purchase Documents, comprises the
complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and
83
thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on such subject matter. In the
event of any conflict between the provisions of this Note Purchase Agreement and those of any other
Note Purchase Document, the provisions of this Note Purchase Agreement shall control;
provided
that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the
Administrative Agent or the Purchasers in any other Note Purchase Document shall not be deemed a
conflict with this Note Purchase Agreement. Each Note Purchase Document was drafted with the joint
participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor
of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.
(b) This Credit Agreement shall become effective at such time when all of the conditions set
forth in Section 4.1 have been satisfied or waived by the Purchasers and it shall have been
executed by the Borrower, the Guarantors and the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent
shall have received copies hereof (telefaxed or otherwise) which, when taken together, bear the
signatures of each Purchaser, and thereafter this Note Purchase Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Administrative Agent and each Purchaser
and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
(c) This Credit Agreement shall be a continuing agreement and shall remain in full force and
effect until all Notes, interest, fees and other Credit Party Obligations (other than those
obligations that expressly survive the termination of this Note Purchase Agreement) have been paid
in full. Upon termination, the Credit Parties shall have no further obligations (other than those
obligations that expressly survive the termination of this Note Purchase Agreement) under the Note
Purchase Documents and the Administrative Agent shall, at the request and expense of the Borrower,
deliver all the Collateral in its possession to the Borrower and release all Liens on the
Collateral; provided that should any payment, in whole or in part, of the Credit Party Obligations
be rescinded or otherwise required to be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any
Purchaser, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise,
then the Note Purchase Documents shall automatically be reinstated and all Liens of the
Administrative Agent shall reattach to the Collateral and all amounts required to be restored or
returned and all costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Purchaser in
connection therewith shall be deemed included as part of the Credit Party Obligations.
Section 9.11
Severability
.
Any provision of this Note Purchase Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any
jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or
unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in
any other jurisdiction.
Section 9.12
Governing Law
.
This Credit Agreement and the Notes and the rights and obligations of the parties under this
Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in
accordance with, the law of the State of New York.
84
Section 9.13
Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process
.
All judicial proceedings brought against the Borrower and/or any other Credit Party with
respect to this Note Purchase Agreement, any Note or any of the other Note Purchase Documents may
be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in the State of New York, and,
by execution and delivery of this Note Purchase Agreement, each of the Borrower and the other
Credit Parties accepts, for itself and in connection with its properties, generally and
unconditionally, the non exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and irrevocably agrees to
be bound by any final judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Note Purchase Agreement
from which no appeal has been taken or is available. Each of the Borrower and the other Credit
Parties irrevocably agrees that all service of process in any such proceedings in any such court
may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified, mail (or any substantially
similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to it at its address set forth in Section 9.2 or at such
other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto, such
service being hereby acknowledged by the each of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties to be
effective and binding service in every respect. Each of the Borrower, the other Credit Parties,
the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers irrevocably waives any objection, including, without
limitation, any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens,
which it may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action or proceeding in any such
jurisdiction. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted
by law or shall limit the right of any Purchaser to bring proceedings against the Borrower or the
other Credit Parties in the court of any other jurisdiction.
Section 9.14 [
Intentionally Omitted
.]
Section 9.15
Confidentiality
.
The Administrative Agent and each of the Purchasers agrees that, without the prior consent of
the Borrower, it will not disclose any information with respect to the Credit Parties which is
furnished pursuant to this Note Purchase Agreement, any other Note Purchase Document or any
documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein and which is designated by the Borrower
to the Purchasers in writing as confidential or as to which it is otherwise reasonably clear such
information is not public, except that the Administrative Agent and any Purchaser may disclose any
such information (a) to its employees, Affiliates, auditors and counsel or to another Purchaser,
(b) as has become generally available to the public other than by a breach of this Section 9.15,
(c) as may be required or appropriate in any report, statement or testimony submitted to any
municipal, state or federal regulatory body having or claiming to have jurisdiction over such
Purchaser or to the Federal Reserve Board or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the OCC
or the NAIC or similar organizations (whether in the United States or elsewhere) or their
successors, (d) as may be required or appropriate in response to any summons or subpoena or any
law, order, regulation or ruling applicable to such Purchaser, (e) to any prospective Participant,
Transferee or assignee in connection with any contemplated transfer, assignment, participation or
Securitization pursuant to Section 9.6; provided that such prospective transferee shall have been
made aware of this Section 9.15 and shall have agreed to be bound by its provisions as if it were a
party to this Note Purchase Agreement, (f) to Gold Sheets and other similar bank trade
publications; such information to consist of deal terms and other information regarding the credit
facilities evidenced by this Note Purchase Agreement
85
customarily found in such publications), (g) in connection with any suit, action or proceeding
for the purpose of defending itself, reducing its liability, or protecting or exercising any of its
claims, rights, remedies or interests under or in connection with the Note Purchase Documents or
any Hedging Agreement, (h) to any direct or indirect contractual counterparty in swap agreements or
such contractual counterpartys professional advisor (so long as such contractual counterparty or
professional advisor to such contractual counterparty agrees to be bound by the provisions of this
Section 9.15), (i) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar
organization or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about a
Purchasers investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to such Purchaser,
and (j) to its actual or prospective limited partners or members in the ordinary course of their
operations as an investment fund, subject to reasonable and customary confidentiality precautions.
Section 9.16
Acknowledgments
.
The Borrower and the other Credit Parties each hereby acknowledges that:
(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of each Note
Purchase Document;
(b) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Purchaser has any fiduciary relationship with or
duty to the Borrower or any other Credit Party arising out of or in connection with this Note
Purchase Agreement and the relationship between Administrative Agent and Purchasers, on one hand,
and the Borrower and the other Credit Parties, on the other hand, in connection herewith is solely
that of debtor and creditor; and
(c) no joint venture exists among the Purchasers or among the Borrower or the other Credit
Parties and the Purchasers.
Section 9.17
Waivers of Jury Trial; Waiver of Consequential Damages
.
THE BORROWER, THE OTHER CREDIT PARTIES, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE PURCHASERS HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY IN
ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER NOTE PURCHASE
DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN. Each of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties agree
not to assert any claim against any other party to this Note Purchase Agreement or any of their
respective directors, officers, employees, attorneys, Affiliates or agents, on any theory of
liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise
relating to any of the transactions contemplated herein.
Section 9.18
Patriot Act Notice
.
Each Purchaser and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any other party)
hereby notifies the Borrower that, pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, Title III
of Pub. L. 107 56, signed into law October 26, 2001 (the
Patriot Act
), it is required
to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes
86
the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Purchaser or
the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Patriot
Act.
Section 9.19
Subordination of Intercompany Debt
.
Each Credit Party agrees that all intercompany Indebtedness among Credit Parties (the
Intercompany Debt
) is subordinated in right of payment, to the prior payment in fall of
all Credit Party Obligations. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary,
provided
that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Credit Parties may make
and receive payments with respect to the Intercompany Debt to the extent otherwise permitted by
this Agreement;
provided
that in the event of and during the continuation of any Event of
Default, no payment shall be made by or on behalf of any Credit Party on account of any
Intercompany Debt. In the event that any Credit Party receives any payment of any Intercompany
Debt at a time when such payment is prohibited by this Section 9.19, such payment shall be held by
such Credit Party, in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid forthwith over and delivered,
upon written request, to, the Administrative Agent.
ARTICLE X
GUARANTY
Section 10.1
The Guaranty
.
In order to induce the Purchasers to enter into this Note Purchase Agreement and the other
Note Purchase Documents and to extend credit hereunder and thereunder, and in recognition of the
direct benefits to be received by the Guarantors from the extensions of credit hereunder, each of
the Guarantors hereby agrees with the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers as follows: Each
Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably jointly and severally guarantees as primary
obligor and not merely as surety the full and prompt payment when due, whether upon maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise, of any and all indebtedness of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent
or any Purchaser. If any or all of the indebtedness becomes due and payable hereunder, each
Guarantor unconditionally promises to pay such indebtedness to the Administrative Agent, the
Secured Parties or their respective order, on demand, together with any and all reasonable expenses
which may be incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Secured Parties in collecting any of the
Credit Party Obligations. The word indebtedness is used in this Article X in its most
comprehensive sense and means any and all advances, debts, obligations and liabilities of the
Borrower arising in connection with this Note Purchase Agreement or any other Note Purchase
Documents, including specifically all Credit Party Obligations, in each case, heretofore, now, or
hereafter made, incurred or created, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, absolute or contingent,
liquidated or unliquidated, determined or undetermined, whether or not such indebtedness is from
time to time reduced, or extinguished and thereafter increased or incurred, whether the Borrower
may be liable individually or jointly with others, whether or not recovery upon such indebtedness
may be or hereafter become barred by any statute of limitations, and whether or not such
indebtedness may be or hereafter become otherwise unenforceable.
87
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein or in any other of the Note
Purchase Documents, to the extent the obligations of a Guarantor shall be adjudicated to be invalid
or unenforceable for any reason (including, without limitation, because of any applicable state or
federal law relating to fraudulent conveyances or transfers) then the obligations of each such
Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to the maximum amount that is permissible under applicable law
(whether federal or state and including, without limitation, Bankruptcy Laws).
Section 10.2
Bankruptcy
.
Additionally, each of the Guarantors unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees jointly and
severally the payment of any and all Credit Party Obligations of the Borrower to the Secured
Parties whether or not due or payable by the Borrower upon the occurrence of any of the events
specified in Section 7.1(f), and unconditionally promises to pay such Credit Party Obligations to
the Administrative Agent for the account of the Secured Parties, or order, on demand, in lawful
money of the United States. Each of the Guarantors further agrees that to the extent that the
Borrower or a Guarantor shall make a payment or a transfer of an interest in any property to the
Administrative Agent or any Secured Party, which payment or transfer or any part thereof is
subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, or otherwise is avoided,
and/or required to be repaid to the Borrower or a Guarantor, the estate of the Borrower or a
Guarantor, a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law,
common law or equitable cause, then to the extent of such avoidance or repayment, the obligation or
part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if
said payment had not been made.
Section 10.3
Nature of Liability
.
The liability of each Guarantor hereunder is exclusive and independent of any security for or
other guaranty of the Credit Party Obligations of the Borrower whether executed by any such
Guarantor, any other guarantor or by any other party, and no Guarantors liability hereunder shall
be affected or impaired by (a) any direction as to application of payment by the Borrower or by any
other party, or (b) any other continuing or other guaranty, undertaking or maximum liability of a
guarantor or of any other party as to the Credit Party Obligations of the Borrower, or (c) any
payment on or in reduction of any such other guaranty or undertaking, or (d) any dissolution,
termination or increase, decrease or change in personnel by the Borrower, or (e) any payment made
to the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party on the Credit Party Obligations which the
Administrative Agent or such Secured Party repays the Borrower pursuant to court order in any
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium or other debtor relief proceeding, and each of
the Guarantors waives any right to the deferral or modification of its obligations hereunder by
reason of any such proceeding.
Section 10.4
Independent Obligation
.
The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of any other
Guarantor or the Borrower, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against
each Guarantor whether or not action is brought against any other Guarantor or the Borrower and
whether or not any other Guarantor or the Borrower is joined in any such action or actions.
88
Section 10.5
Authorization
.
Each of the Guarantors authorizes the Administrative Agent and each Secured Party without
notice or demand (except as shall be required by applicable statute and cannot be waived), and
without affecting or impairing its liability hereunder, from time to time to renew, compromise,
extend, increase, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment of, or otherwise change the
terms of the Credit Party Obligations or any part thereof in accordance with this Note Purchase
Agreement, including any increase or decrease of the rate of interest thereon, (b) take and hold
security from any Guarantor or any other party for the payment of this Guaranty or the Credit Party
Obligations and exchange, enforce waive and release any such security, (c) apply such security and
direct the order or manner of sale thereof as the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers in their
discretion may determine and (d) release or substitute any one or more endorsers, Guarantors, the
Borrower or other obligors.
Section 10.6
Reliance
.
It is not necessary for the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to inquire into the
capacity or powers of the Borrower or the officers, directors, members, partners or agents acting
or purporting to act on its behalf, and any Credit Party Obligations made or created in reliance
upon the professed exercise of such powers shall be guaranteed hereunder.
Section 10.7
Waiver
.
(a) Each of the Guarantors waives any right (except as shall be required by applicable statute
and cannot be waived) to require the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to (i) proceed
against the Borrower, any other guarantor or any other party, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any
security held from the Borrower, any other guarantor or any other party, or (iii) pursue any other
remedy in the Administrative Agents or any Secured Partys power whatsoever. Each of the
Guarantors waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of the Borrower, any other
guarantor or any other party other than payment in full of the Credit Party Obligations (other than
contingent indemnity obligations), including without limitation any defense based on or arising out
of the disability of the Borrower, any other guarantor or any other party, or the unenforceability
of the Credit Party Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause
of the liability of the Borrower other than payment in full of the Credit Party Obligations. The
Administrative Agent may, at its election, foreclose on any security held by the Administrative
Agent by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales (to the extent such sale is permitted by
applicable law), or exercise any other right or remedy the Administrative Agent or any Purchaser
may have against the Borrower or any other party, or any security, without affecting or impairing
in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Credit Party
Obligations have been paid in full. Each of the Guarantors waives any defense arising out of any
such election by the Administrative Agent or any of the Purchasers, even though such election
operates to impair or extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy
of the Guarantors against the Borrower or any other party or any security.
(b) Each of the Guarantors waives all presentments, demands for performance, protests and
notices, including without limitation notices of nonperformance, notice of protest,
89
notices of dishonor, notices of acceptance of this Guaranty, and notices of the existence,
creation or incurring of new or additional Credit Party Obligations. Each Guarantor assumes all
responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrowers financial condition and
assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Credit Party
Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks which such Guarantor assumes and incurs
hereunder, and agrees that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Purchaser shall have any duty
to advise such Guarantor of information known to it regarding such circumstances or risks.
(c) Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees it will not exercise any rights of subrogation which
it may at any time otherwise have as a result of this Guaranty (whether contractual, under Section
509 of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise) to the claims of any Secured Party against the Borrower
or any other guarantor of the Credit Party Obligations of the Borrower owing to such Secured Party
(collectively, the
Other Parties
) and all contractual, statutory or common law rights of
reimbursement, contribution or indemnity from any Other Party which it may at any time otherwise
have as a result of this Guaranty until such time as the Credit Party Obligations shall have been
paid in full. Each of the Guarantors hereby further agrees not to exercise any right to enforce
any other remedy which the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party now have or may hereafter have
against any Other Party, any endorser or any other guarantor of all or any part of the Credit Party
Obligations of the Borrower and any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security or
collateral given to or for the benefit of the Secured Parties to secure payment of the Credit Party
Obligations of the Borrower until such time as the Credit Party Obligations (other than contingent
indemnity obligations) shall have been paid in full.
Section 10.8
Limitation on Enforcement
.
The Secured Parties agree that this Guaranty may be enforced only by the action of the
Administrative Agent acting upon the instructions of the Required Purchasers and that no Secured
Party shall have any right individually to seek to enforce or to enforce this Guaranty, it being
understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised by the Administrative Agent
for the benefit of the Secured Parties under the terms of this Note Purchase Agreement. The
Secured Parties further agree that this Guaranty may not be enforced against any director, officer,
employee or stockholder of the Guarantors.
Section 10.9
Confirmation of Payment
.
The Administrative Agent and the Purchasers will, upon request after the irrevocable payment
of the indebtedness and obligations which are the subject of this Guaranty in full, confirm to the
Borrower, the Guarantors or any other Person that such indebtedness and obligations have been paid,
subject to the provisions of Section 10.2.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK]
90
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Note Purchase Agreement to be duly
executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first
above written.
|
|
|
|
|
BORROWER
:
|
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC
.,
an Ohio Corporation
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Jerome P. Henderson
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Jerome P. Henderson
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
|
|
|
HOLDINGS
:
|
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT HOLDINGS LLC
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Harold O. Rosser
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Harold O. Rosser
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Advisor
|
|
|
GUARANTORS
:
|
CUCINA CONSTRUCTION, INC.
an Ohio corporation
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Jerome P. Henderson
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Jerome P. Henderson
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
|
|
|
|
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT OF KANSAS, INC.
a Kansas corporation
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Jerome P. Henderson
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Jerome P. Henderson
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President
|
|
|
|
BRIO TUSCAN GRILLE OF WOODLANDS, INC.
a Texas corporation
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Laura A. Tappen
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Laura A. Tappen
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
President, Secretary and Treasurer
|
|
|
Note Purchase Agreement Signature Page
|
|
|
|
|
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
:
|
GOLUB CAPITAL INCORPORATED
,
a New York Corporation
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Gregory W. Cashman
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Gregory W. Cashman
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President
|
|
|
PURCHASERS
:
|
GOLUB CAPITAL CP FUNDING LLC
,
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Gregory W. Cashman
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Gregory W. Cashman
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Investment Officer
|
|
|
|
GOLUB CAPITAL LOAN TRUST 2005-1
|
|
|
By:
|
Golub Capital Incorporated, as Servicer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Gregory W. Cashman
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Gregory W. Cashman
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Investment Officer
|
|
|
|
LEG PARTNERS DEBENTURE SBIC, L.P.
|
|
|
By:
|
Golub Debenture GP, LLC,
its General Partner
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Gregory W. Cashman
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Gregory W. Cashman
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President
|
|
|
|
LEG PARTNERS III SBIC, L.P.
|
|
|
By:
|
Golub PS-GP, LLC,
its General Partner
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Gregory W. Cashman
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Gregory W. Cashman
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President
|
|
|
Note Purchase Agreement Signature Page
Schedule 1.1(a)
Existing Investments
None.
Schedule 1.1(b)
Existing Liens
Existing Liens
Liens on various equipment disclosed in the chart below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debtor Name
|
|
Filing State
|
|
Secured Party
|
|
Filing Number
|
|
Collateral
|
Bravo Development, Inc.
|
|
Ohio
|
|
Fleet Business
Credit Corporation
|
|
OH00039488572
|
|
Equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo Development, Inc.
|
|
Ohio
|
|
Fleet Business
Credit Corporation
|
|
OH00039526059
|
|
Equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo Development, Inc.
|
|
Ohio
|
|
CIT Bank
|
|
OH00098345652
|
|
Equipment
|
Liens on the real property and fixtures with respect thereto pursuant to the mortgages and
loans disclosed on Schedule 6.1(b).
Schedule 1.1(c)
Scheduled Financial Information
1.
|
|
Consolidated Fixed Charges for fiscal quarter ending:
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2006: $2,475,000
|
|
2.
|
|
Consolidated EBITDA for fiscal quarter ending:
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2006: $3,867,000
|
Schedule 2.1(a)
Purchasers
|
|
|
|
|
Purchaser
|
|
Note
|
|
Golub Capital CP Funding LLC
|
|
$
|
12,250,000.00
|
|
Golub Capital Loan Trust 2005-1
|
|
$
|
2,500,000.00
|
|
LEG Partners Debenture SBIC, L.P.
|
|
$
|
10,000,000.00
|
|
LEG Partners III SBIC, L.P.
|
|
$
|
2,750,000.00
|
|
TOTAL:
|
|
$
|
27,500,000.00
|
|
Schedule 2.1(c)
[FORM OF NOTE]
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AS AMENDED OR THE SECURITIES
LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION THEREUNDER OR
AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM AS PROVIDED IN THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN.
THIS NOTE IS SUBORDINATED TO THE PRIOR PAYMENT AND SATISFACTION IN CASH OF ALL SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS,
AS DEFINED IN THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 26, 2006, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED,
MODIFIED, RESTATED OR SUPPLEMENTED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT), TO THE
EXTENT, AND IN THE MANNER PROVIDED IN THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT.
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.
13.25% Senior Subordinated Secured Note
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, Bravo Development, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the
Borrower
), hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the order of [
] (together
with any successors and/or assigns, the Purchaser), in lawful money of the United States of
America and in immediately available funds, the principal amount of
[ ] DOLLARS ($
), with interest thereon from time to time as
provided herein.
The undersigned further agrees to pay interest in like money at such office on the unpaid
principal amount hereof at the rates per annum and on the dates specified in Sections 2.5(c) and
(d) of the Purchase Agreement (as hereinafter defined) until paid in full. A portion of the
interest payable on this Note shall be paid by increasing the principal amount of this Note, as
provided in Section 2.5(c) of the Purchase Agreement.
All payments hereunder shall be made for the account of the Purchaser at its office located at
551 Madison Avenue, 6th Floor, New York, NY 10022, or to such other address as the Purchaser may
designate in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement.
If any principal of or interest on this Note is not paid when due or there exists an Event of
Default under the Purchase Agreement, certain additional interest may be payable on this Note in
accordance with the provisions of Section 2.5(d) of the Purchase Agreement.
This Note is one of the 13.25% Senior Subordinated Secured Notes, identical in all respects
except as to principal amount and payee, issued by the Borrower pursuant to and subject
to the terms of a certain Note Purchase Agreement dated as of June 26, 2006 (the
Purchase
Agreement
) among the Borrower, the guarantors party thereto and the original Purchasers listed
on
Schedule 2.1(a)
thereto. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall
have the meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement.
Reference is made to the Purchase Agreement for a description of the agreements of the
parties, the circumstances under which the maturity of this Note may be accelerated, and the
obligations of the Borrower to pay the costs of enforcement of this Note (including reasonable fees
and expenses of counsel) incurred by or on behalf of the holder of this Note. In the event that
this Note becomes or is declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity, this Note shall
become due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of
which are hereby expressly waived.
The Borrower has the right under certain circumstances to prepay this Note in whole or in
part, and is obligated to make certain mandatory prepayments on this Note, in each case as provided
in the Purchase Agreement.
This Note is secured by and entitled to the benefit of the Security Documents and reference is
hereby made to the Note Purchase Agreement and such Security Documents for a description of the
properties mortgaged, pledged and assigned, the nature and extent of the Collateral and the rights
of the parties to the Security Documents in respect of such Collateral.
This Note was issued with original issue discount (as defined in Section 1273(a) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.(the
IRC
) and Regulation Section 1-1273-1
promulgated thereunder). The Purchaser can obtain the information described in Regulation Section
1.1275-3 promulgated under the IRC by writing to: Chief Financial Officer, bravo Development, Inc.,
777 Goodale Boulevard, Suite 100, Columbus, OH 43212.
This Note is to be construed and interpreted in accordance with and governed by the internal
laws of the State of New York.
|
|
|
|
|
|
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, ]NC.
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
Schedule 2.3
Commitment Fee
|
|
|
|
|
Recipient
|
|
Amount
|
|
Golub Associates, LLC
|
|
$
|
295,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wire transfer instructions:
First Republic Bank
Branch 79
ABA #321 081 669
Account Number: 97900006812
Account Name: Golub Associates, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LEG Partners Debenture SBIC, L.P.
|
|
$
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wire transfer instructions:
First Republic Bank
Branch 79
ABA #321 081 669
Account Number: 97900006705
Account Name: LEG Partners Debenture SBIC, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LEG Partners III SBIC, L.P.
|
|
$
|
55,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wire transfer instructions:
First Republic Bank
Branch 79
ABA #321 081 669
Account Number: 97900006713
Account Name: LEG Partners III SBIC, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total:
|
|
$
|
550,000
|
|
Schedule 3.11(a)
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
Subsidiary
|
|
Outstanding Shares
|
|
Ownership
|
Cucina Construction, Inc.
|
|
20 shares of Common
Stock
|
|
100% by Bravo
Development, Inc.
|
Bravo Development of
Kansas, Inc.
|
|
100 shares of Common
Stock
|
|
100% by Bravo
Development, Inc.
|
Brio Tuscan Grille of
Woodlands, Inc.
|
|
100 shares of Common
stock
|
|
100% by Bravo
Development, Inc.
|
Schedule 3.11(b)
Capitalization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
Number of
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
Number of
|
Name of
|
|
Certificate
|
|
Shares of
|
|
Certificate
|
|
Shares of
|
Stockholder
|
|
Number
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
Number
|
|
Common Stock
|
Bravo Development
Holdings LLC
|
|
1
|
|
47,659.50
|
|
1
|
|
841,050
|
Alton F. Doody, III
|
|
2
|
|
5,678.00
|
|
2
|
|
100,200
|
John C. Doody
|
|
3
|
|
2,095.25
|
|
3
|
|
36,975
|
Philip S. Yandolino
|
|
4
|
|
833.00
|
|
4
|
|
14,700
|
Jerry Henderson
|
|
5
|
|
510.00
|
|
5
|
|
9,000
|
Michael Moser
|
|
6
|
|
335.75
|
|
6
|
|
5,925
|
Matt Harding
|
|
7
|
|
208.25
|
|
7
|
|
3,675
|
Jim MacKenzie
|
|
8
|
|
208.25
|
|
8
|
|
3,675
|
Ron Dee
|
|
9
|
|
187.00
|
|
9
|
|
3,300
|
Brian OMalley
|
|
10
|
|
165.75
|
|
10
|
|
2,925
|
Vernessa Gates
|
|
11
|
|
165.75
|
|
11
|
|
2,925
|
Jeff Ramm
|
|
12
|
|
127.50
|
|
12
|
|
2,250
|
Joe Isbell
|
|
13
|
|
127.50
|
|
13
|
|
2,250
|
Mike Creedon
|
|
14
|
|
127.50
|
|
14
|
|
2,250
|
Mike Woodburn
|
|
15
|
|
127.50
|
|
15
|
|
2,250
|
Debbie Ticknor
|
|
16
|
|
127.50
|
|
16
|
|
2,250
|
Lance Juhas
|
|
17
|
|
127.50
|
|
17
|
|
2,250
|
Tom Vahle
|
|
18
|
|
127.50
|
|
18
|
|
2,250
|
Lou Rios
|
|
19
|
|
127.50
|
|
19
|
|
2,250
|
Bret Adams
|
|
20
|
|
127.50
|
|
20
|
|
2,250
|
Justin Stratford
|
|
21
|
|
106.25
|
|
21
|
|
1,875
|
Laura Tappen
|
|
22
|
|
63.75
|
|
22
|
|
1,125
|
Dave Whisler
|
|
23
|
|
38.25
|
|
23
|
|
675
|
Karen Brennan
|
|
24
|
|
34.00
|
|
24
|
|
600
|
Nicole Fessler Roope
|
|
25
|
|
21.25
|
|
25
|
|
375
|
Brian Hunter
|
|
26
|
|
21.25
|
|
26
|
|
375
|
David Petrill
|
|
27
|
|
21.25
|
|
27
|
|
375
|
Schedule 3.14
Intellectual Property
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application/
|
|
Application/
|
Owner
|
|
Mark
|
|
Jurisdiction
|
|
Registration Number
|
|
Registration Date
|
Bravo
|
|
BRIO
|
|
US
|
|
74/725916
|
|
9/7/1995
|
Development, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018983
|
|
11/26/1996
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo
|
|
BRAVO! CUCINA
|
|
US
|
|
76/048342
|
|
5/15/2000
|
Development, Inc
|
|
ITALIANA
|
|
|
|
2622987
|
|
9/24/2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo
|
|
CUCINA BRAVO!
|
|
US
|
|
76/048071
|
|
5/15/2000
|
Development, Inc
|
|
ITALIANA
|
|
|
|
2622985
|
|
9/24/2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo
|
|
BON VIE
|
|
US
|
|
76/225708
|
|
3/16/2001
|
Development, Inc
|
|
|
|
|
|
2773908
|
|
10/14/2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo
|
|
BON VIE (LOGO)
|
|
US
|
|
76/314784
|
|
9/18/2001
|
Development, Inc
|
|
|
|
|
|
2668498
|
|
12/31/2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo
|
|
BRAVO CUCINA &
|
|
US
|
|
75/924274
|
|
2/19/2002
|
Development, Inc
|
|
Design
|
|
|
|
2731038
|
|
7/1/2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo
|
|
BRIO
|
|
US
|
|
76/603870
|
|
7/23/2004
|
Development, Inc
|
|
|
|
|
|
2996778
|
|
9/20/2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo
|
|
BRAVO!
|
|
US
|
|
76/603862
|
|
7/23/2004
|
Development, Inc
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo
|
|
BRIO & Design
|
|
US
|
|
78/605918
|
|
4/11/2005
|
Development, Inc
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domain Name: www.bestitalianusa.com
Schedule 3.16(a)
Location of Real Property
|
|
|
|
|
Property
|
|
Address
|
|
County
|
Development Office
|
|
18 North Main Street, Suite 4
Chagrin Falls, OH 44022-3059
|
|
Cuyahoga
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warehouse
|
|
8315B Washington Street
Chagrin Falls, OH 44023
|
|
Geauga
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home Office
|
|
777 Goodale Boulevard - Suite 100
Columbus, OH 43212
|
|
Franklin
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Bethel #2 (owned)
|
|
3000 Hayden Road
Columbus, OH 43235
|
|
Franklin
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Castleton #3 (owned)
|
|
8651 Castlecreek Pkwy. E. Drive
Indianapolis, IN 46250
|
|
Marion
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Dayton #4 (scheduled
to move 9/4/06)
|
|
2148 Miamisburg-Centerville
Centerville, OH 45459
|
|
Montgomery
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Dayton #4 (new
address starting 9/4/06)
|
|
2779 Miamisburg Centerville Road
Dayton, Ohio 45439
|
|
Montgomery
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Crosswoods #5 (owned)
|
|
7470 Vantage Drive
Columbus, OH 43235
|
|
Franklin
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Cincinnati #6
|
|
12110 Montgomery Road
Cincinnati, OH 45249
|
|
Hamilton
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! McKnight #7 (owned)
|
|
4976 McKnight Road
Pittsburgh, PA 15237
|
|
Allegheny
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Willowlake #9
|
|
2658 Lake Circle Drive
Indianapolis, IN 46268
|
|
Marion
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Metairie #10
|
|
3413 Veterans Memorial Blvd
Metairie, LA 70002
|
|
Jefferson
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brio Easton #11
|
|
3993 Easton Station
Columbus, OH 43219
|
|
Franklin
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Robinson #12
|
|
211 Summit Park Drive
Pittsburgh, PA 15275
|
|
Allegheny
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Cranberry #13
|
|
2001 Route #19
Cranberry Township, PA 16066
|
|
Butler
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brio Winter Park #14
|
|
480 N. Orlando Avenue Ste. #108
Winter Park, FL 32789
|
|
Orange
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brio Buckhead #15
|
|
2964 Peachtree Road N.W.
Atlanta, GA 30305
|
|
Fulton
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Waterfront #16
|
|
250 W. Bridge St.
W. Homestead, PA 15120
|
|
Allegheny
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bon Vie Easton #17
|
|
4089 The Strand East
Columbus, OH 43219
|
|
Franklin
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property
|
|
Address
|
|
County
|
Brio Birmingham #18
|
|
591 Brookwood Village
Birmingham, AL 35209
|
|
Jefferson
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lindeys Polaris #19
|
|
1500 Polaris Parkway, Ste. 200
Columbus, OH 43240
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brio Newport #20
|
|
1 Levee Way Ste. #1140
Newport, KY 41071
|
|
Campbell
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Lansing #21
|
|
2970 Towne Centre Blvd.
Lansing, MI 48912
|
|
Ingham
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brio Millenia #22
|
|
The Mall at Millenia
4200 Conroy Rd., Ste. 154
Orlando, FL 32839
|
|
Orange
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Rochester #23
|
|
Village of Rochester Hills
286 N. Adams Rd.
Rochester Hills, MI 48309-1359
|
|
Oakland
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brio Perimeter #24
|
|
700 Ashwood Parkway
Atlanta, GA 30338
|
|
Dekalb
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brio Crocker Park #25
|
|
200 Crocker Park Blvd.
Westlake, OH 44145
|
|
Cuyahoga
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Eton #26
|
|
28889 Chagrin Blvd.
Woodmere, OH 44122
|
|
Cuyahoga
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Leawood #27
|
|
5005 West 117
th
St.
Leawood, Kansas 66211
|
|
Johnson
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Louisville #28
|
|
206 Bullitt Lane
Louisville, KY 40222
|
|
Jefferson
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brio Legacy #29
|
|
24325 Cedar Road, Legacy Village
Lyndhurst, OH 44124
|
|
Cuyahoga
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brio West Palm #30
|
|
The Gardens Mall
3101 PGA Blvd.
Palm Beach Gardens, FL 33410
|
|
Palm Beach
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! West Chester #31
|
|
9436 Waterfront Dr.
West Chester, OH 45069
|
|
Butler
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brio Frontenac #32
|
|
1601 South Lindbergh Blvd.
St. Louis, MO 63131
|
|
Saint Louis
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brio Stony Point #33
|
|
9210 Stony Point Parkway
Richmond, VA 23235
|
|
Chesterfield
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Galleria #34
|
|
1500 Washington Rd.
Pittsburgh, PA 15228
|
|
Allegheny
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brio Woodlands #35
|
|
1201 Lake Woodlands Dr. Ste. 303
(Woodlands Shopping Center)
The Woodlands, TX 77380
|
|
Montgomery
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property
|
|
Address
|
|
County
|
Bravo! Knoxville #36
|
|
106 Major Reynolds Place
(Knollwood Commercial Park)
Knoxville, TN 37919-4853
|
|
Knox
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Glenview #37
|
|
2600 Navy Blvd.
Glenview, IL 60025
|
|
Cook
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Zona Rosa #38
|
|
7301 N.W. 87
th
Street
Kansas City, MO 64153
|
|
Platte
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Virginia Beach #39
|
|
193 Central Park Avenue
Virginia Beach, VA 23462
|
|
Virginia Beach City
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Jordan Creek #40
|
|
Jordan Creek Town Center
120 South Jordan Creek Parkway
West Des Moines, IA 50266
|
|
Dallas
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brio Country Club #41
|
|
Country Club Plaza
502 Nichols Drive
Kansas City, MO 64112
|
|
Jackson
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Livonia #42
|
|
17700 Haggerty Road
Livonia, MI 48152
|
|
Wayne
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Mentor #43
|
|
7787 Reynolds Road
Mentor, OH 44060
|
|
Lake
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Memorial Square #44
|
|
13810 North Pennsylvania Avenue
Oklahoma City, OK 73134
|
|
Oklahoma
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Brookfield Square #45
|
|
Brookfield Square, Unit D68
95 N. Moorland A147
Brookfield, WI 53005
|
|
Waukesha
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Franklin Park #46
|
|
5001 Monroe Street, Suite R-3
Toledo, OH 43623
|
|
Lucas
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brio Somerset #47
|
|
Somerset Collection
2801 West Big Beaver Road, Suite
E150
Troy, MI 48084-3201
|
|
Oakland
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brio Tysons Corner #48
|
|
7854L Tysons Corner Center
McLean, VA 22102
|
|
Fairfax
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! La Cantera #49
|
|
The Shops at La Cantera
15900 La Cantera Parkway,
Bldg #11, Suite 11200
San Antonio, TX 78256
|
|
Bexar
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Northlake Mall #50
|
|
North Lake Mall
6851 North Lake Mall Drive
Charlotte, NC 28216
|
|
Mecklenburg
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bon Vie Somerset #51
|
|
2801 W. Big Beaver Road, Suite J230
Troy, MI 48084
|
|
Oakland
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property
|
|
Address
|
|
County
|
Bravo! Belden Village #52
|
|
4224 Everhard Road NW
Canton, OH 44718
|
|
Stark
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brio Waterside #53
|
|
5505 Tamiami Trail N Suite J1
Naples, FL 34108
|
|
Collier
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brio Southlake #54
|
|
Southlake Town Square
1431 Plaza Place
Southlake, TX 76092
|
|
Tarrant
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brio Piedmont #55**
(scheduled to open 6/26/06)
|
|
4720 Piedmont Row Drive, Suite 150
Charlotte, NC 28209
|
|
Mecklenburg
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brio The Green #56**
(scheduled to open 8/24/06)
|
|
4459 Cedar Park Drive
Beaver Creek, OH 45440
|
|
Greene
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Greensboro #57**
(scheduled to open 9/18/06)
|
|
3324 West Friendly Avenue
Greensboro, NC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Walden #58**
(scheduled op open
10/16/06)
|
|
Sublot: TH133
One Walden Galleria
Buffalo, NY 14225
|
|
Erie
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Bayshore #59**
(scheduled to open 11/2/06)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Uptown #60**
(scheduled to open
11/13/06)
|
|
2220 Louisiana Boulevard, NE
Albuquerque, NM
|
|
Bernalillo
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo! Partridge Creek**
(scheduled to open in 2007)
|
|
Partridge Creek Fashion Mall
Space #R-100
Clinton Township, MI 48038
|
|
Macomb
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
all properties are leased unless otherwise indicated
|
|
**
|
|
addresses for stores not yet open may change
|
Schedule 3.16(b)
Location of Collateral
All locations disclosed on Schedule 3.16(a)
Schedule 3.16(c)
States of Incorporation, Chief Executive Offices, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal Tax
|
|
|
State of
|
|
Chief Executive
|
|
Principal Place
|
|
Identification
|
Credit Party
|
|
Incorporation
|
|
Office
|
|
of Business
|
|
Number
|
Bravo Development,
Inc.
|
|
Ohio
|
|
777 Goodale
Boulevard- Suite 100
Columbus, OH
|
|
Same
|
|
34-1566328
|
Bravo Development
Holdings, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
c/o Bruckmann,
Rosser, Sherrill &
Co., Inc., 126
East 56th Street,
New York, New
York 10022
|
|
Same
|
|
11-3781466
|
Cucina
Construction, Inc.
|
|
Ohio
|
|
777 Goodale
Boulevard- Suite 100
Columbus, OH
|
|
Same
|
|
31-1691227
|
Bravo Development
of Kansas, Inc.
|
|
Kansas
|
|
777 Goodale
Boulevard- Suite 100
Columbus, OH
|
|
Same
|
|
None
|
Brio Tuscan Grille
of Woodlands, Inc.
|
|
Texas
|
|
777 Goodale
Boulevard- Suite 100
Columbus, OH
|
|
Same
|
|
None
|
Schedule 3.18
Labor Matters
None.
Schedule 3.20
Material Contracts
Leases
18 N. Main Street
Lease with Newbury Triangle, dated August 23, 2002
8315B Washington
Lease with F.A.O., Inc., dated February 28, 2003, as amended September 8, 2005 and February 13, 2006
777 W. Goodale
Lease with 777 Goodale Partners, LLC, dated April 5, 2005, as amended February 1, 2006
Dayton (#4)
Lease with Dayton Mall Venture, LLC, dated March 2, 2006
Cincinnati (#6)
Lease with Dittos-Montgomery Limited Partnership, Inc., dated October 21, 1998
Willowlake (#9)
Lease by Willow Lake East, LLC and Indianapolis Barocco Partners, LLC, as amended October 1, 1998
Metairie (#10)
Lease with Greater Lakeside Corp., dated August 26, 1998
Brio Easton (#11)
Lease with Easton Town Center LLC, dated November 12,1998
Robinson (#12)
Lease with Lafayette Partners, dated August 31, 1998, as amended February 2, 1999
Cranberry (#13)
Lease by Express Hotel Associates and the Company (Landlord), and THM Management Associates (Tenant), dated May 18, 1999
Winter Park (#14)
Lease with Winter Park Town Center, Ltd., dated April 13, 1999
Buckhead (#15)
Lease with Sheffield Inc., dated December 17, 1999
Waterfront (#16)
Lease with The Waterfront Partners, LLC, dated September 18, 2000, as amended September 4, 2001
Bon Vie Easton (#17)
Lease with Easton Town Center LLC, dated March 8, 2001, as amended August 6, 2001 and November 3, 2003
Birmingham (#18)
Lease with Colonial Realty Limited Partnership, dated March 12, 2001, as amended March 20, 2001 and October 24, 2002
Lindeys Polaris (#19)
Lease with Polaris Mall, LLC, dated June 4, 2001, as amended August 3, 2001 and August 17, 2001
Newport (#20)
Lease with Newport on the Levee LLC, dated May 18, 2001, as amended January 7, 2002
Lansing (#21)
Lease with Lansing Pavilion, LLC, dated July 17, 2001
Millenia (#22)
Lease with Forbes Taubman Orlando, L.L.C., dated January 17, 2002
Rochester (#23)
Lease with Meadowbrook Associates, L.L.C., dated March 11, 2002
Perimeter (#24)
Lease with Mony Life Insurance Company, dated May 29, 2002
Crocker Park (#25)
Lease with Crocker Park, LLC, dated June 17, 2002, as amended September 6, 2002, January 13, 2003 and December 13, 2004.
Eton (#26)
Lease with Chagrin Retail, LLC, dated June 17, 2002, as amended August 11, 2003
Leawood (#27)
Lease with Town Center Plaza, L.L.C., dated July 17, 2002
Louisville (#28)
Lease with PNC Bank, National Association, Stock Yards Bank & Trust Company, dated October 1, 2002
Legacy (#29)
Lease with Legacy Village Partners, LLC, dated August 23, 2002
West Palm (#30)
Lease with Forbes/Cohen Florida Properties Limited Partnership, dated October 15, 2002, as amended July 9, 2003
Westchester (#31)
Lease with Cincinnati Specialty Centers, LLC, dated November 5, 2002
Frontenac (#32)
Lease with Davis Street Land Company of Missouri L.L.C., dated February 26, 2003
Stony Point (#33)
Lease with Stony Point Associates, LLC, dated December 2, 2002
Galleria (#34)
Lease with Continental/Galleria, LP, dated June 26, 2003, as amended February 29, 2004
Woodlands (#35)
Lease with The Woodlands Mall Associates, dated August 26, 2003, as amended October 7, 2004
Knoxville (#36)
Lease with Spartan Holdings, LLC, dated November 17, 2003
Glenview (#37)
Lease with Oliver McMillan Glenview, LLC, dated May 18, 2003
Zona Rosa (#38)
Lease with Zona Rosa Development, LLC, dated October 31, 2003, as amended June 4, 2004
Virginia Beach (#39)
Lease with Town Center Associates 8, L.L.C., dated November 6, 2003, as amended November 1, 2004, November 19, 2004 and June 15, 2005.
Jordan Creek (#40)
Lease with GGP Gordon Creek L.L.C., dated April 20, 2004
Country Club (#41)
Lease with Highwoods Realty Limited Partnership, dated June 25, 2004, as amended December 7, 2004
Livonia (#42)
Lease with Schoolcraft Commons Unit 3, L.L.C., dated April 2, 2004
Mentor (#43)
Lease with Torrent Properties, LLC, dated April 13, 2004
Memorial Square (#44)
Lease with Memorial Square SC, LLC, dated September 23, 2004
Brookfield Square (#45)
Lease with Brookfield Square Joint Venture, dated September 14, 2004
Franklin Park (#46)
Lease with Westfield Franklin Park Mall LLC, dated December 13, 2004, as amended May 18, 2005
Brio Somerset (#47)
Lease with Somerset Collection Limited Partnership, dated October 28, 2004
Tysons Corner (#48)
Lease with Tysons Corner Holdings LLC, dated April 6, 2005
La Cantera (#49)
Lease with La Cantera Retail Limited Partnership, dated April 14, 2005
Northlake Mall (#50)
Lease with TRG Charlotte LLC, dated March 17, 2005, as amended August 18, 2005
Bon Vie Somerset (#51)
Lease with Somerset Collection Limited Partnership, dated February 22, 2005
Belden Village (#52)
Lease with WEA Belden LLC, dated May 18, 2005, as amended August 18, 2005
Naples (#53)
Lease with Waterside Shops at Pelican Bay Trust, dated October 14, 2005
Southlake (#54)
Lease with SLTS Grand Avenue, L.P., dated June 15, 2005
Piedmont (#55)
Lease with Piedmont Town Center One, LLC, dated December 20, 2005
Dayton the Greene (#56)
Lease with Greene Town Center, LLC, dated September 2, 2005
Greensboro (#57)
Lease with Hobbs Street Properties, LLC, dated April 19, 2006
Walden (#58)
Lease with Pyramid Walden Company, L.P., dated September 15, 2005, as modified April 17, 2006
Bayshore (#59)
Lease with Bayshore Town Center, LLC, dated September 1, 2005
Uptown (#60)
Lease with Hunt Uptown, LLC, dated February 23, 2006
Partridge Creek
Lease with Partridge Creek Fashion Park, LLC, dated November 1, 2005
Other Agreements
Crosswoods
Promissory Note by Encore Bravo, Ltd. in favor of The Huntington National Bank, dated
July 11, 1995, and associated Mortgage and Assignment of Rents and Security Agreement, dated July
11, 1995, and the Note and Mortgage Modification Agreement dated November 11, 1995.
Hayden Road/Bethel Road
Promissory Note by Alton F. Doody, III in favor of The Huntington National Bank, dated May 29,
1992, and associated Mortgage, Assignment of Rents and Security Agreement.
Indianapolis/Castleton
Mortgage, by and between Arcadia Properties, LLC and Mid City Pioneers Corporation, dated November
10, 1994, and associated Security Agreement dated November 10, 1994.
Promissory Note, by Arcadia Properties, LLC, in favor of The Huntington National Bank of Indiana,
dated April 12, 1994.
Loan Agreement, by and among Bravo Cucina of Indianapolis, Inc., Bravo Cucina, Inc., Arcadia
Properties, LLC, Alton F. Doody, III, John C. Doody, and Mid City Pioneer Corporation, dated
November 10, 1994.
Pittsburgh/McKnight
Promissory Note by Pittsburgh Bacco Partners, L.P. in favor of The Huntington National Bank dated
January 6, 1997, and associated Mortgage, Assignment of Rents and Security Agreement dated January
6, 1997, Security Agreement dated January 6, 1997, and Reamortization Agreement, dated July 6,
1997.
Master Consulting Services Agreement by and between Bravo Development, Inc. and CIBER, Inc., dated
May 17, 2006, and associated Statement of Work.
Agreement by and between the Borrower and Zelinko Construction, made as of January 1, 2006.
Agreement by and between the Borrower and Venture Construction Company, made as of
April 3, 2006.
Agreement by and between the Borrower and Zelinko Construction, for commencement date of April 12,
2006.
Letter of Intent by the Borrower to Venture Construction, dated April 12, 2006.
Agreement by and between the Borrower and STM Development, LLC, made as of May 4, 2006.
Letter of Intent by the Borrower to Arlington Construction, dated April 12, 2006.
Fountain Beverage Sales Agreement by and between Pepsi-Cola Company and the Borrower, effective
January 1, 2002.
Foodservice Distribution Agreement by and between Distribution Market Advantage, Inc. and the
Borrower, dated June 18, 2006.
Senior Credit Agreement
Management Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among Castle Harlan, Inc., Bruckmann, Rosser,
Sherrill & Co. and the Borrower.
Management Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Castle
Harlan, Inc. and the Borrower.
Schedule 3.21
Insurance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Coverage Type
|
|
Carrier
|
|
Policy Number
|
|
Expiration Date
|
|
Amount
|
Primary Umbrella
|
|
Continental Casualty Company
|
|
|
2068204222
|
|
|
04/01/2007
|
|
$10,000.000 each incident;
$10,000,000 aggregate
|
General Liability
|
|
Continental Casualty Company
|
|
|
2088596839
|
|
|
04/01/2007
|
|
$1,000,000 each incident;
$2,000,000 aggregate
|
Automobile Liability
|
|
Continental Casualty Company
|
|
|
2088596842
|
|
|
04/01/2007
|
|
$1,000,000 each accident
|
Employers Liability
|
|
Transportation Insurance
|
|
|
2088596871
|
|
|
04/01/2007
|
|
$1,000,000 each accident
|
Liquor Liability
|
|
Continental Casualty Company
|
|
|
2088596839
|
|
|
04/01/2007
|
|
$1,000,000 each accident;
$2,000,000 aggregate
|
Employee Benefit Liability
|
|
Continental Casualty Company
|
|
|
2088596839
|
|
|
04/01/2007
|
|
$1,000,000 each employee;
$2,000,000 aggregate
|
Excess Umbrella
|
|
Federal Insurance Company
|
|
|
79815113
|
|
|
04/01/2007
|
|
$25,000,000 each occurrence;
$25,000,000 aggregate
|
Deductible Workers Compensation and Employers Liability
|
|
American Casualty Company of Reading
|
|
|
2088596808
|
|
|
04/01/2007
|
|
$1,000,000 each accident;
$1,000,000 aggregate
|
Retrospective Workers Compensation and Employers Liability
|
|
Transportation Insurance Company
|
|
|
2088596871
|
|
|
04/01/2007
|
|
$1,000,000 each accident;
$1,000,000 aggregate
|
Retrospective Stop Gap Liability
|
|
Transportation Insurance Company
|
|
|
2088596825
|
|
|
04/01/2007
|
|
$1,000,000 occurrence;
$1,000,000 aggregate
|
Commercial Property Coverage
|
|
CNA Insurance
|
|
|
2072437497
|
|
|
04/01/2007
|
|
Various;
$2,000,000 aggregate / Blanket
|
Inland Marine
|
|
CNA Insurance
|
|
|
2072437497
|
|
|
04/01/2007
|
|
Various
|
Commercial Crime
|
|
CNA Insurance
|
|
|
2072437497
|
|
|
04/01/2007
|
|
Various
|
Garagekeepers Liability
|
|
Continental Casualty Company
|
|
|
2088596842
|
|
|
04/01/2007
|
|
$75,000 each vehicle
|
Trade Name Restoration (Loss of Business Income)
|
|
Lloyds of London
|
|
|
330030052355
|
|
|
9/01/2006
|
|
$10,000,000 aggregate
|
Ohio Excess Coverage Compensation
|
|
Midwest Employers Casualty Company
|
|
EWC006258
|
|
03/01/2007
|
|
Statutory workers compensation;
$1,000,000 Employers Liability
|
Private Company Protection
|
|
Philadelphia Indemnity
|
|
PHSD188693
|
|
4/28/2007
|
|
$5,000,000 D&O liability, Employment Practices, Fiduciary Liability;
$10,000,000 aggregate, all parts
|
Schedule 3.28
Certain Transactions
1.
|
|
St. Charles Lease by and between Doody, Doody & Doody, L.L.C. and New Orleans Baracco
Partners L.L.C., dated November 1, 1997.
|
|
2.
|
|
Termination of Lease and Security Agreement and Agreement Relating to Removal of Equipment by
and between Doody, Doody & Doody, L.L.C. and Borrower, dated November 30, 2005.
|
|
3.
|
|
Common Share Purchase Agreement by and among Alton F. Doody, III, John C. Doody and Borrower,
dated November 9, 2000.
|
|
4.
|
|
Trade Name License Agreement by and between Borrower and Grant Avenue Investments, Inc.,
dated April 2004 (unexecuted).
|
|
5.
|
|
Employee Leasing Agreement by and between Borrower and Grant Avenue Investments, Inc., dated
January 1, 2004.
|
|
6.
|
|
Management Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among Castle Harlan, Inc., Bruckmann,
Rosser, Sherrill & Co. and the Borrower.
|
|
7.
|
|
Management Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co.,
Castle Harlan, Inc. and the Borrower.
|
Schedule 3.30
Small Business Concern
1.
|
|
LEG Partners Debenture SBIC, L.P.
|
|
2.
|
|
LEG Partners III SBIC, L.P.
|
Schedule 4.1(b)
[FORM OF]
SECRETARYS CERTIFICATE
[INSERT NAME OF CREDIT PARTY]
June 26, 2006
Pursuant to that certain Note Purchase Agreement dated as of June 26, 2006 (as amended,
restated or otherwise modified, the
Note Purchase Agreement
), by and among Bravo
Development, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the
Borrower
), Bravo Development Holdings, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company (
Holdings
), the Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower
from time to time parties thereto (together with Holdings, collectively the
Guarantors
),
the Purchasers from time to time parties thereto, and Golub Capital Incorporated, as administrative
agent for the Purchasers (the
Administrative Agent
), the undersigned hereby certifies
that he/she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of [Insert name of Credit Party],
a
[Insert state of incorporation/formation] [corporation] [limited liability company] [limited
partnership]
(the
Company
) and that, as such, he/she is familiar with the facts herein
certified and is duly authorized to certify the same and does hereby certify in his/her capacity as
Secretary of the Company, and not individually, as follows:
1. Attached hereto as
Exhibit A
is a true and complete copy of the
[Articles of
Incorporation] [Certificate of Formation]
of the Company and all amendments thereto as in full
force and effect on the date hereof.
2. Attached hereto as
Exhibit B
is a true and complete copy of the
[Bylaws] [Operating
Agreement] [Partnership Agreement]
of the Company, together with all amendments thereto, which were
duly adopted and are full force and in effect on the date hereof.
3. Attached hereto as
Exhibit C
is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly
adopted by [Insert governing body] of the Company approving the execution, delivery and performance
of the Note Purchase Agreement and the other Note Purchase Documents. Such resolutions have not in
any way been amended, modified, rescinded or changed in any respect since their adoption to and
including the date hereof and are now in full force and effect as of the date hereof. Such
resolutions are the only corporate proceedings of the Company now in force relating to or affecting
the matters referred to therein.
4. Each of the following persons is now a duly elected and qualified officer of the Company,
holding the office indicated next to his/her name below, the signature appearing opposite his/her
name below is his/her true and genuine signature, and each such officer is duly authorized to
execute and deliver on behalf of the Company each of the Note Purchase Documents to which it is a
party and any certificate or other document to be delivered by the Company pursuant to the Note
Purchase Documents to which it is a party:
|
|
|
|
|
Title
|
|
Typed Name
|
|
Signature
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunder subscribe my name effective as of the date set forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secretary of [Insert name of Credit Party]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I,
, the duly elected
of the Company, do hereby certify that
is the duly elected and qualified Secretary of the Company and, as such, is authorized to execute
this Secretarys Certificate on behalf of the Company and that his/her true signature is set forth
above.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunder subscribe my name effective as of the date set forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of [Insert name of Credit Party]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secretary Certificate Note Purchase Agreement
Schedule 4.1(i)
[FORM OF]
SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE
June 2006
Golub Capital Incorporated
as Agent
551 Madison Avenue, 6
th
Floor
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Gregory W. Cashman
cc: Russell C. Zomback
|
|
Re: Solvency Certificate under the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of June ___, 2006
|
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Please refer to that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 2006 (as amended and in
effect from time to time, the
Note Purchase Agreement
), among Bravo Development, Inc.
(
Borrower
), Bravo Development Holdings, LLC (
Holdings
), each of the purchasers
listed on
Exhibit 2.1(a)
thereto (the
Purchasers
) and Golub Capital Incorporated
as agent (the
Agent
). Capitalized terms defined in the Note Purchase Agreement and used
in this certificate without definition shall have for purposes of this certificate the meanings
assigned to them in the Note Purchase Agreement.
This certificate (this
Certificate
) is delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(i) of the
Note Purchase Agreement. The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the chief financial
officer of Borrower (the
Undersigned
), and is familiar with the financial affairs of
Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, and that, as such, he or she is authorized to execute this
Certificate on behalf of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and further certifies and represents to the
Agent on behalf of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and without personal liability that, as of the
Closing Date:
(a) The Undersigned has continued to monitor the financial condition and operations of the
Borrowers and its Subsidiaries; and the Undersigned has knowledge of the development and
negotiation of the transactions contemplated by the Note Purchase Documents.
(b) The Undersigned has reviewed and is familiar with (a) the Note Purchase Agreement, the
Notes, and the other Note Purchase Documents executed in connection therewith, (b) all credit
agreements, loan agreements, note purchase agreements, leases, indentures, mortgages and other
documents pursuant to which any other Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries has been
issued or is outstanding or otherwise binding upon or affecting the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or
their assets, (c) all other material contracts, undertakings or agreements of the Borrower or its
Subsidiaries, (d) the projections of the annual
operating budgets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, balance sheets
and cash flow statements for the 2006 to 2011 fiscal years (the
Pro Forma Projections
),
prepared under my supervision and (e) the Pro Forma Balance Sheet prepared under my supervision.
(c) The Undersigned and members of my financial staff have prepared the Pro Forma Projections,
all of which have been prepared under my supervision and are based on good faith estimates and
assumptions as stated therein. In preparing the Pro Forma Projections, (a) the Undersigned has
confirmed that the Pro Forma Projections take into account the probable liability of existing debts
(including off-balance sheet liabilities) as they become absolute and mature and the probable
liability of all existing contingent liabilities (including guaranties and other similar
obligations), (b) the Undersigned has reviewed the availability of historical and projected cash
flow deriving from the realization of current assets in the ordinary course of business of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries and has compared such availability against current and long-term
liabilities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and (c) the Undersigned has evaluated the need
for capital in the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taking into account the nature of
their business and a reasonably anticipated availability of such capital in light of projections
and available borrowings.
(d) The Undersigned has analyzed the value of the Borrowers and its Subsidiaries assets,
considering competitive strengths and weaknesses, using standards of valuation including discounted
cash flow and comparable market multiples after giving effect to the transactions contemplated
under the Note Purchase Agreement.
(e) The Undersigned has considered, in consultation with counsel to the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, whether there are any material liabilities or loss contingencies that are required to
be accrued or disclosed by SFAS No. 5 or that would be material to the Borrower or its
Subsidiaries.
(f) The Undersigned has considered the Borrowers or its Subsidiarys rights of contribution
from each other with respect to any amounts paid by the Borrower or its Subsidiary as to which the
Borrower or its Subsidiary is jointly and severally liable.
(g) After giving effect to the Transactions, the fair saleable value of the Credit Parties
assets, measured on a going concern basis, exceeds all probable liabilities, including those to be
incurred pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement.
(h) After giving effect to the Transactions, the Credit Parties, taken as a whole (a) do not
have unreasonably small capital in relation to the business in which it is or proposes to be
engaged or (b) have not incurred, and do not believe that they will incur after giving effect to
the Recapitalization, the incurrence of the Senior Obligations and the other transactions
contemplated by the Note Purchase Agreement, debts beyond their ability to pay such debts as they
become due.
(i) In executing the Note Purchase Documents and consummating the Transactions, none of the
Credit Parties intends to hinder, delay or defraud either present or future creditors or other
Persons to which one or more of the Credit Parties is or will become indebted.
(j) The Undersigned has carefully reviewed the contents of this Certificate, and the
Undersigned has conferred with counsel for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the purpose of
discussing the meaning of its contents.
(k) The Undersigned hereby acknowledges that the Agent and the Borrower have relied and will
rely upon the statements contained herein, and the Undersigned, on behalf of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries consents to such reliance.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF
, the undersigned has signed this Solvency Certificate as of the date set
forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.
|
|
|
By
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
Schedule 4.1 (u)
($
In thousands
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bon Vie
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bravo Additions
|
|
|
Brio Additions
|
|
|
Addition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtract
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Run-Rate
|
|
|
|
PF LTM
|
|
|
LTM 05 & 06
|
|
|
Adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Memorial
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Franklin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Belden
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LTM
|
|
|
|
4/23/06
|
|
|
New Stores
|
|
|
LTM
|
|
|
Mentor
|
|
|
Square
|
|
|
Brookfield
|
|
|
Park
|
|
|
La Cantera
|
|
|
North Lake
|
|
|
Village
|
|
|
Crocker Park
|
|
|
Somerset
|
|
|
Tysons Corner
|
|
|
Naples
|
|
|
Southlake
|
|
|
Somerset
|
|
|
Adjusted
|
|
Net Revenues
|
|
$
|
218,070
|
|
|
$
|
34,263
|
|
|
$
|
183,806
|
|
|
$
|
3,812
|
|
|
$
|
3,372
|
|
|
$
|
4,517
|
|
|
$
|
4,384
|
|
|
$
|
3,543
|
|
|
$
|
3,292
|
|
|
$
|
5,092
|
|
|
$
|
5,745
|
|
|
$
|
5,474
|
|
|
$
|
5,625
|
|
|
$
|
6,250
|
|
|
$
|
5,750
|
|
|
$
|
2,381
|
|
|
$
|
243,041
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restaurant Level
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
$
|
32,020
|
|
|
$
|
3,223
|
|
|
$
|
28,797
|
|
|
$
|
609
|
|
|
$
|
301
|
|
|
$
|
814
|
|
|
$
|
747
|
|
|
$
|
28
|
|
|
$
|
567
|
|
|
$
|
737
|
|
|
$
|
1,222
|
|
|
$
|
725
|
|
|
$
|
521
|
|
|
$
|
956
|
|
|
$
|
690
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
36,715
|
|
% margin
|
|
|
14.7
|
%
|
|
|
9.4
|
%
|
|
|
15.7
|
%
|
|
|
16.0
|
%
|
|
|
8.9
|
%
|
|
|
18.0
|
%
|
|
|
17.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
17.2
|
%
|
|
|
14.5
|
%
|
|
|
21.3
|
%
|
|
|
13.2
|
%
|
|
|
9.3
|
%
|
|
|
15.3
|
%
|
|
|
12.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
15.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: GSA
|
|
|
13,118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,118
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
13,331
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
$
|
18,902
|
|
|
$
|
3,223
|
|
|
$
|
15,679
|
|
|
$
|
597
|
|
|
$
|
286
|
|
|
$
|
799
|
|
|
$
|
736
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
552
|
|
|
$
|
722
|
|
|
$
|
1,202
|
|
|
$
|
705
|
|
|
$
|
501
|
|
|
$
|
936
|
|
|
$
|
670
|
|
|
|
($15
|
)
|
|
$
|
23,384
|
|
% margin
|
|
|
8.7
|
%
|
|
|
9.4
|
%
|
|
|
8.5
|
%
|
|
|
15.7
|
%
|
|
|
8.5
|
%
|
|
|
17.7
|
%
|
|
|
16.8
|
%
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
|
16.8
|
%
|
|
|
14.2
|
%
|
|
|
20.9
|
%
|
|
|
12.9
|
%
|
|
|
8.9
|
%
|
|
|
15.0
|
%
|
|
|
11.6
|
%
|
|
|
(0.6
|
%)
|
|
|
9.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule 5.2(b)
[FORM OF]
OFFICERS COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
Financial Statement Date: [
]
To: Golub Capital Incorporated, as Administrative Agent
|
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is hereby made to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, among
Bravo Development, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the
Borrower
), Bravo Development Holdings,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (
Holdings
), the Domestic Subsidiaries of the
Borrower from time to time parties thereto (together with Holdings, collectively the
Guarantors
), the Purchasers from time to time parties thereto, and Golub Capital
Incorporated, as administrative agent for the Purchasers (the
Administrative Agent
).
The undersigned Responsible Officer hereby certifies as of the date hereof that he/she is the
President, the Chief Financial Officer and/or the Chief Operating Officer of the Borrower, and
that, as such, he/she is authorized to execute and deliver this Officers Compliance Certificate to
the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Credit Parties, and that:
1. Attached hereto as
Schedule 1
are the
[annual][quarterly]
financial statements of
the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries required to be delivered by
Section 5.1
of
the Note Purchase Agreement for the reporting period ended as of the above date. Such financial
statements fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP as of such date and for such period, subject
only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes if the attached financial
statements are quarterly financial statements.
2. The undersigned has reviewed and is familiar with the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement
and has made, or has caused to be made under his supervision, a detailed review of the transactions
and condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries during the
accounting period covered by the attached financial statements.
3. A review of the activities of the Credit Parties during such fiscal period has been made
under the supervision of the undersigned Responsible Officer and, to the best of such Responsible
Officers knowledge, each of the Credit Parties during such period observed or performed in all
material respects all of its covenants and other agreements, and satisfied in all material respects
every condition, contained in the Note Purchase Agreement to be observed, performed or satisfied by
it, and such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default
except as specified below:
4. The financial covenant analyses and information set forth on
Schedule 2
attached
hereto are true and accurate on and as of the date of this Certificate and indicate compliance with
Section 5.9
of the Note Purchase Agreement as of the last day of the reporting period ended
as of the above date and the financial information provided has been prepared in accordance with
GAAP applied consistently for the periods related thereto.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Officers Compliance Certificate as of
the date set forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.,
an Ohio corporation
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
Schedule 2
to Compliance Certificate
Part I
CONSOLIDATED TOTAL LEVERAGE RATIO
As of
, 20___
Computation Date
|
|
|
|
|
A.
Consolidated Funded Debt outstanding as of Computation Date
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B.
Consolidated EBITDA for the four fiscal quarter period (the Computation Period) ending on the Computation Date:
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Consolidated Net Income for the Computation Period
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2) to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for the Computation
Period, the sum of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i) income taxes
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii) Consolidated Interest Expense
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iii) amortization, depreciation and other non-cash
charges (except to the extent that such non-cash charges
are reserved for cash charges to be taken in the future)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iv) extraordinary or unusual losses as determined in
accordance with GAAP, and other non-recurring or unusual
losses or charges reasonably acceptable to the
Administrative Agent
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(v) Transaction Costs
1
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(vi) Pre-Opening Costs
2
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(vii) any charges related to Hedging Agreements permitted
under Section 6.1(d)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Note to exceed $7,000,000 in the aggregate for all
such charges
|
|
2
|
|
Not to exceed $475,000 per new Restaurant in any
period
|
|
|
|
|
|
(viii) any non-cash charges related to option plans
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ix) management fees paid by the Borrower pursuant to the
Management Agreements and permitted under Section 6.14
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(x) any non-cash charges related to Strategic Partner
Plan expense
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(xi) The sum of Items B(2)(i) through (x)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3) The sum of Items B(1) and B(2)(xi)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4) to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for the Computation
Period, the sum of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i) interest income
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii) cash charges related to Strategic Partner Plan
expense
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iii) extraordinary, non-recurring, unusual or non-cash
gains
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iv) The sum of Items B(4)(i) through (iii)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5)
Consolidated EBITDA
(Item B(3)
minus
Item B(4)(iv))
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C.
Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as of Computation Date:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ratio of Item A to Item B(5)
|
|
|
: 1.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
Complete the following table for the current period and all prior periods:
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Quarter ending:
|
|
Maximum Permitted Ratio
|
|
Actual Ratio
|
FQ4 2006
|
|
6.45 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ1 2007
|
|
6.45 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ2 2007
|
|
6.15 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ3 2007
|
|
6.15 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ4 2007
|
|
6.15 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ1 2008
|
|
5.45 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ2 2008
|
|
5.45 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ3 2008
|
|
5.45 to 1.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Quarter ending:
|
|
Maximum Permitted Ratio
|
|
Actual Ratio
|
FQ4 2008
|
|
5.45 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ1 2009
|
|
4.75 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ2 2009
|
|
4.75 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ3 2009
|
|
4.75 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ4 2009
|
|
4.75 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ1 2010
|
|
4.10 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ2 2010
|
|
4.10 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ3 2010
|
|
4.10 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ4 2010
|
|
4.10 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ1 2011
|
|
3.90 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ2 2011
|
|
3.90 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ3 2011
|
|
3.90 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ4 2011
|
|
3.90 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ1 2012
|
|
3.90 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ2 2012
|
|
3.90 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ3 2012
|
|
3.90 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ4 2012
|
|
3.90 to 1.00
|
|
|
Maximum Permitted
:
|
|
|
|
|
Each Fiscal Quarter Ending
|
|
Maximum Ratio
|
|
Closing Date through March 31, 2007 (excluding the fiscal
quarter ending September 30, 2006)
|
|
|
6.45 to 1.00
|
|
April 1, 2007 through. December 31, 2007
|
|
|
6.15 to 1.00
|
|
January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008
|
|
|
5.45 to 1.00
|
|
January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009
|
|
|
4.75 to 1.00
|
|
January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010
|
|
|
4.10 to 1.00
|
|
January 1, 2010 and thereafter
|
|
|
3.90 to 1.00
|
|
Part II
CONSOLIDATED SENIOR LEVERAGE RATIO
As of
, 20___
Computation Date
|
|
|
|
|
A.
Consolidated Funded Debt outstanding as of Computation Date
(the amount set forth in Item A of
Part I of Compliance Certificate)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B.
Subordinated Indebtedness outstanding as of Computation Date
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C.
principal amount of Notes outstanding as of Computation Date
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D.
Consolidated EBITDA for the Computation Period
(the amount set forth in Item B(5) of Part I of
Compliance Certificate
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E.
Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio as of Computation Date
:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ratio of (i) Item A
minus
Item B
minus
Item C to (ii) Item D
|
|
|
: 1.00
|
Complete the following table for the current period and all prior periods:
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Quarter ending:
|
|
Maximum Permitted Ratio
|
|
Actual Ratio
|
FQ4 2006
|
|
4.80 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ1 2007
|
|
4.80 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ2 2007
|
|
4.60 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ3 2007
|
|
4.60 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ4 2007
|
|
4.60 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ1 2008
|
|
4.10 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ2 2008
|
|
4.10 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ3 2008
|
|
4.10 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ4 2008
|
|
4.10 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ1 2009
|
|
3.60 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ2 2009
|
|
3.60 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ3 2009
|
|
3.60 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ4 2009
|
|
3.60 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ1 2010
|
|
3.05 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ2 2010
|
|
3.05 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ3 2010
|
|
3.05 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ4 2010
|
|
3.05 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ1 2011
|
|
2.75 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ2 2011
|
|
2.75 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ3 2011
|
|
2.75 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ4 2011
|
|
2.75 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ1 2012
|
|
2.75 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ2 2012
|
|
2.75 to L00
|
|
|
FQ3 2012
|
|
2.75 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ4 2012
|
|
2.75 to 1.00
|
|
|
Maximum Permitted
:
|
|
|
|
|
Each Fiscal Quarter Ending
|
|
Maximum Ratio
|
|
Closing Date through March 31, 2007 (excluding the fiscal
quarter ending September 30, 2006)
|
|
|
4.80 to 1.00
|
|
April 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007
|
|
|
4.60 to 1.00
|
|
January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008
|
|
|
4.10 to 1.00
|
|
January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009
|
|
|
3.60 to 1.00
|
|
January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010
|
|
|
3.05 to 1.00
|
|
January 1, 2011 and thereafter
|
|
|
2.75 to 1.00
|
|
Part III
CONSOLIDATED FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO
As of
, 20
Computation Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A.
|
|
Consolidated EBITDA for the Computation Period
:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
Consolidated EBITDA for the Computation Period (the amount set forth in Item B(5)
of Part I of Compliance Certificate)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
Consolidated Rental Expense for the Computation Period
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
Consolidated EBITDAR
(Item A(1)
plus
A(2))
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
Consolidated Maintenance Capital Expenditures for Computation Period
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C.
|
|
Consolidated Fixed Charges for Computation Period
:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
Consolidated Income Cash Taxes for such period
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for such period
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
Consolidated Rental Expense for such period
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments for such period
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
Management Fees payable during such period
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
Consolidated Fixed Charges
(sum of Items C(1) through C(5))
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D.
|
|
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ratio of (i) Item A
minus
Item B to (ii) Item C(6)
|
|
: 1.00
|
Complete the following table for the current period and all prior periods:
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Quarter ending:
|
|
Maximum Permitted Ratio
|
|
Actual Ratio
|
FQ4 2006
|
|
1.00 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ1 2007
|
|
1.00 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ2 2007
|
|
1.10 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ3 2007
|
|
1.20 to 1.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Quarter ending:
|
|
Maximum Permitted Ratio
|
|
Actual Ratio
|
FQ4 2007
|
|
1.20 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ1 2008
|
|
1.20 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ2 2008
|
|
1.20 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ3 2008
|
|
1.20 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ4 2008
|
|
1.20 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ1 2009
|
|
1.30 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ2 2009
|
|
1.30 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ3 2009
|
|
1.30 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ4 2009
|
|
1.30 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ1 2010
|
|
1.30 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ2 2010
|
|
1.30 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ3 2010
|
|
1.30 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ4 2010
|
|
1.30 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ1 2011
|
|
1.30 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ2 2011
|
|
1.30 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ3 2011
|
|
1.30 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ4 2011
|
|
1.30 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ1 2012
|
|
1.30 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ2 2012
|
|
1.30 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ3 2012
|
|
1.30 to 1.00
|
|
|
FQ4 2012
|
|
1.30 to 1.00
|
|
|
Maximum Permitted
:
|
|
|
|
|
Each Fiscal Quarter Ending
|
|
Minimum Ratio
|
|
Closing Date through March 31, 2007 (excluding the fiscal
quarter ending September 30, 2006)
|
|
|
1.00 to 1.00
|
|
April 1, 2007 through September 30, 2007
|
|
|
1.10 to 1.00
|
|
October 1, 2007 through December 31, 2008
|
|
|
1.20 to 1.00
|
|
January 1, 2009 and thereafter
|
|
|
1.30 to 1.00
|
|
Part IV
CONSOLIDATED CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
As of
, 20
Computation Date
|
|
|
|
|
A.
|
|
Consolidated Capital Expenditures made during fiscal year to date
:
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
Carry-forward amount from immediately preceding fiscal year
(to the extent permitted to be
carried forward pursuant to Section 5.9(d) of the Credit Agreement):
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
C.
|
|
Maximum Permitted for current fiscal year
:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
(insert applicable amount from
chart below) plus Item B
|
|
$
|
Complete the following table for the current period and all prior periods:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Quarter ending:
|
|
Maximum Permitted Ratio
|
|
Actual Ratio
|
Fiscal Year 2006
|
|
$
|
24,200,000
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year 2007
|
|
$
|
22,300,000
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year 2008
|
|
$
|
22,300,000
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year 2009
|
|
$
|
22,900,000
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year 2010
|
|
$
|
23,500,000
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year 2011
|
|
$
|
23,600,000
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year 2012
|
|
$
|
23,600,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D.
|
|
Excess (deficient) for covenant compliance (Item C plus Item B minus Item A)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year:
|
|
Amount
|
Fiscal Year 2006
|
|
$
|
24,200,000
|
|
Fiscal Year 2007
|
|
$
|
22,300,000
|
|
Fiscal Year 2008
|
|
$
|
22,300,000
|
|
Fiscal Year 2009
|
|
$
|
22,900,000
|
|
Fiscal Year 2010
|
|
$
|
23,500,000
|
|
Fiscal Year 2011 and thereafter
|
|
$
|
23,600,000
|
|
E.
|
|
Incurrence Ratio as of the Computation Date: Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio at
Computation Date (the ratio set forth in Item C of Part I of Compliance Certificate)
minus
0.125
: 1.00
|
Schedule 5.10
[FORM OF]
JOINDER AGREEMENT
THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT (this
Agreement
), dated as of
,
, is by and between
, a
(the
Subsidiary Guarantor
), Bravo Development,
Inc., an Ohio corporation (the
Borrower
), Bravo Development Holdings, LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company (
Holdings
), the Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower from time
to time parties thereto (together with Holdings, collectively the
Guarantors
), the
purchasers from time to time parties thereto, and Golub Capital Incorporated, as administrative
agent for the Purchasers (the
Administrative Agent
). Capitalized terms used herein but
not otherwise defined shall have the meanings provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.
The Subsidiary Guarantor is an Additional Credit Party, and, consequently, the Credit Parties
are required by
Section 5.10
of the Note Purchase Agreement to cause the Subsidiary
Guarantor to become a Guarantor thereunder.
Accordingly, the Subsidiary Guarantor and the Borrower hereby agree as follows with the
Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders:
1. The Subsidiary Guarantor hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of
this Agreement, the Subsidiary Guarantor will be deemed to be a party to and a Guarantor under
Article X
of the Note Purchase Agreement and shall have all of the obligations of a
Guarantor thereunder as if it had executed the Note Purchase Agreement. The Subsidiary Guarantor
hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms; provisions and
conditions contained in the applicable Note Purchase Documents, including without limitation (a)
all of the representations and warranties set forth in
Article III
of the Note Purchase
Agreement and (b) all of the affirmative and negative covenants set forth in
Articles V
and
VI
of the Note Purchase Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing terms
of this Paragraph 1, the Subsidiary Guarantor hereby guarantees, jointly and severally together
with the other Guarantors, the prompt payment of the Credit Party Obligations in accordance with
Article X
of the Note Purchase Agreement.
2. The Subsidiary Guarantor hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of
this Agreement, the Subsidiary Guarantor will be deemed to be a party to the Security Agreement,
and shall have all the rights and obligations of an Obligor (as such term is defined in the
Security Agreement) thereunder as if it had executed the Security Agreement. The Subsidiary
Guarantor hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms,
provisions and conditions contained in the Security Agreement. The information on the schedules to
the Security Agreement is hereby supplemented to reflection the information shown on the attached
Schedule A
.
3. The Subsidiary Guarantor hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of
this Agreement, the Subsidiary Guarantor will be deemed to be a party to the Pledge Agreement, and
shall have all the rights and obligations of an Pledgor (as such term is defined in the Pledge
Agreement) thereunder as if it had executed the Pledge Agreement The Subsidiary Guarantor hereby
ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and
conditions contained in the Pledge Agreement. The information on the schedules to the Pledge
Agreement is hereby supplemented to reflection the information shown on the attached
Schedule
B
.
4. The Subsidiary Guarantor acknowledges and confirms that it has received a copy of the Note
Purchase Agreement and the schedules and exhibits thereto. The information on the schedules to the
Note Purchase Agreement is hereby supplemented to reflect the information shown on the attached
Schedule C
.
5. The Borrower confirms that the Note Purchase Agreement is, and upon the Subsidiary
Guarantor becoming a Guarantor, shall continue to be, in full force and effect. The parties hereto
confirm and agree that immediately upon the Subsidiary Guarantor becoming a Guarantor the term
Credit Party Obligations, as used in the Note Purchase Agreement, shall include all obligations
of the Subsidiary Guarantor under the Note Purchase Agreement and under each other Note Purchase
Document.
6. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute
an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute one contract.
7. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the
laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts of laws that would call for
the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantor has caused this Joinder
Agreement to be duly executed .by its authorized officer, and the Administrative Agent, for the
benefit of the Purchasers, has caused the same to be accepted by its authorized officer, as of the
day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
[SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR]
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.,
an Ohio corporation
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
Acknowledged, accepted and agreed:
|
|
|
|
|
GOLUB CAPITAL INCORPORATED,
as Administrative Agent
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Gregory W. Cashman
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President
|
|
SCHEDULE A
to
Joinder Agreement
Schedules to Security Agreement
SCHEDULE B
to
Joinder Agreement
Schedules to Pledge Agreement
SCHEDULE C
to
Joinder Agreement
Schedules to Note Purchase Agreement
Schedule 6.1(b)
Existing Indebtedness
|
|
|
|
|
Debt Arrangement
|
|
Balance as of June 13, 2006
|
|
Mortgage Debt with the Huntington National
Bank (Crosswoods)
|
|
$
|
516,260.35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage Debt with the Huntington National
Bank (Hayden/Bethel Road)
|
|
$
|
68,112.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage Debt with the Huntington National
Bank (McKnight/Pittsburgh)
|
|
$
|
557,621.77
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage Debt with the Huntington National
Bank (Indianapolis/Castleton)
|
|
$
|
139,683.40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Small Business Administration Loan
(Indianapolis/ Castleton)*
|
|
$
|
270,891.57
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
This Indebtedness will be repaid in full, and all liens with respect thereto shall be released
pursuant to Section 5.21 of this Note Purchase Agreement.
|
Schedule 6.12
Existing Sale-Leaseback Transactions
None.
Schedule 9.6(c)
[FORM OF]
TRANSFER SUPPLEMENT
Reference is hereby made to the. Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2006 (as
amended, restated or otherwise modified, the
Note Purchase Agreement
), Bravo Development,
Inc., an Ohio corporation (the
Borrower
), Bravo Development Holdings, LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company (
Holdings
), the Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower from time
to time parties thereto (together with Holdings, collectively the
Guarantors
), the
Purchasers from time to time parties thereto, and Golub Capital Incorporated, as administrative
agent for the Purchasers (the
Administrative Agent
). Unless otherwise defined herein,
terms defined in the Note Purchase Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings provided in
the Note Purchase Agreement.
(the
Transferor
) and
(the
Transferee
) agree as follows:
1. For an agreed consideration, the Transferor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the
Transferee, and the Transferee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Transferor, as of
the Transfer Funding Date (as defined below), (a) all of the Transferors rights and obligations
under the Note Purchase Agreement with respect to those Notes (or portions thereof) set forth on
Schedule 1
, and all instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the
principal amount set forth on
Schedule 1
attached hereto of all of such outstanding rights
and obligations of the Transferor under the respective Notes set forth on
Schedule 1
and
(b) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of
action and any other right of the Transferor (in its capacity as a Purchaser) against any Person,
whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Note Purchase Agreement, any
other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the transactions governed thereby or
in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract
claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity
related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (a) above (the rights
and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) above being referred to herein
collectively as, the
Assigned Interest
). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to
the Transferor and, except as expressly provided in this Transfer Supplement, without
representation or warranty by the Transferor.
2. The Transferor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of
the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or
other adverse. claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary,
to execute and deliver this Transfer Supplement and to consummate the transactions contemplated
hereby; (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or
representations made in or in connection with the Note Purchase Agreement or any other Note
Purchase Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency
or value of the Note Purchase Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition
of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of
any Note Purchase Document or (iv) the
performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other
Person of any of their respective obligations under the Note Purchase Documents; and (c) attaches
any Note(s) held by it evidencing the Assigned Interest and requests that the Administrative Agent
exchange the attached Note(s) for a new Note(s) payable to the Transferee, and, if the Assigned
Interest does not constitute the entire principal amount of the Note(s) held by the Transferor (or
as reflected on the Register), then a new Note(s) payable to the Transferor for the amount so
retained by the Transferor.
3. The Transferee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and
has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Transfer Supplement and to consummate
the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Purchaser under the Note Purchase Agreement,
(ii) from and after the Effective Date (as defined below), it shall be bound by the provisions of
the Note Purchase Documents as a Purchaser thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest,
shall have the obligations of a Purchaser thereunder and (iii) it has received a copy of the Note
Purchase Agreement, together with copies of the financial statements referred to in
Section
3.1
thereof, the financial statements delivered pursuant to
Section 5.1
thereof, if
any, aid such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit
analysis and decision to enter into this Transfer Supplement and to purchase the Assigned Interest
on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on
the Administrative Agent or any other Purchaser; (b) agrees that it will (i) independently and
without reliance upon the Transferor, the Administrative Agent or any other Purchaser and based on
such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own
credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Note Purchase Agreement, the other Note
Purchase Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto and
(ii) perform in accordance with its terms all the obligations which by the terms of the Note
Purchase Documents are required to be performed by it as a Purchaser including, if it is organized
under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States, its obligations pursuant to
Section
2.8
of the Note Purchase Agreement; and (c) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to
take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Note
Purchase Agreement, the other Note Purchase Documents or any other instrument or document furnished
pursuant hereto or thereto as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof,
together with such powers as are incidental thereto.
4. The effective date of this Transfer Supplement shall be
,
(the
Effective Date
). Following the execution of this
Transfer Supplement, it will be delivered to the Administrative Agent for acceptance by it and
recording by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, effective as of the
Effective Date.
5. The funding date for this Transfer Supplement shall be
,
(the
Transfer Funding Date
). On the Transfer Funding
Date, any registration and processing fee shall be due and payable to the Administrative Agent
pursuant to
Section 9.6
of the Note Purchase Agreement.
6. Upon such acceptance, recording and payment of applicable registration and processing fees,
from and after the Transfer Funding Date, the Borrower shall make all payments in respect of the
Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other
amounts) to the Transferee whether such amounts have accrued prior to the Transfer Funding
Date or accrue subsequent to the Transfer Funding Date. The Transferor and the Transferee shall
make all appropriate adjustments in payments by the Borrower for periods prior to the Transfer
Funding Date or, with respect to the making of this assignment, directly between themselves.
7. From and after the Transfer Funding Date, (a) the Transferee shall be a party to the Note
Purchase Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Transfer Supplement, have the rights and
obligations of a Purchaser thereunder and under the other Note Purchase Documents and shall be
bound by the provisions thereof and (b) the Transferor shall, to the extent provided in this
Transfer Supplement, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Note
Purchase Agreement, except for accrued obligations prior to the date of this Transfer Suppleinent.
8. This Transfer supplement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
the State of New York.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Transfer Supplement to be executed as
of the date first above written by their respective duly authorized officers on
Schedule 1
hereto.
SCHEDULE 1
TO TRANSFER SUPPLEMENT
EFFECTIVE DATE:
,
Name of Transferor:
Name of Transferee:
Transfer Funding Date of Assignment:
Assigned Interest:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Amount of
|
|
|
Notes Assigned
|
|
|
(including all Principal
|
|
|
Increases prior to the
|
Note Assigned
|
|
Effective Date)
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[NAME OF ELIGIBLE TRANSFEREE]
|
|
[NAME OR TRANSFEROR PURCHASER]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By
|
|
|
|
By
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accepted (if required):
|
|
Consented to (if required):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GOLUB CAPITAL INCORPORATED,
as Administrative Agent
|
|
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.
as Borrower
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By
|
|
|
|
By
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Gregory W. Cashman
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
Title: Vice President
|
|
|
|
Title:
|